a
1.1
C/C++ Library Manual
for SHARC® Processors
Revision 1.2, May 2014
Part Number
82-100118-01
Analog Devices, Inc.
One Technology Way
Norwood, Mass. 02062-9106
Copyright Information
©2014 Analog Devices, Inc., ALL RIGHTS RESERVED. This document
may not be reproduced in any form without prior, express written consent
from Analog Devices, Inc.
Printed in the USA.
Disclaimer
Analog Devices, Inc. reserves the right to change this product without
prior notice. Information furnished by Analog Devices is believed to be
accurate and reliable. However, no responsibility is assumed by Analog
Devices for its use; nor for any infringement of patents or other rights of
third parties which may result from its use. No license is granted by impli-
cation or otherwise under the patent rights of Analog Devices, Inc.
Trademark and Service Mark Notice
The Analog Devices logo, CrossCore, EngineerZone, EZ-KIT Lite,
SHARC, and VisualDSP++ are registered trademarks of Analog Devices,
Inc.
All other brand and product names are trademarks or service marks of
their respective owners.
CrossCore Embedded Studio 1.1 iii
C/C++ Library Manual for SHARC Processors
CONTENTS
PREFACE
Purpose of This Manual ............................................................ xxiii
Intended Audience .................................................................... xxiii
Manual Contents ....................................................................... xxiv
What’s New in This Manual ....................................................... xxiv
Technical Support ....................................................................... xxv
Supported Processors .................................................................. xxvi
Product Information .................................................................. xxvi
Analog Devices Web Site ..................................................... xxvii
EngineerZone ...................................................................... xxvii
Notation Conventions .............................................................. xxviii
C/C++ RUN-TIME LIBRARY
C and C++ Run-Time Libraries Guide ........................................... 1-2
Calling Library Functions ........................................................ 1-3
Linking Library Functions ....................................................... 1-3
Functional Breakdown ........................................................ 1-4
Library Location ................................................................. 1-5
Library Selection ................................................................. 1-6
Contents
iv CrossCore Embedded Studio 1.1
C/C++ Library Manual for SHARC Processors
Library Naming .................................................................. 1-6
Library Startup Files ........................................................... 1-8
Library Attributes ................................................................... 1-8
Exceptions to the Attribute Conventions ........................... 1-12
Mapping Objects to FLASH Memory Using Attributes ...... 1-13
Working With Library Header Files ....................................... 1-13
adi_types.h ....................................................................... 1-15
assert.h ............................................................................. 1-15
ctype.h ............................................................................. 1-16
cycle_count.h ................................................................... 1-16
cycles.h ............................................................................ 1-17
errno.h ............................................................................. 1-17
float.h .............................................................................. 1-17
heap_debug.h ................................................................... 1-18
instrprof.h ........................................................................ 1-21
iso646.h ........................................................................... 1-21
libdyn.h ........................................................................... 1-21
limits.h ............................................................................ 1-22
locale.h ............................................................................ 1-22
math.h ............................................................................. 1-22
misra_types.h ................................................................... 1-24
pgo_hw.h ......................................................................... 1-24
setjmp.h ........................................................................... 1-24
signal.h ............................................................................ 1-24
CrossCore Embedded Studio 1.1 v
C/C++ Library Manual for SHARC Processors
Contents
stdarg.h ............................................................................ 1-24
stdbool.h .......................................................................... 1-25
stddef.h ............................................................................ 1-25
stdfix.h ............................................................................. 1-25
stdint.h ............................................................................. 1-25
stdio.h .............................................................................. 1-27
stdlib.h ............................................................................. 1-29
string.h ............................................................................. 1-31
time.h ............................................................................... 1-31
Calling Library Functions From an ISR .................................. 1-33
Using the Libraries in a Multi-Threaded Environment ............ 1-34
Using Compiler Built-In C Library Functions ........................ 1-35
Abridged C++ Library Support .............................................. 1-36
Embedded C++ Library Header Files ................................. 1-37
complex ........................................................................ 1-37
exception ...................................................................... 1-37
fstream .......................................................................... 1-38
iomanip ........................................................................ 1-38
ios ................................................................................ 1-38
iosfwd ........................................................................... 1-38
iostream ........................................................................ 1-38
istream .......................................................................... 1-38
new .............................................................................. 1-38
ostream ......................................................................... 1-38
Contents
vi CrossCore Embedded Studio 1.1
C/C++ Library Manual for SHARC Processors
sstream ......................................................................... 1-39
stdexcept ...................................................................... 1-39
streambuf ..................................................................... 1-39
string ............................................................................ 1-39
strstream ...................................................................... 1-39
C++ Header Files for C Library Facilities ........................... 1-40
Embedded Standard Template Library Header Files ........... 1-41
algorithm ..................................................................... 1-41
deque ........................................................................... 1-41
functional ..................................................................... 1-41
hash_map ..................................................................... 1-41
hash_set ....................................................................... 1-41
iterator ......................................................................... 1-41
list ................................................................................ 1-42
map .............................................................................. 1-42
memory ........................................................................ 1-42
numeric ........................................................................ 1-42
queue ........................................................................... 1-42
set ................................................................................ 1-42
stack ............................................................................ 1-42
utility ........................................................................... 1-42
vector ........................................................................... 1-42
Header Files for C++ Library Compatibility ...................... 1-43
CrossCore Embedded Studio 1.1 vii
C/C++ Library Manual for SHARC Processors
Contents
Measuring Cycle Counts ........................................................ 1-43
Basic Cycle Counting Facility ............................................ 1-44
Cycle Counting Facility With Statistics .............................. 1-46
Using time.h to Measure Cycle Counts .............................. 1-49
Determining the Processor Clock Rate ............................... 1-50
Considerations When Measuring Cycle Counts .................. 1-51
File I/O Support .................................................................... 1-53
Fatal Error Handling ............................................................. 1-54
FatalError.xml ................................................................... 1-55
General Codes .................................................................. 1-55
Library Error Specific Codes .............................................. 1-56
Errno Values ..................................................................... 1-58
Documented Library Functions ................................................... 1-58
C Run-Time Library Reference .................................................... 1-65
abort .......................................................................................... 1-66
abs .............................................................................................. 1-67
absfx ........................................................................................... 1-68
acos ............................................................................................ 1-69
adi_dump_all_heaps ................................................................... 1-70
adi_dump_heap .......................................................................... 1-72
adi_fatal_error ............................................................................ 1-74
adi_fatal_exception ..................................................................... 1-76
adi_heap_debug_disable .............................................................. 1-78
adi_heap_debug_enable .............................................................. 1-80
Contents
viii CrossCore Embedded Studio 1.1
C/C++ Library Manual for SHARC Processors
adi_heap_debug_end .................................................................. 1-82
adi_heap_debug_flush ................................................................ 1-84
adi_heap_debug_pause ............................................................... 1-86
adi_heap_debug_reset_guard_region ........................................... 1-88
adi_heap_debug_resume ............................................................. 1-90
adi_heap_debug_set_buffer ........................................................ 1-92
adi_heap_debug_set_call_stack_depth ........................................ 1-94
adi_heap_debug_set_error .......................................................... 1-96
adi_heap_debug_set_guard_region .............................................. 1-98
adi_heap_debug_set_ignore ...................................................... 1-101
adi_heap_debug_set_warning ................................................... 1-103
adi_verify_all_heaps ................................................................. 1-105
adi_verify_heap ........................................................................ 1-107
asctime ..................................................................................... 1-109
asin .......................................................................................... 1-111
atan .......................................................................................... 1-112
atan2 ........................................................................................ 1-113
atexit ....................................................................................... 1-114
atof .......................................................................................... 1-115
atoi .......................................................................................... 1-118
atol .......................................................................................... 1-119
atold ........................................................................................ 1-120
atoll ......................................................................................... 1-123
avg ........................................................................................... 1-124
CrossCore Embedded Studio 1.1 ix
C/C++ Library Manual for SHARC Processors
Contents
bitsfx ........................................................................................ 1-125
bsearch ..................................................................................... 1-126
calloc ........................................................................................ 1-129
ceil ........................................................................................... 1-131
clearerr ..................................................................................... 1-132
clip ........................................................................................... 1-134
clock ......................................................................................... 1-135
cos ............................................................................................ 1-137
cosh .......................................................................................... 1-138
count_ones ............................................................................... 1-139
countlsfx ................................................................................... 1-140
ctime ........................................................................................ 1-142
difftime .................................................................................... 1-144
div ............................................................................................ 1-146
divifx ........................................................................................ 1-148
dyn_AddHeap ........................................................................... 1-149
dyn_alloc .................................................................................. 1-151
dyn_AllocSectionMem .............................................................. 1-153
dyn_AllocSectionMemHeap ...................................................... 1-156
dyn_CopySectionContents ........................................................ 1-159
dyn_FreeEntryPointArray .......................................................... 1-161
dyn_FreeSectionMem ................................................................ 1-162
dyn_GetEntryPointArray .......................................................... 1-164
dyn_GetExpSymTab ................................................................. 1-167
Contents
x CrossCore Embedded Studio 1.1
C/C++ Library Manual for SHARC Processors
dyn_GetHeapForWidth ............................................................ 1-169
dyn_GetNumSections ............................................................... 1-171
dyn_GetSections ...................................................................... 1-173
dyn_GetStringTable .................................................................. 1-175
dyn_GetStringTableSize ............................................................ 1-177
dyn_heap_init .......................................................................... 1-179
dyn_LookupByName ................................................................ 1-181
dyn_RecordRelocOutOfRange .................................................. 1-184
dyn_Relocate ............................................................................ 1-186
dyn_RetrieveRelocOutOfRange ................................................ 1-188
dyn_RewriteImageToFile .......................................................... 1-190
dyn_SetSectionAddr ................................................................. 1-192
dyn_SetSectionMem ................................................................. 1-194
dyn_ValidateImage ................................................................... 1-196
exit ........................................................................................... 1-198
exp ........................................................................................... 1-199
fabs .......................................................................................... 1-200
fclose ........................................................................................ 1-201
feof .......................................................................................... 1-203
ferror ........................................................................................ 1-204
fflush ....................................................................................... 1-205
fgetc ......................................................................................... 1-206
fgetpos ..................................................................................... 1-208
fgets ......................................................................................... 1-210
CrossCore Embedded Studio 1.1 xi
C/C++ Library Manual for SHARC Processors
Contents
fileno ........................................................................................ 1-212
floor ......................................................................................... 1-213
fmod ........................................................................................ 1-214
fopen ........................................................................................ 1-215
fprintf ....................................................................................... 1-217
fputc ......................................................................................... 1-223
fputs ......................................................................................... 1-224
fread ......................................................................................... 1-225
free ........................................................................................... 1-227
freopen ..................................................................................... 1-228
frexp ......................................................................................... 1-230
fscanf ........................................................................................ 1-232
fseek ......................................................................................... 1-237
fsetpos ...................................................................................... 1-239
ftell ........................................................................................... 1-240
fwrite ........................................................................................ 1-242
fxbits ........................................................................................ 1-244
fxdivi ........................................................................................ 1-245
getc .......................................................................................... 1-246
getchar ...................................................................................... 1-248
getenv ....................................................................................... 1-250
gets ........................................................................................... 1-251
gmtime ..................................................................................... 1-253
heap_calloc ............................................................................... 1-255
Contents
xii CrossCore Embedded Studio 1.1
C/C++ Library Manual for SHARC Processors
heap_free .................................................................................. 1-257
heap_init .................................................................................. 1-259
heap_install .............................................................................. 1-261
heap_lookup ............................................................................ 1-263
heap_malloc ............................................................................. 1-265
heap_realloc ............................................................................. 1-267
heap_space_unused .................................................................. 1-270
heap_switch ............................................................................. 1-272
idivfx ....................................................................................... 1-274
instrprof_request_flush ............................................................. 1-275
ioctl ......................................................................................... 1-277
isalnum .................................................................................... 1-278
isalpha ...................................................................................... 1-279
iscntrl ....................................................................................... 1-280
isdigit ....................................................................................... 1-281
isgraph ..................................................................................... 1-282
isinf ......................................................................................... 1-283
islower ...................................................................................... 1-285
isnan ........................................................................................ 1-286
isprint ...................................................................................... 1-288
ispunct ..................................................................................... 1-289
isspace ...................................................................................... 1-290
isupper ..................................................................................... 1-292
isxdigit ..................................................................................... 1-293
CrossCore Embedded Studio 1.1 xiii
C/C++ Library Manual for SHARC Processors
Contents
labs ........................................................................................... 1-294
lavg .......................................................................................... 1-295
lclip .......................................................................................... 1-296
lcount_ones .............................................................................. 1-297
ldexp ........................................................................................ 1-298
ldiv ........................................................................................... 1-299
llabs .......................................................................................... 1-301
llavg ......................................................................................... 1-302
llclip ......................................................................................... 1-303
llcount_ones ............................................................................. 1-304
lldiv .......................................................................................... 1-305
llmax ........................................................................................ 1-307
llmin ........................................................................................ 1-308
lmax ......................................................................................... 1-309
lmin ......................................................................................... 1-310
localeconv ................................................................................. 1-311
localtime ................................................................................... 1-314
log ............................................................................................ 1-316
log10 ........................................................................................ 1-317
longjmp .................................................................................... 1-318
malloc ...................................................................................... 1-320
max .......................................................................................... 1-321
memchr .................................................................................... 1-322
memcmp .................................................................................. 1-323
Contents
xiv CrossCore Embedded Studio 1.1
C/C++ Library Manual for SHARC Processors
memcpy ................................................................................... 1-324
memmove ................................................................................ 1-325
memset .................................................................................... 1-326
min .......................................................................................... 1-327
mktime .................................................................................... 1-328
modf ........................................................................................ 1-331
mulifx ...................................................................................... 1-332
perror ....................................................................................... 1-333
pgo_hw_request_flush .............................................................. 1-335
pow .......................................................................................... 1-337
printf ....................................................................................... 1-338
putc ......................................................................................... 1-340
putchar .................................................................................... 1-341
puts .......................................................................................... 1-342
qsort ........................................................................................ 1-343
raise ......................................................................................... 1-345
rand ......................................................................................... 1-346
read_extmem ............................................................................ 1-347
realloc ...................................................................................... 1-349
remove ..................................................................................... 1-351
rename ..................................................................................... 1-352
rewind ...................................................................................... 1-354
roundfx .................................................................................... 1-356
scanf ........................................................................................ 1-358
CrossCore Embedded Studio 1.1 xv
C/C++ Library Manual for SHARC Processors
Contents
setbuf ....................................................................................... 1-360
setjmp ...................................................................................... 1-362
setlocale .................................................................................... 1-364
setvbuf ...................................................................................... 1-365
signal ........................................................................................ 1-367
sin ............................................................................................ 1-369
sinh .......................................................................................... 1-370
snprintf .................................................................................... 1-371
space_unused ............................................................................ 1-373
sprintf ...................................................................................... 1-374
sqrt ........................................................................................... 1-376
srand ........................................................................................ 1-377
sscanf ........................................................................................ 1-378
strcat ........................................................................................ 1-380
strchr ........................................................................................ 1-381
strcmp ...................................................................................... 1-382
strcoll ....................................................................................... 1-383
strcpy ....................................................................................... 1-384
strcspn ...................................................................................... 1-385
strerror ..................................................................................... 1-386
strftime ..................................................................................... 1-387
strlen ........................................................................................ 1-391
strncat ...................................................................................... 1-392
strncmp .................................................................................... 1-393
Contents
xvi CrossCore Embedded Studio 1.1
C/C++ Library Manual for SHARC Processors
strncpy ..................................................................................... 1-394
strpbrk ..................................................................................... 1-395
strrchr ...................................................................................... 1-396
strspn ....................................................................................... 1-397
strstr ........................................................................................ 1-398
strtod ....................................................................................... 1-399
strtofxfx ................................................................................... 1-402
strtok ....................................................................................... 1-405
strtol ........................................................................................ 1-407
strtold ...................................................................................... 1-409
strtoll ....................................................................................... 1-412
strtoul ...................................................................................... 1-414
strtoull ..................................................................................... 1-416
strxfrm ..................................................................................... 1-418
system ...................................................................................... 1-420
tan ........................................................................................... 1-421
tanh ......................................................................................... 1-422
time ......................................................................................... 1-423
tolower ..................................................................................... 1-424
toupper .................................................................................... 1-425
ungetc ...................................................................................... 1-426
va_arg ...................................................................................... 1-428
va_end ..................................................................................... 1-431
va_start .................................................................................... 1-432
CrossCore Embedded Studio 1.1 xvii
C/C++ Library Manual for SHARC Processors
Contents
vfprintf ..................................................................................... 1-433
vprintf ...................................................................................... 1-435
vsnprintf ................................................................................... 1-437
vsprintf ..................................................................................... 1-439
write_extmem ........................................................................... 1-441
DSP RUN-TIME LIBRARY
DSP Run-Time Library Guide ....................................................... 2-2
Calling DSP Library Functions ................................................ 2-2
Reentrancy .............................................................................. 2-3
Library Attributes .................................................................... 2-3
Working With Library Source Code ......................................... 2-3
DSP Header Files .................................................................... 2-4
asm_sprt.h .......................................................................... 2-5
cmatrix.h ............................................................................ 2-5
comm.h .............................................................................. 2-5
complex.h ........................................................................... 2-6
cvector.h ............................................................................. 2-7
filter.h ................................................................................ 2-7
filters.h ............................................................................... 2-9
macros.h ............................................................................. 2-9
math.h ................................................................................ 2-9
matrix.h ............................................................................ 2-11
platform_include.h ........................................................... 2-11
Contents
xviii CrossCore Embedded Studio 1.1
C/C++ Library Manual for SHARC Processors
Header Files That Define Processor-Specific System
Register Bits .............................................................. 2-12
Header Files That Allow Access to Memory-Mapped
Registers From C/C++ Code ...................................... 2-13
stats.h .............................................................................. 2-14
sysreg.h ............................................................................ 2-14
trans.h .............................................................................. 2-14
vector.h ............................................................................ 2-15
window.h ......................................................................... 2-15
Built-In DSP Library Functions ............................................ 2-16
Implications of Using SIMD Mode ....................................... 2-17
Using Data in External Memory ............................................ 2-19
Documented Library Functions .................................................. 2-20
DSP Run-Time Library Reference ............................................... 2-24
a_compress ................................................................................. 2-25
a_expand .................................................................................... 2-27
alog ............................................................................................ 2-29
alog10 ........................................................................................ 2-30
arg ............................................................................................. 2-31
autocoh ...................................................................................... 2-33
autocorr ..................................................................................... 2-35
biquad ........................................................................................ 2-37
cabs ............................................................................................ 2-42
cadd ........................................................................................... 2-44
cartesian ..................................................................................... 2-45
CrossCore Embedded Studio 1.1 xix
C/C++ Library Manual for SHARC Processors
Contents
cdiv ............................................................................................ 2-47
cexp ............................................................................................ 2-49
cfft ............................................................................................. 2-51
cfft_mag ..................................................................................... 2-54
cfftN .......................................................................................... 2-56
cfftN .......................................................................................... 2-60
cfftf ............................................................................................ 2-63
cmatmadd ................................................................................... 2-66
cmatmmlt ................................................................................... 2-68
cmatmsub ................................................................................... 2-71
cmatsadd .................................................................................... 2-73
cmatsmlt ..................................................................................... 2-75
cmatssub ..................................................................................... 2-77
cmlt ............................................................................................ 2-79
conj ............................................................................................ 2-80
convolve ..................................................................................... 2-81
copysign ..................................................................................... 2-83
cot .............................................................................................. 2-84
crosscoh ...................................................................................... 2-86
crosscorr ..................................................................................... 2-89
csub ............................................................................................ 2-92
cvecdot ....................................................................................... 2-93
cvecsadd ..................................................................................... 2-95
cvecsmlt ...................................................................................... 2-97
Contents
xx CrossCore Embedded Studio 1.1
C/C++ Library Manual for SHARC Processors
cvecssub ..................................................................................... 2-99
cvecvadd ................................................................................... 2-101
cvecvmlt ................................................................................... 2-103
cvecvsub ................................................................................... 2-105
favg .......................................................................................... 2-107
fclip ......................................................................................... 2-108
fft_magnitude ........................................................................... 2-109
fftf_magnitude ......................................................................... 2-113
fir ............................................................................................ 2-116
fir_decima ................................................................................ 2-120
fir_interp .................................................................................. 2-123
firf ........................................................................................... 2-128
fmax ......................................................................................... 2-132
fmin ......................................................................................... 2-133
gen_bartlett .............................................................................. 2-134
gen_blackman .......................................................................... 2-136
gen_gaussian ............................................................................ 2-138
gen_hamming .......................................................................... 2-140
gen_hanning ............................................................................ 2-142
gen_harris ................................................................................ 2-144
gen_kaiser ................................................................................ 2-146
gen_rectangular ........................................................................ 2-148
gen_triangle ............................................................................. 2-150
gen_vonhann ............................................................................ 2-152
CrossCore Embedded Studio 1.1 xxi
C/C++ Library Manual for SHARC Processors
Contents
histogram ................................................................................. 2-153
ifft ............................................................................................ 2-155
ifftf ........................................................................................... 2-158
ifftN ......................................................................................... 2-161
ifftN ......................................................................................... 2-165
iir ............................................................................................. 2-168
matinv ...................................................................................... 2-176
matmadd .................................................................................. 2-178
matmmlt .................................................................................. 2-180
matmsub .................................................................................. 2-182
matsadd .................................................................................... 2-184
matsmlt .................................................................................... 2-186
matssub .................................................................................... 2-188
mean ........................................................................................ 2-190
mu_compress ............................................................................ 2-191
mu_expand ............................................................................... 2-193
norm ........................................................................................ 2-195
polar ......................................................................................... 2-197
rfft ............................................................................................ 2-199
rfft_mag ................................................................................... 2-203
rfftf_2 ....................................................................................... 2-205
rfftN ......................................................................................... 2-208
rfftN ......................................................................................... 2-211
rms ........................................................................................... 2-215
Contents
xxii CrossCore Embedded Studio 1.1
C/C++ Library Manual for SHARC Processors
rsqrt ......................................................................................... 2-217
transpm .................................................................................... 2-218
twidfft ...................................................................................... 2-220
twidfftf ..................................................................................... 2-223
var ........................................................................................... 2-226
vecdot ...................................................................................... 2-228
vecsadd .................................................................................... 2-230
vecsmlt ..................................................................................... 2-232
vecssub ..................................................................................... 2-234
vecvadd .................................................................................... 2-236
vecvmlt .................................................................................... 2-238
vecvsub .................................................................................... 2-240
zero_cross ................................................................................. 2-242
INDEX
CrossCore Embedded Studio 1.1 xxiii
C/C++ Library Manual for SHARC Processors
PREFACE
Thank you for purchasing Analog Devices, Inc. development software for
signal processing applications.
Purpose of This Manual
The C/C++ Library Manual contains information about the C/C++ and
DSP run-time libraries for SHARC® (ADSP-21xxx) processors. It leads
you through the process of using library routines and provides informa-
tion about the ANSI standard header files and different libraries that are
included with this release of the cc21k compiler.
Intended Audience
The primary audience for this manual is a programmer who is familiar
with Analog Devices processors. This manual assumes that the audience
has a working knowledge of the SHARC architecture and the C/C++ pro-
gramming languages.
Programmers who are unfamiliar with SHARC processors can use this
manual, but they should supplement it with other texts (such as the
appropriate hardware reference and programming reference manuals) that
describe their target architecture.
Manual Contents
xxiv CrossCore Embedded Studio 1.1
C/C++ Library Manual for SHARC Processors
Manual Contents
This manual contains:
Chapter 1, C/C++ Run-Time Library
Describes how to use library functions and provides a complete
C/C++ library function reference (for functions covered in the cur-
rent compiler release)
Chapter 2, DSP Run-Time Library
Describes how to use DSP library functions and provides a com-
plete library function reference (for functions covered in the
current compiler release)
What’s New in This Manual
This is Revision 1.2 of the C/C++ Library Manual. It documents C/C++
and DSP libraries for all current SHARC processors listed in the Cross-
Core® Embedded Studio (CCES) online help.
This revision corrects typographical errors and resolves document errata
reported against the previous revision.
CrossCore Embedded Studio 1.1 xxv
C/C++ Library Manual for SHARC Processors
Preface
Technical Support
You can reach Analog Devices processors and DSP technical support in
the following ways:
Post your questions in the processors and DSP support community
at EngineerZone®:
http://ez.analog.com/community/dsp
Submit your questions to technical support directly at:
http://www.analog.com/support
E-mail your questions about processors, DSPs, and tools develop-
ment software from CrossCore Embedded Studio or
VisualDSP++®:
Choose Help > Email Support. This creates an e-mail to
processor.tools.support@analog.com and automatically attaches
your CrossCore Embedded Studio or VisualDSP++ version infor-
mation and license.dat file.
E-mail your questions about processors and processor applications
to:
processor.support@analog.com or
processor.china@analog.com (Greater China support)
Contact your Analog Devices sales office or authorized distributor.
Locate one at:
www.analog.com/adi-sales
Send questions by mail to:
Processors and DSP Technical Support
Analog Devices, Inc.
Three Technology Way
P.O. Box 9106
Norwood, MA 02062-9106
USA
Supported Processors
xxvi CrossCore Embedded Studio 1.1
C/C++ Library Manual for SHARC Processors
Supported Processors
The name “SHARC” refers to a family of Analog Devices, Inc.
high-performance 32-bit floating-point digital signal processors that can
be used in speech, sound, graphics, and imaging applications. Refer to the
CCES online help for a complete list of supported processors.
Product Information
Product information can be obtained from the Analog Devices Web site
and the CCES online help.
Analog Devices Web Site
The Analog Devices Web site, www.analog.com, provides information
about a broad range of products—analog integrated circuits, amplifiers,
converters, and digital signal processors.
To access a complete technical library for each processor family, go to
http://www.analog.com/processors/technical_library. The manuals
selection opens a list of current manuals related to the product as well as a
link to the previous revisions of the manuals. When locating your manual
title, note a possible errata check mark next to the title that leads to the
current correction report against the manual.
Also note, myAnalog is a free feature of the Analog Devices Web site that
allows customization of a Web page to display only the latest information
about products you are interested in. You can choose to receive weekly
e-mail notifications containing updates to the Web pages that meet your
interests, including documentation errata against all manuals. myAnalog
CrossCore Embedded Studio 1.1 xxvii
C/C++ Library Manual for SHARC Processors
Preface
provides access to books, application notes, data sheets, code examples,
and more.
Visit myAnalog to sign up. If you are a registered user, just log on. Your
user name is your e-mail address.
EngineerZone
EngineerZone is a technical support forum from Analog Devices. It allows
you direct access to ADI technical support engineers. You can search
FAQs and technical information to get quick answers to your embedded
processing and DSP design questions.
Use EngineerZone to connect with other DSP developers who face similar
design challenges. You can also use this open forum to share knowledge
and collaborate with the ADI support team and your peers. Visit
http://ez.analog.com to sign up.
Notation Conventions
Text conventions used in this manual are identified and described as
follows.
Example Description
File > Close Titles in bold style reference sections indicate the location of an item
within the CrossCore Embedded Studios menu system (for example,
the Close command appears on the File menu).
{this | that} Alternative required items in syntax descriptions appear within curly
brackets and separated by vertical bars; read the example as this or
that. One or the other is required.
[this | that] Optional items in syntax descriptions appear within brackets and sepa-
rated by vertical bars; read the example as an optional this or that.
Notation Conventions
xxviii CrossCore Embedded Studio 1.1
C/C++ Library Manual for SHARC Processors
[this,…] Optional item lists in syntax descriptions appear within brackets delim-
ited by commas and terminated with an ellipsis; read the example as an
optional comma-separated list of this.
.SECTION Commands, directives, keywords, and feature names are in text with
letter gothic font.
filename Non-keyword placeholders appear in text with italic style format.
Note: For correct operation, ...
A Note provides supplementary information on a related topic. In the
online version of this book, the word Note appears instead of this
symbol.
Caution: Incorrect device operation may result if ...
Caution: Device damage may result if ...
A Caution identifies conditions or inappropriate usage of the product
that could lead to undesirable results or product damage. In the online
version of this book, the word Caution appears instead of this symbol.
Warning: Injury to device users may result if ...
A Warning identifies conditions or inappropriate usage of the product
that could lead to conditions that are potentially hazardous for devices
users. In the online version of this book, the word Warning appears
instead of this symbol.
Example Description
CrossCore Embedded Studio 1.1 1-1
C/C++ Library Manual for SHARC Processors
1 C/C++ RUN-TIME LIBRARY
The C and C++ run-time libraries are collections of functions, macros,
and class templates that you can call from your source programs. Many
functions are implemented in the ADSP-21xxx assembly language. C and
C++ programs depend on library functions to perform operations that are
basic to the C and C++ programming environments. These operations
include memory allocations, character and string conversions, and math
calculations. Using the library simplifies your software development by
providing code for a variety of common needs.
The sections of this chapter present the following information on the
compiler:
C and C++ Run-Time Libraries Guide
provides introductory information about the ANSI/ISO standard
C and C++ libraries. It also provides information about the ANSI
standard header files and built-in functions that are included with
this release of the cc21k compiler.
C Run-Time Library Reference
contains reference information about the C run-time library func-
tions included with this release of the cc21k compiler.
The cc21k compiler provides a broad collection of library functions,
including those required by the ANSI standard and additional functions
supplied by Analog Devices that are of value in signal processing applica-
tions. In addition to the standard C library, this release of the compiler
software includes the Abridged C++ library, a conforming subset of the
standard C++ library. The Abridged C++ library includes the embedded
C++ and embedded standard template libraries.
C and C++ Run-Time Libraries Guide
1-2 CrossCore Embedded Studio 1.1
C/C++ Library Manual for SHARC Processors
This chapter describes the standard C/C++ library functions that are sup-
ported in the current release of the run-time libraries. Chapter 2, DSP
Run-Time Library describes a number of signal processing, matrix, and
statistical functions that assist code development.
For more information on the algorithms on which many of the C
library’s math functions are based, see W. J, Cody and W. Waite,
Software Manual for the Elementary Functions, Englewood Cliffs,
New Jersey: Prentice Hall, 1980. For more information on the C++
library portion of the ANSI/ISO Standard for C++, see Plauger, P.
J. (Preface), The Draft Standard C++ Library, Englewood Cliffs,
New Jersey: Prentice Hall, 1994, (ISBN: 0131170031).
The Abridged C++ library software documentation is located in the CCES
online help.
C and C++ Run-Time Libraries Guide
The C and C++ run-time libraries contain routines that you can call from
your source program. This section describes how to use the libraries and
provides information on the following topics:
Calling Library Functions
Linking Library Functions
Library Attributes
Working With Library Header Files
Calling Library Functions From an ISR
Using the Libraries in a Multi-Threaded Environment
Using Compiler Built-In C Library Functions
Abridged C++ Library Support
CrossCore Embedded Studio 1.1 1-3
C/C++ Library Manual for SHARC Processors
C/C++ Run-Time Library
Measuring Cycle Counts
File I/O Support
Fatal Error Handling
For information on the C library’s contents, see C Run-Time Library Ref-
erence. For information on the Abridged C++ library’s contents, see
Abridged C++ Library Support.
Calling Library Functions
To use a C/C++ library function, call the function by name and give the
appropriate arguments. The name and arguments for each function appear
on the function’s reference page. The reference pages appear in the
C Run-Time Library Reference.
Like other functions you use, library functions should be declared. Decla-
rations are supplied in header files. For more information about the
header files, see Working With Library Header Files.
Function names are C/C++ function names. If you call a C/C++ run-time
library function from an assembly program, you must use the assembly
version of the function name (prefix an underscore on the name). For
more information on the naming conventions, see Chapter 1 of the
C/C++ Compiler Manual for SHARC Processors.
You can use the archiver, elfar, described in the Linker and Utili-
ties Manual, to build library archive files of your own functions.
Linking Library Functions
When you call a run-time library function, the call creates a reference that
the linker resolves when linking your program. One way to direct the
linker to the library’s location is to use the default Linker Description File
(ADSP-<your_target>.ldf).
C and C++ Run-Time Libraries Guide
1-4 CrossCore Embedded Studio 1.1
C/C++ Library Manual for SHARC Processors
If you are not using the default .ldf file, then either add the appropriate
library/libraries to the .ldf file used for your project, or use the compiler’s
-l switch to specify the library to be added to the link line. For example,
the switches -lc -ldsp add libc.dlb and libdsp.dlb to the list of libraries
to be searched by the linker. For more information on the .ldf file, see
the Linker and Utilities Manual.
Functional Breakdown
The C/C++ run-time library is organized as several libraries:
Compiler support library – Contains internal functions that sup-
port the in-line code generated by the compiler; emulated
arithmetic is a typical case.
C run-time library – Comprises all the functions that are defined
by the ANSI standard, plus various Analog Devices extensions.
DSP run-time library – Contains additional library functions sup-
plied by Analog Devices that provide services commonly required
by DSP applications.
Heap debugging library – Contains debug versions of the heap sup-
port provided by the C/C++ run-time library, as well as some
additional diagnostic functions relating to heap use.
Instrumented profiling library – Contains support routines for
recording the cycles spent in each profiled function.
I/O library – Supports a subset of the C standard’s I/O
functionality.
Dynamic module loader library – Supports loading and using
dynamically-loadable modules created using the elf2dyn utility.
CrossCore Embedded Studio 1.1 1-5
C/C++ Library Manual for SHARC Processors
C/C++ Run-Time Library
In addition to regular run-time libraries, CCES has some additional
libraries which provide variants of LibIO (the I/O run-time support
library). These variants are:
libio*_lite.dlb – libraries which provide smaller versions of
LibIO with more limited functionality. These smaller LibIO librar-
ies can be used by specifying the following switch on the build
command line: -flags-link -MD__LIBIO_LITE
libio*_fx.dlb – libraries which provide versions of LibIO with full
support for the fixed-point format specifiers for the fract types.
These libraries can be used by specifying the following switch on
the build command line: -flags-link -MD__LIBIO_FX
Library Location
The C/C++ run-time libraries are provided in binary form in directories
named sharc\lib\processor_rev_revision:
processor identifies which processor for which the library is built,
and is the processor’s name with the leading “ADSP-” stripped.
revision identifies for which silicon revision the library is built. For
example, a revision of 0.1 would indicate that the library was built
with the command-line switch -si-revision 0.1.
So the directory sharc\lib\21469_rev_any contains libraries that have
been built with -proc ADSP-21469 -si-revision any switches.
The C/C++ run-time libraries are provided in source form, where avail-
able, in the directories named sharc\lib\src\libname, where libname
indicates which library the source is used to build.
C and C++ Run-Time Libraries Guide
1-6 CrossCore Embedded Studio 1.1
C/C++ Library Manual for SHARC Processors
Library Selection
The library directory used to link an application is selected through the
-proc and -si-revision compiler switches, in conjunction with an XML
configuration file.
The -proc switch directs the compiler driver to read an XML configura-
tion file from System\ArchDef, based on the selected processor. For
example, a compiler switch of -proc ADSP-21469 would cause the com-
piler driver to read the ADSP-21469-compiler.xml file in System\ArchDef.
Each such XML file indicates which library subdirectory should be used,
for supported silicon revision of that processor. For example, the XML file
for the ADSP-21469 processor indicates that for silicon revision 0.2, the
library directory to use is sharc\lib\21469_rev_any.
A given library subdirectory might support more than one silicon revision.
In such cases, the XML file will give the same library subdirectory for sev-
eral silicon revisions.
Library Naming
Within the library subdirectories, the libraries follow a consistent naming
scheme, so that the library’s name will be lib<name><attrs>.dlb, where
name indicates the library’s purpose, and attrs is a sequence of zero or
more attributes. The libraries’ names are given in Table 1-2, and the attri-
butes are enumerated in Table 1-1.
CrossCore Embedded Studio 1.1 1-7
C/C++ Library Manual for SHARC Processors
C/C++ Run-Time Library
The run-time libraries and binary files for the ADSP-21160 processors in
this table have been compiled with the -workaround rframe compiler
switch, while those for the ADSP-21161 processors have been compiled
with the -workaround 21161-anomaly-45 switch.
The libraries for the ADSP-214xx processor are built in short-word mode.
Table 1-1. Library Name Attributes
Attribute Meaning
mt Built with -threads, for use in a multi-threaded environment
xBuilt with -eh -rtti, to enable C++ exception-handling
Table 1-2. C/C++ Library Names
Description Library Name Comments
Compiler support library libcc*.dlb
C run-time library libc*.dlb
C++ run-time library libcpp*.dlb
DSP run-time library libdsp*.dlb
Heap debugging library libheapdbg*.dlb
Instrumented profiling library libprofile*.dlb
I/O run-time library libio*.dlb
I/O run-time library with no
support for alternative device
drivers or printf(“%a”)
libio_lite*.dlb
I/O run-time library with full
support for the fixed-point for-
mat specifiers
libiofx*.dlb
Loader library for dynami-
cally-loadable modules (DLMs)
libdyn*.dlb Operates on DLMs pro-
duced by elf2dyn. Refer to
the Loader and Utilities
Manual.
C and C++ Run-Time Libraries Guide
1-8 CrossCore Embedded Studio 1.1
C/C++ Library Manual for SHARC Processors
Library Startup Files
The library subdirectories also contain object files which contain the “run-
time header”, or “C run-time” (CRT) startup code. These files contain the
code that is executed when your application first starts running; it is this
code that configures the expected C/C++ environment and passes control
to your main() function.
Startup files have names of the form procid_attrs_hdr.doj:
procid indicates which processor the startup code is for; for
ADSP-211xx, ADSP-212xx and ADSP-213xx processors, this is
the last three digits of the processor’s name. For other processors,
this is the five digits of the processor’s name.
attrs is a list of zero or more names indicating which features are
configured by the startup code. These attributes and their mean-
ings are listed in Table 1-3.
Library Attributes
The run-time libraries make use of file attributes. (See Chapter 1 of the
C/C++ Compiler Manual for SHARC Processors for more details on how to
use file attributes.) Each library function has a defined set of file attributes
that are listed in Table 1-4. For each object obj in the run-time libraries
the following is true.
Table 1-3. Startup File Attributes
Attribute Meaning
_cpp C++ startup file
_sov Enables stack overflow detection
CrossCore Embedded Studio 1.1 1-9
C/C++ Library Manual for SHARC Processors
C/C++ Run-Time Library
If an object in the run-time library calls into another object in the same
library, whether it is internal or publicly visible, the called object will
inherit extra libGroup and libFunc values from the caller.
Table 1-4. Run-Time Library Object Attributes
Attribute Name Meaning of Attribute and Value
libGroup A potentially multi-valued attribute. Each value is the name of a
header file that either defines obj, or that defines a function that
calls obj.
libName The name of the library that contains obj. For example, suppose
that obj were part of libdsp.dlb, then the value of the attribute
would be libdsp.
libFunc The name of all the functions in obj. libFunc will have multiple
values -both the C, and assembly linkage names will be listed.
libFunc will also contain all the published C and assembly link-
age names of objects in obj's library that call into obj.
prefersMem One of three values: internal, external or any. If obj contains
a function that is likely to be application performance critical, it
will be marked as internal. Most DSP run-time library func-
tions fit into the internal category. If a function is deemed
unlikely to be essential for achieving the necessary performance it
will be marked as external (all the I/O library functions fall into
this category). The default .ldf files use this attribute to place
code and data optimally.
prefersMemNum Analogous to prefersMem but takes a numeric string value. The
attribute can be used in .ldf files to provide a greater measure of
control over the placement of binary object files than is available
using the prefersMem attribute. The values "30", "50", and
"70" correspond to the prefersMem values internal, any, and
external respectively. The default .ldf files use the prefers-
Mem attribute in preference to the prefersMemNum attribute to
specify the optimum placement of files.
FuncName Multi-valued attribute whose values are all the assembler linkage
names of the defined names in obj.
C and C++ Run-Time Libraries Guide
1-10 CrossCore Embedded Studio 1.1
C/C++ Library Manual for SHARC Processors
The following example demonstrates how attributes would look in a small
example library libfunc.dlb that comprises three objects: func1.doj,
func2.doj and subfunc.doj. These objects are built from the following
source modules:
File: func1.h
void func1(void);
File: func2.h
void func2(void);
File: func1.c
#include func1.h”
void func1(void) {
/* Compiles to func1.doj */
subfunc();
}
File: func2.c
#include "func2.h"
void func2(void) {
/* Compiles to func2.doj */
subfunc();
}
File: subfunc.c
void subfunc(void) {
/* Compiles to subfunc.doj */
}
The objects in libfunc.dlb have the attributes as defined in Table 1-5.
CrossCore Embedded Studio 1.1 1-11
C/C++ Library Manual for SHARC Processors
C/C++ Run-Time Library
Table 1-5. Attribute Values in libfunc.dlb
Attribute Value
func1.doj
libGroup
libName
libFunc
libFunc
FuncName
prefersMem
prefersMemNum
func1.h
libfunc
_func1
func1
_func1
any(1)
50
func2.doj
libGroup
libName
libFunc
libFunc
FuncName
prefersMem
prefersMemNum
func2.h
libfunc
_func2
func2
_func2
internal(2)
30
subfunc.doj
libGroup
libGroup
libName
libFunc
libFunc
libFunc
libFunc
libFunc
libFunc
FuncName
prefersMem
prefersMemNum
func1.h
func2.h(3)
libfunc
_func1
func1
_func2
func2
_subfunc
subfunc
_subfunc
internal(4)
30
1 func1.doj will not be performance critical, based on its
normal usage.
2 func2.doj will be performance critical in many appli-
cations, based on its normal usage.
3 libGroup contains the union of the libGroup attributes
of the two calling objects.
4 prefersMem contains the highest priority of all the call-
ing objects.
C and C++ Run-Time Libraries Guide
1-12 CrossCore Embedded Studio 1.1
C/C++ Library Manual for SHARC Processors
Exceptions to the Attribute Conventions
The library attribute convention has the following exceptions:
The C++ support libraries (libcpp*.dlb) all contain functions that have
C++ linkage. Functions written in C++ have their functions names
encoded (often referred to as name mangling) to allow for the overloading
of parameter types. The function name encoding includes all the parame-
ter types, the return type and the namespace within which the function is
declared. Whenever a function’s name is encoded, the encoded name is
used as the value for the libFunc attribute.
Table 1-6 lists additional libGroup attribute values.
Objects with any of the libGroup attribute values listed in Table 1-6 will
not contain any libGroup or libFunc attributes from any calling objects.
Table 1-6. Additional libGroup Attribute Values
Value Meaning
floating_point_support Compiler support routines for floating-point arithmetic
fixed_point_support Compiler support routines for native fixed-point types
integer_support Compiler support routines for integer arithmetic
runtime_support Other run-time functions that do not fit into any of the above
categories
startup One-time initialization functions called prior to the invocation
of main
runtime_checking Run-Time checks to provide support for dynamic checks
stack_overflow_detection Run-Time checks to support detection of stack overflow
libprofile Run-Time functions to support profiling
CrossCore Embedded Studio 1.1 1-13
C/C++ Library Manual for SHARC Processors
C/C++ Run-Time Library
Table 1-7 presents a summary of the default memory placement using
prefersMem.
Most of the functions contained within the DSP run-time library
(libdsp*.dlb) have prefersMem=internal, because it is likely that any
function called in this run-time library will make up a significant part of
an application’s cycle count.
Mapping Objects to FLASH Memory Using Attributes
When using the Memory Initializer to initialize code and data areas from
flash memory, code and data used during the process of initialization must
be mapped to flash memory to ensure it is available during boot-up. The
requiredForROMBoot attribute is specified on library objects that contain
such code and data and can be used in the .ldf file to perform the
required mapping. See the Linker and Utilities Manual for further infor-
mation on memory initialization.
Working With Library Header Files
When you use a library function in your program, you should also include
the function’s header file with the #include preprocessor command. The
header file for each function is identified in the Synopsis section of the
function’s reference page. Header files contain function prototypes. The
Table 1-7. Default Memory Placement Summary
Library Placement
libcpp*.dlb any
libio*.dlb external
libdsp*.dlb internal except for the windowing functions and func-
tions which generate a twiddle table which are external
libc*.dlb any except for the stdio.h functions, which are external,
and qsort, which is internal
C and C++ Run-Time Libraries Guide
1-14 CrossCore Embedded Studio 1.1
C/C++ Library Manual for SHARC Processors
compiler uses these prototypes to check that each function is called with
the correct arguments.
A list of the header files that are supplied with this release of the cc21k
compiler appears in Table 1-8. You should use a C standard text to aug-
ment the information supplied in this chapter.
Table 1-8. Standard C Run-Time Library Header Files
Header Purpose Standard
adi_types.h Type definitions Analog Extension
assert.h Diagnostics ANSI
ctype.h Character handling ANSI
cycle_count.h Basic cycle counting Analog Extension
cycles.h Cycle counting with statistics Analog Extension
errno.h Error handling ANSI
float.h Floating point ANSI
heap_debug.h Macros and prototypes for heap debugging Analog Extension
instrprof.h Instrumented profiling support (on page 1-21) Analog Extension
iso646.h Boolean operators ANSI
libdyn.h Dynamically-loadable modules (on page 1-21) Analog Extension
limits.h Limits ANSI
locale.h Localization ANSI
math.h Mathematics ANSI
misra_types.h Exact-width integer types MISRA-C:2004
pgo_hw.h Profile-guided optimization support (on page 1-24) Analog Extension
setjmp.h Non-local jumps ANSI
signal.h Signal handling ANSI
stdarg.h Variable arguments ANSI
stdbool.h Boolean macros ANSI
stddef.h Standard definitions ANSI
CrossCore Embedded Studio 1.1 1-15
C/C++ Library Manual for SHARC Processors
C/C++ Run-Time Library
The following sections provide descriptions of the header files contained
in the C library. The header files are listed in alphabetical order.
adi_types.h
The adi_types.h header file contains the type definitions for char_t,
float32_t, float64_t, and also includes both stdint.h and stdbool.h.
assert.h
The assert.h header file defines the assert macro, which can be used to
insert run-time diagnostics into a source file. The macro normally tests
(asserts) that an expression is true. If the expression is false, then the
macro will first print an error message, and will then call the abort func-
tion to terminate the application. The message displayed by the assert
macro will be of the form:
ASSERT [expression] fails at "filename": linenumber
Note that the message includes the following information:
filename - the name of the source file
linenumber - the current line number in the source file
expression - the expression tested
stdfix.h Fixed point ISO/IEC TR 18037
stdint.h Exact width integer types ANSI
stdio.h Input/output ANSI
stdlib.h Standard library ANSI
string.h String handling ANSI
time.h Date and time ANSI
Table 1-8. Standard C Run-Time Library Header Files (Contd)
Header Purpose Standard
C and C++ Run-Time Libraries Guide
1-16 CrossCore Embedded Studio 1.1
C/C++ Library Manual for SHARC Processors
However if the macro NDEBUG is defined at the point at which the assert.h
header file is included in the source file, then the assert macro will be
defined as a null macro and no run-time diagnostics will be generated.
The strings associated with assert.h can be assigned to slower, more plen-
tiful memory (and therefore free up faster memory) by placing a
default_section pragma above the sections of code containing the
asserts. For example:
#pragma default_section(STRINGS,"seg_sram")
Note that the pragma will affect the placement of all strings, and not just
the ones associated with using the ASSERT macro. For more information
about using the pragma, see the section “Linking Control Pragmas” in
Chapter 1 of the C/C++ Compiler Manual for SHARC Processors.
An alternative to using the default_section pragma is to use the com-
piler’s -section switch (for example -section strings=seg_sram). You
can accomplish this in one of two ways:
Use the command line.
Use the IDE: Project > Properties > C/C++ Build > Settings >
Compiler > Additional Options.
ctype.h
The ctype.h header file contains functions for character handling, such as
isalpha, tolower, etc.
For a list of library functions that use this header, see Table 1-21 on
page 1-59.
cycle_count.h
The cycle_count.h header file provides an inexpensive method for bench-
marking C-written source by defining basic facilities for measuring cycle
CrossCore Embedded Studio 1.1 1-17
C/C++ Library Manual for SHARC Processors
C/C++ Run-Time Library
counts. The facilities provided are based upon two macros, and a data type
which are described in more detail in the section Measuring Cycle Counts.
cycles.h
The cycles.h header file defines a set of five macros and an associated
data type that may be used to measure the cycle counts used by a section
of C-written source. The macros can record how many times a particular
piece of code has been executed and also the minimum, average, and max-
imum number of cycles used. The facilities that are available via this
header file are described in the section Measuring Cycle Counts.
errno.h
The errno.h header file provides access to errno and also defines macros
for associated error codes. This facility is not, in general, supported by the
rest of the library.
float.h
The float.h header file defines the properties of the floating-point data
types that are implemented by the compiler—that is, float, double, and
long double. These properties are defined as macros and include the fol-
lowing for each supported data type:
the maximum and minimum value (for example, FLT_MAX and
FLT_MIN)
the maximum and minimum power of ten (for example, FLT_MAX-
_10_EXP and FLT_MIN_10_EXP)
the precision available expressed in terms of decimal digits (for
example, FLT_DIG)
a constant that represents the smallest value that may added to 1.0
and still result in a change of value (for example, FLT_EPSILON)
C and C++ Run-Time Libraries Guide
1-18 CrossCore Embedded Studio 1.1
C/C++ Library Manual for SHARC Processors
Note that the set of macros that define the properties of the double data
type will have the same values as the corresponding set of macros for the
float type when doubles are defined to be 32 bits wide, and they will
have the same value as the macros for the long double data type when
doubles are defined to be 64 bits wide (use the -double-size[-32|-64]
compiler switch).
heap_debug.h
The heap_debug.h header file defines a set of functions and macros for
configuring and manipulating the heap debugging library.
For more information on heap debugging, see the section “Heap Debug-
ging” in Chapter 2 of the C/C++ Compiler Manual for SHARC Processors.
When the macro _HEAP_DEBUG is not defined, the functions defined in
heap_debug.h are replaced by simple statements representing a successful
return from that function. This ensures that any code using these func-
tions will link and operate as expected without any performance
degradation when heap debugging is disabled.
Configuration macros are provided in this file, which represent the values
of the bit-fields used to control the behavior of the heap debugging. These
configuration macros are shown in Table 1-9.
CrossCore Embedded Studio 1.1 1-19
C/C++ Library Manual for SHARC Processors
C/C++ Run-Time Library
These macros can be used as parameters to adi_heap_debug_enable and
adi_heap_debug_disable to enable or disable features at runtime. Tracking
of heap usage is implicitly enabled when either report generation or
run-time diagnostics are enabled at runtime. For more information see the
section “Enabling And Disabling Features” in Chapter 2 of the C/C++
Compiler Manual for SHARC Processors.
Macros representing various categories of heap error are defined in
heap_debug.h. These values can be used as parameters to the functions
adi_heap_debug_set_error, adi_heap_debug_set_ignore and adi_heap_de-
bug_set_warning at runtime, or as definitions for the “C” unsigned long
variables adi_heap_debug_error, __heap_debug_ignore and __heap_de-
bug_warning at build-time in order to configure the severity of these error
types when runtime diagnostics are enabled. These error type macros are
shown in Table 1-10. For more information on using these macros, see
the section “Setting The Severity Of Error Messages” in Chapter 2 of the
C/C++ Compiler Manual for SHARC Processors.
Table 1-9. Configuration Macros for Heap Debugging
Macro Use
_HEAP_STDERR_DIAG Enable/disable diagnostics about heap usage via stderr
_HEAP_HPL_GEN Enable/disable generation of the .hpl file used for heap
debugging report
_HEAP_TRACK_USAGE Enable/disable tracking of heap usage
C and C++ Run-Time Libraries Guide
1-20 CrossCore Embedded Studio 1.1
C/C++ Library Manual for SHARC Processors
Table 1-10. Error Type Macros for Heap Debugging
Macro Error
_HEAP_ERROR_UNKNOWN An unknown error has occurred
_HEAP_ERROR_FAILED An allocation has been unsuccessful
_HEAP_ERROR_ALLOCATION_OF_ZERO An allocation has been requested with size
of zero
_HEAP_ERROR_NULL_PTR A null pointer has been passed where not
expected
_HEAP_ERROR_INVALID_ADDRESS A pointer has been passed which doesnt
correspond to a block on the heap
_HEAP_ERROR_BLOCK_IS_CORRUPT Corruption has been detected in the heap
_HEAP_ERROR_FREE_OF_FREE A deallocation of an already de-allocated
block has been requested
_HEAP_ERROR_FUNCTION_MISMATCH An unexpected function is being used to
de-allocate a block (i.e. calling free on
an block allocated by new)
_HEAP_ERROR_UNFREED_BLOCK A memory leak has been detected
_HEAP_ERROR_WRONG_HEAP A heap operation has the wrong heap
index specified
_HEAP_ERROR_INVALID_INPUT An invalid parameter has been passed to a
heap debugging function
_HEAP_ERROR_INTERNAL An internal error has occurred
_HEAP_ERROR_IN_ISR The heap has been used within an inter-
rupt
_HEAP_ERROR_MISSING_OUTPUT Report output has been lost due to insuf-
ficient or no buffer space
_HEAP_ERROR_ALL Refers to all of the above errors collec-
tively
CrossCore Embedded Studio 1.1 1-21
C/C++ Library Manual for SHARC Processors
C/C++ Run-Time Library
instrprof.h
The instrprof.h header file declares user-callable functions in support of
instrumented profiling. For more information, see “Profiling With Instru-
mented Code” in Chapter 2 of the C/C++ Compiler Manual for SHARC
Processors.
iso646.h
The iso646.h header file defines symbolic names for certain C operators;
the symbolic names and their associated value are shown in Table 1-11.
The symbolic names have the same name as the C++ keywords that
are accepted by the compiler when the -alttok switch is specified.
libdyn.h
The libdyn.h header file contains type definitions and function declara-
tions for loading dynamically-loadable modules (DLMs) that have been
Table 1-11. Symbolic Names Defined in iso646.h
Symbolic Name Equivalent
and &&
and_eq &=
bitand &
bitor |
compl ~
not !
not_eq !=
or ||
or_eq |=
xor ^
xor_eq ^=
C and C++ Run-Time Libraries Guide
1-22 CrossCore Embedded Studio 1.1
C/C++ Library Manual for SHARC Processors
produced by the elf2dyn utility. For more information on using elf2dyn,
refer to the Loader and Utilities Manual. For information on using creat-
ing and using DLMs, refer to the System Run-Time Documentation in the
online help.
limits.h
The limits.h header file contains definitions of maximum and minimum
values for each C data type other than floating-point.
locale.h
The locale.h header file contains definitions for expressing numeric,
monetary, time, and other data.
For a list of library functions that use this header, see Table 1-24.
math.h
The math.h header file includes trigonometric, power, logarithmic, expo-
nential, and other miscellaneous functions. The library contains the
functions specified by the C standard along with implementations for the
data types float and long double.
For a list of library functions that use this header, see Table 1-25.
For every function that is defined to return a double, the math.h header
file also defines corresponding functions that return a float and a long
double. The names of the float functions are the same as the equivalent
double function with f appended to its name. Similarly, the names of the
long double functions are the same as the double function with d
appended to its name.
CrossCore Embedded Studio 1.1 1-23
C/C++ Library Manual for SHARC Processors
C/C++ Run-Time Library
For example, the header file contains the following prototypes for the sine
function:
float sinf (float x);
double sin (double x);
long double sind (long double x);
When the compiler is treating double as 32 bits, the header file arranges
that all references to the double functions are directed to the equivalent
float function (with the suffix f). This allows you to use the un-suffixed
names with arguments of type double, regardless of whether doubles are
32 or 64 bits long.
This header file also provides prototypes for a number of additional math
functions provided by Analog Devices, such as favg, fmax, fclip, and
copysign. Refer to Chapter 2, DSP Run-Time Library for more informa-
tion about these additional functions.
The math.h header file also defines the macro HUGE_VAL. This macro evalu-
ates to the maximum positive value that the type double can support.
The macros EDOM and ERANGE, defined in errno.h, are used by math.h
functions to indicate domain and range errors.
A domain error occurs when an input argument is outside the domain of
the function. C Run-Time Library Reference lists the specific cases that
cause errno to be set to EDOM, and the associated return values.
A range error occurs when the result of a function cannot be represented
in the return type. If the result overflows, the function returns the value
HUGE_VAL with the appropriate sign. If the result underflows, the function
returns a zero without indicating a range error.
C and C++ Run-Time Libraries Guide
1-24 CrossCore Embedded Studio 1.1
C/C++ Library Manual for SHARC Processors
misra_types.h
The misra_types.h header file contains definitions of exact-width data
types, as defined in stdint.h and stdbool.h, plus data types char_t,
float32_t and float64_t types.
pgo_hw.h
The pgo_hw.h header file declares user-callable functions in support of
profile-guided optimization, when used with hardware rather than a simu-
lator. For more information, see “Profile Guided Optimization and Code
Coverage” in Chapter 2 of the C/C++ Compiler Manual for SHARC
Processors.
setjmp.h
The setjmp.h header file contains setjmp and longjmp for non-local
jumps.
For a list of library functions that use this header, see Table 1-26.
signal.h
The signal.h header file provides function prototypes for the standard
ANSI signal.h routines.
For a list of library functions that use this header, see Table 1-27.
stdarg.h
The stdarg.h header file contains definitions needed for functions that
accept a variable number of arguments. Programs that call such functions
must include a prototype for the functions referenced.
For a list of library functions that use this header, see Table 1-28.
CrossCore Embedded Studio 1.1 1-25
C/C++ Library Manual for SHARC Processors
C/C++ Run-Time Library
stdbool.h
The stdbool.h header file contains three boolean related macros (true,
false and __bool_true_false_are_defined) and an associated data type
(bool). This header file was introduced in the C99 standard library.
stddef.h
The stddef.h header file contains a few common definitions useful for
portable programs, such as size_t.
stdfix.h
The stdfix.h file contains function prototypes and macro definitions to
support the native fixed-point type fract as defined by the ISO/IEC
Technical Report 18037. The inclusion of this header file enables the
fract keyword as an alias for _Fract. A discussion of support for native
fixed-point types is given in Using Native Fixed-Point Types in the C/C++
Compiler Manual for SHARC Processors.
stdint.h
The stdint.h header file contains various exact-width integer types along
with associated minimum and maximum values. The stdint.h header file
was introduced in the C99 standard library.
Table 1-12 describes each type with regard to MIN and MAX macros.
C and C++ Run-Time Libraries Guide
1-26 CrossCore Embedded Studio 1.1
C/C++ Library Manual for SHARC Processors
Table 1-12. Exact-Width Integer Types
Type Common Equival e n t MIN MAX
int32_t int INT32_MIN INT32_MAX
int64_t long long INT64_MIN INT64_MAX
uint32_t unsigned int 0 UINT32_MAX
uint64_t unsigned long long 0 UINT64_MAX
int_least8_t int INT_LEAST8_MIN INT_LEAST8_MAX
int_least16_t int INT_LEAST16_MIN INT_LEAST16_MAX
int_least32_t int INT_LEAST32_MIN INT_LEAST32_MAX
int_least64_t long long INT_LEAST64_MIN INT_LEAST64_MAX
uint_least8_t unsigned int 0 UINT_LEAST8_MAX
uint_least16_t unsigned int 0 UINT_LEAST16_MAX
uint_least32_t unsigned int 0 UINT_LEAST32_MAX
uint_least64_t unsigned long long 0 UINT_LEAST64_MAX
int_fast8_t int INT_FAST8_MIN INT_FAST8_MAX
int_fast16_t int INT_FAST16_MIN INT_FAST16_MAX
int_fast32_t int INT_FAST32_MIN INT_FAST32_MAX
int_fast64_t long long INT_FAST64_MIN INT_FAST64_MAX
uint_fast8_t unsigned int 0 UINT_FAST8_MAX
uint_fast16_t unsigned int 0 UINT_FAST16_MAX
uint_fast32_t unsigned int 0 UINT_FAST32_MAX
uint_fast64_t unsigned int 0 UINT_FAST64_MAX
intmax_t int INTMAX_MIN INTMAX_MAX
intptr_t int INTPTR_MIN INTPTR_MAX
uintmax_t unsigned int 0 UINTMAX_MAX
uintptr_t unsigned int 0 UINTPTR_MAX
CrossCore Embedded Studio 1.1 1-27
C/C++ Library Manual for SHARC Processors
C/C++ Run-Time Library
Table 1-13 describes MIN and MAX macros defined for typedefs in other
headings.
Macros for minimum-width integer constants include: INT8_C(x),
INT16_C(x), INT32_C(x), UINT8_C(x), UINT16_C(x), UINT32_C(x)
INT64_C(x) and UINT64_C(x).
Macros for greatest-width integer constants include INTMAX_C(x) and
UINTMAX_C(x).
stdio.h
The stdio.h header file defines a set of functions, macros, and data types
for performing input and output. Applications that use the facilities of
this header file should link with the I/O library libio.dlb in the same way
as linking with the C run-time library (see Linking Library Functions).
The library is thread-safe but it is not interrupt-safe and should not there-
fore be called either directly or indirectly from an interrupt service
routine.
The compiler uses definitions within the header file to select an appropri-
ate set of functions that correspond to the currently selected size of type
double (either 32 bits or 64 bits). Any source file that uses the facilities of
stdio.h must therefore include the header file. Failure to include the
header file results in a linker failure as the compiler must see a correct
function prototype in order to generate the correct calling sequence.
Table 1-13. MIN and MAX Macros for typedefs in Other Headings
Type MIN MAX
ptrdiff_t PTRDIFF_MIN PTRDIFF_MAX
sig_atomic_t SIG_ATOMIC_MIN SIG_ATOMIC_MAX
size_t 0 SIZE_MAX
wchar_t WCHAR_MIN WCHAR_MAX
wint_t WINT_MIN WINT_MAX
C and C++ Run-Time Libraries Guide
1-28 CrossCore Embedded Studio 1.1
C/C++ Library Manual for SHARC Processors
The default I/O library does not support input and output of fixed-point
values in floating-point format with the r and R format specifiers in the
printf and scanf family of functions. These will be printed in hexadeci-
mal format. If you wish to include full support for the r and R format
specifiers, link your application with the fixed-point I/O library, using the
-flags-link -MD__LIBIO_FX switch.
The implementation of both I/O libraries is based on a simple interface
provided by the CCES simulator and EZ-KIT Lite® systems; for further
details of this interface, refer to the System Run-Time Documentation in the
online help.
The following restrictions apply to this software release:
The functions tmpfile and tmpnam are not available
The functions rename and remove are always delegated to the cur-
rent default device driver
Positioning within a file that has been opened as a text stream is
only supported if the lines within the file are terminated by the
character sequence \r\n
Support for formatted reading and writing of data of long double
type is only supported if an application is built with the
-double-size-64 switch
At program termination, the host environment closes down any physical
connection between the application and an opened file. However, the I/O
library does not implicitly close any opened streams to avoid unnecessary
overheads (particularly with respect to memory occupancy). Thus, unless
explicit action is taken by an application, any unflushed output may be
lost.
Any output generated by printf is always flushed but output generated by
other library functions, such as putchar, fwrite, and fprintf, is not auto-
matically flushed. Applications should therefore arrange to close down any
CrossCore Embedded Studio 1.1 1-29
C/C++ Library Manual for SHARC Processors
C/C++ Run-Time Library
streams that they open. Note that the function reference fflush (NULL);
flushes the buffers of all opened streams.
Each opened stream is allocated a buffer which either contains data
from an input file or output from a program. For text streams, this
data is held in the form of 8-bit characters that are packed into
32-bit memory locations. Due to internal mechanisms used to
unpack and pack this data, the buffer must not reside at a memory
location that is greater than the address 0x3fffffff. Since the
stdio library allocates buffers from the heap, this restriction
implies that the heap should not be placed at address 0x40000000
or above. The restriction may be avoided by using the setvbuf
function to allocate the buffer from alternative memory, as in the
following example.
#include <stdio.h>
char buffer[BUFSIZ];
setvbuf(stdout,buffer,_IOLBF,BUFSIZ);
printf("Hello World\n");
This example assumes that the buffer resides at a memory location
that is less than 0x40000000.
For a list of library functions that use this header, see Table 1-30.
stdlib.h
The stdlib.h header file offers general utilities specified by the C stan-
dard. These include some integer math functions, such as abs, div, and
rand; general string-to-numeric conversions; memory allocation functions,
such as malloc and free; and termination functions, such as exit. This
library also contains miscellaneous functions such as bsearch and qsort.
This header file also provides prototypes for a number of additional inte-
ger math functions provided by Analog Devices, such as avg, max, and
C and C++ Run-Time Libraries Guide
1-30 CrossCore Embedded Studio 1.1
C/C++ Library Manual for SHARC Processors
clip. Table 1-14 is a summary of the additional library functions defined
by the stdlib.h header file.
Some functions exist as both integer and floating point functions.
The floating point functions typically have an f prefix. Make sure
you use the correct type.
Table 1-14. Standard Library – Additional Functions
Description Prototype
Average int avg (int a, int b);
long lavg (long a, long b);
long long llavg (long long a, long long b);
Clip int clip (int a, int b);
long lclip (long a, long b);
long long llclip (long long a, long long b);
Count bits set int count_ones (int a);
int lcount_ones (long a);
int llcount_ones (long long a);
Maximum int max (int a, int b);
long lmax (long a, long b);
long long llmax (long long a, long long b);
Minimum int min (int a, int b);
long lmin (long a, long b);
long long llmin (long long a, long long b);
Multiple
heaps for
dynamic
memory
allocation
void *heap_calloc(int heap_index, size_t nelem, size_t size);
void heap_free(int heap_index, void *ptr);
int heap_init(int index);
int heap_install(void *base, size_t size, int userid);
int heap_lookup(int userid);
void *heap_malloc(int heap_index, size_t size);
void *heap_realloc(int heap_index, void *ptr, size_t size);
int heap_space_unused(int index);
int heap_switch(int heapid);
int space_unused(void);
CrossCore Embedded Studio 1.1 1-31
C/C++ Library Manual for SHARC Processors
C/C++ Run-Time Library
A number of functions, including abs, avg, max, min, and clip, are imple-
mented via intrinsics (provided the header file has been #include’d) that
map to single-cycle machine instructions.
If the header file is not included, the library implementation is
used instead—at a considerable loss in efficiency.
For a list of library functions that use this header, see Table 1-31.
string.h
The string.h header file contains string handling functions, including
strcpy and memcpy.
For a list of library functions that use this header, see Table 1-32.
time.h
The time.h header file provides functions, data types, and a macro for
expressing and manipulating date and time information. The header file
defines two fundamental data types: time_t and clock_t.
The time_t data type is used for values that represent the number of sec-
onds that have elapsed since a known epoch; values of this form are known
as a calendar time. In this implementation, the epoch starts on 1st January,
1970, and calendar times before this date are represented as negative
values.
A calendar time may also be represented in a more versatile way as a
broken-down time which is a structured variable of the following form:
struct tm { int tm_sec; /* seconds after the minute [0,61] */
int tm_min; /* minutes after the hour [0,59] */
int tm_hour; /* hours after midnight [0,23] */
int tm_mday; /* day of the month [1,31] */
int tm_mon; /* months since January [0,11] */
int tm_year; /* years since 1900 */
C and C++ Run-Time Libraries Guide
1-32 CrossCore Embedded Studio 1.1
C/C++ Library Manual for SHARC Processors
int tm_wday; /* days since Sunday [0, 6] */
int tm_yday; /* days since January 1st [0,365] */
int tm_isdst; /* Daylight Saving flag */
};
This implementation does not support either the Daylight Saving
flag in the structure struct tm; nor does it support the concept of
time zones. All calendar times are therefore assumed to relate to
Greenwich Mean Time (Coordinated Universal Time or UTC).
The clock_t data type is associated with the number of implementa-
tion-dependent processor “ticks” used since an arbitrary starting point. By
default the data type is equivalent to the long data type and can only be
used to measure an elapsed time of a small number of seconds (depending
upon the processor’s clock speed). To measure a longer time span requires
an alternative definition of the data type.
If the macro __LONG_LONG_PROCESSOR_TIME__ is defined at compile-time
(either before including the header file time.h, or by using the com-
pile-time switch -D__LONG_LONG_PROCESSOR_TIME__), the clock_t data
type will be typedef’d as a long long, which should be sufficient to record
an elapsed time for the most demanding application.
The header file sets the CLOCKS_PER_SEC macro to the number of processor
cycles per second and this macro can therefore be used to convert data of
type clock_t into seconds, normally by using floating-point arithmetic to
divide it into the result returned by the clock function.
In general, the processor speed is a property of a particular chip and
it is therefore recommended that the value to which this macro is
set is verified independently before it is used by an application.
CrossCore Embedded Studio 1.1 1-33
C/C++ Library Manual for SHARC Processors
C/C++ Run-Time Library
In this version of the C/C++ compiler, the CLOCKS_PER_SEC macro is set by
one of the following (in descending order of precedence):
Via the -DCLOCKS_PER_SEC=<definition> compile-time switch
•Via Project > Properties > C/C++ Build > Settings > Compiler >
Processor > Processor speed (MHz)
From the header file cycles.h
For a list of library functions that use this header, see Table 1-33.
Calling Library Functions From an ISR
Not all C run-time library functions are interrupt-safe (and can therefore
be called from an interrupt service routine). For a run-time function to be
classified as interrupt-safe, it must:
Not update any global data, such as errno, and
Not write to (or maintain) any private static data
It is recommended therefore that none of the functions defined in the
header file math.h, nor the string conversion functions defined in
stdlib.h, be called from an ISR, as these functions are commonly defined
to update the global variable errno. Similarly, the functions defined in the
stdio.h header file maintain static tables for currently opened streams and
should not be called from an ISR.
The memory allocation routines malloc, calloc, realloc, free, the C++
operators new and delete, and any variants, read and update global tables
and are not interrupt-safe. The heap debugging library can detect calls to
memory allocation routines from an ISR, see the section “Heap Debug-
ging” in Chapter 2 of the C/C++ Compiler Manual for SHARC Processors.
C and C++ Run-Time Libraries Guide
1-34 CrossCore Embedded Studio 1.1
C/C++ Library Manual for SHARC Processors
Several other library functions are not interrupt-safe because they make
use of private static data. These functions are:
asctime
gmtime
localtime
rand
srand
strtok
While not all C run-time library functions are interrupt-safe, versions of
the functions are available that are thread-safe and may be used in a
multi-threaded environment. These library functions can be found in the
run-time libraries that have the suffix mt in their filename.
Using the Libraries in a Multi-Threaded
Environment
It is sometimes desirable for there to be several instances of a given library
function to be active at any one time. Two examples of such a requirement
are:
An interrupt or other external event invokes a function, while the
application is also executing that function,
An application that runs in a multi-threaded environment, such as
an RTOS, and more than one thread executes the function
concurrently.
The majority of the functions in the C and C++ run-time libraries are safe
in this regard and may be called in either of the above schemes; this is
because the functions operate on parameters passed in by the caller and
they do not maintain private static storage, and they do not access
non-constant global data.
CrossCore Embedded Studio 1.1 1-35
C/C++ Library Manual for SHARC Processors
C/C++ Run-Time Library
A subset of the library functions however either make use of private stor-
age or they operate on shared resources (such as FILE pointers). This can
lead to undefined behavior if two instances of a function simultaneously
access the same data. The issues associated with calling such library func-
tions via an interrupt or other external event is discussed in the section
Calling Library Functions From an ISR.
A CCES installation contains versions of the C and C++ libraries that may
be used in a multi-threaded environment. These libraries have recursive
locking mechanisms so that shared resources, such as stdio FILE tables
and buffers, are only updated by a single function instance at any given
time. The libraries also make use of local-storage routines for thread-local
private copies of data, and for the variable errno (each thread therefore
has its own copy of errno).
Note that the DSP run-time library (which is described in DSP Run-Time
Library, is thread-safe and may be used in any multi-threaded
environment.
Using Compiler Built-In C Library Functions
The C compiler built-in functions (sometimes called intrinsics) are func-
tions that the compiler immediately recognizes and replaces with inline
assembly code instead of a function call. For example, the absolute value
function, abs(), is recognized by the compiler, which subsequently
replaces a call to the C run-time library version with an inline version. The
cc21k compiler contains a number of intrinsic built-in functions for effi-
cient access to various features of the hardware.
Built-in functions are recognized for cases where the name begins with the
string __builtin, and the declared prototype of the function matches the
prototype that the compiler expects. Built-in functions are declared in the
builtins.h header file. Include this header file in your program to use
these functions.
C and C++ Run-Time Libraries Guide
1-36 CrossCore Embedded Studio 1.1
C/C++ Library Manual for SHARC Processors
Typically, inline built-in functions are faster than an average library rou-
tine, as they do not incur the calling overhead. The routines in Table 1-15
are built-in C library functions for the cc21k compiler.
If you want to use the C run-time library functions of the same name
instead of the built-in function, refer to “builtins.h” in the C/C++ Com-
piler Manual for SHARC Processors.
Abridged C++ Library Support
When in C++ mode, the cc21k compiler can call a large number of func-
tions from the Abridged Library, a conforming subset of C++ library.
The Abridged C++ library has two major components: embedded C++
library (EC++) and embedded standard template library (ESTL). The
Table 1-15. Compiler Built-in Functions
abs avg clip
copysign1
1 These functions are only compiled as a built-in func-
tion if double is the same size as float.
copysignf fabs1
fabsf favg1favgf
fclip1fclipf fmax1
fmaxf fmin1fminf
labs lavg lclip
lmax lmin max
memcpy2
2 Not all references to these functions will be inlined.
Some will generate a call to a library function if the
compiler does not have sufficient information about
the arguments to generate efficient inline code.
memmove2min
strcpy2strlen2
CrossCore Embedded Studio 1.1 1-37
C/C++ Library Manual for SHARC Processors
C/C++ Run-Time Library
embedded C++ library is a conforming implementation of the embedded
C++ library as specified by the Embedded C++ Technical Committee. You
can view the Abridged Library Reference in the CCES online help.
This section lists and briefly describes the following components of the
Abridged C++ library:
Embedded C++ Library Header Files
C++ Header Files for C Library Facilities
Embedded Standard Template Library Header Files
For more information on the Abridged Library, see online help.
Embedded C++ Library Header Files
The following section provides a brief description of the header files in the
embedded C++ library.
complex
The complex header file defines a template class complex and a set of asso-
ciated arithmetic operators. Predefined types include complex_float and
complex_long_double.
This implementation does not support the full set of complex operations
as specified by the C++ standard. In particular, it does not support either
the transcendental functions or the I/O operators << and >>.
The complex header and the C library header file complex.h refer to two
different and incompatible implementations of the complex data type.
exception
The exception header file defines the exception and bad_exception
classes and several functions for exception handling.
C and C++ Run-Time Libraries Guide
1-38 CrossCore Embedded Studio 1.1
C/C++ Library Manual for SHARC Processors
fstream
The fstream header file defines the filebuf, ifstream, and ofstream
classes for external file manipulations.
iomanip
The iomanip header file declares several iostream manipulators. Each
manipulator accepts a single argument.
ios
The ios header file defines several classes and functions for basic iostream
manipulations. Note that most of the iostream header files include ios.
iosfwd
The iosfwd header file declares forward references to various iostream
template classes defined in other standard header files.
iostream
The iostream header file declares most of the iostream objects used for
the standard stream manipulations.
istream
The istream header file defines the istream class for iostream extractions.
Note that most of the iostream header files include istream.
new
The new header file declares several classes and functions for memory allo-
cations and deallocations.
ostream
The ostream header file defines the ostream class for iostream insertions.
CrossCore Embedded Studio 1.1 1-39
C/C++ Library Manual for SHARC Processors
C/C++ Run-Time Library
sstream
The sstream header file defines the stringbuf, istringstream, and
ostringstream classes for various string object manipulations.
stdexcept
The stdexcept header file defines a variety of classes for exception
reporting.
streambuf
The streambuf header file defines the streambuf classes for basic opera-
tions of the iostream classes. Note that most of the iostream header files
include streambuf.
string
The string header file defines the string template and various supporting
classes and functions for string manipulations.
Objects of the string type should not be confused with the
null-terminated C strings.
strstream
The strstream header file defines the strstreambuf, istrstream, and
ostream classes for iostream manipulations on allocated, extended, and
freed character sequences.
C and C++ Run-Time Libraries Guide
1-40 CrossCore Embedded Studio 1.1
C/C++ Library Manual for SHARC Processors
C++ Header Files for C Library Facilities
For each C standard library header there is a corresponding standard C++
header. If the name of a C standard library header file were foo.h, then
the name of the equivalent C++ header file would be cfoo. For example,
the C++ header file <cstdio> provides the same facilities as the C header
file <stdio.h>.
Table 1-16 lists the C++ header files that provide access to the C library
facilities.
The C standard headers files may be used to define names in the C++
global namespace, while the equivalent C++ header files define names in
the standard namespace.
Table 1-16. C++ Header Files for C Library Facilities
Header Description
cassert Enforces assertions during function executions
cctype Classifies characters
cerrno Tests error codes reported by library functions
cfloat Tests floating-point type properties
climits Tests integer type properties
clocale Adapts to different cultural conventions
cmath Provides common mathematical operations
csetjmp Executes non-local goto statements
csignal Controls various exceptional conditions
cstdarg Accesses a variable number of arguments
cstddef Defines several useful data types and macros
cstdio Performs input and output
cstdlib Performs a variety of operations
cstring Manipulates several kinds of strings
CrossCore Embedded Studio 1.1 1-41
C/C++ Library Manual for SHARC Processors
C/C++ Run-Time Library
Chapter 2, DSP Run-Time Library describes the functions in the
DSP run-time libraries. Referencing these functions with a name-
space prefix is not supported. All DSP library functions are in the
global namespace.
Embedded Standard Template Library Header Files
Templates and the associated header files are not part of the embedded
C++ standard, but they are supported by the cc21k compiler in C++
mode. The embedded standard template library header files are:
algorithm
The algorithm header file defines numerous common operations on
sequences.
deque
The deque header file defines a deque template container.
functional
The functional header file defines numerous function templates that can
be used to create callable types.
hash_map
The hash_map header file defines two hashed map template containers.
hash_set
The hash_set header file defines two hashed set template containers.
iterator
The iterator header file defines common iterators and operations on
iterators.
C and C++ Run-Time Libraries Guide
1-42 CrossCore Embedded Studio 1.1
C/C++ Library Manual for SHARC Processors
list
The list header file defines a list template container.
map
The map header file defines two map template containers.
memory
The memory header file defines facilities for managing memory.
numeric
The numeric header file defines several numeric operations on sequences.
queue
The queue header file defines two queue template container adapters.
set
The set header file defines two set template containers.
stack
The stack header file defines a stack template container adapter.
utility
The utility header file defines an assortment of utility templates.
vector
The vector header file defines a vector template container.
CrossCore Embedded Studio 1.1 1-43
C/C++ Library Manual for SHARC Processors
C/C++ Run-Time Library
Header Files for C++ Library Compatibility
The Embedded C++ library also includes several header files for compati-
bility with traditional C++ libraries. Table 1-17 describes these files.
Measuring Cycle Counts
The common basis for benchmarking some arbitrary C-written source is
to measure the number of processor cycles that the code uses. Once this
figure is known, it can be used to calculate the actual time taken by multi-
plying the number of processor cycles by the clock rate of the processor.
The run-time library provides three alternative methods for measuring
processor cycles, as described in the following sections.
Each of these methods is described in:
Basic Cycle Counting Facility
Cycle Counting Facility With Statistics
Using time.h to Measure Cycle Counts
Determining the Processor Clock Rate
Considerations When Measuring Cycle Counts
Table 1-17. Header Files for C++ Library Compatibility
Header Description
fstream.h Defines several iostream template classes that manipulate external
files
iomanip.h Declares several iostreams manipulators that take a single argument
iostream.h Declares the iostream objects that manipulate the standard streams
new.h Declares several functions that allocate and free storage
C and C++ Run-Time Libraries Guide
1-44 CrossCore Embedded Studio 1.1
C/C++ Library Manual for SHARC Processors
Basic Cycle Counting Facility
The fundamental approach to measuring the performance of a section of
code is to record the current value of the cycle count register before exe-
cuting the section of code, and then reading the register again after the
code has been executed. This process is represented by two macros that are
defined in the cycle_count.h header file:
START_CYCLE_COUNT(S)
STOP_CYCLE_COUNT(T,S)
The parameter S is set by the macro START_CYCLE_COUNT to the current
value of the cycle count register; this value should then be passed to the
macro STOP_CYCLE_COUNT, which will calculate the difference between the
parameter and current value of the cycle count register. Reading the cycle
count register incurs an overhead of a small number of cycles and the
macro ensures that the difference returned (in the parameter T) will be
adjusted to allow for this additional cost. The parameters S and T should
be separate variables. They should be declared as a cycle_t data type that
the header file cycle_count.h defines as:
typedef volatile unsigned long cycle_t;
The cycle_t type can be configured to use the unsigned long long
type for its definition. To do this, you should compile your appli-
cation with the compile-time macro
__LONG_LONG_PROCESSOR_TIME__ defined to 1.
The header file also defines the macro:
PRINT_CYCLES(STRING,T)
which is provided mainly as an example of how to print a value of type
cycle_t; the macro outputs the text STRING on stdout followed by the
number of cycles T.
CrossCore Embedded Studio 1.1 1-45
C/C++ Library Manual for SHARC Processors
C/C++ Run-Time Library
The instrumentation represented by the macros defined in this section is
activated only if the program is compiled with the –DDO_CYCLE_COUNTS
switch. If this switch is not specified, then the macros are replaced by
empty statements and have no effect on the program.
The following example demonstrates how the basic cycle counting facility
may be used to monitor the performance of a section of code:
#include <cycle_count.h>
#include <stdio.h>
extern int
main(void)
{
cycle_t start_count;
cycle_t final_count;
START_CYCLE_COUNT(start_count);
Some_Function_Or_Code_To_Measure();
STOP_CYCLE_COUNT(final_count,start_count);
PRINT_CYCLES("Number of cycles: ",final_count);
}
The run-time libraries provide alternative facilities for measuring the per-
formance of C source (see Cycle Counting Facility With Statistics and
Using time.h to Measure Cycle Counts); the relative benefits of this facil-
ity are outlined in Considerations When Measuring Cycle Counts.
The basic cycle counting facility is based upon macros; it may therefore be
customized for a particular application (if required), without the need for
rebuilding the run-time libraries.
C and C++ Run-Time Libraries Guide
1-46 CrossCore Embedded Studio 1.1
C/C++ Library Manual for SHARC Processors
Cycle Counting Facility With Statistics
The cycles.h header file defines a set of macros for measuring the perfor-
mance of compiled C source. In addition to providing the basic facility for
reading the EMUCLK cycle count register of the SHARC architecture, the
macros can also accumulate statistics suited to recording the performance
of a section of code that is executed repeatedly.
If the switch -DDO_CYCLE_COUNTS is specified at compile-time, the
cycles.h header file defines the following macros:
CYCLES_INIT(S)
This macro initializes the system timing mechanism and clears the
parameter S; an application must contain one reference to this
macro.
CYCLES_START(S)
This macro extracts the current value of the cycle count register
and saves it in the parameter S.
CYCLES_STOP(S)
This macro extracts the current value of the cycle count register
and accumulates statistics in the parameter S, based on the previous
reference to the CYCLES_START macro.
CYCLES_PRINT(S)
This macro prints a summary of the accumulated statistics
recorded in the parameter S.
CYCLES_RESET(S)
This macro re-zeros the accumulated statistics that are recorded in
the parameter S.
The parameter S that is passed to the macros must be declared to be of the
type cycle_stats_t; this is a structured data type that is defined in the
cycles.h header file. The data type can record the number of times that
an instrumented part of the source has been executed, as well as the
CrossCore Embedded Studio 1.1 1-47
C/C++ Library Manual for SHARC Processors
C/C++ Run-Time Library
minimum, maximum, and average number of cycles that have been used.
For example, if an instrumented piece of code has been executed 4 times,
the CYCLES_PRINT macro would generate output on the standard stream
stdout in the form:
AVG : 95
MIN : 92
MAX : 100
CALLS : 4
If an instrumented piece of code had only been executed once, then the
CYCLES_PRINT macro would print a message of the form:
CYCLES : 95
If the switch -DDO_CYCLE_COUNTS is not specified, then the macros
described above are defined as null macros and no cycle count information
is gathered. Therefore, to switch between development and release mode
only requires a re-compilation and will not require any changes to the
source of an application.
The macros defined in the cycles.h header file may be customized for a
particular application without having to rebuild the run-time libraries.
The following example demonstrates how this facility may be used.
#include <cycles.h>
#include <stdio.h>
extern void foo(void);
extern void bar(void);
extern int
main(void)
{
cycle_stats_t stats;
int i;
C and C++ Run-Time Libraries Guide
1-48 CrossCore Embedded Studio 1.1
C/C++ Library Manual for SHARC Processors
CYCLES_INIT(stats);
for (i = 0; i < LIMIT; i++) {
CYCLES_START(stats);
foo();
CYCLES_STOP(stats);
}
printf("Cycles used by foo\n");
CYCLES_PRINT(stats);
CYCLES_RESET(stats);
CYCLES_START(stats);
bar();
CYCLES_STOP(stats);
}
printf("Cycles used by bar\n");
CYCLES_PRINT(stats);
}
This example might output:
Cycles used by foo
AVG : 25454
MIN : 23003
MAX : 26295
CALLS : 16
Cycles used by bar
AVG : 8727
MIN : 7653
MAX : 8912
CALLS : 16
CrossCore Embedded Studio 1.1 1-49
C/C++ Library Manual for SHARC Processors
C/C++ Run-Time Library
Alterative methods of measuring the performance of compiled C source
are described in the sections Basic Cycle Counting Facility and Using
time.h to Measure Cycle Counts. Also refer to Considerations When Mea-
suring Cycle Counts which provides some useful tips with regards to
performance measurements.
Using time.h to Measure Cycle Counts
The time.h header file defines the data type clock_t, the clock function,
and the macro CLOCKS_PER_SEC, which together may be used to calculate
the number of seconds spent in a program.
In the ANSI C standard, the clock function is defined to return the num-
ber of implementation dependent clock “ticks” that have elapsed since the
program began. In this version of the C/C++ compiler, the function
returns the number of processor cycles that an application has used.
The conventional way of using the facilities of the time.h header file to
measure the time spent in a program is to call the clock function at the
start of a program, and then subtract this value from the value returned by
a subsequent call to the function. The computed difference is usually cast
to a floating-point type, and is then divided by the macro CLOCKS_PER_SEC
to determine the time in seconds that has occurred between the two calls.
If this method of timing is used by an application, note that:
The value assigned to the macro CLOCKS_PER_SEC should be inde-
pendently verified to ensure that it is correct for the particular
processor being used (see Determining the Processor Clock Rate),
The result returned by the clock function does not include the
overhead of calling the library function.
C and C++ Run-Time Libraries Guide
1-50 CrossCore Embedded Studio 1.1
C/C++ Library Manual for SHARC Processors
A typical example that demonstrates the use of the time.h header file to
measure the amount of time that an application takes is shown below.
#include <time.h>
#include <stdio.h>
extern int
main(void)
{
volatile clock_t clock_start;
volatile clock_t clock_stop;
double secs;
clock_start = clock();
Some_Function_Or_Code_To_Measure();
clock_stop = clock();
secs = ((double) (clock_stop - clock_start))
/ CLOCKS_PER_SEC;
printf("Time taken is %e seconds\n",secs);
}
The cycles.h and cycle_count.h header files define other methods for
benchmarking an application—these header files are described in the sec-
tions Basic Cycle Counting Facility and Cycle Counting Facility With
Statistics, respectively. Also refer to Considerations When Measuring
Cycle Counts which provides some guidelines that may be useful.
Determining the Processor Clock Rate
Applications may be benchmarked with respect to how many processor
cycles they use. However, applications are typically benchmarked with
respect to how much time (for example, in seconds) that they take.
CrossCore Embedded Studio 1.1 1-51
C/C++ Library Manual for SHARC Processors
C/C++ Run-Time Library
Measuring the amount of time that an application takes to run on a
SHARC processor usually involves first determining the number of cycles
that the processor takes, and then dividing this value by the processor’s
clock rate. The time.h header file defines the macro CLOCKS_PER_SEC as
the number of processor “ticks” per second.
On an ADSP-21xxx (SHARC) architecture, this parameter is set by the
run-time library to one of the following values in descending order of
precedence:
By way of the compile-time switch:
-DCLOCKS_PER_SEC=<definition>
•By way of Project > Properties > C/C++ Build > Settings >
Compiler > Processor > Processor speed (MHz)
From the cycles.h header file
If the value of the macro CLOCKS_PER_SEC is taken from the cycles.h
header file, then be aware that the clock rate of the processor will usually
be taken to be the maximum speed of the processor, which is not necessar-
ily the speed of the processor at RESET.
Considerations When Measuring Cycle Counts
This section summarizes cycle-counting techniques for benchmarking
C-compiled code. Each of these alternatives are described below.
Basic Cycle Counting Facility
The basic cycle counting facility represents an inexpensive and rela-
tively unobtrusive method for benchmarking C-written source
using cycle counts. The facility is based on macros that factor in
the overhead incurred by the instrumentation. The macros may be
customized and can be switched either or off, and so no source
C and C++ Run-Time Libraries Guide
1-52 CrossCore Embedded Studio 1.1
C/C++ Library Manual for SHARC Processors
changes are required when moving between development and
release mode. The same set of macros is available on other plat-
forms provided by Analog Devices.
Cycle Counting Facility With Statistics
This cycle-counting facility has more features than the basic cycle
counting facility described above. It is more expensive in terms of
program memory, data memory, and cycles consumed. However, it
can record the number of times that the instrumented code has
been executed and can calculate the maximum, minimum, and
average cost of each iteration. The provided macros take into
account the overhead involved in reading the cycle count register.
By default, the macros are switched off, but they can be switched
on by specifying the -DDO_CYCLE_COUNTS compile-time switch. The
macros may be customized for a specific application. This cycle
counting facility is also available on other Analog Devices
architectures.
Using time.h to Measure Cycle Counts
The facilities of the time.h header file represent a simple method
for measuring the performance of an application that is portable
across many different architectures and systems. These facilities are
based on the clock function.
The clock function however does not account for the cost involved
in invoking the function. In addition, references to the function
may affect the optimizer-generated code in the vicinity of the func-
tion call. This benchmarking method may not accurately reflect the
true cost of the code being measured.
This method is best suited for benchmarking applications rather
than smaller sections of code that run for a much shorter time
span.
CrossCore Embedded Studio 1.1 1-53
C/C++ Library Manual for SHARC Processors
C/C++ Run-Time Library
When benchmarking code, some thought is required when adding instru-
mentation to C source that will be optimized. If the sequence of
statements to be measured is not selected carefully, the optimizer may
move instructions into (and out of) the code region and/or it may re-site
the instrumentation itself, leading to distorted measurements. Therefore,
it is generally considered more reliable to measure the cycle count of call-
ing (and returning from) a function rather than a sequence of statements
within a function.
It is recommended that variables used directly in benchmarking are simple
scalars that are allocated in internal memory (either assigned the result of a
reference to the clock function, or used as arguments to the cycle count-
ing macros). In the case of variables that are assigned the result of the
clock function, it is also recommended that they be defined with the vol-
atile keyword.
The different methods presented here to obtain the performance metrics
of an application are based on the EMUCLK register. This is a 32-bit register
that is incremented at every processor cycle; once the counter reaches the
value 0xffffffff it will wrap back to zero and will also increment the
EMUCLK2 register. By default, to save memory and execution time, the EMU-
CLK2 register is not used by either the clock function or the cycle counting
macros. The performance metrics therefore will wrap back to zero after
approximately every 71 seconds on a 60 MHz processor. If you require a
longer measurement duration, define the compile-time macro
__LONG_LONG_PROCESSOR_TIME__.
File I/O Support
The CCES environment provides access to files on a host system by using
stdio functions. File I/O support is provided through a set of low-level
primitives that implement the open, close, read, write, and seek opera-
tions, among others. The functions defined in the stdio.h header file
make use of these primitives to provide conventional C input and output
C and C++ Run-Time Libraries Guide
1-54 CrossCore Embedded Studio 1.1
C/C++ Library Manual for SHARC Processors
facilities. For details on File I/O support, refer to the system run-time
documentation.
Refer to stdio.h for information about the conventional C input and out-
put facilities that are provided by the compiler.
Fatal Error Handling
The CCES run-time library provides a global mechanism for handling
non-recoverable, or fatal, errors encountered during application execu-
tion. This is provided by the functions adi_fatal_error and
adi_fatal_exception, which write information related to the encountered
error before looping around the breakpoints __fatal_error and
__fatal_exception.
Four items of information can be stored regarding the encountered error:
General code indicating the source of the error
Specific code indicating the actual error that occurred
A PC address indicating where the error was reported
A value related to the error. This may not be relevant and may be
left empty.
This information is stored in global variables detailed in Table 1-18. Each
variable is 32 bits in size. The value related to the error can be interpreted
in different ways, depending on the error it is associated with.
CrossCore Embedded Studio 1.1 1-55
C/C++ Library Manual for SHARC Processors
C/C++ Run-Time Library
FatalError.xml
FatalError.xml, contained in the System directory of the CCES installa-
tion, details the relationships between general codes and specific codes, as
well as providing additional detail on the specific code such as a descrip-
tion of the error.
A general code is associated with a list of specific codes, though a list of
specific codes can be associated with one or more general codes. Specific
code values must be unique within a list of specific codes, but duplicate
specific codes are allowed if they are within separate lists.
General Codes
LibraryError is a general code associated with the run-time libraries. It
refers to errors identified with the use of the run-time libraries. An addi-
tional general code, UserError, is available for any user-defined error
values. The values representing these codes are shown in Table 1-19.
Table 1-18. Global Variables Used In Fatal Error Reporting
Use Label Type
General code __adi_fatal_error_general_code integer
Specific code __adi_fatal_error_specific_code integer
PC __adi_fatal_error_pc memory address
Value __adi_fatal_error_value depends on error
Table 1-19. General Error Codes Used By Run-Time Library
General Code Name Value
Run-time Library error LibraryError 0x7
Errno values Errno 0xB
User defined error UserError 0xffffffff
C and C++ Run-Time Libraries Guide
1-56 CrossCore Embedded Studio 1.1
C/C++ Library Manual for SHARC Processors
Library Error Specific Codes
The specific code list associated with the LibraryError general code
details any fatal errors that may be identified by use of the run-time librar-
ies. These errors are described in Table 1-20.
Table 1-20. Library Error Specific Codes
Specific
Code Value
Error Description Error Value
Interpretation
0x2 InsufficientHeapForLibrary An allocation from the default
heap in the system libraries has
failed.
None
0x3 IONotAllowed I/O has been requested when
scheduling has been disabled,
or from within an ISR.
None
0x4 ProfBadExeName Profiling/heap debugging has
failed due to an invalid applica-
tion filename.
None
0x5 OSAL BindingError An operating system abstrac-
tion layer function has failed.
None
0x6 adi_osal_Init_failure The call to adi_osal_Init
made from the CRT startup
code returned an error.
None
0x101 HeapUnknown An unknown heap debugging
error has occurred.
None
0x102 HeapFailed A heap operation has failed. None
0x103 HeapAllocationOfZero A heap allocation of zero has
been detected.
None
0x104 HeapNullPointer A heap operation using an
unexpected null pointer has
been detected.
None
0x105 HeapInvalidAddress A heap operation using an
invalid address has been
detected.
Pointer to
invalid address
CrossCore Embedded Studio 1.1 1-57
C/C++ Library Manual for SHARC Processors
C/C++ Run-Time Library
0x106 HeapBlockIsCorrupt A corrupt block has been
detected on the heap.
Pointer to cor-
rupt block
0x107 HeapReallocOfZero A call to realloc with no pointer
or size has been detected.
None
0x108 HeapFunctionMisMatch A heap operation incompatible
with the block being manipu-
lated has been detected.
Pointer to
block being
manipulated
0x109 HeapUnfreedBlock An unfreed block on the heap
has been detected.
Pointer to
unfreed block
0x10a HeapWrongHeap A heap operation using the
wrong heap has been detected.
Pointer to
block being
manipulated
0x10b HeapAllocationTooLarge A heap allocation request larger
than the heap that it is being
allocated to has been detected.
None
0x10c HeapInvalidInput A heap operation has been
given an invalid input.
None
0x10d HeapInternalError An internal error has occurred
within the heap debugging
library.
None
0x10e HeapInInterrupt The heap has been used within
an interrupt.
None
0x10f HeapMissingOutput There is output missing from
the heap report file, due to
insufficient buffering.
Unsigned inte-
ger counting
number of
missing 8-bit
bytes
0x110 HeapInsufficientSpace Heap debugging has failed, due
to insufficient available heap
space.
None
0x111 HeapCantOpenDump Heap debugging cannot open
heap dump file.
None
Table 1-20. Library Error Specific Codes (Contd)
Specific
Code Value
Error Description Error Value
Interpretation
Documented Library Functions
1-58 CrossCore Embedded Studio 1.1
C/C++ Library Manual for SHARC Processors
Errno Values
The specific codes for the Errno general code map directly onto the errno
variable itself. Refer to errno.h for interpretation of the values.
Documented Library Functions
The C run-time library has several categories of functions and macros
defined by the ANSI C standard, plus extensions provided by Analog
Devices.
The following tables list the library functions documented in this chapter.
Note that the tables list the functions for each header file separately; how-
ever, the reference pages for these library functions present the functions
in alphabetical order.
0x112 HeapCantOpenTrace Heap debugging cannot open
.hpl file for report output.
None
0x113 HeapInvalidHeapID An invalid heap id has been
used.
Id of invalid
heap
0x201 InstrprofIOFail Instrumented profiling cannot
open its output file.
None
0x301 PGOHWFailedOutput The PGO on hardware
run-time support failed to open
an output file.
None
0x302 PGOHWDataCorrupted An internal error has occurred
in the PGO on hardware
run-time support.
None
0x303 PGOHWInvalidPGO The existing PGO data file
appears to be corrupted.
None
Table 1-20. Library Error Specific Codes (Contd)
Specific
Code Value
Error Description Error Value
Interpretation
CrossCore Embedded Studio 1.1 1-59
C/C++ Library Manual for SHARC Processors
C/C++ Run-Time Library
Table 1-21 lists the library functions in the ctype.h header file. Refer to
ctype.h for more information on this header file.
Table 1-22 lists the library functions in the heap_debug.h header file.
Refer to heap_debug.h for more information on this header file.
Table 1-21. Library Functions in the ctype.h Header File
isalnum isalpha iscntrl
isdigit isgraph islower
isprint ispunct isspace
isupper isxdigit tolower
toupper
Table 1-22. Library Functions in the heap_debug.h Header File
adi_dump_all_heaps adi_dump_heap
adi_heap_debug_disable adi_heap_debug_enable
adi_heap_debug_end adi_heap_debug_flush
adi_heap_debug_pause adi_heap_debug_reset_guard_region
adi_heap_debug_resume adi_heap_debug_set_buffer
adi_heap_debug_set_call_stack_depth adi_heap_debug_set_error
adi_heap_debug_set_guard_region adi_heap_debug_set_ignore
adi_heap_debug_set_warning adi_verify_all_heaps
adi_verify_heap
Documented Library Functions
1-60 CrossCore Embedded Studio 1.1
C/C++ Library Manual for SHARC Processors
Table 1-23 lists functions in the libdyn.h header file. For more informa-
tion, see libdyn.h.
Table 1-24 lists the library functions in the locale.h header file. Refer to
locale.h for more information on this header file.
Table 1-25 lists the library functions in the math.h header file. Refer to
math.h for more information on this header file.
Table 1-23. Library Functions in the libdyn.h Header File
dyn_AddHeap dyn_alloc dyn_AllocSectionMem
dyn_AllocSectionMemHeap dyn_CopySectionContents dyn_FreeEntryPointArray
dyn_FreeSectionMem dyn_GetEntryPointArray dyn_GetExpSymTab
dyn_GetHeapForWidth dyn_GetNumSections dyn_GetSections
dyn_GetStringTable dyn_GetStringTableSize dyn_heap_init
dyn_LookupByName dyn_RecordRelocOutOfRange dyn_Relocate
dyn_RetrieveRelocOutOfRange dyn_RewriteImageToFile dyn_SetSectionAddr
dyn_SetSectionMem dyn_ValidateImage
Table 1-24. Library Functions in the locale.h Header File
localeconv setlocale
Table 1-25. Library Functions in the math.h Header File
acos asin atan
atan2 ceil cos
cosh exp fabs
floor fmod frexp
isinf isnan ldexp
log log10 modf
CrossCore Embedded Studio 1.1 1-61
C/C++ Library Manual for SHARC Processors
C/C++ Run-Time Library
Table 1-26 lists the library functions in the setjmp.h header file. Refer to
setjmp.h for more information on this header file.
Table 1-27 lists the library functions in the signal.h header file. Refer to
signal.h for more information on this header file.
Table 1-28 lists the library functions in the stdarg.h header file. Refer to
stdarg.h for more information on this header file.
pow sin sinh
sqrt tan tanh
Table 1-26. Library Functions in the setjmp.h Header File
longjmp setjmp
Table 1-27. Library Functions in the signal.h Header File
raise signal
Table 1-28. Library Functions in the stdarg.h Header File
va_arg va_end va_start
Table 1-25. Library Functions in the math.h Header File (Contd)
Documented Library Functions
1-62 CrossCore Embedded Studio 1.1
C/C++ Library Manual for SHARC Processors
Table 1-29 lists the library functions in the stdfix.h header file. Refer to
stdfix.h for more information on this header file.
Table 1-30 lists the library functions in the stdio.h header file. Refer to
stdio.h for more information on this header file.
Table 1-29. Library Functions in the stdfix.h Header File
absfx bitsfx countlsfx
divifx fxbits fxdivi
idivfx mulifx roundfx
strtofxfx
Table 1-30. Library Functions in the stdio.h Header File
clearerr fclose feof
ferror fflush fgetc
fgetpos fgets fileno
fopen fprintf fputc
fputs fread freopen
fscanf fseek fsetpos
ftell fwrite getc
getchar gets ioctl
perror printf putc
putchar puts remove
rename rewind scanf
setbuf setvbuf snprintf
sprintf sscanf ungetc
vfprintf vprintf vsnprintf
vsprintf
CrossCore Embedded Studio 1.1 1-63
C/C++ Library Manual for SHARC Processors
C/C++ Run-Time Library
Table 1-24 lists the library functions in the stdlib.h header file. Refer to
stdlib.h for more information on this header file.
Table 1-31. Library Functions in the stdlib.h Header File
abort abs adi_fatal_error
adi_fatal_exception atexit atof
atoi atol atold
atoll avg bsearch
calloc clip count_ones
div exit free
getenv heap_calloc heap_free
heap_init heap_install heap_lookup
heap_malloc heap_realloc heap_space_unused
heap_switch labs lavg
lclip lcount_ones ldiv
llabs llavg llclip
llcount_ones lldiv llmax
llmin lmax lmin
malloc max min
qsort rand realloc
space_unused srand strtod
strtol strtoll strtold
strtoul strtoull system
Documented Library Functions
1-64 CrossCore Embedded Studio 1.1
C/C++ Library Manual for SHARC Processors
Table 1-32 lists the library functions in the string.h header file. Refer to
string.h for more information on this header file.
Table 1-33 lists the library functions in the time.h header file. Refer to
time.h for more information on this header file.
Table 1-32. Library Functions in the string.h Header File
memchr memcmp memcpy
memmove memset strcat
strchr strcmp strcoll
strcpy strcspn strerror
strlen strncat strncmp
strncpy strpbrk strrchr
strspn strstr strtok
strxfrm
Table 1-33. Library Functions in the time.h Header File
asctime clock ctime
difftime gmtime localtime
mktime strftime time
CrossCore Embedded Studio 1.1 1-65
C/C++ Library Manual for SHARC Processors
C/C++ Run-Time Library
C Run-Time Library Reference
The C run-time library is a collection of functions that you can call from
your C/C++ programs. This section lists the functions in alphabetical
order.
Notation Conventions
An interval of numbers is indicated by the minimum and maximum, sepa-
rated by a comma, and enclosed in two square brackets, two parentheses,
or one of each. A square bracket indicates that the endpoint is included in
the set of numbers; a parenthesis indicates that the endpoint is not
included.
Reference Format
Each function in the library has a reference page. These pages have the fol-
lowing format:
Name and purpose of the function
Synopsis – Required header file and functional prototype
Description – Function specification
Error Conditions – Method that the functions use to indicate an
error
Example –Typical function usage
See Also – Related functions
Documented Library Functions
1-66 CrossCore Embedded Studio 1.1
C/C++ Library Manual for SHARC Processors
abort
Abnormal program end
Synopsis
#include <stdlib.h>
void abort (void);
Description
The abort function causes an abnormal program termination by raising
the SIGABRT exception. If the SIGABRT handler returns, abort() calls
_Exit() to terminate the program.
Error Conditions
None.
Example
#include <stdlib.h>
extern int errors;
if (errors) /* terminate program if */
abort(); /* errors are present */
See Also
raise, signal
CrossCore Embedded Studio 1.1 1-67
C/C++ Library Manual for SHARC Processors
C/C++ Run-Time Library
abs
Absolute value
Synopsis
#include <stdlib.h>
int abs (int j);
Description
The abs function returns the absolute value of its integer argument.
Note: abs(INT_MIN) returns INT_MIN.
Error Conditions
None.
Example
#include <stdlib.h>
int i;
i = abs (-5); /* i == 5 */
See Also
fabs, absfx, labs, llabs
Documented Library Functions
1-68 CrossCore Embedded Studio 1.1
C/C++ Library Manual for SHARC Processors
absfx
absolute value
Synopsis
#include <stdfix.h>
short fract abshr(short fract f);
fract absr(fract f);
long fract abslr(long fract f);
Description
The absfx family of functions return the absolute value of their fixed-point
input. In addition to the individually-named functions for each
fixed-point type, a type-generic macro absfx is defined for use in C99
mode. This may be used with any of the fixed-point types and returns a
result of the same type as its operand.
Error Conditions
None.
Example
#include <stdfix.h>
long fract f;
f = abslr(0.75lr); /* f == 0.75lr */
f = absfx(0.75lr); /* f == 0.75lr */
See Also
abs, fabs, labs, llabs
CrossCore Embedded Studio 1.1 1-69
C/C++ Library Manual for SHARC Processors
C/C++ Run-Time Library
acos
Arc cosine
Synopsis
#include <math.h>
float acosf (float x);
double acos (double x);
long double acosd (long double x);
Description
The arc cosine functions return the arc cosine of x. The input must be in
the range [-1, 1]. The output, in radians, is in the range [0, ].
Error Conditions
The arc cosine functions indicate a domain error (set errno to EDOM) and
return a zero if the input is not in the range [–1, 1].
Example
#include <math.h>
double x;
float y;
x = acos (0.0); /* x = /2 */
y = acosf (0.0); /* y = /2 */
See Also
cos
Documented Library Functions
1-70 CrossCore Embedded Studio 1.1
C/C++ Library Manual for SHARC Processors
adi_dump_all_heaps
Dump the current state of current heaps to a file
Synopsis
#include <heap_debug.h>
void adi_dump_all_heaps(char *filename);
Description
The adi_dump_all_heaps function writes the current state of all of the
heaps known to the heap debugging library to the file specified by file-
name. The information written to the file consists of the address, size and
state of any blocks on that heap that have been tracked by the heap debug-
ging library, and the total memory currently allocated from that heap.
If the specified file exists, then the file is appended to; otherwise, a new
file is created.
The adi_dump_all_heaps function relies on the heap usage being
tracked by the heap debugging library, any heap activity which is
carried out when heap usage is not being tracked (when heap
debugging is paused or disabled) will not be included in the
output.
The adi_heap_dump_all_heaps should be called only when it is safe
to carry out I/O operations. Calling adi_adi_dump_all_heaps from
within an interrupt or an unscheduled region will result in adi_fa-
tal_error being called.
For more information on heap debugging, see the section “Heap Debug-
ging” in Chapter 2 of the C/C++ Compiler Manual for SHARC Processors.
CrossCore Embedded Studio 1.1 1-71
C/C++ Library Manual for SHARC Processors
C/C++ Run-Time Library
Error Conditions
The adi_dump_heap function calls adi_fatal_error if it is unable to
open the requested file.
Example
#include <heap_debug.h>
#include <stdio.h>
void dump_heaps()
{
adi_dump_all_heaps(“./dumpfile.txt”);
}
See Also
adi_dump_heap, adi_fatal_error
Documented Library Functions
1-72 CrossCore Embedded Studio 1.1
C/C++ Library Manual for SHARC Processors
adi_dump_heap
Dump the current state of a heap to a file
Synopsis
#include <heap_debug.h>
bool adi_dump_heap(char *filename, int heapindex);
Description
The adi_dump_heap function writes the current state of the heap identi-
fied by heapindex to the file specified by filename. The information
written to the file consists of the address, size and state of any blocks on
that heap tracked by the heap debugging library, and the total memory
currently allocated from that heap.
If the specified file exists, then the file is appended to, otherwise a new file
is created.
The adi_dump_heap function relies on the heap usage being
tracked by the heap debugging library. Any heap activity which is
carried out when heap usage is not being tracked (when heap
debugging is paused or disabled) will not be included in the
output.
The adi_heap_dump_heap function should be called only when it
is safe to carry out I/O operations. Calling adi_adi_dump_heap
from within an interrupt or an unscheduled region will result in
adi_fatal_error being called
For more information on heap debugging, see the section “Heap Debug-
ging” in Chapter 2 of the C/C++ Compiler Manual for SHARC Processors.
CrossCore Embedded Studio 1.1 1-73
C/C++ Library Manual for SHARC Processors
C/C++ Run-Time Library
Error Conditions
The adi_dump_heap function calls adi_fatal_error if it is unable to
open the requested file.
Example
#include <heap_debug.h>
#include <stdio.h>
void dump_heap(int heapindex)
{
if (!adi_dump_heap(“./dumpfile.txt”, heapindex)) {
printf(“heap %d does not exist\n”, heapindex);
}
}
See Also
adi_dump_all_heaps, adi_fatal_error
Documented Library Functions
1-74 CrossCore Embedded Studio 1.1
C/C++ Library Manual for SHARC Processors
adi_fatal_error
Handle a non-recoverable error
Synopsis
#include <stdlib.h>
void adi_fatal_error(int general_code,
int specific_code,
int value);
Description
The adi_fatal_error function handles a non-recoverable error. The param-
eters general_code,specific_code and value will be written to global
variables along with the return address, before looping around the label
__fatal_error.
The adi_fatal_error function can be jumped to rather than called in order
to preserve the return address if required.
See Fatal Error Handling for more information.
Error Conditions
None.
Example
#include <stdlib.h>
#define MY_GENERAL_CODE (0x9)
void non_recoverable_error(int code, int value) {
adi_fatal_error(MY_GENERAL_CODE, code, value);
}
CrossCore Embedded Studio 1.1 1-75
C/C++ Library Manual for SHARC Processors
C/C++ Run-Time Library
See Also
adi_fatal_exception
Documented Library Functions
1-76 CrossCore Embedded Studio 1.1
C/C++ Library Manual for SHARC Processors
adi_fatal_exception
Handle a non-recoverable exception
Synopsis
#include <stdlib.h>
void adi_fatal_exception(int general_code,
int specific_code,
int value);
Description
The adi_fatal_exception function handles a non-recoverable exception.
The parameters general_code, specific_code and value will be written
to global variables along with the return address, before looping around
the label __fatal_exception.
The adi_fatal_exception function can be jumped to rather than called in
order to preserve the return address if required.
See Fatal Error Handling for more information.
Error Conditions
None.
Example
#include <stdlib.h>
#define MY_GENERAL_CODE (0x9)
void non_recoverable_exception(int code, int value) {
adi_fatal_exception(MY_GENERAL_CODE, code, value);
}
CrossCore Embedded Studio 1.1 1-77
C/C++ Library Manual for SHARC Processors
C/C++ Run-Time Library
See Also
adi_fatal_error
Documented Library Functions
1-78 CrossCore Embedded Studio 1.1
C/C++ Library Manual for SHARC Processors
adi_heap_debug_disable
Disable features of the heap debugging
Synopsis
#include <heap_debug.h>
void adi_heap_debug_disable(unsigned char flag);
Description
The adi_heap_debug_disable function accepts a bit-field parameter detail-
ing which features are to be enabled. These bits are represented by macros
defined in heap_debug.h.
These parameter bits can be combined using the bitwise OR operator to
allow multiple settings to be disabled at once.
For more information on heap debugging, see the section “Heap Debug-
ging” in Chapter 2 of the C/C++ Compiler Manual for SHARC Processors.
Error Conditions
None.
Example
#include <heap_debug.h>
void disable_diagnostics()
{
// Disable run-time errors
adi_heap_debug_disable(_HEAP_STDERR_DIAG);
}
CrossCore Embedded Studio 1.1 1-79
C/C++ Library Manual for SHARC Processors
C/C++ Run-Time Library
See Also
adi_heap_debug_enable
Documented Library Functions
1-80 CrossCore Embedded Studio 1.1
C/C++ Library Manual for SHARC Processors
adi_heap_debug_enable
Enable features of the heap debugging
Synopsis
#include <heap_debug.h>
void adi_heap_debug_enable(unsigned char flag);
Description
The adi_heap_debug_enable function accepts a bit-field parameter detail-
ing which features are to be enabled. These bits are represented by macros
defined in heap_debug.h. _HEAP_TRACK_USAGE (track heap activity) is
implicitly enabled when either _HEAP_STDERR_DIAG (generate diagnostics
at runtime) or _HEAP_HPL_GEN (generate .hpl file of heap activity used by
report) are enabled.
These parameter bits can be combined using the bitwise OR operator to
allow multiple settings to be enabled at once.
For more information on heap debugging, see section “Heap Debugging”
in Chapter 2 of the C/C++ Compiler Manual for SHARC Processors.
Error Conditions
None.
Example
#include <heap_debug.h>
void enable_hpl_gen()
{
// Enable run-time errors and the generation of the .hpl file
adi_heap_debug_enable(_HEAP_STDERR_DIAG | _HEAP_HPL_GEN);
}
CrossCore Embedded Studio 1.1 1-81
C/C++ Library Manual for SHARC Processors
C/C++ Run-Time Library
See Also
adi_heap_debug_disable
Documented Library Functions
1-82 CrossCore Embedded Studio 1.1
C/C++ Library Manual for SHARC Processors
adi_heap_debug_end
Finish heap debugging
Synopsis
#include <heap_debug.h>
void adi_heap_debug_end(void);
Description
The adi_heap_debug_end function records the end of the heap
debugging.
Internal data used by the heap debugging library will be freed, the .hpl
file generated will be closed (if .hpl generation is enabled) and any heap
corruption or memory leaks will be reported. The adi_heap_debug_end
function can be called multiple times, allowing heap debugging to be
started and ended over specific sections of code.
Use adi_heap_debug_end in non-terminating applications to instruct the
heap debugging library to carry out the end checks for the heap debugging
in that application.
Do not call adi_heap_debug_end from within an ISR or when thread
switching as there will be no way for it to produce any output.
For more information on heap debugging, see section “Heap Debugging”
in Chapter 2 of the C/C++ Compiler Manual for SHARC Processors.
Error Conditions
Corrupt blocks or memory leaks may be reported via the console view (if
run-time diagnostics are enabled) or via the report (if .hpl file generation
is enabled).
CrossCore Embedded Studio 1.1 1-83
C/C++ Library Manual for SHARC Processors
C/C++ Run-Time Library
Example
#include <heap_debug.h>
void main_func()
{
// Start heap debugging
adi_heap_debug_enable(_HEAP_STDERR_DIAG);
// Application code
run_application();
// Check for leaks or corruption
adi_heap_debug_end();
}
See Also
adi_heap_debug_enable
Documented Library Functions
1-84 CrossCore Embedded Studio 1.1
C/C++ Library Manual for SHARC Processors
adi_heap_debug_flush
Flush the heap debugging output buffer
Synopsis
#include <heap_debug.h>
void adi_heap_debug_flush(void);
Description
The adi_heap_debug_flush function flushes any buffered data to the .hpl
file used by the reporter tool to generated the heap debugging report.
The adi_heap_debug_flush function should only be called when it
is safe to carry out I/O operations. Calling adi_heap_debug_flush
from within an interrupt or an unscheduled region will result in
adi_fatal_error being called.
For more information on heap debugging, see the section “Heap Debug-
ging” in Chapter 2 of the C/C++ Compiler Manual for SHARC Processors.
Error Conditions
The adi_heap_debug_flush function calls adi_fatal_error if called when
it is unsafe to use I/O.
Example
#include <heap_debug.h>
void flush_hpl_buffer()
{
adi_heap_debug_flush();
}
CrossCore Embedded Studio 1.1 1-85
C/C++ Library Manual for SHARC Processors
C/C++ Run-Time Library
See Also
adi_fatal_error
Documented Library Functions
1-86 CrossCore Embedded Studio 1.1
C/C++ Library Manual for SHARC Processors
adi_heap_debug_pause
Temporarily disable the heap debugging
Synopsis
#include <heap_debug.h>
void adi_heap_debug_pause(void);
Description
The adi_heap_debug_pause function disables the heap debugging func-
tionality. When disabled, the heap debugging library has a minimal
performance overhead compared to the non-debug versions of the heap
debugging functions provided by the C/C++ run-time libraries. Pausing
heap debugging means that any heap operations, which happen between
pausing and re-enabling the heap debugging, will not be tracked, meaning
that erroneous behavior may not be detected and false errors regarding
unfreed blocks or unknown addresses may be reported.
Take care when using adi_heap_debug_pause in a threaded environment,
as the heap debugging will be disabled globally rather than within the con-
text of the current thread.
For more information on heap debugging, see the section “Heap Debug-
ging” in Chapter 2 of the C/C++ Compiler Manual for SHARC Processors.
Error Conditions
None.
CrossCore Embedded Studio 1.1 1-87
C/C++ Library Manual for SHARC Processors
C/C++ Run-Time Library
Example
#include <heap_debug.h>
void a_performance_critical_function(void);
void performance_critical_fn_wrapper()
{
adi_heap_debug_pause();
a_performance_critical_function();
adi_heap_debug_resume();
}
See Also
adi_heap_debug_resume
Documented Library Functions
1-88 CrossCore Embedded Studio 1.1
C/C++ Library Manual for SHARC Processors
adi_heap_debug_reset_guard_region
Reset guard regions to default values
Synopsis
#include <heap_debug.h>
bool adi_heap_debug_reset_guard_region(void);
Description
The adi_heap_debug_reset_guard_region function resets the guard region
values to the default. The heaps are checked for guard region corruption
before all existing guard regions are replaced with the new values. If cor-
ruption is detected, then no guard regions are changed and
adi_heap_debug_reset_guard_region returns false. The contents of exist-
ing allocated blocks are not changed, but any newly allocated blocks are
pre-filled with the new allocated block pattern.
The default reset values are detailed in Table 1-34.
For more information on heap debugging, see the section “Heap Debug-
ging” in Chapter 2 of the C/C++ Compiler Manual for SHARC Processors.
Error Conditions
The adi_heap_debug_reset_guard_region function returns false if no
guard region change was made, due to the detection of corruption on one
of the heaps.
Table 1-34. Reset Values for Heap Guard Regions
Region Value
Free block 0xBDBDBDBD
Allocated block 0xDDDDDDDD
Block content (not calloc)0xEDEDEDED
CrossCore Embedded Studio 1.1 1-89
C/C++ Library Manual for SHARC Processors
C/C++ Run-Time Library
Example
#include <heap_debug.h>
#include <stdio.h>
void reset_guard_region()
{
if (!adi_heap_debug_reset_guard_region()) {
printf(“couldn’t reset guard regions\n”);
}
}
See Also
adi_heap_debug_set_guard_region
Documented Library Functions
1-90 CrossCore Embedded Studio 1.1
C/C++ Library Manual for SHARC Processors
adi_heap_debug_resume
Re-enable the heap debugging
Synopsis
#include <heap_debug.h>
void adi_heap_debug_resume(void);
Description
The adi_heap_debug_resume function enables the heap debugging. Any
allocations or de-allocations that occurred when the heap debugging was
disabled will not have been tracked by the heap debugging library, so false
errors regarding invalid addresses or memory leaks may be produced.
For more information on heap debugging, see section “Heap Debugging”
in Chapter 2 of the C/C++ Compiler Manual for SHARC Processors.
Error Conditions
None.
Example
#include <heap_debug.h>
void a_performance_critical_function(void);
void performance_critical_fn_wrapper()
{
adi_heap_debug_pause();
a_performance_critical_function();
adi_heap_debug_resume();
}
CrossCore Embedded Studio 1.1 1-91
C/C++ Library Manual for SHARC Processors
C/C++ Run-Time Library
See Also
adi_heap_debug_pause
Documented Library Functions
1-92 CrossCore Embedded Studio 1.1
C/C++ Library Manual for SHARC Processors
adi_heap_debug_set_buffer
Configure a buffer to be used by the heap debugging
Synopsis
#include <heap_debug.h>
bool adi_heap_debug_set_buffer(void *ptr, size_t size,
size_t threshold);
Description
The adi_heap_debug_set_buffer function instructs the heap debugging
library to use the specified buffer for the writing of the .hpl file used by
the Reporter Tool to generate a heap debugging report. The buffer is of
size addressable units starting at address ptr, with a flush threshold of
threshold addressable units. The minimum size of the buffer in address-
able units can be determined using the macro _ADI_HEAP_MIN_BUFFER
(defined in heap_debug.h) and represents the memory required to store
two entries of the heap debugging buffer along with associated call stacks.
Changing the call stack depth after setting a buffer may alter the number
of entries which can be held within the buffer.
Buffering can be disabled by calling adi_heap_debug_set_buffer with a
null pointer as the first parameter.
Using a buffer will reduce the number of I/O operations to write the .hpl
file to the host which should in turn result in a significant reduction in
execution time when running applications which make frequent use of the
heap.
If the buffer is full or no buffer is specified, and heap activity occurs where
I/O is not permitted, that data will be lost.
The buffer will be flushed automatically when it is filled beyond a capacity
threshold, specified by the threshold parameter, and it is safe to flush.
Flushing can be triggered manually by calling adi_heap_debug_flush.
CrossCore Embedded Studio 1.1 1-93
C/C++ Library Manual for SHARC Processors
C/C++ Run-Time Library
For more information on heap debugging, see “Heap Debugging” in the
C/C++ Compiler Manual for SHARC Processors.
Only call adi_heap_debug_set_buffer when it is safe to carry out
I/O operations. Calling adi_heap_debug_set_buffer from within
an interrupt or an unscheduled region will result in adi_fatal_error
being called.
Error Conditions
The adi_heap_debug_set_buffer function returns false if the buffer passed
is not valid or big enough to be used the heap debugging library.
Example
#include <heap_debug.h>
char heapbuffer[1024];
bool set_buffer(void)
{
if (sizeof(heapbuffer) < _ADI_HEAP_MIN_BUFFER) {
return false;
}
return adi_heap_debug_set_buffer(&heapbuffer,
sizeof(heapbuffer),
sizeof(heapbuffer)/2);
}
Documented Library Functions
1-94 CrossCore Embedded Studio 1.1
C/C++ Library Manual for SHARC Processors
adi_heap_debug_set_call_stack_depth
Change the depth of the call stack recorded by the heap debugging library
Synopsis
#include <heap_debug.h>
bool adi_heap_debug_set_call_stack_depth(unsigned int depth);
Description
The adi_heap_debug_set_call_stack_depth function sets the maximum
depth of the call stack recorded by the heap debugging library for use in
the heap reports and diagnostic messages. The memory for the call stack is
allocated from the system heap and requires memory of size
(2*sizeof(int)) per call stack element. The default value is 5 stack ele-
ments deep.
The adi_heap_debug_set_call_stack_depth function returns true if it is
able to change the depth; otherwise, false is returned and the depth
remains unchanged.
For more information on heap debugging, see the section “Heap Debug-
ging” in Chapter 2 of the C/C++ Compiler Manual for SHARC Processors.
Error Conditions
The adi_heap_debug_set_call_stack_depth function returns false if it is
unable to allocate sufficient memory for the new call stack.
CrossCore Embedded Studio 1.1 1-95
C/C++ Library Manual for SHARC Processors
C/C++ Run-Time Library
Example
#include <heap_debug.h>
#include <stdio.h>
bool set_call_stack_depth(unsigned int size)
{
if (!adi_heap_debug_set_call_stack_depth(size)) {
printf(“unable to set heap debug call stack ”
“to %d elements\n”, size);
return false;
}
return true;
}
See Also
No related functions.
Documented Library Functions
1-96 CrossCore Embedded Studio 1.1
C/C++ Library Manual for SHARC Processors
adi_heap_debug_set_error
Change error types to be regarded as terminating errors
Synopsis
#include <heap_debug.h>
void adi_heap_debug_set_error(unsigned long flag);
Description
The adi_heap_debug_set_error function changes the severity of the speci-
fied types of heap error to a terminating run-time error. These types are
represented as a bit-field using macros defined in heap_debug.h.
Terminating run-time errors print a diagnostic message to stderr before
calling adi_fatal_error.
Run-time errors need to be enabled for these changes to have any
effect.
For more information on heap debugging, see the section “Heap Debug-
ging” in Chapter 2 of the C/C++ Compiler Manual for SHARC Processors.
Error Conditions
None.
Example
#include <heap_debug.h>
void set_errors()
{
/* Enable run-time diagnostics */
adi_heap_debug_enable(_HEAP_STDERR_DIAG);
CrossCore Embedded Studio 1.1 1-97
C/C++ Library Manual for SHARC Processors
C/C++ Run-Time Library
/* Regard frees from the wrong heap or of null pointers */
/* as terminating run-time errors */
adi_heap_debug_set_error(_HEAP_ERROR_WRONG_HEAP |
_HEAP_ERROR_NULL_PTR );
}
See Also
adi_heap_debug_enable, adi_heap_debug_set_ignore,
adi_heap_debug_set_warning
Documented Library Functions
1-98 CrossCore Embedded Studio 1.1
C/C++ Library Manual for SHARC Processors
adi_heap_debug_set_guard_region
Changes the bit patterns written to guard regions around memory blocks
Synopsis
#include <heap_debug.h>
bool adi_heap_debug_set_guard_region(unsigned char free,
unsigned char allocated,
unsigned char content);
Description
The adi_heap_debug_set_guard_region function changes the bit pattern
written to the guard regions around memory blocks used by the heap
debugging library to check, if overwriting has occurred. The heaps are
checked for guard region corruption before changing the guard regions. If
any guard region is corrupt then adi_heap_debug_set_guard_region fails
and the guard regions will not be changed. The contents of existing alloca-
tions are not be changed, but any new allocations will be pre-filled with
the pattern specified by the allocated parameter.
The value of free is written to any free blocks, as well as the following
guard region. Corruption of these blocks indicates that a pointer has been
used to write to a block after it has been freed.
The value of allocated is written to the guard regions on either side of
the allocated block. Corruption of these blocks indicates that overflow or
underflow of that allocation has occurred.
The value of content is written to the allocated memory block, with the
exception of memory allocated by calloc, which is zero filled. Seeing this
value in live data indicates that memory allocated from the heap is used
before being initialized.
CrossCore Embedded Studio 1.1 1-99
C/C++ Library Manual for SHARC Processors
C/C++ Run-Time Library
The current values for the guard regions for free blocks, allocated blocks,
and the pattern used for allocated block contents are stored in the “C”
char variables adi_heap_guard_free, adi_heap_guard_alloc, and
adi_heap_guard_content. These variables can be defined at build-time
but should not be written to directly at run-time or false corruption errors
may be reported.
The guard region values can be reset to the ADI default values by calling
adi_heap_debug_reset_guard_region.
For more information on heap debugging, see “Heap Debugging” in
Chapter 2 of the C/C++ Compiler Manual for SHARC Processors.
Error Conditions
The adi_heap_debug_set_guard_region function returns false if it was
unable to change the guard regions, due the presence of block corruption
on one of the heaps.
Example
#include <heap_debug.h>
#include <stdio.h>
bool set_guard_regions()
{
if (!adi_heap_debug_set_guard_region(0x11111111,
0x22222222,
0x33333333) {
printf(“failed to change guard regions\n”);
return false;
}
return true;
}
Documented Library Functions
1-100 CrossCore Embedded Studio 1.1
C/C++ Library Manual for SHARC Processors
See Also
adi_heap_debug_reset_guard_region
CrossCore Embedded Studio 1.1 1-101
C/C++ Library Manual for SHARC Processors
C/C++ Run-Time Library
adi_heap_debug_set_ignore
Change error types to be ignored
Synopsis
#include <heap_debug.h>
void adi_heap_debug_set_ignore(unsigned long flag);
Description
The adi_heap_debug_set_ignore function configures an error class as
ignored. These types are represented as a bit-field using macros defined in
heap_debug.h.
Ignored errors produce no run-time diagnostics, but will appear in the
heap debugging report (if generated).
Run-time errors need to be enabled for these changes to have any
effect.
For more information on heap debugging, see the section “Heap Debug-
ging” in Chapter 2 of the C/C++ Compiler Manual for SHARC Processors.
Error Conditions
None.
Example
#include <heap_debug.h>
void ignore_unwanted_errors()
{
// Enable run-time diagnostics
adi_heap_debug_enable(_HEAP_STDERR_DIAG);
Documented Library Functions
1-102 CrossCore Embedded Studio 1.1
C/C++ Library Manual for SHARC Processors
// Don’t produce run-time diagnostics about frees
// from the wrong heap or heap operations used
// from within an interrupt
adi_heap_debug_set_ignore(_HEAP_ERROR_WRONG_HEAP |
_HEAP_ERROR_IN_ISR);
}
See Also
adi_heap_debug_enable, adi_heap_debug_set_error,
adi_heap_debug_set_warning
CrossCore Embedded Studio 1.1 1-103
C/C++ Library Manual for SHARC Processors
C/C++ Run-Time Library
adi_heap_debug_set_warning
Change error types to be regarded as run-time warning
Synopsis
#include <heap_debug.h>
void adi_heap_debug_set_warning(unsigned long flag);
Description
The adi_heap_debug_set_warning function configures an error class to be
regarded as a warning. These types are represented as a bit-field using
macros defined in heap_debug.h.
A warning diagnostic is produced at runtime if an error of that class is
detected, but the application will not terminate.
Any detected errors are recorded in the heap debugging report (if gener-
ated) as normal.
If the heap debugging library is unable to write a warning to stderr due to
being in an interrupt or an unscheduled region, then the warning will be
treated as an error and adi_fatal_error will be called. For this reason,
setting _HEAP_ERROR_IN_ISR (heap usage within interrupt) to be a warning
has no effect.
Run-time errors need to be enabled for these changes to have any
effect.
For more information on heap debugging, see the section “Heap Debug-
ging” in Chapter 2 of the C/C++ Compiler Manual for SHARC Processors.
Error Conditions
None.
Documented Library Functions
1-104 CrossCore Embedded Studio 1.1
C/C++ Library Manual for SHARC Processors
Example
#include <heap_debug.h>
void set_warnings()
{
// Enable run-time diagnostics
adi_heap_debug_enable(_HEAP_STDERR_DIAG);
// Produce warnings about de-allocating and
// reallocating pointers not returned by an
// allocation function and about de-allocations
// not using functions which correspond to an
// allocation, but don’t terminate the application
// on detection
adi_heap_debug_set_warning(_HEAP_ERROR_INVALID_ADDRESS |
_HEAP_ERROR_FUNCTION_MISMATCH);
}
See Also
adi_heap_debug_enable, adi_heap_debug_set_error,
adi_heap_debug_set_ignore
CrossCore Embedded Studio 1.1 1-105
C/C++ Library Manual for SHARC Processors
C/C++ Run-Time Library
adi_verify_all_heaps
Verify that no heaps contain corrupt blocks
Synopsis
#include <heap_debug.h>
bool adi_verify_all_heaps(void);
Description
The adi_verify_all_heaps function checks that each heap tracked by the
heap debugging library contains no corrupted guard regions and that the
underlying heap structure is correct. If a corrupt guard region is detected
on any heaps then adi_verify_all_heaps will return false, otherwise
true will be returned.
The adi_verify_all_heaps function relies on the heap usage being
tracked by the heap debugging library. Any heap activity carried
out when heap usage is not being tracked (when heap debugging is
paused or disabled) is not checked for corruption.
For more information on heap debugging, see the section “Heap Debug-
ging” in Chapter 2 of the C/C++ Compiler Manual for SHARC Processors.
Error Conditions
The adi_verify_all_heaps function returns false if any corrupt guard
regions are detected on any heap.
Example
#include <heap_debug.h>
#include <stdio.h>
void check_heaps()
{
Documented Library Functions
1-106 CrossCore Embedded Studio 1.1
C/C++ Library Manual for SHARC Processors
if (!adi_verify_all_heaps()) {
printf(“heaps contain corruption\n”);
} else {
printf(“heaps are ok\n”);
}
}
See Also
adi_verify_heap
CrossCore Embedded Studio 1.1 1-107
C/C++ Library Manual for SHARC Processors
C/C++ Run-Time Library
adi_verify_heap
Verify that a heap contains no corrupt blocks
Synopsis
#include <heap_debug.h>
bool adi_verify_heap(int heapindex);
Description
The adi_verify_heap function checks that the heap specified with the
index heapindex has no corrupt guard regions. If any guard region corrup-
tion is detected on that heap then adi_verify_heap returns false;
otherwise, true is returned.
The heap index of static heaps can be identified by using heap_malloc.
The heap index of a dynamically defined heap is the value returned from
heap_install.
The adi_verify_heap function relies on the heap usage being
tracked by the heap debugging library. Any heap activity carried
out when heap usage is not being tracked (when heap debugging is
paused or disabled) is not be checked for corruption.
For more information on heap debugging, see the section “Heap Debug-
ging” in Chapter 2 of the C/C++ Compiler Manual for SHARC Processors.
Error Conditions
The adi_verify_heap function returns false if any corrupt guard regions
are detected on the specified heap.
Documented Library Functions
1-108 CrossCore Embedded Studio 1.1
C/C++ Library Manual for SHARC Processors
Example
#include <heap_debug.h>
#include <stdio.h>
void check_heap(int heapindex)
{
if (!adi_verify_heap(heapindex)) {
printf(“heap %d contain corruption\n”, heapindex);
} else {
printf(“heap %d is ok\n”, heapindex);
}
}
See Also
adi_verify_all_heaps
CrossCore Embedded Studio 1.1 1-109
C/C++ Library Manual for SHARC Processors
C/C++ Run-Time Library
asctime
Convert broken-down time into a string
Synopsis
#include <time.h>
char *asctime(const struct tm *t);
Description
The asctime function converts a broken-down time, as generated by the
functions gmtime and localtime, into an ASCII string that will contain
the date and time in the form
DDD MMM dd hh:mm:ss YYYY\n
where
DDD represents the day of the week (that is, Mon, Tue, Wed, etc.)
MMM is the month and will be of the form Jan, Feb, Mar, etc
dd is the day of the month, from 1 to 31
hh is the number of hours after midnight, from 0 to 23
mm is the minute of the day, from 0 to 59
ss is the second of the day, from 0 to 61 (to allow for leap seconds)
YYYY represents the year
The function returns a pointer to the ASCII string, which may be over-
written by a subsequent call to this function. Also note that the function
ctime returns a string that is identical to
asctime(localtime(&t))
Documented Library Functions
1-110 CrossCore Embedded Studio 1.1
C/C++ Library Manual for SHARC Processors
Error Conditions
None.
Example
#include <time.h>
#include <stdio.h>
struct tm tm_date;
printf("The date is %s",asctime(&tm_date));
See Also
ctime, gmtime, localtime
CrossCore Embedded Studio 1.1 1-111
C/C++ Library Manual for SHARC Processors
C/C++ Run-Time Library
asin
Arc sine
Synopsis
#include <math.h>
float asinf (float x);
double asin (double x);
long double asind (long double x);
Description
The arc sine functions return the arc sine of the first argument. The input
must be in the range [1, 1]. The output, in radians, is in the range - to
.
Error Conditions
The arc sine functions indicate a domain error (set errno to EDOM) and
return a zero if the input is not in the range [-1, 1].
Example
#include <math.h>
double y;
float x;
y = asin (1.0); /* y = /2 */
x = asinf (1.0); /* x = /2 */
See Also
sin
Documented Library Functions
1-112 CrossCore Embedded Studio 1.1
C/C++ Library Manual for SHARC Processors
atan
Arc tangent
Synopsis
#include <math.h>
float atanf (float x);
double atan (double x);
long double atand (long double x);
Description
The arc tangent functions return the arc tangent of the first argument.
The output, in radians, is in the range - to .
Error Conditions
None.
Example
#include <math.h>
double y;
float x;
y = atan (0.0); /* y = 0.0 */
x = atanf (0.0); /* x = 0.0 */
See Also
atan2, tan
CrossCore Embedded Studio 1.1 1-113
C/C++ Library Manual for SHARC Processors
C/C++ Run-Time Library
atan2
Arc tangent of quotient
Synopsis
#include <math.h>
float atan2f (float y, float x);
double atan2 (double y, double x);
long double atan2d (long double y, long double x);
Description
The atan2 functions compute the arc tangent of the input value y divided
by input value x. The output, in radians, is in the range - to .
Error Conditions
The atan2 functions return a zero if x=0 and y=0.
Example
#include <math.h>
double a,d;
float b,c;
a = atan2 (0.0, 0.0); /* the error condition: a = 0.0 */
b = atan2f (1.0, 1.0); /* b = /4 */
c = atan2f (1.0, 0.0); /* c = /2 */
d = atan2 (-1.0, 0.0); /* d = -/2 */
See Also
atan, tan
Documented Library Functions
1-114 CrossCore Embedded Studio 1.1
C/C++ Library Manual for SHARC Processors
atexit
Register a function to call at program termination
Synopsis
#include <stdlib.h>
int atexit (void (*func)(void));
Description
The atexit function registers a function to be called at program termina-
tion. Functions are called once for each time they are registered, in the
reverse order of registration. Up to 32 functions can be registered using
the atexit function.
Error Conditions
The atexit function returns a non-zero value if the function cannot be
registered.
Example
#include <stdlib.h>
extern void goodbye(void);
if (atexit(goodbye))
exit(1);
See Also
abort, exit
CrossCore Embedded Studio 1.1 1-115
C/C++ Library Manual for SHARC Processors
C/C++ Run-Time Library
atof
Convert string to a double
Synopsis
#include <stdlib.h>
double atof(const char *nptr);
Description
The atof function converts a character string into a floating-point value of
type double, and returns its value. The character string is pointed to by
the argument nptr and may contain any number of leading whitespace
characters (as determined by the function isspace) followed by a
floating-point number. The floating-point number may either be a deci-
mal floating-point number or a hexadecimal floating-point number.
A decimal floating-point number has the form:
[sign] [digits] [.digits] [{e|E} [sign] [digits]]
The sign token is optional and is either plus ( + ) or minus ( – ); and
digits are one or more decimal digits. The sequence of digits may contain
a decimal point ( . ).
The decimal digits can be followed by an exponent, which consists of an
introductory letter (e or E ) and an optionally signed integer. If neither an
exponent part nor a decimal point appears, a decimal point is assumed to
follow the last digit in the string.
The form of a hexadecimal floating-point number is:
[sign] [{0x}|{0X}] [hexdigs] [.hexdigs] [{p|P} [sign] [digits]]
A hexadecimal floating-point number may start with an optional plus ( + )
or minus ( - ) followed by the hexadecimal prefix 0x or 0X. This character
Documented Library Functions
1-116 CrossCore Embedded Studio 1.1
C/C++ Library Manual for SHARC Processors
sequence must be followed by one or more hexadecimal characters that
optionally contain a decimal point ( . ).
The hexadecimal digits are followed by a binary exponent that consists of
the letter p or P, an optional sign, and a non-empty sequence of decimal
digits. The exponent is interpreted as a power of two that is used to scale
the fraction represented by the tokens [hexdigs] [.hexdigs].
The first character that does not fit either form of number stops the scan.
Error Conditions
The atof function returns a zero if no conversion could be made. If the
correct value results in an overflow, a positive or negative (as appropriate)
HUGE_VAL is returned. If the correct value results in an underflow, 0.0 is
returned. The ERANGE value is stored in errno in the case of either an over-
flow or underflow.
Notes
The atof (pdata) function reference is functionally equivalent to:
strtod (pdata, (char *) NULL);
and therefore, if the function returns zero, it is not possible to determine
whether the character string contained a (valid) representation of 0.0 or
some invalid numerical string.
Example
#include <stdlib.h>
double x;
x = atof("5.5"); /* x = 5.5 */
CrossCore Embedded Studio 1.1 1-117
C/C++ Library Manual for SHARC Processors
C/C++ Run-Time Library
See Also
atoi, atol, atoll, strtod
Documented Library Functions
1-118 CrossCore Embedded Studio 1.1
C/C++ Library Manual for SHARC Processors
atoi
Convert string to integer
Synopsis
#include <stdlib.h>
int atoi (const char *nptr);
Description
The atoi function converts a character string to an integer value. The char-
acter string to be converted is pointed to by the input pointer, nptr. The
function clears any leading characters for which isspace would return
true. Conversion begins at the first digit (with an optional preceding sign)
and terminates at the first non-digit.
Error Conditions
The atoi function returns 0 if no conversion can be made.
Example
#include <stdlib.h>
int i;
i = atoi ("5"); /* i = 5 */
See Also
atof, atol, atoll, strtod
CrossCore Embedded Studio 1.1 1-119
C/C++ Library Manual for SHARC Processors
C/C++ Run-Time Library
atol
Convert string to long integer
Synopsis
#include <stdlib.h>
long atol (const char *nptr);
Description
The atol function converts a character string to a long integer value. The
character string to be converted is pointed to by the input pointer, nptr.
The function clears any leading characters for which isspace would return
true. Conversion begins at the first digit (with an optional preceding sign)
and terminates at the first non-digit.
There is no way to determine if a zero is a valid result or an indica-
tor of an invalid string.
Error Conditions
The atol function returns 0 if no conversion can be made.
Example
#include <stdlib.h>
long int i;
i = atol ("5"); /* i = 5 */
See Also
atof, atoi, atoll, strtod, strtol, strtoll, strtoul, strtoull
Documented Library Functions
1-120 CrossCore Embedded Studio 1.1
C/C++ Library Manual for SHARC Processors
atold
Convert string to a long double
Synopsis
#include <stdlib.h>
long double atold(const char *nptr);
Description
The atold function is an extension to the ISO/IEC 9899:1990 C standard
and the ISO/IEC 9899:1999 C standard.
The atold function converts a character string into a floating-point value
of type long double, and returns its value. The character string is pointed
to by the argument nptr and may contain any number of leading
whitespace characters (as determined by the function isspace) followed
by a floating-point number. The floating-point number may either be a
decimal floating-point number or a hexadecimal floating-point number.
A decimal floating-point number has the form:
[sign] [digits] [.digits] [{e|E} [sign] [digits]]
The sign token is optional and is either plus ( + ) or minus ( – ); and
digits are one or more decimal digits. The sequence of digits may contain
a decimal point ( . ).
The decimal digits can be followed by an exponent, which consists of an
introductory letter (e or E ) and an optionally signed integer. If neither an
exponent part nor a decimal point appears, a decimal point is assumed to
follow the last digit in the string.
The form of a hexadecimal floating-point number is:
[sign] [{0x}|{0X}] [hexdigs] [.hexdigs] [{p|P} [sign] [digits]]
CrossCore Embedded Studio 1.1 1-121
C/C++ Library Manual for SHARC Processors
C/C++ Run-Time Library
A hexadecimal floating-point number may start with an optional plus ( + )
or minus ( - ) followed by the hexadecimal prefix 0x or 0X. This character
sequence must be followed by one or more hexadecimal characters that
optionally contain a decimal point ( . ).
The hexadecimal digits are followed by a binary exponent that consists of
the letter p or P, an optional sign, and a non-empty sequence of decimal
digits. The exponent is interpreted as a power of two that is used to scale
the fraction represented by the tokens [hexdigs] [.hexdigs].
The first character that does not fit either form of number stops the scan.
Error Conditions
The atold function returns a zero if no conversion could be made. If the
correct value results in an overflow, a positive or negative (as appropriate)
LDBL_MAX is returned. If the correct value results in an underflow, 0.0 is
returned. The ERANGE value is stored in errno in the case of either an over-
flow or underflow.
Notes
The atold (pdata) function reference is functionally equivalent to:
strtold (pdata, (char *) NULL);
and therefore, if the function returns zero, it is not possible to determine
whether the character string contained a (valid) representation of 0.0 or
some invalid numerical string.
Example
#include <stdlib.h>
long double x;
x = atold("5.5"); /* x = 5.5 */
Documented Library Functions
1-122 CrossCore Embedded Studio 1.1
C/C++ Library Manual for SHARC Processors
See Also
atoi, atol, atoll, strtold
CrossCore Embedded Studio 1.1 1-123
C/C++ Library Manual for SHARC Processors
C/C++ Run-Time Library
atoll
Convert string to long long integer
Synopsis
#include <stdlib.h>
long long atoll (const char *nptr);
Description
The atoll function converts a character string to a long long integer value.
The character string to be converted is pointed to by the input pointer,
nptr. The function clears any leading characters for which
isspace would return true. Conversion begins at the first digit (with an
optional preceding sign) and terminates at the first non-digit.
There is no way to determine if a zero is a valid result or an indica-
tor of an invalid string.
Error Conditions
The atoll function returns 0 if no conversion can be made.
Example
#include <stdlib.h>
long long i;
i = atoll ("150000000000000"); /* i = 150000000000000LL */
See Also
atof, atoi, atol, strtod, strtol, strtoll, strtoul, strtoull
Documented Library Functions
1-124 CrossCore Embedded Studio 1.1
C/C++ Library Manual for SHARC Processors
avg
Mean of two values
Synopsis
#include <stdlib.h>
int avg (int x, int y);
Description
The avg function is an Analog Devices extension to the ANSI standard.
The avg function adds two arguments and divides the result by two. The
avg function is a built-in function which is implemented with an
Rn=(Rx+Ry)/2 instruction.
Error Conditions
None.
Example
#include <stdlib.h>
int i;
i = avg (10, 8); /* returns 9 */
See Also
lavg, llavg
CrossCore Embedded Studio 1.1 1-125
C/C++ Library Manual for SHARC Processors
C/C++ Run-Time Library
bitsfx
Bitwise fixed-point to integer conversion
Synopsis
#include <stdfix.h>
int_hr_t bitshr(short fract f);
int_r_t bitsr(fract f);
int_lr_t bitslr(long fract f);
uint_uhr_t bitsuhr(unsigned short fract f);
uint_ur_t bitsur(unsigned fract f);
uint_ulr_t bitsulr(unsigned long fract f);
Description
Given a fixed-point operand, the bitsfx family of functions return the
fixed-point value multiplied by 2F, where F is the number of fractional
bits in the fixed-point type. This is equivalent to the bit-pattern of the
fixed-point value held in an integer type.
Error Conditions
None.
Example
#include <stdfix.h>
uint_ulr_t ulr;
ulr = bitsulr(0.125ulr); /* ulr == 0x20000000 */
See Also
fxbits
Documented Library Functions
1-126 CrossCore Embedded Studio 1.1
C/C++ Library Manual for SHARC Processors
bsearch
Perform binary search in a sorted array
Synopsis
#include <stdlib.h>
void *bsearch (const void *key, const void *base,
size_t nelem, size_t size,
int (*compare)(const void *, const void *));
Description
The bsearch function searches the array base for an array element that
matches the element key. The size of each array element is specified by
size, and the array is defined to have nelem array elements.
The bsearch function will call the function compare with two arguments;
the first argument will point to the array element key and the second argu-
ment will point to an element of the array. The compare function should
return an integer that is either zero, or less than zero, or greater than zero,
depending upon whether the array element key is equal to, less than, or
greater than the array element pointed to by the second argument.
If the comparison function returns a zero, then bsearch will return a
pointer to the matching array element; if there is more than one matching
elements then it is not defined which element is returned. If no match is
found in the array, bsearch will return NULL.
The array to be searched would normally be sorted according to the crite-
ria used by the comparison function (the qsort function may be used to
first sort the array if necessary).
CrossCore Embedded Studio 1.1 1-127
C/C++ Library Manual for SHARC Processors
C/C++ Run-Time Library
Error Conditions
The bsearch function returns a null pointer when the key is not found in
the array.
Example
#include <stdlib.h>
#include <string.h>
#define SIZE 3
struct record_t {
char *name;
char *street;
char *city;
};
struct record_t data_base[SIZE] = {
{"Baby Doe" , "Central Park" , "New York"},
{"Jane Doe" , "Regents Park" , "London" },
{"John Doe" , "Queens Park" , "Sydney" }
};
static int
compare_function (const void *arg1, const void *arg2)
{
const struct record_t *pkey = arg1;
const struct record_t *pbase = arg2;
return strcmp (pkey->name,pbase->name);
}
struct record_t key = {"Baby Doe" , "" , ""};
struct record_t *search_result;
search_result = bsearch (&key,
data_base,
SIZE,
sizeof(struct record_t),
compare_function);
Documented Library Functions
1-128 CrossCore Embedded Studio 1.1
C/C++ Library Manual for SHARC Processors
See Also
qsort
CrossCore Embedded Studio 1.1 1-129
C/C++ Library Manual for SHARC Processors
C/C++ Run-Time Library
calloc
Allocate and initialize memory
Synopsis
#include <stdlib.h>
void *calloc (size_t nmemb, size_t size);
Description
The calloc function dynamically allocates a range of memory and initial-
izes all locations to zero. The number of elements (the first argument)
multiplied by the size of each element (the second argument) is the total
memory allocated. The memory may be deallocated with the free
function.
The object is allocated from the current heap, which is the default heap
unless heap_switch has been called to change the current heap to an alter-
nate heap.
Error Conditions
The calloc function returns a null pointer if unable to allocate the
requested memory.
Example
#include <stdlib.h>
int *ptr;
ptr = (int *) calloc (10, sizeof (int));
/* ptr points to a zeroed array of length 10 */
Documented Library Functions
1-130 CrossCore Embedded Studio 1.1
C/C++ Library Manual for SHARC Processors
See Also
free, heap_calloc, heap_free, heap_malloc, heap_realloc, malloc, realloc
CrossCore Embedded Studio 1.1 1-131
C/C++ Library Manual for SHARC Processors
C/C++ Run-Time Library
ceil
Ceiling
Synopsis
#include <math.h>
float ceilf (float x);
double ceil (double x);
long double ceild (long double x);
Description
The ceiling functions return the smallest integral value that is not less than
the argument x.
Error Conditions
None.
Example
#include <math.h>
double y;
float x;
y = ceil (1.05); /* y = 2.0 */
x = ceilf (-1.05); /* y = -1.0 */
See Also
floor
Documented Library Functions
1-132 CrossCore Embedded Studio 1.1
C/C++ Library Manual for SHARC Processors
clearerr
Clear file or stream error indicator
Synopsis
#include <stdio.h>
void clearerr(FILE *stream);
Description
The clearerr function clears the error and end-of-file (EOF) indicators for
the particular stream pointed to by stream.
The stream error indicators record whether any read or write errors have
occurred on the associated stream. The EOF indicator records when there is
no more data in the file.
Error Conditions
None.
Example
#include <stdio.h>
FILE *routine(char *filename)
{
FILE *fp;
fp = fopen(filename, "r");
/* Some operations using the file */
/* now clear the error indicators for the stream */
clearerr(fp);
return fp;
}
CrossCore Embedded Studio 1.1 1-133
C/C++ Library Manual for SHARC Processors
C/C++ Run-Time Library
See Also
feof, ferror
Documented Library Functions
1-134 CrossCore Embedded Studio 1.1
C/C++ Library Manual for SHARC Processors
clip
Clip
Synopsis
#include <stdlib.h>
int clip (int value1, int value2);
Description
The clip function is an Analog Devices extension to the ANSI standard.
The clip function returns its first argument if its absolute value is less than
the absolute value of its second argument, otherwise it returns the absolute
value of its second argument if the first is positive, or minus the absolute
value if the first argument is negative. The clip function is a built-in func-
tion which is implemented with an Rn = CLIP Rx BY Ry instruction.
Error Conditions
None.
Example
#include <stdlib.h>
int i;
i = clip (10, 8); /* returns 8 */
i = clip (8, 10); /* returns 8 */
i = clip (-10, 8); /* returns -8 */
See Also
fclip, lclip, llclip
CrossCore Embedded Studio 1.1 1-135
C/C++ Library Manual for SHARC Processors
C/C++ Run-Time Library
clock
Processor time
Synopsis
#include <time.h>
clock_t clock(void);
Description
The clock function returns the number of processor cycles that have
elapsed since an arbitrary starting point. The function returns the value
(clock_t) -1, if the processor time is not available or if it cannot be rep-
resented. The result returned by the function may be used to calculate the
processor time in seconds by dividing it by the macro CLOCKS_PER_SEC.
For more information, see time.h. An alternative method of measuring the
performance of an application is described in Measuring Cycle Counts.
Error Conditions
None.
Example
#include <time.h>
time_t start_time,stop_time;
double time_used;
start_time = clock();
compute();
stop_time = clock();
time_used = ((double) (stop_time - start_time)) / CLOCKS_PER_SEC;
Documented Library Functions
1-136 CrossCore Embedded Studio 1.1
C/C++ Library Manual for SHARC Processors
See Also
No related functions.
CrossCore Embedded Studio 1.1 1-137
C/C++ Library Manual for SHARC Processors
C/C++ Run-Time Library
cos
Cosine
Synopsis
#include <math.h>
float cosf (float x);
double cos (double x);
long double cosd (long double x);
Description
The cosine functions return the cosine of the first argument. The input is
interpreted as radians; the output is in the range [-1, 1].
Error Conditions
The input argument x for cosf must be in the domain [-1.647e6,
1.647e6] and the input argument for cosd must be in the domain
[-8.433e8, 8.433e8]. The functions return zero if x is outside their
domain.
Example
#include <math.h>
double y;
float x;
y = cos (3.14159); /* y = -1.0 */
x = cosf (3.14159); /* x = -1.0 */
See Also
acos, sin
Documented Library Functions
1-138 CrossCore Embedded Studio 1.1
C/C++ Library Manual for SHARC Processors
cosh
Hyperbolic cosine
Synopsis
#include <math.h>
float coshf (float x);
double cosh (double x);
long double coshd (long double x);
Description
The hyperbolic cosine functions return the hyperbolic cosine of their
argument.
Error Conditions
The domain of coshf is [-89.39, 89.39], and the domain for coshd is
[-710.44, 710.44]. The functions return HUGE_VAL if the input argument x
is outside the respective domains.
Example
#include <math.h>
float x;
double y;
x = coshf ( 1.0); /* x = 1.54308 */
y = cosh (-1.0); /* y = 1.54308 */
See Also
sinh
CrossCore Embedded Studio 1.1 1-139
C/C++ Library Manual for SHARC Processors
C/C++ Run-Time Library
count_ones
Count one bits in word
Synopsis
#include <stdlib.h>
int count_ones (int value);
Description
The count_ones function is an Analog Devices extension to the ANSI
standard.
The count_ones function returns the number of one bits in its argument.
Error Conditions
None.
Example
#include <stdlib.h>
int flags1 = 0xAD1;
int flags2 = -1;
int cnt1;
int cnt2;
cnt1 = count_ones (flags1); /* returns 6 */
cnt2 = count_ones (flags2); /* returns 32 */
See Also
lcount_ones, llcount_ones
Documented Library Functions
1-140 CrossCore Embedded Studio 1.1
C/C++ Library Manual for SHARC Processors
countlsfx
Count leading sign or zero bits
Synopsis
#include <stdfix.h>
int countlshr(short fract f);
int countlsr(fract f);
int countlslr(long fract f);
int countlsuhr(unsigned short fract f);
int countlsur(unsigned fract f);
int countlsulr(unsigned long fract f);
Description
Given a fixed-point operand x, the countlsfx family of functions return
the largest value of n for which x << n does not overflow. For a zero input
value, the function will return the number of bits in the fixed-point type.
In addition to the individually-named functions for each fixed-point type,
a type-generic macro countlsfx is defined for use in C99 mode. This may
be used with any of the fixed-point types.
Error Conditions
None.
Example
#include <stdfix.h>
int n;
n = countlsulr(0.125ulr); /* n == 2 */
n = countlsfx(0.125ulr); /* n == 2 */
CrossCore Embedded Studio 1.1 1-141
C/C++ Library Manual for SHARC Processors
C/C++ Run-Time Library
See Also
No related functions.
Documented Library Functions
1-142 CrossCore Embedded Studio 1.1
C/C++ Library Manual for SHARC Processors
ctime
Convert calendar time into a string
Synopsis
#include <time.h>
char *ctime(const time_t *t);
Description
The ctime function converts a calendar time, pointed to by the argument
t into a string that represents the local date and time. The form of the
string is the same as that generated by asctime, and so a call to ctime is
equivalent to
asctime(localtime(&t))
A pointer to the string is returned by ctime, and it may be overwritten by
a subsequent call to the function.
Error Conditions
None.
Example
#include <time.h>
#include <stdio.h>
time_t cal_time;
if (cal_time != (time_t)-1)
printf("Date and Time is %s",ctime(&cal_time));
CrossCore Embedded Studio 1.1 1-143
C/C++ Library Manual for SHARC Processors
C/C++ Run-Time Library
See Also
asctime, gmtime, localtime, time
Documented Library Functions
1-144 CrossCore Embedded Studio 1.1
C/C++ Library Manual for SHARC Processors
difftime
Difference between two calendar times
Synopsis
#include <time.h>
double difftime(time_t t1, time_t t0);
Description
The difftime function returns the difference in seconds between two cal-
endar times, expressed as a double. By default, the double data type
represents a 32-bit, single precision, floating-point, value. This form is
normally insufficient to preserve all of the bits associated with the differ-
ence between two calendar times, particularly if the difference represents
more than 97 days. It is recommended therefore that any function that
calls difftime is compiled with the -double-size-64 switch.
Error Conditions
None.
Example
#include <time.h>
#include <stdio.h>
#define NA ((time_t)(-1))
time_t cal_time1;
time_t cal_time2;
double time_diff;
CrossCore Embedded Studio 1.1 1-145
C/C++ Library Manual for SHARC Processors
C/C++ Run-Time Library
if ((cal_time1 == NA) || (cal_time2 == NA))
printf("calendar time difference is not available\n");
else
time_diff = difftime(cal_time2,cal_time1);
See Also
time
Documented Library Functions
1-146 CrossCore Embedded Studio 1.1
C/C++ Library Manual for SHARC Processors
div
Division
Synopsis
#include <stdlib.h>
div_t div (int numer, int denom);
Description
The div function divides numer by denom, both of type int, and returns a
structure of type div_t. The type div_t is defined as:
typedef struct {
int quot;
int rem;
} div_t;
where quot is the quotient of the division and rem is the remainder, such
that if result is of type div_t, then
result.quot * denom + result.rem == numer
Error Conditions
If denom is zero, the behavior of the div function is undefined.
Example
#include <stdlib.h>
div_t result;
result = div (5, 2); /* result.quot = 2, result.rem = 1 */
CrossCore Embedded Studio 1.1 1-147
C/C++ Library Manual for SHARC Processors
C/C++ Run-Time Library
See Also
divifx, fmod, fxdivi, idivfx, ldiv, lldiv, modf
Documented Library Functions
1-148 CrossCore Embedded Studio 1.1
C/C++ Library Manual for SHARC Processors
divifx
Division of integer by fixed-point to give integer result
Synopsis
#include <stdfix.h>
int divir(int numer, fract denom);
long int divilr(long int numer, long fract denom);
unsigned int diviur(unsigned int numer, unsigned fract denom);
unsigned long int diviulr(unsigned long int numer,
unsigned long fract denom);
Description
Given an integer numerator and a fixed-point denominator, the divifx
family of functions computes the quotient and returns the closest integer
value to the result.
Error Conditions
The divifx function has undefined behavior if the denominator is zero.
Example
#include <stdfix.h>
unsigned long int ulquo;
ulquo = diviulr(125, 0.125ulr); /* ulquo == 1000 */
See Also
div, fxdivi, idivfx, ldiv, lldiv
CrossCore Embedded Studio 1.1 1-149
C/C++ Library Manual for SHARC Processors
C/C++ Run-Time Library
dyn_AddHeap
Specify a new region of target memory which may be used for relocated,
dynamically-loaded code and data
Synopsis
#include <libdyn.h>
DYN_RESULT dyn_AddHeap(dyn_mem_image *image,
dyn_heap *heap);
Description
The dyn_AddHeap function declares a new region of target memory that
may be used to relocate the code or data in dynamically-loadable module
(DLM) image, as previously validated by dyn_ValidateImage. The heap
parameter indicates the width and alignment of the memory, as well as the
start and size.
The heap parameter must point to a dyn_heap structure that has been ini-
tialized by dyn_heap_init.
Error Conditions
The dyn_AddHeap function returns a status value indicating success, or
the reason for failure, as follows.
Returned Value Reason
DYN_NO_ERROR Success. The heap was added to the image’s list of regions
from which to allocate target memory.
DYN_BAD_PTR Either image or heap was NULL.
DYN_BAD_WIDTH A heap has already been specified which has the same width
as the heap being added.
Documented Library Functions
1-150 CrossCore Embedded Studio 1.1
C/C++ Library Manual for SHARC Processors
Example
#include <libdyn.h>
DYN_RESULT data_heap(dyn_mem_image *image) {,
static int myspace[50];
static dyn_heap h[1];
dyn_heap_init(h, myspace, sizeof(myspace), 4, 2);
/* error-checking omitted */
return dyn_AddHeap(image, h);
}
See Also
dyn_ValidateImage, dyn_heap_init, dyn_SetSectionAddr, dyn_FreeSec-
tionMem, dyn_AllocSectionMemHeap, malloc
CrossCore Embedded Studio 1.1 1-151
C/C++ Library Manual for SHARC Processors
C/C++ Run-Time Library
dyn_alloc
Allocate space from a target heap
Synopsis
#include <libdyn.h>
DYN_RESULT dyn_alloc(dyn_heap *heap,
size_t naddrs,
void **ptr);
Description
The dyn_alloc function allocates a number of contiguous addressable loca-
tions from the target heap specified by the heap parameter. The first of
these allocated locations is returned as the address pointed-to by the ptr
parameter. The naddrs parameter indicates how many contiguous loca-
tions must be allocated.
This function is not normally called directly; it is used by dyn_AllocSec-
tionMem and dyn_AllocSectionMemHeap.
Error Conditions
The dyn_alloc function returns a status value indicating success, or the
reason for failure, as follows.
Returned Value Reason
DYN_NO_ERROR Success. The space was allocated.
DYN_BAD_PTR Either ptr or heap was NULL.
DYN_BAD_IMAGE The available space in the heap is not aligned according to
the heaps alignment. This should never occur.
DYN_TOO_SMALL There is insufficient space left in the heap to allocate naddrs
locations in an aligned manner.
Documented Library Functions
1-152 CrossCore Embedded Studio 1.1
C/C++ Library Manual for SHARC Processors
Example
#include <libdyn.h>
void *get_space(dyn_heap *heap) {
void *ptr = 0;
if (dyn_alloc(heap, 100, &ptr) == DYN_NO_ERROR)
return ptr;
return 0;
}
See Also
dyn_ValidateImage, dyn_heap_init, dyn_AddHeap, dyn_Relocate, dyn_-
FreeSectionMem, dyn_AllocSectionMemHeap, malloc
CrossCore Embedded Studio 1.1 1-153
C/C++ Library Manual for SHARC Processors
C/C++ Run-Time Library
dyn_AllocSectionMem
Allocate target memory aligned for a section in a dynamically-loadable
module
Synopsis
#include <libdyn.h>
DYN_RESULT dyn_AllocSectionMem(dyn_mem_image *image,
dyn_section *sections,
size_t secnum,
dyn_section_mem **mem);
Description
The dyn_AllocSectionMem function allocates a target memory buffer
large enough to hold the contents of section secnum, in dynamically-load-
able module (DLM) image, as previously validated by dyn_ValidateImage.
The sections parameter is a local copy of the DLM’s section table,
obtained by dyn_GetSections. The memory allocated by this function
should be freed in a single step at a later time, by calling
dyn_FreeSectionMem.
Two areas of memory are allocated by this function:
1. A space is allocated in target memory to hold the contents of the
section. This space is allocated by dyn_alloc from a heap defined
by dyn_AddHeap; the heap in question is selected on the basis of the
memory width of the section secnum, by the dyn_GetHeapForWidth
function.
2. A space is allocated in local memory to keep track of this alloca-
tion. This memory is allocated from the default heap, and is
attached to image, so that it may be freed later.
On exit, *mem points to the second of the two allocations.
Documented Library Functions
1-154 CrossCore Embedded Studio 1.1
C/C++ Library Manual for SHARC Processors
Error Conditions
The dyn_AllocSectionMem function returns a status value indicating suc-
cess, or the reason for failure, as follows.
Example
#include <libdyn.h>
dyn_section_mem *secmem(dyn_mem_image *image,
dyn_section *sections,
int nsecs) {
int i;
dyn_section_mem *mem = 0;
for (i = 0; i < nsecs; i++) {
if (dyn_AllocSectionMem(image, sections, i, &mem) !=
DYN_NO_ERROR) {
return NULL;
}
}
return mem;
}
Returned Value Reason
DYN_NO_ERROR Success. *mem contains a pointer to a suitable block of
memory; mem->aligned_addr can be used by dyn_SetSec-
tionAddr for section secnum.
DYN_BAD_PTR One or more of the pointer parameters was NULL.
DYN_NO_MEM Malloc failed, when attempting to allocate sufficient mem-
ory.
DYN_BAD_IMAGE The secnum parameter does not refer to a valid section in
the DLM.
CrossCore Embedded Studio 1.1 1-155
C/C++ Library Manual for SHARC Processors
C/C++ Run-Time Library
See Also
dyn_AddHeap, dyn_ValidateImage, dyn_alloc, dyn_GetHeapForWidth,
dyn_Relocate, dyn_FreeSectionMem, dyn_AllocSectionMemHeap,
malloc
Documented Library Functions
1-156 CrossCore Embedded Studio 1.1
C/C++ Library Manual for SHARC Processors
dyn_AllocSectionMemHeap
Allocate memory from a given heap, aligned for a section in a dynami-
cally-loadable module
Synopsis
#include <libdyn.h>
DYN_RESULT dyn_AllocSectionMemHeap(dyn_mem_image *image,
dyn_section *sections,
size_t secnum,
dyn_section_mem **mem,
int heapidx);
Description
The dyn_AllocSectionMemHeap function allocates a target memory buf-
fer large enough to hold the contents of section secnum, in
dynamically-loadable module (DLM) image, as previously validated by
dyn_ValidateImage. The sections parameter is a local copy of the DLM’s
section table, obtained by dyn_GetSections. The memory allocated by
this function should be freed in a single step at a later time, by calling
dyn_FreeSectionMem. The heapidx parameter indicates which heap should
be used to allocate house-keeping space.
Two areas of memory are allocated by this function:
1. A space is allocated in target memory to hold the contents of the
section. This space is allocated by dyn_alloc from a heap defined
by dyn_AddHeap; the heap in question is selected on the basis of the
memory width of the section secnum by dyn_GetHeapForWidth.
2. A space is allocated in local memory to keep track of this alloca-
tion. This memory is allocated using heap_malloc, with the heap in
question specified by heapidx. The resulting memory is attached to
image, so that it may be freed later.
CrossCore Embedded Studio 1.1 1-157
C/C++ Library Manual for SHARC Processors
C/C++ Run-Time Library
On exit, *mem points to the second of the two allocations.
Error Conditions
The dyn_AllocSectionMemHeap function returns a status value indicat-
ing success, or the reason for failure, as follows.
Example
#include <libdyn.h>
dyn_section_mem *secmem(dyn_mem_image *image,
dyn_section *sections,
int nsecs) {
int i;
dyn_section_mem *mem = 0;
for (i = 0; i < nsecs; i++) {
if (dyn_AllocSectionMemHeap(image, sections, i, &mem, 0) !=
DYN_NO_ERROR)
return NULL;
}
return mem;
}
Returned Value Reason
DYN_NO_ERROR Success. *mem contains a pointer to a suitable block of
memory; mem->aligned_addr can be used by dyn_SetSec-
tionAddr for section secnum.
DYN_BAD_PTR One or more of the pointer parameters was NULL.
DYN_NO_MEM Malloc failed, when attempting to allocate sufficient mem-
ory.
DYN_BAD_IMAGE The secnum parameter does not refer to a valid section in
the DLM.
Documented Library Functions
1-158 CrossCore Embedded Studio 1.1
C/C++ Library Manual for SHARC Processors
See Also
dyn_AddHeap, dyn_ValidateImage, dyn_GetHeapForWidth, dyn_alloc,
dyn_Relocate, dyn_FreeSectionMem, dyn_AllocSectionMemHeap,
malloc
CrossCore Embedded Studio 1.1 1-159
C/C++ Library Manual for SHARC Processors
C/C++ Run-Time Library
dyn_CopySectionContents
Copy the sections of a valid dynamically-loadable module
Synopsis
#include <libdyn.h>
DYN_RESULT dyn_CopySectionContents(dyn_mem_image *image,
dyn_section *sections);
Description
The dyn_CopySectionContents function will copy the contents of all sec-
tions from a dynamically-loadable module (DLM), into
previously-allocated local space. image is a DLM previously validated by
dyn_ValidateImage, and sections is a local copy of the DLM’s section
table, obtained by dyn_GetSections. An address must have previously
been allocated to each section, by dyn_SetSectionAddr.
Error Conditions
The dyn_CopySectionContents function returns a status value indicating
success, or the reason for failure, as follows.
Returned Value Reason
DYN_NO_ERROR Success. The DLM section contents were copied.
DYN_BAD_PTR The sections or image parameter is NULL.
DYN_BAD_IMAGE The image does not have the right magic number, or offsets
within the image are nonsensical.
Documented Library Functions
1-160 CrossCore Embedded Studio 1.1
C/C++ Library Manual for SHARC Processors
Example
#include <libdyn.h>
int copy_dlm(dyn_mem_image *image, dyn_sections *secs) {
if (dyn_CopySectionContents(image, secs) == DYN_NO_ERROR)
return 0;
return -1;
}
See Also
dyn_ValidateImage, dyn_GetNumSections, dyn_GetSections, dyn_Get-
StringTableSize, dyn_GetStringTable, dyn_GetExpSymTab,
dyn_LookupByName, dyn_Relocate, dyn_SetSectionAddr,
dyn_AllocSectionMem
CrossCore Embedded Studio 1.1 1-161
C/C++ Library Manual for SHARC Processors
C/C++ Run-Time Library
dyn_FreeEntryPointArray
Release a previously-allocated list of entry points to the dynamically-load-
able module
Synopsis
#include <libdyn.h>
void dyn_FreeEntryPointArray(char *strtab, char **entries);
Description
The dyn_FreeEntryPointArray function releases memory that was allo-
cated by dyn_GetEntryPointArray.
Error Conditions
None.
Example
See dyn_GetEntryPointArray for an example.
See Also
dyn_ValidateImage, dyn_GetExpSymTab, dyn_LookupByName,
dyn_Relocate, dyn_GetEntryPointArray
Documented Library Functions
1-162 CrossCore Embedded Studio 1.1
C/C++ Library Manual for SHARC Processors
dyn_FreeSectionMem
Release memory allocated for sections in a dynamically-loadable module
Synopsis
#include <libdyn.h>
void dyn_FreeSectionMem(dyn_mem_image *image);
Description
The dyn_FreeSectionMem function releases house-keeping memory
blocks that were allocated by dyn_AllocSectionMem or dyn_AllocSection-
MemHeap. image is a DLM previously validated by dyn_ValidateImage.
Target memory, allocated from heaps declared by dyn_AddHeap, remains
valid.
Error Conditions
None.
Example
#include <libdyn.h>
void secmem(dyn_mem_image *image,dyn_section *sections ,int
nsecs) {
int i;
dyn_section_mem *mem = 0;
for (i = 0; i < nsecs; i++) {
if (dyn_AllocSectionMem(image, sections, i, &mem) !=
DYN_NO_ERROR)
return;
}
CrossCore Embedded Studio 1.1 1-163
C/C++ Library Manual for SHARC Processors
C/C++ Run-Time Library
do_something();
dyn_FreeSectionMem(image);
return;
}
See Also
dyn_ValidateImage, dyn_GetNumSections, dyn_GetSections, dyn_Get-
StringTableSize, dyn_GetStringTable, dyn_GetExpSymTab,
dyn_LookupByName, dyn_Relocate, dyn_SetSectionAddr, dyn_Copy-
SectionContents, dyn_AllocSectionMem
Documented Library Functions
1-164 CrossCore Embedded Studio 1.1
C/C++ Library Manual for SHARC Processors
dyn_GetEntryPointArray
Obtain a list of symbols exported by a dynamically-loadable module
Synopsis
#include <libdyn.h>
DYN_RESULT dyn_GetEntryPointArray(dyn_mem_image *image,
size_t symidx,
size_t stridx,
char **hstrtab,
char ***entries,
size_t *num_entries);
Description
The dyn_GetEntryPointArray function obtains the contents of the
exported symbol table of the dynamically-loadable module (DLM) image,
in an array of string pointers, pointed to by *entries. *num_entries is set
to contain the number of entries in the allocated array. Each entry in the
allocated array points to a string in a local copy of the string table, con-
verted to local string format. *entries is set to point to this local string
table.
This function can be used to determine which symbols are exported by the
DLM, if this is not known in advance. Once the array of entry-point
strings has been obtained, the strings can be passed to dyn_LookupByName
to determine the resolved address of the entry-point.
This function may only be called after the DLM has been relocated by
calling dyn_Relocate; prior to that point, the exported symbol table’s
entries are not completely resolved.
The symidx and stridx parameters identify the sections that contain the
exported symbol table and exported string table, respectively; these param-
eters are obtained via dyn_GetExpSymTab.
CrossCore Embedded Studio 1.1 1-165
C/C++ Library Manual for SHARC Processors
C/C++ Run-Time Library
The allocated memory should be freed by dyn_FreeEntryPointArray, once
it is no longer required.
Error Conditions
The dyn_GetEntryPointArray function returns a status value indicating
success, or the reason for failure, as follows.
Example
#include <stdio.h>
#include <libdyn.h>
void list_syms(dyn_mem_image *image,
const char *strtab,
dyn_section *sections) {
size_t symidx, stridx;
char *hstrtab, **syms;
int i, nsyms;
dyn_GetExpSymTab(image, symtab, sections, &symidx, &stridx);
dyn_GetEntryPointArray(image, symidx, stridx, &hstrtab, &nsyms,
&syms);
for (i = 0; i < nsyms; i++)
printf(“Sym %d is %s\n”, i, syms[i]);
dyn_FreeEntryPointArray(hstrtab, syms);
}
Returned Value Reason
DYN_NO_ERROR Success. *ptr contains the address of the symbol, in the relo-
cated image.
DYN_BAD_PTR One or more of the pointer parameters is NULL.
DYN_NO_MEM There was not enough space to allocate either the entry
array, or the local copy of the string table.
DYN_NOT_FOUND The sections for the exported string table or exported sym-
bol table could not be retrieved.
Documented Library Functions
1-166 CrossCore Embedded Studio 1.1
C/C++ Library Manual for SHARC Processors
See Also
dyn_ValidateImage, dyn_GetNumSections, dyn_GetSections, dyn_Get-
StringTableSize, dyn_GetStringTable, dyn_GetExpSymTab,
dyn_Relocate, dyn_SetSectionAddr, dyn_AllocSectionMem,
dyn_CopySectionContents
CrossCore Embedded Studio 1.1 1-167
C/C++ Library Manual for SHARC Processors
C/C++ Run-Time Library
dyn_GetExpSymTab
Locate a dynamically-loadable module’s table of exported symbols
Synopsis
#include <libdyn.h>
DYN_RESULT dyn_GetExpSymTab(dyn_mem_image *image,
const char *strtab,
dyn_section *sections,
size_t *symidx,
size_t *stridx);
Description
The dyn_GetExpSymTab function searches the dynamically-loadable
module (DLM) pointed to by image, looking for the table of exported
symbols. The strtab and sections parameters must be pointers to the
DLM’s string table and section table, obtained by dyn_GetStringTable
and dyn_GetSections, respectively.
The DLM’s exported-symbol table consists of two sections. One is a string
table, containing the names of exported symbols in native processor for-
mat; the other is a table where each entry points to the symbol’s name in
said string table, and to the symbol itself (whether code or data).
If successful, the function records the section numbers of the exported sec-
tion table and exported string table into the locations pointed to by
symidx and stridx, respectively.
Documented Library Functions
1-168 CrossCore Embedded Studio 1.1
C/C++ Library Manual for SHARC Processors
Error Conditions
The dyn_GetExpSymTab function returns a status value indicating suc-
cess, or the reason for failure, as follows.
Example
#include <libdyn.h>
static size_t sec_tab, str_tab;
int find_secs(dyn_mem_image *image,
const char strtab,
dyn_section *sections) {
if (dyn_GetExpSymTab(image, strtab, sections,
&sec_tab, &str_tab) == DYN_NO_ERROR)
return 0;
return -1;
}
See Also
dyn_ValidateImage, dyn_GetNumSections, dyn_GetSections, dyn_Get-
StringTableSize, dyn_GetStringTable, dyn_LookupByName,
dyn_Relocate, dyn_SetSectionAddr, dyn_AllocSectionMem,
dyn_CopySectionContents
Returned Value Reason
DYN_NO_ERROR Success. *symidx contains the section number containing
the exported symbol table, and *stridx contains the section
number containing the exported string table.
DYN_BAD_PTR One or more of the parameters is NULL.
DYN_BAD_IMAGE The function could not locate sections for both the
exported string table and the exported symbol table.
CrossCore Embedded Studio 1.1 1-169
C/C++ Library Manual for SHARC Processors
C/C++ Run-Time Library
dyn_GetHeapForWidth
Locate a target-memory heap that has the right number of bits per
addressable unit.
Synopsis
#include <libdyn.h>
DYN_RESULT dyn_GetHeapForWidth(dyn_mem_image *image,
size_t byte_width,
dyn_heap **heap);
Description
The dyn_GetHeapForWidth function searches all target-memory heaps
that have been declared for this image (using the dyn_AddHeap function),
and returns the one that has a width of byte_width via *heap, if there is
one.
Error Conditions
The dyn_GetHeapForWidth function returns a status value indicating
success, or the reason for failure, as follows.
Returned Value Reason
DYN_NO_ERROR Success. *heap contains a pointer to a heap which may be
used for allocation.
DYN_BAD_PTR Either heap or image was NULL.
DYN_NOT_FOUND No heap has been attached to image using dyn_AddHeap(),
which has a width that matches byte_width.
Documented Library Functions
1-170 CrossCore Embedded Studio 1.1
C/C++ Library Manual for SHARC Processors
Example
#include <libdyn.h>
dyn_heap *fetch_heap(dyn_mem_image *image, size_t width) {
dyn_heap *heap = 0;
if (dyn_GetHeapForWidth(image, &heap) != DYN_NO_ERROR)
return NULL;
return heap;
}
See Also
dyn_AddHeap, dyn_ValidateImage, dyn_heap_init, dyn_alloc, dyn_Free-
SectionMem, dyn_AllocSectionMemHeap, malloc
CrossCore Embedded Studio 1.1 1-171
C/C++ Library Manual for SHARC Processors
C/C++ Run-Time Library
dyn_GetNumSections
Obtain the number of sections in a dynamically-loadable module
Synopsis
#include <libdyn.h>
DYN_RESULT dyn_GetNumSections(dyn_mem_image *image,
size_t *num_sections);
Description
The dyn_GetNumSections function returns the number of sections in a
validate dynamically-loadable module (DLM), as produced by elf2dyn.
The image parameter should have been populated by a previous call to
dyn_ValidateImage.
In the context of this function, “sections” means “portions of the DLM
that contain executable code or usable data”; it does not include the string
table or any relocations for the DLM.
Upon success, the function writes the number of sections to the location
pointed to by the num_sections parameter.
Error Conditions
The dyn_GetNumSections function returns a status value indicating suc-
cess, or the reason for failure, as follows.
Returned Value Reason
DYN_NO_ERROR Success. *num_sections will contain the section count.
DYN_BAD_PTR The image or num_sections parameter is NULL.
Documented Library Functions
1-172 CrossCore Embedded Studio 1.1
C/C++ Library Manual for SHARC Processors
Example
#include <stdio.h>
#include <libdyn.h>
void count_sections(dyn_mem_image *dlm_info) {
size_t nsec;
if (dyn_GetNumSections(dlm_info, &nsec) == DYN_NO_ERROR)
printf(“There are %d section\n”, nsec);
}
See Also
dyn_ValidateImage, dyn_GetSections, dyn_GetStringTableSize,
dyn_GetStringTable, dyn_GetExpSymTab, dyn_LookupByName,
dyn_Relocate, dyn_SetSectionAddr, dyn_AllocSectionMem,
dyn_CopySectionContents
CrossCore Embedded Studio 1.1 1-173
C/C++ Library Manual for SHARC Processors
C/C++ Run-Time Library
dyn_GetSections
Obtain a native copy of the section table from a valid dynamically-load-
able module.
Synopsis
#include <libdyn.h>
DYN_RESULT dyn_GetSections(dyn_mem_image *image,
dyn_section *sections);
Description
The dyn_GetSections function accepts a pointer sections to a block of
memory, and populates it with a native copy of the section table from the
dynamically-loadable module (DLM) pointed to by image. The resulting
section table copy is in the native byte order of the target processor.
The memory buffer must have been allocated previously, and must be
large enough to contain all the section headers for the DLM.
Error Conditions
The dyn_GetSections function returns a status value indicating success, or
the reason for failure, as follows.
Returned Value Reason
DYN_NO_ERROR Success. The section table will copied to sections.
DYN_BAD_PTR The sections or image parameter is NULL.
Documented Library Functions
1-174 CrossCore Embedded Studio 1.1
C/C++ Library Manual for SHARC Processors
Example
#include <stdlib.h>
#include <libdyn.h>
char *get_sec_table(dyn_mem_image *image, int nsecs) {
char *space = malloc(nsecs * sizeof(dyn_section));
if (dyn_GetSections(image, space) == DYN_NO_ERROR)
return space;
return NULL;
}
See Also
dyn_ValidateImage, dyn_GetNumSections, dyn_GetStringTableSize,
dyn_GetStringTable, dyn_GetExpSymTab, dyn_LookupByName,
dyn_Relocate, dyn_SetSectionAddr, dyn_AllocSectionMem,
dyn_CopySectionContents
CrossCore Embedded Studio 1.1 1-175
C/C++ Library Manual for SHARC Processors
C/C++ Run-Time Library
dyn_GetStringTable
Obtain a native copy of the string table of a valid dynamically-loadable
module
Synopsis
#include <libdyn.h>
DYN_RESULT dyn_GetStringTable(dyn_mem_image *image,
char *buffer);
Description
The dyn_GetStringTable function copies the string table from the dynam-
ically-loadable module image to the space pointed to by buffer. The
resulting copy is in the native format of the target processor.
Error Conditions
The dyn_GetStringTable function returns a status value indicating suc-
cess, or the reason for failure, as follows.
Returned Value Reason
DYN_NO_ERROR Success. buffer contains a native copy of the string table
(one character per location).
DYN_BAD_PTR The buffer or image parameter is NULL.
Documented Library Functions
1-176 CrossCore Embedded Studio 1.1
C/C++ Library Manual for SHARC Processors
Example
#include <stdlib.h>
#include <libdyn.h>
char *get_strtab(dyn_mem_image *dlm_info, size_t *nchars) {
char *ptr = malloc(nchars);
if (dyn_GetStringTable(dlm_info, ptr) == DYN_NO_ERROR)
return ptr;
return NULL;
}
See Also
dyn_ValidateImage, dyn_GetNumSections, dyn_GetSections, dyn_Get-
StringTableSize, dyn_GetExpSymTab, dyn_LookupByName,
dyn_Relocate, dyn_SetSectionAddr, dyn_AllocSectionMem,
dyn_CopySectionContents
CrossCore Embedded Studio 1.1 1-177
C/C++ Library Manual for SHARC Processors
C/C++ Run-Time Library
dyn_GetStringTableSize
Get the size of the string table in a valid dynamically-loadable module
Synopsis
#include <libdyn.h>
DYN_RESULT dyn_GetStringTableSize(dyn_mem_image *image,
size_t *sz);
Description
The dyn_GetStringTableSize function returns the number of bytes
required to hold the string table for the dynamically-loadable module
(DLM) pointed to by image. The size is returned in the location pointed
to by the sz parameter.
In a dynamically-loadable module, the string table contains the names of
the various sections in the DLM. It does not contain character strings or
other data that constitutes the loadable part of the DLM.
Error Conditions
The dyn_GetStringTableSize function returns a status value indicating
success, or the reason for failure, as follows.
Returned Value Reason
DYN_NO_ERROR Success. *sz contains the size of the string table.
DYN_BAD_PTR The sz or image parameter is NULL.
Documented Library Functions
1-178 CrossCore Embedded Studio 1.1
C/C++ Library Manual for SHARC Processors
Example
#include <stdio.h>
#include <libdyn.h>
void get_strtab_size(dyn_mem_image *dlm_info) {
size_t nchars;
if (dyn_GetStringTableSize(dlm_info, &nchars) == DYN_NO_ERROR)
printf(“There are %d characters in the table\n”, nchars);
}
See Also
dyn_ValidateImage, dyn_GetNumSections, dyn_GetSections, dyn_Get-
StringTable, dyn_GetExpSymTab, dyn_LookupByName, dyn_Relocate,
dyn_SetSectionAddr, dyn_AllocSectionMem, dyn_CopySectionContents
CrossCore Embedded Studio 1.1 1-179
C/C++ Library Manual for SHARC Processors
C/C++ Run-Time Library
dyn_heap_init
Initialize a target heap for dynamically-loadable modules
Synopsis
#include <libdyn.h>
DYN_RESULT dyn_heap_init(dyn_heap *heap,
void *base,
size_t size,
size_t width,
size_t align);
Description
The dyn_heap_init function initializes the heap parameter, so that it con-
tains a description of a region of target memory that can be used to
relocate dynamically-loaded code or data. The resulting structure will be
suitable for passing to dyn_AddHeap.
The heap parameter must point to a dyn_heap structure that is initialized
as follows:
base – the address of the first addressable unit in the region of tar-
get memory.
size – the number of addressable units that can be allocated.
Therefore, this should be set to the same value as total_size.
width – should be set to the number of 8-bit values that can fit into
a single location in the target memory. Therefore: 2 for VISA
space, 4 for normal data memory, 6 for program memory, and 8 for
long-word data memory. Note that only one heap may be specified,
for each given width.
Documented Library Functions
1-180 CrossCore Embedded Studio 1.1
C/C++ Library Manual for SHARC Processors
align – when memory is allocated from this region, the offset into
the region will be a multiple of this value. Therefore, this must be
1, 2 or 4, as required for memory alignment.
Error Conditions
The dyn_heap_init function returns a status value indicating success, or
the reason for failure, as follows.
Example
#include <libdyn.h>
DYN_RESULT data_heap(dyn_heap *heap) {,
static int myspace[50];
return dyn_heap_init(heap, myspace, sizeof(myspace), 4, 2);
}
See Also
dyn_ValidateImage, dyn_GetNumSections, dyn_GetSections, dyn_Get-
StringTableSize, dyn_GetStringTable, dyn_GetExpSymTab,
dyn_LookupByName, dyn_Relocate, dyn_SetSectionAddr, dyn_Copy-
SectionContents, dyn_FreeSectionMem, dyn_AllocSectionMemHeap,
malloc
Returned Value Reason
DYN_NO_ERROR Success. The dyn_heap structure is now initialized.
DYN_BAD_PTR Either image or heap was NULL, or size was zero.
DYN_BAD_IMAGE The base pointer was not appropriately aligned for the align
parameter.
CrossCore Embedded Studio 1.1 1-181
C/C++ Library Manual for SHARC Processors
C/C++ Run-Time Library
dyn_LookupByName
Locate an exported symbol in a dynamically-loadable module
Synopsis
#include <libdyn.h>
DYN_RESULT dyn_LookupByName(dyn_mem_image *image,
const char *name,
void *symtab,
uint32_t secsize,
void **ptr);
Description
The dyn_LookupByName function searches the exported symbol table of
the dynamically-loadable module (DLM) image, looking for a symbol
called name. If such a symbol is found, the symbol’s address is returned in
the location pointed to by ptr. symtab is a pointer to the contents of the
DLM’s exported symbol table, as previously located via dyn_GetExpSym-
Tab; secsize indicates the section’s size.
This function may only be called after the DLM has been relocated by
calling dyn_Relocate; prior to that point, the exported symbol table’s
entries are not completely resolved.
The name parameter must match the exported symbol exactly. This means
that it must also be mangled appropriately for the symbol’s namespace.
Documented Library Functions
1-182 CrossCore Embedded Studio 1.1
C/C++ Library Manual for SHARC Processors
Error Conditions
The dyn_LookupByName function returns a status value indicating suc-
cess, or the reason for failure, as follows.
Example
#include <stdio.h>
#include <libdyn.h>
int call_fn(dyn_mem_image *image,
void *symtab,
uint32_t secsize,
const char *fnname) {
void *ptr;
if (dyn_LookupByName(image, fnname, symtab,
secsize, &ptr) == DYN_NO_ERROR) {
int (*fnptr)(void) = (int (*)(void))ptr;
return (*fnptr)();
}
return -1;
}
Returned Value Reason
DYN_NO_ERROR Success. *ptr contains the address of the symbol, in the relo-
cated image.
DYN_BAD_PTR The ptr or image parameter is NULL.
DYN_NOT_FOUND The exported symbol table does not contain a symbol
whose name exactly matches name.
CrossCore Embedded Studio 1.1 1-183
C/C++ Library Manual for SHARC Processors
C/C++ Run-Time Library
See Also
dyn_ValidateImage, dyn_GetNumSections, dyn_GetSections, dyn_Get-
StringTableSize, dyn_GetStringTable, dyn_GetExpSymTab,
dyn_Relocate, dyn_SetSectionAddr, dyn_AllocSectionMem,
dyn_CopySectionContents
Documented Library Functions
1-184 CrossCore Embedded Studio 1.1
C/C++ Library Manual for SHARC Processors
dyn_RecordRelocOutOfRange
Record which relocation cannot be completed, while relocating a dynami-
cally-loadable module
Synopsis
#include <libdyn.h>
int dyn_RecordRelocOutOfRange(void *ref_addr,
uint32_t sym_addr);
Description
The dyn_RecordRelocOutOfRange function is invoked by dyn_Relocate,
if a computed relocation is out of range. It provides an opportunity to
make a note of the offending reference. Alternatively, it provides an
opportunity to ignore the problem.
ref_addr is the target address of the location being relocated, while
sym_addr is the computed location or value which is being referenced by
ref_addr. sym_addr is presented before being manipulated to fit into the
field at ref_addr. For example, if ref_addr only references even addresses,
the stored value in the field might be shifted down one place; sym_addr
represents the value before this shift has happened.
The default implementation of the dynRecordRelocOutOfRange function
records both ref_addr and sym_addr, so that they can be retrieved later
using dyn_RetrieveRelocOutOfRange.
Error Conditions
The dyn_RecordRelocOutOfRange function must return a value indicat-
ing whether this combination of ref_addr and sym_addr should be
considered an error. If the function returns false, then dyn_Relocate will
continue its operation. If the function returns true, then dyn_Relocate
will abort.
CrossCore Embedded Studio 1.1 1-185
C/C++ Library Manual for SHARC Processors
C/C++ Run-Time Library
Example
#include <libdyn.h>
int dyn_RecordRelocOutOfRange(void *ref_addr, uint32_t sym_addr)
{
/* alternative implementation that ignores all errors */
return 0;
}
See Also
dyn_Relocate, dyn_RetrieveRelocOutOfRange
Documented Library Functions
1-186 CrossCore Embedded Studio 1.1
C/C++ Library Manual for SHARC Processors
dyn_Relocate
Relocate a dynamically-loadable module
Synopsis
#include <libdyn.h>
DYN_RESULT dyn_Relocate(dyn_mem_image *image,
dyn_section *sections);
Description
The dyn_Relocate function processes the relocations in a dynami-
cally-loadable module (DLM) once its sections have been copied into local
memory.
image is the DLM, as loaded and validated. sections is a copy of the
DLM’s section table, as obtained via dyn_GetSections. Before relocation
can be performed, space must have been allocated for each of the sections
in the file, using dyn_AllocSectionMem, and the sections’ contents copied
into that space using dyn_CopySectionContents.
Error Conditions
The dyn_Relocate function returns a status value indicating success, or the
reason for failure, as follows.
Returned Value Reason
DYN_NO_ERROR Success. All sections were relocated.
DYN_BAD_PTR The sections or image parameter is NULL.
DYN_NO_SECTION_ADDR There is a section in the DLM which has not had an address
allocated, prior to attempting to relocate it.
DYN_BAD_RELOC The DLM contains a relocation that is not recognized by
the current instance of libdyn.
CrossCore Embedded Studio 1.1 1-187
C/C++ Library Manual for SHARC Processors
C/C++ Run-Time Library
Example
#include <libdyn.h>
int reloc_dlm(dyn_mem_image *dlm_info, dyn_section *sections) {
if (dyn_Relocate(dlm_info, sections) == DYN_NO_ERROR)
return 0;
return -1;
}
See Also
dyn_ValidateImage, dyn_GetNumSections, dyn_GetSections, dyn_Get-
StringTableSize, dyn_GetStringTable, dyn_GetExpSymTab,
dyn_LookupByName, dyn_SetSectionAddr, dyn_AllocSectionMem,
dyn_CopySectionContents, dyn_RecordRelocOutOfRange,
dyn_RetrieveRelocOutOfRange
DYN_BAD_WIDTH The DLM contains a relocation that references a section
with a word size not supported by this instance of libdyn.
DYN_NOT_ALIGNED The DLM could not complete relocations because there is a
section that is not appropriately aligned for its word size.
DYN_OUT_OF_RANGE The DLM could not apply a relocation because the com-
puted value does not fit into the available space. This gener-
ally means that the reference and the target of the relocation
are too far apart. The function will invoke dyn_RecordRe-
locOutOfRange to record the details of the failing reloca-
tion. These details can be retrieved with
dyn_RetrieveRelocOutOfRange.
Returned Value Reason
Documented Library Functions
1-188 CrossCore Embedded Studio 1.1
C/C++ Library Manual for SHARC Processors
dyn_RetrieveRelocOutOfRange
Retrieve information about a relocation that failed
Synopsis
#include <libdyn.h>
DYN_RESULT dyn_RetrieveRelocOutOfRange(void **ref_addr,
uint32_t *sym_addr);
Description
The dyn_RetrieveRelocOutOfRange function is used to retrieve informa-
tion about a failing relocation, if dyn_Relocate returns DYN_OUT_OF_RANGE.
The information must first have been saved by
dyn_RecordRelocOutOfRange.
*ref_addr will be set to the target address of the location that was being
relocated, while *sym_addr will be set to the computed location or value
that was being referenced by *ref_addr.
Error Conditions
The dyn_RetrieveRelocOutOfRange function returns a value to indicate
the status of its operation, as follows.
Returned Value Reason
DYN_NO_ERROR Success. *ref_addr and *sym_addr have been updated.
DYN_BAD_PTR Either ref_addr or sym_addr was NULL.
CrossCore Embedded Studio 1.1 1-189
C/C++ Library Manual for SHARC Processors
C/C++ Run-Time Library
Example
#include <libdyn.h>
void reloc_dlm(dyn_mem_image *dlm_info, dyn_section *sections) {
if (dyn_Relocate(dlm_info, sections) == DYN_OUT_OF_RANGE &&
dyn_RetrieveRelocOutOfRange(&ref, &sym) == DYN_NO_ERROR)
printf(“Relocation %p -> %p failed\n”, ref, sym);
}
See Also
dyn_Relocate, dyn_RecordRelocOutOfRange
Documented Library Functions
1-190 CrossCore Embedded Studio 1.1
C/C++ Library Manual for SHARC Processors
dyn_RewriteImageToFile
Write a dynamically-loadable module back to a file, after relocation
Synopsis
#include <libdyn.h>
DYN_RESULT dyn_RewriteImageToFile(dyn_mem_image *image,
dyn_section *sections,
size_t num_sections,
FILE *outf);
Description
The dyn_RewriteImageToFile function writes the contents of a dynami-
cally-loadable module (DLM) to the specified output stream outf, after
relocation has taken place.
image is the DLM, as loaded, validated and relocated. sections is a copy
of the DLM’s section table, as obtained via dyn_GetSections.
Error Conditions
The dyn_RewriteImageToFile function returns a status value indicating
success, or the reason for failure, as follows.
Returned Value Reason
DYN_NO_ERROR Success. All sections were written back to the output stream
without error.
DYN_BAD_WRITE One of the output operations on the output stream did not
succeed.
DYN_NO_MEM There was insufficient memory to obtain a local working
copy of some data.
CrossCore Embedded Studio 1.1 1-191
C/C++ Library Manual for SHARC Processors
C/C++ Run-Time Library
Example
#include <libdyn.h>
int reloc_dlm(dyn_mem_image *dlm,
dyn_section *secs,
size_t nsecs,
FILE *fp) {
if (dyn_Relocate(dlm, secs) == DYN_NO_ERROR &&
dyn_RewriteImageToFile(dlm, secs, nsecs, fp) ==
DYN_NO_ERROR)
return 0;
return -1;
}
See Also
dyn_ValidateImage, dyn_GetNumSections, dyn_GetSections, dyn_Get-
StringTableSize, dyn_GetStringTable, dyn_GetExpSymTab,
dyn_LookupByName, dyn_SetSectionAddr, dyn_AllocSectionMem,
dyn_CopySectionContents
DYN_BAD_PTR The image parameter was NULL, or a there is a corrupt
internal memory reference.
DYN_NOT_FOUND Not all sections could be located, suggesting that the num_-
sections parameter is incorrect.
Returned Value Reason
Documented Library Functions
1-192 CrossCore Embedded Studio 1.1
C/C++ Library Manual for SHARC Processors
dyn_SetSectionAddr
Set the local address for a section in a dynamically-loadable module
Synopsis
#include <libdyn.h>
DYN_RESULT dyn_SetSectionAddr(dyn_mem_image *image,
dyn_section *sections,
size_t secnum,
void *addr);
Description
The dyn_SetSectionAddr function sets the local address for a given section
within a dynamically-loadable module (DLM). image is the DLM, vali-
dated by dyn_ValidateImage. sections is a native copy of the DLM’s
section table, obtained by dyn_GetSections. secnum is the number for the
section for which to set the address. addr is the local address.
In this context, “setting the address” means informing the DLM that
address addr is a suitable address at which section secnum may reside after
relocation; if dyn_CopySectionContents is called, the section’s contents
will be copied to addr, so sufficient space must have previously been
reserved at that address.
CrossCore Embedded Studio 1.1 1-193
C/C++ Library Manual for SHARC Processors
C/C++ Run-Time Library
Error Conditions
The dyn_SetSectionAddr function returns a status value indicating suc-
cess, or the reason for failure, as follows.
Example
#include <libdyn.h>
int set_addr(dyn_mem_image *image, dyn_section *secs,
size_t num, void *ptr) {
if (dyn_SetSectionAddr(image, secs, num, ptr) == DYN_NO_ERROR)
return 0;
return -1;
}
See Also
dyn_ValidateImage, dyn_GetNumSections, dyn_GetSections, dyn_Get-
StringTableSize, dyn_GetStringTable, dyn_GetExpSymTab,
dyn_LookupByName, dyn_Relocate, dyn_AllocSectionMem,
dyn_CopySectionContents
Returned Value Reason
DYN_NO_ERROR Success. The address has been recorded within the native
section table copy.
DYN_BAD_PTR The sections or image parameter is NULL, or there is no
section secnum. This value is also returned if the section
already has an address assigned, or it has already been relo-
cated.
Documented Library Functions
1-194 CrossCore Embedded Studio 1.1
C/C++ Library Manual for SHARC Processors
dyn_SetSectionMem
Specify the target address of a dynamically-loadable section
Synopsis
#include <libdyn.h>
DYN_RESULT dyn_SetSectionMem(dyn_mem_image *image,
dyn_section *sections,
size_t secnum,
uint32_t taddr,
dyn_section_mem **memptr);
Description
The dyn_SetSectionMem function creates internal house-keeping mem-
ory for a given section within a dynamically-loadable module (DLM), and
records the target address at which the section will reside. image is the
DLM, validated by dyn_ValidateImage. sections is a native copy of the
DLM’s section table, obtained by dyn_GetSections. secnum is the number
for the section for which to set the address. taddr is the target address.
In this context, the target address refers to the address at which the section
will begin, when relocated.
The function will create a dyn_section_mem structure, pointed to by
*memptr, which can be passed to dyn_SetSectionAddr.
CrossCore Embedded Studio 1.1 1-195
C/C++ Library Manual for SHARC Processors
C/C++ Run-Time Library
Error Conditions
The dyn_SetSectionMem function returns a status value indicating suc-
cess, or the reason for failure, as follows.
Example
#include <libdyn.h>
dyn_section_mem *set_addr(dyn_mem_image *image,
dyn_section *secs,
size_t num, uint32_t addr) {
dyn_section_mem *mem = 0;
if (dyn_SetSectionMem(image, secs, num, addr, &mem) ==
DYN_NO_ERROR)
return 0;
return mem;
}
See Also
dyn_ValidateImage, dyn_GetNumSections, dyn_GetSections, dyn_Get-
StringTableSize, dyn_GetStringTable, dyn_GetExpSymTab,
dyn_LookupByName, dyn_Relocate, dyn_AllocSectionMem,
dyn_CopySectionContents
Returned Value Reason
DYN_NO_ERROR Success. The address has been recorded within the native
section table copy.
DYN_BAD_PTR The image, sections or memptr parameter is NULL.
DYN_BAD_IMAGE There is no section secnum.
DYN_NO_MEM There is insufficient memory to allocate the internal
house-keeping structures.
Documented Library Functions
1-196 CrossCore Embedded Studio 1.1
C/C++ Library Manual for SHARC Processors
dyn_ValidateImage
Verify a memory buffer contains a valid dynamically-loadable module
Synopsis
#include <libdyn.h>
DYN_RESULT dyn_ValidateImage(void *ptr,
size_t len,
dyn_mem_image *image);
Description
The dyn_ValidateImage function accepts a pointer to a block of memory,
and performs various checks to determine whether the memory contains a
validate dynamically-loadable module (DLM), as produced by elf2dyn.
The memory buffer is pointed to by ptr, and must be at least len charac-
ters in size. If the buffer does contain a valid DLM, the function will
populate the structure pointed to by image; the resulting image pointer
will be suitable for passing to other DLM-handling functions.
Error Conditions
The dyn_ValidateImage function returns a status value indicating success,
or the reason for failure, as follows.
Returned Value Reason
DYN_NO_ERROR Success. The buffer contains a valid DLM.
DYN_BAD_PTR The ptr or image parameter is NULL.
DYN_TOO_SMALL The memory buffer as described by ptr/len is too small to
contain any DLM, or the DLM’s sections/relocations
exceed the buffer.
DYN_BAD_IMAGE The image does not have the right magic number, or offsets
within the image are nonsensical.
CrossCore Embedded Studio 1.1 1-197
C/C++ Library Manual for SHARC Processors
C/C++ Run-Time Library
Example
#include <stdio.h>
#include <libdyn.h>
static dyn_mem_image dlm_info;
int check_dlm(FILE *fp, char *buf, size_t maxlen) {
size_t len = fread(buf, 1, maxlen, fp);
if (dyn_ValidateImage(buf, len, &dlm_info) == DYN_NO_ERROR)
return 0;
return -1;
}
See Also
dyn_GetNumSections, dyn_GetSections, dyn_GetStringTableSize,
dyn_GetStringTable, dyn_GetExpSymTab, dyn_LookupByName,
dyn_Relocate, dyn_SetSectionAddr, dyn_AllocSectionMem,
dyn_CopySectionContents
DYN_BAD_VERSION The DLM’s version number is not a version supported by
this instance of libdyn.
DYN_BAD_FAMILY The DLM is for a processor family not recognized by this
instance of libdyn.
Returned Value Reason
Documented Library Functions
1-198 CrossCore Embedded Studio 1.1
C/C++ Library Manual for SHARC Processors
exit
Normal program termination
Synopsis
#include <stdlib.h>
void exit (int status);
Description
The exit function causes normal program termination. The functions reg-
istered by the atexit function are called in reverse order of their
registration and the processor is put into the IDLE state. The status argu-
ment is stored in register R0, and control is passed to the label
___lib_prog_term, which is defined in the run-time startup file.
Error Conditions
None.
Example
#include <stdlib.h>
exit (EXIT_SUCCESS);
See Also
abort, atexit
CrossCore Embedded Studio 1.1 1-199
C/C++ Library Manual for SHARC Processors
C/C++ Run-Time Library
exp
Exponential
Synopsis
#include <math.h>
float expf (float x);
double exp (double x);
long double expd (long double x);
Description
The exponential functions compute the exponential value e to the power
of their argument.
Error Conditions
The input argument x for expf must be in the domain [-87.33, 88.72] and
the input argument for expd must be in the domain [-708.2, 709.1]. The
functions return HUGE_VAL if x is greater than the domain and 0.0 if x is
less than the domain.
Example
#include <math.h>
double y;
float x;
y = exp (1.0); /* y = 2.71828 */
x = expf (1.0); /* x = 2.71828 */
See Also
log, pow
Documented Library Functions
1-200 CrossCore Embedded Studio 1.1
C/C++ Library Manual for SHARC Processors
fabs
Absolute value
Synopsis
#include <math.h>
float fabsf (float x);
double fabs (double x);
long double fabsd (long double x);
Description
The fabs functions return the absolute value of the argument x.
Error Conditions
None.
Example
#include <math.h>
double y;
float x;
y = fabs (-2.3); /* y = 2.3 */
y = fabs (2.3); /* y = 2.3 */
x = fabsf (-5.1); /* x = 5.1 */
See Also
abs, absfx, labs, llabs
CrossCore Embedded Studio 1.1 1-201
C/C++ Library Manual for SHARC Processors
C/C++ Run-Time Library
fclose
Close a stream
Synopsis
#include <stdio.h>
int fclose(FILE *stream);
Description
The fclose function flushes stream and closes the associated file. The flush
will result in any unwritten buffered data for the stream to be written to
the file, with any unread buffered data being discarded.
If the buffer associated with stream was allocated automatically it will be
deallocated.
The fclose function will return 0 on successful completion.
Error Conditions
If the fclose function is not successful it returns EOF.
Example
#include <stdio.h>
void example(char* fname)
{
FILE *fp;
fp = fopen(fname, "w+");
/* Do some operations on the file */
fclose(fp);
}
Documented Library Functions
1-202 CrossCore Embedded Studio 1.1
C/C++ Library Manual for SHARC Processors
See Also
fopen
CrossCore Embedded Studio 1.1 1-203
C/C++ Library Manual for SHARC Processors
C/C++ Run-Time Library
feof
Test for end of file
Synopsis
#include <stdio.h>
int feof(FILE *stream);
Description
The feof function tests whether or not the file identified by stream has
reached the end of the file. The routine returns 0 if the end of the file has
not been reached and a non-zero result of the end of file has been reached.
Error Conditions
None.
Example
#include <stdio.h>
void print_char_from_file(FILE *fp)
{
/* printf out each character from a file until EOF */
while (!feof(fp))
printf("%c", fgetc(fp));
printf("\n");
}
See Also
clearerr, ferror
Documented Library Functions
1-204 CrossCore Embedded Studio 1.1
C/C++ Library Manual for SHARC Processors
ferror
Test for read or write errors
Synopsis
#include <stdio.h>
int ferror(FILE *stream);
Description
The ferror function tests whether an uncleared error has occurred while
accessing stream. If there are no errors then the function will return zero,
otherwise it will return a non-zero value.
The ferror function does not examine whether the file identified by
stream has reached the end of the file.
Error Conditions
None.
Example
#include <stdio.h>
void test_for_error(FILE *fp)
{
if (ferror(fp))
printf("Error with read/write to stream\n");
else
printf("read/write to stream OKAY\n");
}
See Also
clearerr, feof
CrossCore Embedded Studio 1.1 1-205
C/C++ Library Manual for SHARC Processors
C/C++ Run-Time Library
fflush
Flush a stream
Synopsis
#include <stdio.h>
int fflush(FILE *stream);
Description
The fflush function causes any unwritten data for stream to be written to
the file. If stream is a NULL pointer, fflush performs this flushing action
on all streams.
Upon successful completion the fflush function returns zero.
Error Conditions
If fflush is unsuccessful, the EOF value is returned.
Example
#include <stdio.h>
void flush_all_streams(void)
{
fflush(NULL);
}
See Also
fclose
Documented Library Functions
1-206 CrossCore Embedded Studio 1.1
C/C++ Library Manual for SHARC Processors
fgetc
Get a character from a stream
Synopsis
#include <stdio.h>
int fgetc(FILE *stream);
Description
The fgetc function obtains the next character from the input stream
pointed to by stream, converts it from an unsigned char to an int and
advances the file position indicator for the stream.
If there are no errors, then fgetc will return the next character as the func-
tion result.
Error Conditions
If the fgetc function is unsuccessful, EOF is returned.
Example
#include <stdio.h>
char use_fgetc(FILE *fp)
{
char ch;
if ((ch = fgetc(fp)) == EOF) {
printf("Read End-of-file\n")
return 0;
} else {
return ch;
}
}
CrossCore Embedded Studio 1.1 1-207
C/C++ Library Manual for SHARC Processors
C/C++ Run-Time Library
See Also
getc
Documented Library Functions
1-208 CrossCore Embedded Studio 1.1
C/C++ Library Manual for SHARC Processors
fgetpos
Record the current position in a stream
Synopsis
#include <stdio.h>
int fgetpos(FILE *stream, fpos_t *pos);
Description
The fgetpos function stores the current value of the file position indicator
for the stream pointed to by stream in the file position type object pointed
to by pos. The information generated by fgetpos in pos can be used with
the fsetpos function to return the file to this position.
Upon successful completion the fgetpos function will return 0.
Error Conditions
If fgetpos is unsuccessful, the function will return a non-zero value.
Example
#include <stdio.h>
void aroutine(FILE *fp, char *buffer)
{
fpos_t pos;
/* get the current file position */
if (fgetpos(fp, &pos)!= 0) {
printf("fgetpos failed\n");
return;
}
/* write the buffer to the file */
(void) fprintf(fp, "%s\n", buffer);
/* reset the file position to the value before the write */
CrossCore Embedded Studio 1.1 1-209
C/C++ Library Manual for SHARC Processors
C/C++ Run-Time Library
if (fsetpos(fp, &pos) != 0) {
printf("fsetpos failed\n");
}
}
See Also
fsetpos, ftell, fseek, rewind
Documented Library Functions
1-210 CrossCore Embedded Studio 1.1
C/C++ Library Manual for SHARC Processors
fgets
Get a string from a stream
Synopsis
#include <stdio.h>
char *fgets(char *s, int n, FILE *stream);
Description
The fgets function reads characters from stream into the array pointed to
by s. The function will read a maximum of one less character than the
value specified by n, although the get will also end if either a NEWLINE char-
acter or the end-of-file marker are read. The array s will have a NUL
character written at the end of the string that has been read.
Upon successful completion the fgets function will return s.
Error Conditions
If fgets is unsuccessful, the function will return a NULL pointer.
Example
#include <stdio.h>
char buffer[20];
void read_into_buffer(FILE *fp)
{
char *str;
str = fgets(buffer, sizeof(buffer), fp);
if (str == NULL) {
CrossCore Embedded Studio 1.1 1-211
C/C++ Library Manual for SHARC Processors
C/C++ Run-Time Library
printf("Either read failed or EOF encountered\n");
} else {
printf("filled buffer with %s\n", str);
}
}
See Also
fgetc, getc, gets
Documented Library Functions
1-212 CrossCore Embedded Studio 1.1
C/C++ Library Manual for SHARC Processors
fileno
Get the file descriptor for a stream
Synopsis
#include <stdio.h>
int fileno(FILE *stream);
Description
The fileno function returns the file descriptor for a stream. The file
descriptor is an opaque value used by the extensible device driver interface
to represent the open file. The resulting value may only be used as a
parameter to other functions that accept file descriptors.
Error Conditions
The fileno function returns -1 if it detects that stream is not valid or is not
open. If successful, it returns a positive value.
Example
#include <stdio.h>
int apply_control_cmd(FILE *fp, int cmd, int val) {
int fildes = fileno(fp);
return ioctl(fildes, cmd, val);
}
See Also
fopen, ioctl
CrossCore Embedded Studio 1.1 1-213
C/C++ Library Manual for SHARC Processors
C/C++ Run-Time Library
floor
Floor
Synopsis
#include <math.h>
float floorf (float x);
double floor (double x);
long double floord (long double x);
Description
The floor functions return the largest integral value that is not greater
than their argument.
Error Conditions
None.
Example
#include <math.h>
double y;
float z;
y = floor (1.25); /* y = 1.0 */
y = floor (-1.25); /* y = -2.0 */
z = floorf (10.1); /* z = 10.0 */
See Also
ceil
Documented Library Functions
1-214 CrossCore Embedded Studio 1.1
C/C++ Library Manual for SHARC Processors
fmod
Floating-point modulus
Synopsis
#include <math.h>
float fmodf (float x, float y);
double fmod (double x, double y);
long double fmodd (long double x, long double y);
Description
The fmod functions compute the floating-point remainder that results
from dividing the first argument by the second argument.
The result is less than the second argument and has the same sign as the
first argument. If the second argument is equal to zero, the fmod func-
tions return zero.
Error Conditions
None.
Example
#include <math.h>
double y;
float x;
y = fmod (5.0, 2.0); /* y = 1.0 */
x = fmodf (4.0, 2.0); /* x = 0.0 */
See Also
div, ldiv, modf
CrossCore Embedded Studio 1.1 1-215
C/C++ Library Manual for SHARC Processors
C/C++ Run-Time Library
fopen
Open a file
Synopsis
#include <stdio.h>
FILE *fopen(const char *filename, const char *mode);
Description
The fopen function initializes the data structures that are required for
reading or writing to a file. The file’s name is identified by filename, with
the access type required specified by the string mode.
Valid selections for mode are specified below. If any other mode specifica-
tion is selected then the behavior is undefined.
mode Selection
rOpen text file for reading. This operation fails if the file has not previ-
ously been created.
wOpen text file for writing. If the filename already exists then it will be
truncated to zero length with the write starting at the beginning of the
file. If the file does not already exist then it is created.
aOpen a text file for appending data. All data will be written to the end of
the file specified.
r+ As r with the exception that the file can also be written to.
w+ As w with the exception that the file can also be read from.
a+ As a with the exception that the file can also be read from any position
within the file. Data is only written to the end of the file.
rb As r with the exception that the file is opened in binary mode.
wb As w with the exception that the file is opened in binary mode.
ab As a with the exception that the file is opened in binary mode.
r+b/rb+ Open file in binary mode for both reading and writing.
Documented Library Functions
1-216 CrossCore Embedded Studio 1.1
C/C++ Library Manual for SHARC Processors
If the call to the fopen function is successful a pointer to the object con-
trolling the stream is returned.
Error Conditions
If the fopen function is not successful a NULL pointer is returned.
Example
#include <stdio.h>
FILE *open_output_file(void)
{
/* Open file for writing as binary */
FILE *handle = fopen("output.dat", "wb");
return handle;
}
See Also
fclose, fflush, freopen
w+b/wb+ Create or truncate to zero length a file for both reading and writing.
a+b/ab+ As a+ with the exception that the file is opened in binary mode.
mode Selection
CrossCore Embedded Studio 1.1 1-217
C/C++ Library Manual for SHARC Processors
C/C++ Run-Time Library
fprintf
Print formatted output
Synopsis
#include <stdio.h>
int fprintf(FILE *stream, const char *format, /*args*/ ...);
Description
The fprintf function places output on the named output stream. The
string pointed to by format specifies how the arguments are converted for
output.
The format string can contain zero or more conversion specifications, each
beginning with the % character. The conversion specification itself follows
the % character and consists of one or more of the following sequence:
Flag – optional characters that modifies the meaning of the
conversion.
Width – optional numeric value (or *) that specifies the minimum
field width.
Precision – optional numeric value that gives the minimum num-
ber of digits to appear.
Length – optional modifier that specifies the size of the argument.
Type – character that specifies the type of conversion to be applied.
Documented Library Functions
1-218 CrossCore Embedded Studio 1.1
C/C++ Library Manual for SHARC Processors
The flag characters can be in any order and are optional. The valid flags
are described in Table 1-35.
If a field width is specified, the converted value is padded with spaces to
the specified width if the converted value contains fewer characters than
the width. Normally spaces will be used to pad the field on the left, but
padding on the right will be used if the ‘-’ flag has been specified. The ‘0
flag may be used as an alternative to space padding; see the description of
the flag field above. The width may also be specified as a ‘*’, which indi-
cates that the current argument in the call to fprintf is an int that defines
the value of the width. If the value is negative then it is interpreted as a ‘-
flag and a positive field width.
Table 1-35. Valid Flags for fprintf Function
Flag Field
-Left justify the result within the field. The result is right-justified by
default.
+Always begin a signed conversion with a plus or minus sign. By default
only negative values will start with a sign.
space Prefix a space to the result if the first character is not a sign and the +
flag has not also been specified.
#The result is converted to an alternative form depending on the type of
conversion:
o : If the value is not zero it is preceded with 0.
x : If the value is not zero it is preceded with 0x.
X : If the value is not zero it is preceded with 0X.
a A e E f F: Always generate a decimal point.
g G : as E except trailing zeros are not removed.
0 (zero) Specifies an alternative to space padding. Leading zeroes will be used as
necessary to pad a field to the specified field width, the leading zeroes
will follow any sign or specification of a base. The flag will be ignored if
it appears with a ‘-’ flag or if it is used in a conversion specification that
uses a precision and one of the conversions a, A, d, i, o, u, x or X.
The 0 flag may be used with the a, A, d, i, o, u, x, X, e, E, f, g and G
conversions.
CrossCore Embedded Studio 1.1 1-219
C/C++ Library Manual for SHARC Processors
C/C++ Run-Time Library
The optional precision value always begins with a period (.) and is fol-
lowed either by an asterisk (*) or by a decimal integer. An asterisk (*)
indicates that the precision is specified by an integer argument preceding
the argument to be formatted. If only a period is specified, a precision of
zero will be assumed. The precision value has differing effects depending
on the conversion specifier being used:
•For A, a specifies the number of digits after the decimal point. If
the precision is zero and the # flag is not specified no decimal point
will be generated.
•For d,i,o,u,x,X specifies the minimum number of digits to
appear, defaulting to 1.
•For f,F,E,e,r,R specifies the number of digits after the decimal
point character, the default being 6. If the # specifier is present
with a zero precision then no decimal point will be generated.
•For g, G specifies the maximum number of significant digits.
•For s specifies the maximum number of characters to be written.
The length modifier (Table 1-36) can optionally be used to specify the
size of the argument. The length modifiers should only precede one of the
d, i, o, u, x, X, r, R or n conversion specifiers unless other conversion
specifiers are detailed.
Table 1-36. Length Modifiers for fprintf Function
Length Action
hThe argument should be interpreted as a short int. If preceding the r or
R conversion specifier, the argument is interpreted as short fract or
unsigned short fract.
lThe argument should be interpreted as a long int. If preceding the r or
R conversion specifier, the argument is interpreted as long fract or
unsigned long fract
Documented Library Functions
1-220 CrossCore Embedded Studio 1.1
C/C++ Library Manual for SHARC Processors
Table 1-37 contains definitions of the valid conversion specifiers that
define the type of conversion to be applied.
ll The argument should be interpreted as a long long int.
LThe argument should be interpreted as a long double argument. This
length modifier should precede one of the a, A, e, E, f, F, g, or G
conversion specifiers. Note that this length modifier is only valid if
-double-size-64 is selected. If -double-size-32 is selected no con-
version will occur, with the corresponding argument being consumed.
Table 1-37. Valid Conversion Specifier Definitions for fprintf Function
Specifier Conversion
a, A floating-point, hexadecimal notation
ccharacter
d, i signed decimal integer
e, E floating-point, scientific notation (mantissa/exponent)
f, F floating-point, decimal notation
g, G convert as e, E or f, F
npointer to signed integer to which the number of characters written so
far will be stored with no other output
ounsigned octal
ppointer to void
rsigned fract
Runsigned fract
sstring of characters
uunsigned integer
x, X unsigned hexadecimal notation
%print a % character with no argument conversion
Table 1-36. Length Modifiers for fprintf Function (Cont’d)
Length Action
CrossCore Embedded Studio 1.1 1-221
C/C++ Library Manual for SHARC Processors
C/C++ Run-Time Library
The a|A conversion specifier converts to a floating-point number with the
notational style [-]0xh.hhhh±d where there is one hexadecimal digit
before the period. The a|A conversion specifiers always contain a mini-
mum of one digit for the exponent.
The e|E conversion specifier converts to a floating-point number nota-
tional style [-]d.ddde±dd. The exponent always contains at least two
digits. The case of the e preceding the exponent will match that of the
conversion specifier.
The f|F conversion specifies to convert to decimal notation [-]d.ddd±ddd.
The g|G conversion specifier converts as e|E or f|F specifiers depending on
the value being converted. If the value being converted is less than -4 or
greater than or equal to the precision then e|E conversions will be used,
otherwise f|F conversions will be used.
For all of the a, A, e, E, f, F, g and G specifiers an argument that represents
infinity is displayed as Inf. For all of the a, A, e, E, f, F, g and G specifiers
an argument that represents a NaN result is displayed as NaN.
The r|R conversion specifiers convert a fixed-point value to decimal nota-
tion [-]d.ddd if you are linking with the fixed-point I/O library using the
-flags-link -MD__LIBIO_FX switch. Otherwise they will convert a
fixed-point value to hexadecimal.
The fprintf function returns the number of characters printed.
Error Conditions
If the fprintf function is unsuccessful, a negative value is returned.
Documented Library Functions
1-222 CrossCore Embedded Studio 1.1
C/C++ Library Manual for SHARC Processors
Example
#include <stdio.h>
void fprintf_example(void)
{
char *str = "hello world";
/* Output to stdout is " +1 +1." */
fprintf(stdout, "%+5.0f%+#5.0f\n", 1.234, 1.234);
/* Output to stdout is "1.234 1.234000 1.23400000" */
fprintf(stdout, "%.3f %f %.8f\n", 1.234, 1.234, 1.234);
/* Output to stdout is "justified:
left:5 right: 5" */
fprintf(stdout, "justified:\nleft:%-5dright:%5i\n", 5, 5);
/* Output to stdout is
"90% of test programs print hello world" */
fprintf(stdout, "90%% of test programs print %s\n", str);
/* Output to stdout is "0.0001 1e-05 100000 1E+06" */
fprintf(stdout, "%g %g %G %G\n", 0.0001, 0.00001, 1e5, 1e6);
}
See Also
printf, snprintf, vfprintf, vprintf, vsnprintf, vsprintf
CrossCore Embedded Studio 1.1 1-223
C/C++ Library Manual for SHARC Processors
C/C++ Run-Time Library
fputc
Put a character on a stream
Synopsis
#include <stdio.h>
int fputc(int ch, FILE *stream);
Description
The fputc function writes the argument ch to the output stream pointed
to by stream and advances the file position indicator. The argument ch is
converted to an unsigned char before it is written.
If the fputc function is successful then it will return the value that was
written to the stream.
Error Conditions
If the fputc function is not successful EOF is returned.
Example
#include <stdio.h>
void fputc_example(FILE* fp)
{
/* put the character 'i' to the stream pointed to by fp */
int res = fputc('i', fp);
if (res != 'i')
printf("fputc failed\n");
}
See Also
putc
Documented Library Functions
1-224 CrossCore Embedded Studio 1.1
C/C++ Library Manual for SHARC Processors
fputs
Put a string on a stream
Synopsis
#include <stdio.h>
int fputs(const char *string, FILE *stream);
Description
The fputs function writes the string pointed to by string to the output
stream pointed to by stream. The NULL terminating character of the string
will not be written to stream.
If the call to fputs is successful, the function returns a non-negative value.
Error Conditions
The fputs function will return EOF if a write error occurred.
Example
#include <stdio.h>
void fputs_example(FILE* fp)
{
/* put the string "example" to the stream pointed to by fp */
char *example = "example";
int res = fputs(example, fp);
if (res == EOF)
printf("fputs failed\n");
}
See Also
puts
CrossCore Embedded Studio 1.1 1-225
C/C++ Library Manual for SHARC Processors
C/C++ Run-Time Library
fread
Buffered input
Synopsis
#include <stdio.h>
size_t fread(void *ptr, size_t size, size_t n, FILE *stream);
Description
The fread function reads into an array pointed to by ptr up to a maximum
of n items of data from stream, where each item of data is of length size.
It stops reading data if an EOF or error condition is encountered while
reading from stream, or if n items have been read. It advances the data
pointer in stream by the number of characters read. It does not change the
contents of stream.
The fread function returns the number of items read, this may be less than
n if there is insufficient data on the external device to satisfy the read
request. If size or n is zero, then fread will return zero and does not affect
the state of stream.
When the stream has been opened as a binary stream, the Analog Devices
I/O library may choose to bypass the I/O buffer and transmit data from an
external device directly into the program, particularly when the buffer size
(as defined by the macro BUFSIZ in the stdio.h header file, or controlled
by the function setvbuf) is smaller than the number of characters to be
transferred.
Normally, binary streams are a bit-exact mirror image of the processor’s
memory such that data that is written out to a binary stream can be later
read back unmodified. The size of a binary file on SHARC architecture is
therefore normally a multiple of 32-bit words. When the size of a file is
not a multiple of four, fread will behave as if the file was padded out by a
sufficient number of trailing null characters to bring the size of the file up
to the next multiple of 32-bit words.
Documented Library Functions
1-226 CrossCore Embedded Studio 1.1
C/C++ Library Manual for SHARC Processors
Error Conditions
If an error occurs, fread returns zero and sets the error indicator for
stream.
Example
#include <stdio.h>
int buffer[100];
int fill_buffer(FILE *fp)
{
int read_items;
/* Read from file pointer fp into array buffer */
read_items = fread(&buffer, sizeof(int), 100, fp);
if (read_items < 100) {
if (ferror(fp))
printf("fill_buffer failed with an I/O error\n");
else if (feof(fp))
printf("fill_buffer failed with EOF\n");
else
printf("fill_buffer only read %d items\n",read_items);
}
return read_items;
}
See Also
ferror, fgetc, fgets, fscanf
CrossCore Embedded Studio 1.1 1-227
C/C++ Library Manual for SHARC Processors
C/C++ Run-Time Library
free
Deallocate memory
Synopsis
#include <stdlib.h>
void free (void *ptr);
Description
The free function deallocates a pointer previously allocated to a range of
memory to the free memory heap. If the pointer was not previously allo-
cated by calloc, malloc, realloc, heap_calloc, heap_malloc, or
heap_realloc, the behavior is undefined.
The free function returns the allocated memory to the heap from which it
was allocated.
Error Conditions
None.
Example
#include <stdlib.h>
char *ptr;
ptr = malloc (10); /* Allocate 10 words from heap */
free (ptr); /* Return space to free heap */
See Also
calloc, heap_calloc, heap_free, heap_lookup, heap_malloc, heap_realloc,
malloc, realloc, heap_space_unused
Documented Library Functions
1-228 CrossCore Embedded Studio 1.1
C/C++ Library Manual for SHARC Processors
freopen
Open a file using an existing file descriptor
Synopsis
#include <stdio.h>
FILE *freopen(const char *fname, const char *mode, FILE *stream);
Description
The freopen function opens the file specified by fname and associates it
with the stream pointed to by stream. The mode argument has the same
effect as described in fopen. (See fopen for more information on the mode
argument.)
Before opening the new file the freopen function will first attempt to flush
the stream and close any file descriptor associated with stream. Failure to
flush or close the file successfully is ignored. Both the error and EOF indi-
cators for stream are cleared.
The original stream will always be closed regardless of whether the open-
ing of the new file is successful or not.
Upon successful completion the freopen function returns the value of
stream.
Error Conditions
If freopen is unsuccessful, a NULL pointer is returned.
CrossCore Embedded Studio 1.1 1-229
C/C++ Library Manual for SHARC Processors
C/C++ Run-Time Library
Example
#include <stdio.h>
void freopen_example(FILE* fp)
{
FILE *result;
char *newname = "newname";
/* reopen existing file pointer for reading file "newname" */
result = freopen(newname, "r", fp);
if (result == fp)
printf("%s reopened for reading\n", newname);
else
printf("freopen not successful\n");
}
See Also
fclose, fopen
Documented Library Functions
1-230 CrossCore Embedded Studio 1.1
C/C++ Library Manual for SHARC Processors
frexp
Separate fraction and exponent
Synopsis
#include <math.h>
float frexpf (float x, int *expptr);
double frexp (double x, int *expptr);
long double frexpd (long double x, int *expptr);
Description
The frexp functions separate a floating-point input into a normalized frac-
tion and a (base 2) exponent. The functions return a fraction in the
interval [½, 1), and store a power of 2 in the integer pointed to by the sec-
ond argument. If the input is zero, then both the fraction and the
exponent is set to zero.
Error Conditions
None.
Example
#include <math.h>
double y;
float x;
int exponent;
y = frexp (2.0, &exponent); /* y = 0.5, exponent = 2 */
x = frexpf (4.0, &exponent); /* x = 0.5, exponent = 3 */
CrossCore Embedded Studio 1.1 1-231
C/C++ Library Manual for SHARC Processors
C/C++ Run-Time Library
See Also
modf
Documented Library Functions
1-232 CrossCore Embedded Studio 1.1
C/C++ Library Manual for SHARC Processors
fscanf
Read formatted input
Synopsis
#include <stdio.h>
int fscanf(FILE *stream, const char *format, /* args */...);
Description
The fscanf function reads from the input file stream, interprets the inputs
according to format and stores the results of the conversions (if any) in its
arguments. The format is a string containing the control format for the
input with the following arguments as pointers to the locations where the
converted results are written.
The string pointed to by format specifies how the input is to be parsed
and, possibly, converted. It may consist of whitespace characters, ordinary
characters (apart from the % character), and conversion specifications. A
sequence of whitespace characters causes fscanf to continue to parse the
input until either there is no more input or until it find a non-whitespace
character. If the format specification contains a sequence of ordinary char-
acters then fscanf will continue to read the next characters in the input
stream until the input data does not match the sequence of characters in
the format. At this point fscanf will fail, and the differing and subsequent
characters in the input stream will not be read.
The % character in the format string introduces a conversion specification.
A conversion specification has the following form:
% [*] [width] [length] type
A conversion specification always starts with the % character. It may
optionally be followed by an asterisk (*) character, which indicates that
the result of the conversion is not to be saved. In this context the asterisk
character is known as the assignment-suppressing character. The optional
CrossCore Embedded Studio 1.1 1-233
C/C++ Library Manual for SHARC Processors
C/C++ Run-Time Library
token width represents a non-zero decimal number and specifies the maxi-
mum field width. fscanf will not read any more than width characters
while performing the conversion specified by type. The length token can
be used to define a length modifier.
The length modifier (Table 1-38) can be used to specify the size of the
argument. The length modifiers should only precede one of the d, i, o, u,
x, X, r, R or n conversion specifiers unless other conversion specifiers are
detailed.
The hh, j, t, and z size specifiers are defined in the C99 (ISO/IEC
9899:1999) standard.
Table 1-38. Length Modifiers for fscanf Function
Length Action
hThe argument should be interpreted as a short int. If preceding the r or
R conversion specifier, the argument is interpreted as short fract or
unsigned short fract.
hh The argument should be interpreted as a char.
jThe argument should be interpreted as intmax_t or uintmax_t.
lThe argument should be interpreted as a long int. If preceding the r or
R conversion specifier, the argument is interpreted as long fract or
unsigned long fract.
ll The argument should be interpreted as a long long int.
LThe argument should be interpreted as a long double argument. This
length modifier should precede one of the a, A, e, E, f, F, g, or G
conversion specifiers.
tThe argument should be interpreted as ptrdiff_t.
zThe argument should be interpreted as size_t.
Documented Library Functions
1-234 CrossCore Embedded Studio 1.1
C/C++ Library Manual for SHARC Processors
A definition of the valid conversion specifier characters that specify the
type of conversion to be applied can be found in Table 1-39.
The [ conversion specifier should be followed by a sequence of characters,
referred to as the scanset, with a terminating ] character and so will take
the form [scanset]. The conversion specifier copies into an array which is
the corresponding argument until a character that does not match any of
the scanset is read. If the scanset begins with a ^ character then the scan-
ning will match against characters not defined in the scanset. If the scanset
is to include the ] character then this character must immediately follow
the [ character or the ^ character if specified.
Table 1-39. Valid Conversion Specifier Definitions for fscanf Function
Specifier Conversion
a, A, e, E, f, F,
g, G
floating point, optionally preceded by a sign and optionally followed by
an e or E character
csingle character, including whitespace
dsigned decimal integer with optional sign
isigned integer with optional sign
nno input is consumed. The number of characters read so far will be writ-
ten to the corresponding argument. This specifier does not affect the
function result returned by fscanf
ounsigned octal
ppointer to void
rsigned fract with optional sign
Runsigned fract
sstring of characters up to a whitespace character
uunsigned decimal integer
x, X hexadecimal integer with optional sign
[a non-empty sequence of characters referred to as the scanset
%a single % character with no conversion or assignment
CrossCore Embedded Studio 1.1 1-235
C/C++ Library Manual for SHARC Processors
C/C++ Run-Time Library
Each input item is converted to a type appropriate to the conversion char-
acter, as specified in the table above. The result of the conversion is placed
into the object pointed to by the next argument that has not already been
the recipient of a conversion. If the suppression character has been speci-
fied then no data shall be placed into the object with the next conversion
using the object to store its result.
Note that the r and R format specifiers are only supported when linking
with the fixed-point I/O library using -flags-link -MD__LIBIO_FX.
The fscanf function returns the number of items successfully read.
Error Conditions
If the fscanf function is not successful before any conversion then EOF is
returned.
Example
#include <stdio.h>
void fscanf_example(FILE *fp)
{
short int day, month, year;
float f1, f2, f3;
char string[20];
/* Scan a date with any separator, eg, 1-1-2006 or 1/1/2006 */
fscanf (fp, "%hd%*c%hd%*c%hd", &day, &month, &year);
/* Scan float values separated by "abc", for example
1.234e+6abc1.234abc234.56abc */
fscanf (fp, "%fabc%gabc%eabc", &f1, &f2, &f3);
Documented Library Functions
1-236 CrossCore Embedded Studio 1.1
C/C++ Library Manual for SHARC Processors
/* For input "alphabet", string will contain "a" */
writ(fp, "%[aeiou]", string);
/* For input "drying”, string will contain "dry" */
fscanf (fp, "%[^aeiou]", string);
}
See Also
scanf, sscanf
CrossCore Embedded Studio 1.1 1-237
C/C++ Library Manual for SHARC Processors
C/C++ Run-Time Library
fseek
Reposition a file position indicator in a stream
Synopsis
#include <stdio.h>
int fseek(FILE *stream, long offset, int whence);
Description
The fseek function sets the file position indicator for the stream pointed to
by stream. The position within the file is calculated by adding the offset
to a position dependent on the value of whence. The valid values and
effects for whence are as follows.
Using fseek to position a text stream is only valid if either offset is zero,
or if whence is SEEK_SET and offset is a value that was previously returned
by ftell. For binary streams the offset is measured in addressable units of
memory, which on SHARC is 32-bit words.
Positioning within a file that has been opened as a text stream is
only supported by the libraries that Analog Devices supply if the
lines within the file are terminated by the character sequence \r\n.
A successful call to fseek will clear the EOF indicator for stream and
undoes any effects of ungetc on stream. If the stream has been opened as a
update stream, then the next I/O operation may be either a read request or
a write request.
whence Effect
SEEK_SET Set the position indicator to be equal to offset characters from the
beginning of stream.
SEEK_CUR Set the new position indicator to current position indicator for stream
plus offset.
SEEK_END Set the position indicator to EOF plus offset.
Documented Library Functions
1-238 CrossCore Embedded Studio 1.1
C/C++ Library Manual for SHARC Processors
Error Conditions
If the fseek function is unsuccessful, a non-zero value is returned.
Example
#include <stdio.h>
long fseek_and_ftell(FILE *fp)
{
long offset;
/* seek to 20 characters offset from given file pointer */
if (fseek(fp, 20, SEEK_SET) != 0) {
printf("fseek failed\n");
return -1;
}
/* Now use ftell to get the offset value back */
offset = ftell(fp);
if (offset == -1)
printf("ftell failed\n");
if (offset == 20)
printf("ftell and fseek work\n");
return offset;
}
See Also
fflush, ftell, ungetc
CrossCore Embedded Studio 1.1 1-239
C/C++ Library Manual for SHARC Processors
C/C++ Run-Time Library
fsetpos
Reposition a file pointer in a stream
Synopsis
#include <stdio.h>
int fsetpos(FILE *stream, const fpos_t *pos);
Description
The fsetpos function sets the file position indicator for stream, using the
value of the object pointed to by pos. The value pointed to by pos must be
a value obtained from an earlier call to fgetpos on the same stream.
Positioning within a file that has been opened as a text stream is
only supported by the libraries that Analog Devices supply if the
lines within the file are terminated by the character sequence \r\n.
A successful call to fsetpos function clears the EOF indicator for stream and
undoes any effects of ungetc on the same stream.
The fsetpos function returns zero if it is successful.
Error Conditions
If the fsetpos function is unsuccessful, the function returns a non-zero
value.
Example
See fgetpos for an example.
See Also
fgetpos, ftell, rewind, ungetc
Documented Library Functions
1-240 CrossCore Embedded Studio 1.1
C/C++ Library Manual for SHARC Processors
ftell
Obtain current file position
Synopsis
#include <stdio.h>
long int ftell(FILE *stream);
Description
The ftell function obtains the current position for a file identified by
stream.
If stream is a text stream, then the information in the position indicator is
unspecified information, usable by fseek for determining the file position
indicator at the time of the ftell call.
If stream is a binary stream, then ftell returns the current position as an
offset from the start of the file. As binary streams are normally bit-exact
images of the processor’s memory, the offset returned is in addressable
units of memory that, on a SHARC processor, is 32-bit words.
Positioning within a file that has been opened as a text stream is
only supported by the libraries that Analog Devices supply if the
lines within the file are terminated by the character sequence \r\n.
If successful, the ftell function returns the current value of the file position
indicator on the stream.
Error Conditions
If the ftell function is unsuccessful, a value of -1 is returned.
Example
See fseek for an example.
CrossCore Embedded Studio 1.1 1-241
C/C++ Library Manual for SHARC Processors
C/C++ Run-Time Library
See Also
fseek
Documented Library Functions
1-242 CrossCore Embedded Studio 1.1
C/C++ Library Manual for SHARC Processors
fwrite
Buffered output
Synopsis
#include <stdio.h>
size_t fwrite(const void *ptr, size_t size, size_t n,
FILE *stream);
Description
The fwrite function writes to the output stream up to n items of data from
the array pointed by ptr. An item of data is defined as a sequence of char-
acters of size size. The write will complete once n items of data have been
written to the stream. The file position indicator for stream is advanced
by the number of characters successfully written.
When the stream has been opened as a binary stream, the Analog Devices
I/O library may choose to bypass the I/O buffer and transmit data from
the program directly to the external device, particularly when the buffer
size (as defined by the macro BUFSIZ in the stdio.h header file, or con-
trolled by the function setvbuf) is smaller than the number of characters
to be transferred.
If successful then the fwrite function will return the number of items
written.
Error Conditions
If the fwrite function is unsuccessful, it will return the number of elements
successfully written which will be less than n.
CrossCore Embedded Studio 1.1 1-243
C/C++ Library Manual for SHARC Processors
C/C++ Run-Time Library
Example
#include <stdio.h>
char* message="some text";
void write_text_to_file(void)
{
/* Open "file.txt" for writing */
FILE* fp = fopen("file.txt", "w");
int res, message_len = strlen(message);
if (!fp) {
printf("fopen was not successful\n");
return;
}
res = fwrite(message, sizeof(char), message_len, fp);
if (res != message_len)
printf("fwrite was not successful\n");
}
See Also
fread
Documented Library Functions
1-244 CrossCore Embedded Studio 1.1
C/C++ Library Manual for SHARC Processors
fxbits
Bitwise integer to fixed-point to conversion
Synopsis
#include <stdfix.h>
short fract hrbits(int_hr_t b);
fract rbits(int_r_t b);
long fract lrbits(int_lr_t b);
unsigned short fract uhrbits(uint_uhr_t b);
unsigned fract urbits(uint_ur_t b);
unsigned long fract ulrbits(uint_ulr_t b);
Description
Given an integer operand, the fxbits family of functions return the integer
value divided by 2F, where F is the number of fractional bits in the result
fixed-point type. This is equivalent to the bit-pattern of the integer value
held in a fixed-point type.
Error Conditions
None. If the input integer value does not fit in the number of bits of the
fixed-point result type, the result is saturated to the largest or smallest
fixed-point value.
Example
#include <stdfix.h>
unsigned long fract ulr;
ulr = ulrbits(0x20000000); /* ulr == 0.125ulr */
See Also
bitsfx
CrossCore Embedded Studio 1.1 1-245
C/C++ Library Manual for SHARC Processors
C/C++ Run-Time Library
fxdivi
Division of integer by integer to give fixed-point result
Synopsis
#include <stdfix.h>
fract rdivi(int numer, int denom);
long fract lrdivi(long int numer, long int denom);
unsigned fract urdivi(unsigned int numer, unsigned int denom);
unsigned long fract ulrdivi(unsigned long int numer,
unsigned long int denom);
Description
Given an integer numerator and denominator, the fxdivi family of
functions computes the quotient and returns the closest fixed-point value
to the result.
Error Conditions
The fxdivi function has undefined behavior if the denominator is zero.
Example
#include <stdfix.h>
unsigned long fract ulquo;
ulquo = ulrdivi(1, 8); /* ulquo == 0.125ulr */
See Also
div, divifx, idivfx, ldiv, lldiv
Documented Library Functions
1-246 CrossCore Embedded Studio 1.1
C/C++ Library Manual for SHARC Processors
getc
Get a character from a stream
Synopsis
#include <stdio.h>
int getc(FILE *stream);
Description
The getc function is equivalent to fgetc. The getc function obtains the
next character from the input stream pointed to by stream, converts it
from an unsigned char to an int and advances the file position indicator
for the stream.
Upon successful completion the getc function will return the next charac-
ter from the input stream pointed to by stream.
Error Conditions
If the getc function is unsuccessful, EOF is returned.
Example
#include <stdio.h>
char use_getc(FILE *fp)
{
char ch;
if ((ch = getc(fp)) == EOF) {
printf("Read End-of-file\n");
return (char)-1;
} else {
return ch;
}
}
CrossCore Embedded Studio 1.1 1-247
C/C++ Library Manual for SHARC Processors
C/C++ Run-Time Library
See Also
fgetc
Documented Library Functions
1-248 CrossCore Embedded Studio 1.1
C/C++ Library Manual for SHARC Processors
getchar
Get a character from stdin
Synopsis
#include <stdio.h>
int getchar(void);
Description
The getchar function is functionally the same as calling the getc function
with stdin as its argument. A call to getchar will return the next single
character from the standard input stream. The getchar function also
advances the standard input’s current position indicator.
Error Conditions
If the getchar function is unsuccessful, EOF is returned.
Example
#include <stdio.h>
char use_getchar(void)
{
char ch;
if ((ch = getchar()) == EOF) {
printf("getchar() failed\n");
return (char)-1;
} else {
return ch;
}
}
CrossCore Embedded Studio 1.1 1-249
C/C++ Library Manual for SHARC Processors
C/C++ Run-Time Library
See Also
getc
Documented Library Functions
1-250 CrossCore Embedded Studio 1.1
C/C++ Library Manual for SHARC Processors
getenv
Get string definition from operating system
Synopsis
#include <stdlib.h>
char *getenv (const char *name);
Description
The getenv function polls the operating system to see if a string is defined.
There is no default operating system for the SHARC processors, so getenv
always returns NULL.
Error Conditions
None.
Example
#include <stdlib.h>
char *ptr;
ptr = getenv ("ADI_DSP"); /* ptr = NULL */
See Also
system
CrossCore Embedded Studio 1.1 1-251
C/C++ Library Manual for SHARC Processors
C/C++ Run-Time Library
gets
Get a string from a stream
Synopsis
#include <stdio.h>
char *gets(char *s);
Description
The gets function reads characters from the standard input stream into the
array pointed to by s. The read terminates when a NEWLINE character is
read, with the NEWLINE character being replaced by a null character in the
array pointed to by s. The read will also halt if EOF is encountered.
The array pointed to by s must be of equal or greater length of the input
line being read. If this is not the case, the behavior is undefined. If EOF is
encountered without any characters being read, then a NULL pointer is
returned.
Error Conditions
If the gets function is not successful and a read error occurs, then a NULL
pointer is returned.
Example
#include <stdio.h>
void fill_buffer(char *buffer)
{
if (gets(buffer) == NULL)
printf("gets failed\n");
else
printf("gets read %s\n", buffer);
}
Documented Library Functions
1-252 CrossCore Embedded Studio 1.1
C/C++ Library Manual for SHARC Processors
See Also
fgetc, fgets, fread, fscanf
CrossCore Embedded Studio 1.1 1-253
C/C++ Library Manual for SHARC Processors
C/C++ Run-Time Library
gmtime
Convert calendar time into broken-down time as UTC
Synopsis
#include <time.h>
struct tm *gmtime(const time_t *t);
Description
The gmtime function converts a pointer to a calendar time into a bro-
ken-down time in terms of Coordinated Universal Time (UTC). A
broken-down time is a structured variable, which is described in time.h.
The broken-down time is returned by gmtime as a pointer to static mem-
ory, which may be overwritten by a subsequent call to either gmtime, or to
localtime.
Error Conditions
None.
Example
#include <time.h>
#include <stdio.h>
time_t cal_time;
struct tm *tm_ptr;
cal_time = time(NULL);
if (cal_time != (time_t) -1) {
tm_ptr = gmtime(&cal_time);
printf("The year is %4d\n",1900 + (tm_ptr->tm_year));
}
Documented Library Functions
1-254 CrossCore Embedded Studio 1.1
C/C++ Library Manual for SHARC Processors
See Also
localtime, mktime, time
CrossCore Embedded Studio 1.1 1-255
C/C++ Library Manual for SHARC Processors
C/C++ Run-Time Library
heap_calloc
Allocate and initialize memory in a heap
Synopsis
#include <stdlib.h>
void *heap_calloc(int heap_index, size_t nelem, size_t size);
Description
The heap_calloc function is an Analog Devices extension to the ANSI
standard.
The heap_calloc function allocates from the heap identified by heap_in-
dex, an array containing nelem elements of size, and stores zeros in all the
elements of the array. If successful, it returns a pointer to this array; other-
wise, it returns a null pointer. You can safely convert the return value to
an object pointer of any type whose size is not greater than size. The
memory may be deallocated with the free or heap_free function.
For more information on creating multiple run-time heaps, see the section
“Using Multiple Heaps” in Chapter 1 of the C/C++ Compiler Manual for
SHARC Processors.
Error Conditions
The heap_calloc function returns the null pointer if unable to allocate the
requested memory.
Documented Library Functions
1-256 CrossCore Embedded Studio 1.1
C/C++ Library Manual for SHARC Processors
Example
#include <stdlib.h>
#include <stdio.h>
#pragma section(“seg_hp2”)
static char extra_heap[256];
int main()
{
char *buf;
int index, uid = 999; /* arbitrary userid for heap */
/* Install extra_heap[] as a heap */
index = heap_install(extra_heap, sizeof(extra_heap), uid);
if (index < 0) {
printf("installation failed\n");
return 1;
}
/* Allocate memory for 128 characters from extra_heap[] */
buf = (char *)heap_calloc(index,128,sizeof(char));
if (buf != 0) {
printf("Allocated space starting at %p\n", buf);
free(buf); /* free can be used to release the memory */
} else {
printf("Unable to allocate from extra_heap[]\n");
}
return 0;
}
See Also
calloc, free, heap_free, heap_malloc, heap_realloc, malloc, realloc,
heap_space_unused
CrossCore Embedded Studio 1.1 1-257
C/C++ Library Manual for SHARC Processors
C/C++ Run-Time Library
heap_free
Return memory to a heap
Synopsis
#include <stdlib.h>
void heap_free(int heap_index, void *ptr);
Description
The heap_free function is an Analog Devices extension to the ANSI
standard.
The heap_free function deallocates the object whose address is ptr, pro-
vided that ptr is not a null pointer. If the object was not allocated by one
of the heap allocation routines, or if the object has been previously freed,
then the behavior of the function is undefined. If ptr is a null pointer,
then the heap_free function will just return.
The function does not use the heap_index argument; instead it identifies
the heap from which the object was allocated and returns the memory to
this heap. For more information on creating multiple run-time heaps, see
the section “Using Multiple Heaps” in Chapter 1 of the C/C++ Compiler
Manual for SHARC Processors.
Error Conditions
None.
Example
#include <stdlib.h>
#include <stdio.h>
#pragma section(“seg_hp2”)
static char extra_heap[256];
Documented Library Functions
1-258 CrossCore Embedded Studio 1.1
C/C++ Library Manual for SHARC Processors
int main()
{
char *buf;
int index, uid = 999; /* arbitrary userid for heap */
/* Install extra_heap[] as a heap */
index = heap_install(extra_heap, sizeof(extra_heap), uid);
if (index < 0) {
printf("installation failed\n");
return 1;
}
/* Allocate memory for 128 characters from extra_heap[] */
buf = (char *)heap_calloc(index,128,sizeof(char));
if (buf != 0) {
printf("Allocated space starting at %p\n", buf);
heap_free(index, buf);
} else {
printf("Unable to allocate from extra_heap[]\n");
}
return 0;
}
See Also
calloc, free, heap_calloc, heap_malloc, heap_realloc, malloc, realloc,
heap_space_unused
CrossCore Embedded Studio 1.1 1-259
C/C++ Library Manual for SHARC Processors
C/C++ Run-Time Library
heap_init
Re-initialize a heap
Synopsis
#include <stdlib.h>
int heap_init(int heap_index);
Description
The heap_init function is an Analog Devices extension to the ANSI
standard.
The heap_init function re-initializes a heap, discarding all allocations
within the heap. Because the function discards any allocations within the
heap, it must not be used if there are any allocations on the heap that are
still active and may be used in the future.
The function returns a zero if it succeeds in re-initializing the heap
specified.
The run-time libraries use the default heap for data storage,
potentially before the application has reached main. Therefore,
re-initializing the default heap may result in erroneous or
unexpected behavior.
Error Conditions
The heap_init function returns a non-zero result if it failed to re-initialize
the heap.
Documented Library Functions
1-260 CrossCore Embedded Studio 1.1
C/C++ Library Manual for SHARC Processors
Example
#include <stdlib.h>
#include <stdio.h>
int heap_index = heap_lookup(USERID_HEAP);
if (heap_init(heap_index)!=0) {
printf("Heap re-initialization failed\n");
}
See Also
calloc, free,heap_calloc, heap_free, heap_space_unused, heap_install,
heap_lookup, heap_malloc, heap_realloc, malloc, realloc, space_unused
CrossCore Embedded Studio 1.1 1-261
C/C++ Library Manual for SHARC Processors
C/C++ Run-Time Library
heap_install
Sets up a heap at runtime
Synopsis
#include <stdlib.h>
int heap_install(void *base, size_t length, int userid);
Description
The heap_install function is an Analog Devices extension to the ANSI
standard.
The heap_install function sets up a memory heap (base) with a size speci-
fied by length at runtime. The dynamic heap is identified by the
userid.
Not all length words are available for user allocations. Some space is
reserved for administration.
On successful initialization, heap_install() returns the heap index allo-
cated for the newly installed heap. If the operation is unsuccessful, then
heap_install() returns -1.
Once the dynamic heap is initialized, heap space can be claimed using the
heap_malloc routine and associated heap management routines.
Error Conditions
The heap_install function returns -1 if initialization was unsuccessful.
Potential reasons include: there is not enough space available in the
__heaps table; a heap with the specified userid already exists; the space is
not large enough for the internal heap structures.
Documented Library Functions
1-262 CrossCore Embedded Studio 1.1
C/C++ Library Manual for SHARC Processors
Example
#include <stdlib.h>
#define EXTRAID 666
#define EXTRASZ 256
/* LDF must map this section to appropriate memory */
#pragma section(“runtime_heap”)
static char extra_heap[EXTRASZ];
int main()
{
int i;
int index;
int *x = NULL;
index = heap_install(extra_heap, EXTRASZ, EXTRAID);
if (index != -1)
x = heap_malloc(index, 90*sizeof(int));
if (x) {
for (i = 0; i < 90; i++)
x[i] = i;
}
return 0;
}
See Also
heap_malloc
CrossCore Embedded Studio 1.1 1-263
C/C++ Library Manual for SHARC Processors
C/C++ Run-Time Library
heap_lookup
Convert a userid to a heap index
Synopsis
#include <stdlib.h>
int heap_lookup(int userid);
Description
The heap_lookup function is an Analog Devices extension to the ANSI
standard.
The heap_lookup function converts a userid to a heap index. All heaps
have a userid and a heap index associated with them. Both the userid and
the heap index are set on heap creation. The default heap has userid 0
and heap index 0.
The heap index is required for the functions heap_calloc, heap_malloc,
heap_realloc, heap_init, and heap_space_unused. For more information
on creating multiple run-time heaps, see the section “Using Multiple
Heaps” in Chapter 1 of the C/C++ Compiler Manual for SHARC
Processors.
Error Conditions
The heap_lookup function returns -1 if there is no heap with the specified
userid.
Example
#include <stdlib.h>
#include <stdio.h>
int heap_userid = 1;
int heap_id;
Documented Library Functions
1-264 CrossCore Embedded Studio 1.1
C/C++ Library Manual for SHARC Processors
if ( (heap_id = heap_lookup(heap_userid)) == -1) {
printf("Lookup failed; will use the default heap\n");
heap_id = 0;
}
char *ptr = heap_malloc(heap_id, 1024);
if (ptr == NULL) {
printf("heap_malloc failed to allocate memory\n");
}
See Also
calloc, free,heap_calloc, heap_free, heap_init, heap_install,
heap_space_unused, heap_malloc, heap_realloc, malloc, realloc,
space_unused
CrossCore Embedded Studio 1.1 1-265
C/C++ Library Manual for SHARC Processors
C/C++ Run-Time Library
heap_malloc
Allocate memory from a heap
Synopsis
#include <stdlib.h>
void *heap_malloc(int heap_index, size_t size);
Description
The heap_malloc function is an Analog Devices extension to the ANSI
standard.
The heap_malloc function allocates an object of size from the heap iden-
tified by heap_index. It returns the address of the object if successful;
otherwise, it returns a null pointer. You can safely convert the return value
to an object pointer of any type whose size is not greater than size.
The block of memory is uninitialized. The memory may be deallocated
with the free or heap_free function.
For more information on multiple run-time heaps, see the section “Using
Multiple Heaps” in Chapter 1 of the C/C++ Compiler Manual for SHARC
Processors.
Error Conditions
The heap_malloc function returns the null pointer if unable to allocate
the requested memory.
Example
#include <stdlib.h>
#include <stdio.h>
#pragma section(“seg_hp2”)
Documented Library Functions
1-266 CrossCore Embedded Studio 1.1
C/C++ Library Manual for SHARC Processors
static char extra_heap[256];
int main()
{
char *buf;
int index, uid = 999; /* arbitrary userid for heap */
/* Install extra_heap[] as a heap */
index = heap_install(extra_heap, sizeof(extra_heap), uid);
if (index < 0) {
printf("installation failed\n");
return 1;
}
/* Allocate memory for 128 characters from extra_heap[] */
buf = (char *)heap_malloc(index,128);
if (buf != 0) {
printf("Allocated space starting at %p\n", buf);
heap_free(index, buf);
} else {
printf("Unable to allocate from extra_heap[]\n");
}
return 0;
}
See Also
calloc, free, heap_calloc, heap_free, heap_realloc, malloc, realloc,
heap_space_unused
CrossCore Embedded Studio 1.1 1-267
C/C++ Library Manual for SHARC Processors
C/C++ Run-Time Library
heap_realloc
Change memory allocation from a heap
Synopsis
#include <stdlib.h>
void *heap_realloc(int heap_index, void *ptr, size_t size);
Description
The heap_realloc function is an Analog Devices extension to the ANSI
standard.
The heap_realloc function changes the size of a previously allocated block
of memory. The new size of the object is specified by the argument size.
The modified object will contain the values of the old object up to mini-
mum(original size, new size), while for (new size > old size) any
data beyond the original size will be indeterminate.
If the function successfully re-allocated the object, then it will return a
pointer to the updated object. You can safely convert the return value to
an object pointer of any type whose size is not greater than size in length.
The behavior of the function is undefined if the object has already been
freed.
If ptr is a null pointer, then heap_realloc behaves the same as heap_mal-
loc and the block of memory returned will be uninitialized.
If ptr is not a null pointer, and if size is zero, then heap_realloc behaves
the same as heap_free.
The argument heap_index is only used if ptr is a null pointer.
The memory reallocated may be deallocated with the free or heap_free
function.
Documented Library Functions
1-268 CrossCore Embedded Studio 1.1
C/C++ Library Manual for SHARC Processors
For more information on multiple run-time heaps, see the section “Using
Multiple Heaps” in Chapter 1 of the C/C++ Compiler Manual for SHARC
Processors.
Error Conditions
The heap_realloc function returns the null pointer if unable to allocate the
requested memory; the original memory associated with ptr will be
unchanged and will still be available.
Example
#include <stdlib.h>
#include <stdio.h>
#pragma section(“seg_hp2”)
static char extra_heap[256];
int main()
{
char *buf, *upd;
int index, uid = 999; /* arbitrary userid for heap */
/* Install extra_heap[] as a heap */
index = heap_install(extra_heap, sizeof(extra_heap), uid);
if (index < 0) {
printf("installation failed\n");
return 1;
}
/* Allocate memory for 128 characters from extra_heap[] */
buf = (char *)heap_malloc(index, 128);
if (buf != 0) {
strcpy(buf,"hello");
/* Change allocated size to 200 */
upd = (char *)heap_realloc(index, buf, 200);
CrossCore Embedded Studio 1.1 1-269
C/C++ Library Manual for SHARC Processors
C/C++ Run-Time Library
if (upd != 0) {
printf("reallocated string for %s\n", upd);
heap_free(index, upd); /* Return to extra_heap[] */
} else {
free(buf); /* free can be used to release buf */
}
} else {
printf("Unable to allocate from extra_heap[]\n");
}
return 0;
}
See Also
calloc, free, heap_calloc, heap_free, heap_malloc, malloc, realloc,
heap_space_unused
Documented Library Functions
1-270 CrossCore Embedded Studio 1.1
C/C++ Library Manual for SHARC Processors
heap_space_unused
Space unused in specific heap
Synopsis
#include <stdlib.h>
int heap_space_unused(int heap_index);
Description
The heap_space_unused function is an Analog Devices extension to the
ANSI standard.
The heap_space_unused function returns the total amount of free space
for the heap with index heap_index.
Note that calling heap_malloc(heap_index,heap_space_unused(heap_in-
dex)) does not allocate space because each allocated block uses more
memory internally than the requested space. Note also that the free space
in the heap may be fragmented, and thus may not be available in one con-
tiguous block.
Error Conditions
If a heap with heap index heap_index does not exist, this function returns
-1.
Example
#include <stdlib.h>
int free_space;
/* Get amount of free space in heap 1 */
free_space = heap_space_unused(1);
CrossCore Embedded Studio 1.1 1-271
C/C++ Library Manual for SHARC Processors
C/C++ Run-Time Library
See Also
calloc, free,heap_calloc, heap_free, heap_init, heap_install, heap_lookup,
heap_malloc, heap_realloc, malloc, realloc, space_unused
Documented Library Functions
1-272 CrossCore Embedded Studio 1.1
C/C++ Library Manual for SHARC Processors
heap_switch
Change the default heap at runtime
Synopsis
#include <stdlib.h>
int heap_switch (int heap_index);
Description
The heap_switch function changes the default heap (as used by heap allo-
cation functions malloc, calloc, realloc and free). The function returns
the heapid of the previous default heap.
The function does not check the validity of the heap index. If the heap
index is invalid, then subsequent operations on the default heap (using the
functions malloc, calloc, realloc and space_unused, or using the C++
new operator) will return an error.
For more information on multiple run-time heaps, see the section “Using
Multiple Heaps” in Chapter 1 of the C/C++ Compiler Manual for SHARC
Processors.
The heap_switch function is not available in multithreaded
environments.
Error Conditions
None.
Example
#include <stdlib.h>
#include <stdio.h>
#define HEAP1_USERID 1
CrossCore Embedded Studio 1.1 1-273
C/C++ Library Manual for SHARC Processors
C/C++ Run-Time Library
#define HEAP1_SIZE 1024
int heap1[HEAP1_SIZE];
int heap1_id;
char *pbuf;
/* Initialize */
heap1_id = heap_install (heap1, sizeof(heap1), HEAP1_USERID);
/* Make heap1 the default heap */
heap_switch (heap1_id);
/* Allocate a buffer from heap1 */
pbuf = malloc (32);
if (pbuf == NULL) {
printf ("Unable to allocate buffer\n");
exit (EXIT_FAILURE);
} else {
printf("Allocated buffer from heap1 at %p\n", pbuf);
}
See Also
calloc, free, malloc, realloc
Documented Library Functions
1-274 CrossCore Embedded Studio 1.1
C/C++ Library Manual for SHARC Processors
idivfx
Division of fixed-point by fixed-point to give integer result
Synopsis
#include <stdfix.h>
int idivi(fract numer, fract denom);
long int idivlr(long fract numer, long fract denom);
unsigned int idivur(unsigned fract numer, unsigned fract denom);
unsigned long int idivulr(unsigned long fract numer,
unsigned long fract denom);
Description
Given a fixed-point numerator and denominator, the idivfx family of
functions computes the quotient and returns the closest integer value to
the result.
Error Conditions
The idivfx function has undefined behavior if the denominator is zero.
Example
#include <stdfix.h>
unsigned long int ulquo;
ulquo = idivulr(0.5ulr, 0.125ulr); /* ulquo == 4 */
See Also
div, divifx, fxdivi, ldiv, lldiv
CrossCore Embedded Studio 1.1 1-275
C/C++ Library Manual for SHARC Processors
C/C++ Run-Time Library
instrprof_request_flush
Flush the instrumented profiling data to the host
Synopsis
#include <instrprof.h>
void instrprof_request_flush(void);
Description
The instrprof_request_flush function attempts to flush any buffered
instrumented profiling data to the host computer.
The flush occurs immediately if file I/O operations are allowed. (File I/O
operations cannot be executed from interrupt handlers or from unsched-
uled regions in a multi-threaded application.) If the flush cannot occur
immediately, it occurs the next time a profiled function is called, or
returned from when file I/O operations are allowed.
Do not include the header file instrprof.h or reference the func-
tion instrprof_request_flush in an application that is not built
with instrumented profiling enabled.
For more information, see the section “-p” in the C/C++ Compiler
Manual for SHARC Processors. You can guard such code using the
preprocessor macro _INSTRUMENTED_PROFILING. Note that the com-
piler only defines this macro when instrumented profiling is
enabled.
Flushing data to the host is a cycle-intensive operation. Consider carefully
when and where to call this function within your application. For more
information, see “Profiling With Instrumented Code” in Chapter 2 of the
C/C++ Compiler Manual for SHARC Processors.
Documented Library Functions
1-276 CrossCore Embedded Studio 1.1
C/C++ Library Manual for SHARC Processors
Error Conditions
None.
Example
#if defined (_INSTRUMENTED_PROFILING)
#include <instrprof.h>
#endif
extern void do_something(void);
int main(void) {
do_something();
#if defined(_INSTRUMENTED_PROFILING)
instrprof_request_flush();
#endif
}
CrossCore Embedded Studio 1.1 1-277
C/C++ Library Manual for SHARC Processors
C/C++ Run-Time Library
ioctl
Apply a control operation to a file descriptor
Synopsis
#include <stdio.h>
int ioctl(int fildes, int cmd, ...);
Description
The ioctl function applies command cmd to file descriptor fildes, along
with any specified arguments for cmd. The file descriptor must be a value
returned by invoking the fileno function upon some open stream fp.
The ioctl function is delegated to the device driver upon which stream fp
was opened. The command cmd, and any provided arguments, are specific
to the device driver; each device driver may interpret commands and argu-
ments differently.
Error Conditions
The ioctl function returns -1 if the operation is not recognized by the
underlying device driver. Other return values are specific to the device
driver’s interpretation of the command.
Example
#include <stdio.h>
int apply_control_cmd(FILE *fp, int cmd, int val) {
int fildes = fileno(fp);
return ioctl(fildes, cmd, val);
}
See Also
fopen, fileno
Documented Library Functions
1-278 CrossCore Embedded Studio 1.1
C/C++ Library Manual for SHARC Processors
isalnum
Detect alphanumeric character
Synopsis
#include <ctype.h>
int isalnum (int c);
Description
The isalnum function determines if the argument is an alphanumeric
character (A-Z, a-z, or 0-9). If the argument is not alphanumeric, the
isalnum function returns a zero. If the argument is alphanumeric, isalnum
returns a non-zero value.
Error Conditions
None.
Example
#include <ctype.h>
int ch;
for (ch = 0; ch <= 0x7f; ch++) {
printf ("%#04x", ch);
printf ("%3s", isalnum (ch) ? "alphanumeric" : "");
putchar ('\n');
}
See Also
isalpha, isdigit
CrossCore Embedded Studio 1.1 1-279
C/C++ Library Manual for SHARC Processors
C/C++ Run-Time Library
isalpha
Detect alphabetic character
Synopsis
#include <ctype.h>
int isalpha (int c);
Description
The isalpha function determines if the argument is an alphabetic character
(A-Z or a-z). If the argument is not alphabetic, isalpha returns a zero. If
the argument is alphabetic, isalpha returns a non-zero value.
Error Conditions
None.
Example
#include <ctype.h>
int ch;
for (ch = 0; ch <= 0x7f; ch++) {
printf ("%#04x", ch);
printf ("%2s", isalpha (ch) ? "alphabetic" : "");
putchar ('\n');
}
See Also
isalnum, isdigit
Documented Library Functions
1-280 CrossCore Embedded Studio 1.1
C/C++ Library Manual for SHARC Processors
iscntrl
Detect control character
Synopsis
#include <ctype.h>
int iscntrl (int c);
Description
The iscntrl function determines if the argument is a control character
(0x00-0x1F or 0x7F). If the argument is not a control character, iscntrl
returns a zero. If the argument is a control character, iscntrl returns a
non-zero value.
Error Conditions
None.
Example
#include <ctype.h>
int ch;
for (ch = 0; ch <= 0x7f; ch++) {
printf ("%#04x", ch);
printf ("%2s", iscntrl (ch) ? "control" : "");
putchar ('\n');
}
See Also
isalnum, isgraph
CrossCore Embedded Studio 1.1 1-281
C/C++ Library Manual for SHARC Processors
C/C++ Run-Time Library
isdigit
Detect decimal digit
Synopsis
#include <ctype.h>
int isdigit (int c);
Description
The isdigit function determines if the argument c is a decimal digit (0-9).
If the argument is not a digit, isdigit returns a zero. If the argument is a
digit, isdigit returns a non-zero value.
Error Conditions
None.
Example
#include <ctype.h>
int ch;
for (ch = 0; ch <= 0x7f; ch++) {
printf ("%#04x", ch);
printf ("%2s", isdigit (ch) ? "digit" : "");
putchar ('\n');
}
See Also
isalnum, isalpha, isdigit
Documented Library Functions
1-282 CrossCore Embedded Studio 1.1
C/C++ Library Manual for SHARC Processors
isgraph
Detect printable character, not including white space
Synopsis
#include <ctype.h>
int isgraph (int c);
Description
The isgraph function determines if the argument is a printable character,
not including a white space (0x21-0x7e). If the argument is not a printable
character, isgraph returns a zero. If the argument is a printable character,
isgraph returns a non-zero value.
Error Conditions
None.
Example
#include <ctype.h>
int ch;
for (ch = 0; ch <= 0x7f; ch++) {
printf ("%#04x", ch);
printf ("%2s", isgraph (ch) ? "graph" : "");
putchar ('\n');
}
See Also
isalnum, iscntrl, isprint
CrossCore Embedded Studio 1.1 1-283
C/C++ Library Manual for SHARC Processors
C/C++ Run-Time Library
isinf
Test for infinity
Synopsis
#include <math.h>
int isinff(float x);
int isinf(double x);
int isinfd(long double x);
Description
The isinf functions are an Analog Devices extension to the ANSI standard.
The isinf functions return a zero if the argument x is not set to the IEEE
constant for +Infinity or -Infinity; otherwise, the functions return a
non-zero value.
Error Conditions
None.
Example
#include <math.h>
static long val[5] = {
0x7F7FFFFF, /* FLT_MAX */
0x7F800000, /* Inf */
0xFF800000, /* -Inf */
0x7F808080, /* NaN */
0xFF808080, /* NaN */
};
float *pval = (float *)(&val);
int m;
Documented Library Functions
1-284 CrossCore Embedded Studio 1.1
C/C++ Library Manual for SHARC Processors
m = isinf (pval[0]); /* m set to zero */
m = isinf (pval[1]); /* m set to non-zero */
m = isinf (pval[2]); /* m set to non-zero */
m = isinf (pval[3]); /* m set to zero */
m = isinf (pval[4]); /* m set to zero */
See Also
isnan
CrossCore Embedded Studio 1.1 1-285
C/C++ Library Manual for SHARC Processors
C/C++ Run-Time Library
islower
Detect lowercase character
Synopsis
#include <ctype.h>
int islower (int c);
Description
The islower function determines if the argument is a lowercase character
(a-z). If the argument is not lowercase, islower returns a zero. If the argu-
ment is lowercase, islower returns a non-zero value.
Error Conditions
None.
Example
#include <ctype.h>
int ch;
for (ch = 0; ch <= 0x7f; ch++) {
printf ("%#04x", ch);
printf ("%2s", islower (ch) ? "lowercase" : "");
putchar ('\n');
}
See Also
isalpha, isupper
Documented Library Functions
1-286 CrossCore Embedded Studio 1.1
C/C++ Library Manual for SHARC Processors
isnan
Test for Not a Number (NaN)
Synopsis
#include <math.h>
int isnanf(float x);
int isnan(double x);
int isnand(long double x);
Description
The isnan functions are an Analog Devices extension to the ANSI
standard.
The isnan functions return a zero if the argument x is not set to an IEEE
NaN (Not a Number); otherwise, the functions return a non-zero value.
Error Conditions
None.
Example
#include <math.h>
static long val[5] = {
0x7F7FFFFF, /* FLT_MAX */
0x7F800000, /* Inf */
0xFF800000, /* -Inf */
0x7F808080, /* NaN */
0xFF808080, /* NaN */
};
float *pval = (float *)(&val);
int m;
CrossCore Embedded Studio 1.1 1-287
C/C++ Library Manual for SHARC Processors
C/C++ Run-Time Library
m = isnanf (pval[0]); /* m set to zero */
m = isnanf (pval[1]); /* m set to zero */
m = isnanf (pval[2]); /* m set to zero */
m = isnanf (pval[3]); /* m set to non-zero */
m = isnanf (pval[4]); /* m set to non-zero */
See Also
isinf
Documented Library Functions
1-288 CrossCore Embedded Studio 1.1
C/C++ Library Manual for SHARC Processors
isprint
Detect printable character
Synopsis
#include <ctype.h>
int isprint (int c);
Description
The isprint function determines if the argument is a printable character
(0x20-0x7E). If the argument is not a printable character, isprint returns
a zero. If the argument is a printable character, isprint returns a non-zero
value.
Error Conditions
None.
Example
#include <ctype.h>
int ch;
for (ch = 0; ch <= 0x7f; ch++) {
printf ("%#04x", ch);
printf ("%3s", isprint (ch) ? "printable" : "");
putchar ('\n');
}
See Also
isgraph, isspace
CrossCore Embedded Studio 1.1 1-289
C/C++ Library Manual for SHARC Processors
C/C++ Run-Time Library
ispunct
Detect punctuation character
Synopsis
#include <ctype.h>
int ispunct (int c);
Description
The ispunct function determines if the argument is a punctuation charac-
ter. If the argument is not a punctuation character, ispunct returns a zero.
If the argument is a punctuation character, ispunct returns a non-zero
value.
Error Conditions
None.
Example
#include <ctype.h>
int ch;
for (ch = 0; ch <= 0x7f; ch++) {
printf ("%#04x", ch);
printf ("%3s", ispunct (ch) ? "punctuation" : "");
putchar ('\n');
}
See Also
isalnum
Documented Library Functions
1-290 CrossCore Embedded Studio 1.1
C/C++ Library Manual for SHARC Processors
isspace
Detect whitespace character
Synopsis
#include <ctype.h>
int isspace (int c);
Description
The isspace function determines if the argument is a blank whitespace
character (0x09-0x0D or 0x20). This includes space ( ), form feed (\f),
new line (\n), carriage return (\r), horizontal tab (\t) and vertical tab
(\v).
If the argument is not a blank whitespace character, isspace returns a
zero. If the argument is a blank whitespace character, isspace returns a
non-zero value.
Error Conditions
None.
Example
#include <ctype.h>
int ch;
for (ch = 0; ch <= 0x7f; ch++) {
printf ("%#04x", ch);
printf ("%2s", isspace (ch) ? "space" : "");
putchar ('\n');
}
CrossCore Embedded Studio 1.1 1-291
C/C++ Library Manual for SHARC Processors
C/C++ Run-Time Library
See Also
iscntrl, isgraph
Documented Library Functions
1-292 CrossCore Embedded Studio 1.1
C/C++ Library Manual for SHARC Processors
isupper
Detect uppercase character
Synopsis
#include <ctype.h>
int isupper (int c);
Description
The isupper function determines if the argument is an uppercase character
(A-Z). If the argument is not an uppercase character, isupper returns a
zero. If the argument is an uppercase character, isupper returns a
non-zero value.
Error Conditions
None.
Example
#include <ctype.h>
int ch;
for (ch = 0; ch <= 0x7f; ch++) {
printf ("%#04x", ch);
printf ("%2s", isupper (ch) ? "uppercase" : "");
putchar ('\n');
}
See Also
isalpha, islower
CrossCore Embedded Studio 1.1 1-293
C/C++ Library Manual for SHARC Processors
C/C++ Run-Time Library
isxdigit
Detect hexadecimal digit
Synopsis
#include <ctype.h>
int isxdigit (int c);
Description
The isxdigit function determines if the argument is a hexadecimal digit
character (A-F, a-f, or 0-9). If the argument is not a hexadecimal digit,
isxdigit returns a zero. If the argument is a hexadecimal digit, isxdigit
returns a non-zero value.
Error Conditions
None.
Example
#include <ctype.h>
int ch;
for (ch = 0; ch <= 0x7f; ch++) {
printf ("%#04x", ch);
printf ("%2s", isxdigit (ch) ? "hexadecimal" : "");
putchar ('\n');
}
See Also
isalnum, isdigit
Documented Library Functions
1-294 CrossCore Embedded Studio 1.1
C/C++ Library Manual for SHARC Processors
labs
Absolute value
Synopsis
#include <stdlib.h>
long int labs (long int j);
Description
The labs function returns the absolute value of its integer argument.
Note that labs (LONG_MIN) == LONG_MIN.
Error Conditions
None.
Example
#include <stdlib.h>
long int j;
j = labs (-285128); /* j = 285128 */
See Also
abs, absfx, fabs, llabs
CrossCore Embedded Studio 1.1 1-295
C/C++ Library Manual for SHARC Processors
C/C++ Run-Time Library
lavg
Mean of two values
Synopsis
#include <stdlib.h>
long int lavg (long int value1, long int value2);
Description
The lavg function is an Analog Devices extension to the ANSI standard.
The lavg function adds two arguments and divides the result by two. The
lavg function is a built-in function which is implemented with an
Rn=(Rx+Ry)/2 instruction.
Error Conditions
None.
Example
#include <stdlib.h>
long int i;
i = lavg (10, 8); /* returns 9 */
See Also
abs, avg, llavg
Documented Library Functions
1-296 CrossCore Embedded Studio 1.1
C/C++ Library Manual for SHARC Processors
lclip
Clip
Synopsis
#include <stdlib.h>
long int lclip (long int value1, long int value2);
Description
The lclip function is an Analog Devices extension to the ANSI standard.
The lclip function returns the first argument if its absolute value is less
than the absolute value of the second argument; otherwise it returns the
absolute value of its second argument if the first is positive, or minus the
absolute value if the first argument is negative. The lclip function is a
built-in function which is implemented with an Rn = CLIP Rx BY Ry
instruction.
Error Conditions
None.
Example
#include <stdlib.h>
long int i;
i = lclip (10, 8); /* returns 8 */
i = lclip (8, 10); /* returns 8 */
i = lclip (-10, 8); /* returns -8 */
See Also
clip, fclip, llclip
CrossCore Embedded Studio 1.1 1-297
C/C++ Library Manual for SHARC Processors
C/C++ Run-Time Library
lcount_ones
Count one bits in word
Synopsis
#include <stdlib.h>
int lcount_ones (long int value);
Description
The lcount_ones function is an Analog Devices extension to the ANSI
standard.
The lcount_ones function returns the number of one bits in its argument.
Error Conditions
None.
Example
#include <stdlib.h>
long int flags1 = 4095;
long int flags2 = 4096;
int cnt1;
int cnt2;
cnt1 = lcount_ones (flags1); /* returns 12 */
cnt2 = lcount_ones (flags2); /* returns 1 */
See Also
count_ones, llcount_ones
Documented Library Functions
1-298 CrossCore Embedded Studio 1.1
C/C++ Library Manual for SHARC Processors
ldexp
Multiply by power of 2
Synopsis
#include <math.h>
float ldexpf (float x, int n);
double ldexp (double x, int n);
long double ldexpd (long double x, int n);
Description
The ldexp functions return the value of the floating-point argument mul-
tiplied by 2n. These functions add the value of n to the exponent of x.
Error Conditions
If the result overflows, the ldexp functions return HUGE_VAL with the
proper sign. If the result underflows, a zero is returned.
Example
#include <math.h>
double y;
float x;
y = ldexp (0.5, 2); /* y = 2.0 */
x = ldexpf (1.0, 2); /* x = 4.0 */
See Also
exp, pow
CrossCore Embedded Studio 1.1 1-299
C/C++ Library Manual for SHARC Processors
C/C++ Run-Time Library
ldiv
Long division
Synopsis
#include <stdlib.h>
ldiv_t ldiv (long int numer, long int denom);
Description
The ldiv function divides numer by denom, and returns a structure of type
ldiv_t. The type ldiv_t is defined as:
typedef struct {
long int quot;
long int rem;
} ldiv_t;
where quot is the quotient of the division and rem is the remainder, such
that if result is of type ldiv_t, then
result.quot * denom + result.rem == numer
Error Conditions
If denom is zero, the behavior of the ldiv function is undefined.
Example
#include <stdlib.h>
ldiv_t result;
result = ldiv (7L, 2L); /* result.quot = 3, result.rem = 1 */
Documented Library Functions
1-300 CrossCore Embedded Studio 1.1
C/C++ Library Manual for SHARC Processors
See Also
div, divifx, fmod, fxdivi, idivfx, lldiv
CrossCore Embedded Studio 1.1 1-301
C/C++ Library Manual for SHARC Processors
C/C++ Run-Time Library
llabs
Absolute value
Synopsis
#include <stdlib.h>
long long llabs (long long j);
Description
The llabs function returns the absolute value of its integer argument.
Note that llabs (LLONG_MIN) == LLONG_MIN.
Error Conditions
None.
Example
#include <stdlib.h>
long long j;
j = llabs (-27081970LL); /* j = 27081970 */
See Also
abs, absfx, fabs, labs
Documented Library Functions
1-302 CrossCore Embedded Studio 1.1
C/C++ Library Manual for SHARC Processors
llavg
Mean of two values
Synopsis
#include <stdlib.h>
long long llavg (long long value1, long long value2);
Description
The llavg function is an extension to the ISO/IEC 9899:1990 C standard
and the ISO/IEC 9899:1999 C standard.
The llavg function returns the average of the two arguments value1 and
value2.
Error Conditions
None.
Example
#include <stdlib.h>
long long i;
i = llavg (10LL, 8LL); /* returns 9 */
See Also
abs, avg, lavg
CrossCore Embedded Studio 1.1 1-303
C/C++ Library Manual for SHARC Processors
C/C++ Run-Time Library
llclip
Clip
Synopsis
#include <stdlib.h>
long long llclip (long long value1, long long value2);
Description
The llclip function is an extension to the ISO/IEC 9899:1990 C standard
and the ISO/IEC 9899:1999 C standard.
The llclip function returns the first argument if its absolute value is less
than the absolute value of the second argument; otherwise it returns the
absolute value of its second argument if the first is positive, or minus the
absolute value if the first argument is negative.
Error Conditions
None.
Example
#include <stdlib.h>
long long i;
i = llclip (10LL, 8LL); /* returns 8 */
i = llclip (8LL, 10LL); /* returns 8 */
i = llclip (-10LL, 8LL); /* returns -8 */
See Also
clip, fclip, lclip
Documented Library Functions
1-304 CrossCore Embedded Studio 1.1
C/C++ Library Manual for SHARC Processors
llcount_ones
Count one bits in long long
Synopsis
#include <stdlib.h>
int llcount_ones (long long value);
Description
The llcount_ones function is an extension to the ISO/IEC 9899:1990 C
standard and the ISO/IEC 9899:1999 C standard.
The llcount_ones function returns the number of one bits in its argument.
Error Conditions
None.
Example
#include <stdlib.h>
long long flags1 = 4095LL;
long long flags2 = 4096LL;
int cnt1;
int cnt2;
cnt1 = llcount_ones (flags1); /* returns 12 */
cnt2 = llcount_ones (flags2); /* returns 1 */
See Also
count_ones, lcount_ones
CrossCore Embedded Studio 1.1 1-305
C/C++ Library Manual for SHARC Processors
C/C++ Run-Time Library
lldiv
Long long division
Synopsis
#include <stdlib.h>
lldiv_t lldiv (long long numer, long long denom);
Description
The lldiv function divides numer by denom, and returns a structure of type
lldiv_t. The type lldiv_t is defined as:
typedef struct {
long long quot;
long long rem;
} lldiv_t;
where quot is the quotient of the division and rem is the remainder, such
that if result is of type lldiv_t, then
result.quot * denom + result.rem == numer
Error Conditions
If denom is zero, the behavior of the lldiv function is undefined.
Example
#include <stdlib.h>
lldiv_t result;
result = lldiv (7LL, 2LL); /* result.quot = 3, result.rem = 1 */
Documented Library Functions
1-306 CrossCore Embedded Studio 1.1
C/C++ Library Manual for SHARC Processors
See Also
div, divifx, fmod, fxdivi, idivfx, ldiv
CrossCore Embedded Studio 1.1 1-307
C/C++ Library Manual for SHARC Processors
C/C++ Run-Time Library
llmax
Long long maximum
Synopsis
#include <stdlib.h>
long long llmax (long long value1, long long value2);
Description
The llmax function is an extension to the ISO/IEC 9899:1990 C standard
and the ISO/IEC 9899:1999 C standard.
The llmax function returns the larger of its two arguments.
Error Conditions
None.
Example
#include <stdlib.h>
long long i;
i = llmax (10LL, 8LL); /* returns 10 */
See Also
fmax, fmin, llmin, lmax, lmin, max, min
Documented Library Functions
1-308 CrossCore Embedded Studio 1.1
C/C++ Library Manual for SHARC Processors
llmin
Long long minimum
Synopsis
#include <stdlib.h>
long long llmin (long long value1, long long value2);
Description
The llmin function is an extension to the ISO/IEC 9899:1990 C standard
and the ISO/IEC 9899:1999 C standard.
The llmin function returns the smaller of its two arguments.
Error Conditions
None.
Example
#include <stdlib.h>
long long i;
i = llmin (10LL, 8LL); /* returns 8 */
See Also
fmax, fmin, llmax, lmax, lmin, max, min
CrossCore Embedded Studio 1.1 1-309
C/C++ Library Manual for SHARC Processors
C/C++ Run-Time Library
lmax
Long int maximum
Synopsis
#include <stdlib.h>
long int lmax (long int value1, long int value2);
Description
The lmax function is an extension to the ISO/IEC 9899:1990 C standard
and the ISO/IEC 9899:1999 C standard.
The lmax function returns the larger of its two arguments. The lmax func-
tion is a built-in function which is implemented with an Rn = MAX(Rx,Ry)
instruction.
Error Conditions
None.
Example
#include <stdlib.h>
long int i;
i = lmax (10L, 8L); /* returns 10 */
See Also
fmax, fmin, llmax, llmin, lmin, max, min
Documented Library Functions
1-310 CrossCore Embedded Studio 1.1
C/C++ Library Manual for SHARC Processors
lmin
Long minimum
Synopsis
#include <stdlib.h>
long int lmin (long int value1, long int value2);
Description
The lmin function is an extension to the ISO/IEC 9899:1990 C standard
and the ISO/IEC 9899:1999 C standard.
The lmin function returns the smaller of its two arguments. The lmin
function is a built-in function which is implemented with an
Rn = MIN(Rx,Ry) instruction.
Error Conditions
None.
Example
#include <stdlib.h>
long int i;
i = lmin (10L, 8L); /* returns 8 */
See Also
fmax, fmin, llmin, llmax, lmax, max, min
CrossCore Embedded Studio 1.1 1-311
C/C++ Library Manual for SHARC Processors
C/C++ Run-Time Library
localeconv
Get pointer for formatting to current locale
Synopsis
#include <locale.h>
struct lconv *localeconv (void);
Description
The localeconv function returns a pointer to an object of type struct
lconv. This pointer is used to set the components of the object with values
used in formatting numeric quantities in the current locale.
With the exception of decimal_point, those members of the structure
with type char* may use “ “ to indicate that a value is not available.
Expected values are strings. Those members with type char may use
CHAR_MAX to indicate that a value is not available. Expected values are
non-negative numbers.
The program may not alter the structure pointed to by the return value
but subsequent calls to localeconv may do so. Also, calls to setlocale
with the category arguments of LC_ALL, LC_MONETARY and LC_NUMERIC may
overwrite the structure.
Table 1-40. Members of the lconv Struct
Member Description
char *currency_symbol Currency symbol applicable to the locale
char *decimal_point Used to format nonmonetary quantities
char *grouping Used to indicate the number of digits in each nonmonetary
grouping
char *int_curr_symbol Used as international currency symbol (ISO 4217:1987)
for that particular locale plus the symbol used to separate
the currency symbol from the monetary quantity
Documented Library Functions
1-312 CrossCore Embedded Studio 1.1
C/C++ Library Manual for SHARC Processors
For grouping and non_grouping, an element of CHAR_MAX indicates that no
further grouping will be performed, a 0 indicates that the previous
char *mon_decimal_point Used for decimal point format monetary quantities
char *mon_grouping Used to indicate the number of digits in each monetary
grouping
char *mon_thousands_sep Used to group monetary quantities prior to the decimal
point
char *negative_sign Used to indicate a negative monetary quantity
char *positive_sign Used to indicate a positive monetary quantity
char *thousands_sep Used to group nonmonetary quantities prior to the decimal
point
char frac_digits Number of digits displayed after the decimal point in mon-
etary quantities in other than international format
char int_frac_digits Number of digits displayed after the decimal point in
international monetary quantities
char p_cs_precedes If set to 1, the currency_symbol precedes the positive
monetary quantity. If set to 0, the currency_symbol suc-
ceeds the positive monetary quantity.
char n_cs_precedes If set to 1, the currency_symbol precedes the negative
monetary quantity. If set to 0, the currency_symbol suc-
ceeds the negative monetary quantity.
char n_sign_posn Indicates the positioning of negative_sign for monetary
quantities.
char n_sep_by_space If set to 1, the currency_symbol is separated from the
negative monetary quantity. If set to 0, the curren-
cy_symbol is not separated from the negative monetary
quantity.
char p_sep_by_space If set to 1, the currency_symbol is separated from the
positive monetary quantity. If set to 0, the currency_sym-
bol is not separated from the positive monetary quantity.
Table 1-40. Members of the lconv Struct (Contd)
Member Description
CrossCore Embedded Studio 1.1 1-313
C/C++ Library Manual for SHARC Processors
C/C++ Run-Time Library
element should be used to group the remaining digits, and any other inte-
ger value is used as the number of digits in the current grouping.
The definitions of the values for p_sign_posn and n_sign_posn are:
parentheses surround currency_symbol and quantity
sign string precedes currency_symbol and quantity
sign string succeeds currency_symbol and quantity
sign string immediately precedes currency_symbol
sign string immediately succeeds currency_symbol
Error Conditions
None.
Example
#include <locale.h>
struct lconv *c_locale;
c_locale = localeconv (); /* Only the C locale is */
/* currently supported */
See Also
setlocale
Documented Library Functions
1-314 CrossCore Embedded Studio 1.1
C/C++ Library Manual for SHARC Processors
localtime
Convert calendar time into broken-down time
Synopsis
#include <time.h>
struct tm *localtime(const time_t *t);
Description
The localtime function converts a pointer to a calendar time into a
broken-down time that corresponds to current time zone. A broken-down
time is a structured variable, which is described in time.h. This implemen-
tation of the header file does not support the Daylight Saving flag nor
does it support time zones and, thus, localtime is equivalent to the
gmtime function.
The broken-down time is returned by localtime as a pointer to static
memory, which may be overwritten by a subsequent call to either
localtime, or to gmtime.
Error Conditions
None.
Example
#include <time.h>
#include <stdio.h>
time_t cal_time;
struct tm *tm_ptr;
CrossCore Embedded Studio 1.1 1-315
C/C++ Library Manual for SHARC Processors
C/C++ Run-Time Library
cal_time = time(NULL);
if (cal_time != (time_t) -1) {
tm_ptr = localtime(&cal_time);
printf("The year is %4d\n",1900 + (tm_ptr->tm_year));
}
See Also
asctime, gmtime, mktime, time
Documented Library Functions
1-316 CrossCore Embedded Studio 1.1
C/C++ Library Manual for SHARC Processors
log
Natural logarithm
Synopsis
#include <math.h>
float logf (float x);
double log (double x);
long double logd (long double x);
Description
The natural logarithm functions compute the natural (base e) logarithm of
their argument.
Error Conditions
The natural logarithm functions return zero and set errno to EDOM if the
input value is zero or negative.
Example
#include <math.h>
double y;
float x;
y = log (1.0); /* y = 0.0 */
x = logf (2.71828); /* x = 1.0 */
See Also
alog, exp, log10
CrossCore Embedded Studio 1.1 1-317
C/C++ Library Manual for SHARC Processors
C/C++ Run-Time Library
log10
Base 10 logarithm
Synopsis
#include <math.h>
float log10f (float x);
double log10 (double x);
long double log10d (long double x);
Description
The log10 functions produce the base 10 logarithm of their argument.
Error Conditions
The log10 functions indicate a domain error (set errno to EDOM) and
return zero if the input is zero or negative.
Example
#include <math.h>
double y;
float x;
y = log10 (100.0); /* y = 2.0 */
x = log10f (10.0); /* x = 1.0 */
See Also
alog, log, pow
Documented Library Functions
1-318 CrossCore Embedded Studio 1.1
C/C++ Library Manual for SHARC Processors
longjmp
Second return from setjmp
Synopsis
#include <setjmp.h>
void longjmp (jmp_buf env, int return_val);
Description
The longjmp function causes the program to execute a second return from
the place where setjmp (env) was called (with the same jmp_buf
argument).
The longjmp function takes as its arguments a jump buffer that contains
the context at the time of the original call to setjmp. It also takes an inte-
ger, return_val, which setjmp returns if return_val is non-zero.
Otherwise, setjmp returns a 1.
If env was not initialized through a previous call to setjmp or the function
that called setjmp has since returned, the behavior is undefined.
The use of setjmp and longjmp (or similar functions which do not
follow conventional C/C++ flow control) may produce unexpected
results when the application is compiled with optimizations
enabled under certain circumstances. Functions that call setjmp or
longjmp are optimized by the compiler with the assumption that all
variables referenced may be modified by any functions that are
called. This assumption ensures that it is safe to use setjmp and
longjmp with optimizations enabled, though it does mean that it is
dangerous to conceal from the optimizer that a call to setjmp or
longjmp is being made, for example by calling through a function
pointer.
CrossCore Embedded Studio 1.1 1-319
C/C++ Library Manual for SHARC Processors
C/C++ Run-Time Library
Error Conditions
None.
Example
#include <setjmp.h>
#include <stdio.h>
#include <errno.h>
#include <stdlib.h>
jmp_buf env;
int res;
void func (void);
main() {
if ((res = setjmp(env)) != 0) {
printf ("Problem %d reported by func ()\n", res);
exit (EXIT_FAILURE);
}
func();
}
void func (void) {
if (errno != 0) {
longjmp (env, errno);
}
}
See Also
setjmp
Documented Library Functions
1-320 CrossCore Embedded Studio 1.1
C/C++ Library Manual for SHARC Processors
malloc
Allocate memory
Synopsis
#include <stdlib.h>
void *malloc (size_t size);
Description
The malloc function returns a pointer to a block of memory of length
size. The block of memory is uninitialized.
The object is allocated from the current heap, which is the default heap
unless heap_switch has been called to change the current heap to an alter-
nate heap.
Error Conditions
The malloc function returns a null pointer if it is unable to allocate the
requested memory.
Example
#include <stdlib.h>
int *ptr;
size_t sz = 10 * sizeof(int);
ptr = (int *)malloc (sz); /* ptr points to an */
/* array of length 10 */
See Also
calloc, free, heap_calloc, heap_free, heap_malloc, heap_realloc, realloc
CrossCore Embedded Studio 1.1 1-321
C/C++ Library Manual for SHARC Processors
C/C++ Run-Time Library
max
Maximum
Synopsis
#include <stdlib.h>
int max (int value1, int value2);
Description
The max function is an extension to the ISO/IEC 9899:1990 C standard
and the ISO/IEC 9899:1999 C standard.
The max function returns the larger of its two arguments. The max func-
tion is a built-in function which is implemented with an Rn = MAX(Rx,Ry)
instruction.
Error Conditions
None.
Example
#include <stdlib.h>
int i;
i = max (10, 8); /* returns 10 */
See Also
fmax, fmin, llmax, llmin, lmax, lmin, min
Documented Library Functions
1-322 CrossCore Embedded Studio 1.1
C/C++ Library Manual for SHARC Processors
memchr
Find first occurrence of character
Synopsis
#include <string.h>
void *memchr (const void *s1, int c, size_t n);
Description
The memchr function compares the range of memory pointed to by s1
with the input character c and returns a pointer to the first occurrence of
c. A null pointer is returned if c does not occur in the first n characters.
Error Conditions
None.
Example
#include <string.h>
char *ptr;
ptr = memchr ("TESTING", 'E', 7);
/* ptr points to the E in TESTING */
See Also
strchr, strrchr
CrossCore Embedded Studio 1.1 1-323
C/C++ Library Manual for SHARC Processors
C/C++ Run-Time Library
memcmp
Compare objects
Synopsis
#include <string.h>
int memcmp (const void *s1, const void *s2, size_t n);
Description
The memcmp function compares the first n characters of the objects
pointed to by s1 and s2. It returns a positive value if the s1 object is lexi-
cally greater than the s2 object, a negative value if the s2 object is lexically
greater than the s1 object, and a zero if the objects are the same.
Error Conditions
None.
Example
#include <string.h>
char *string1 = "ABC";
char *string2 = "BCD";
int result;
result = memcmp (string1, string2, 3); /* result < 0 */
See Also
strcmp, strcoll, strcmp
Documented Library Functions
1-324 CrossCore Embedded Studio 1.1
C/C++ Library Manual for SHARC Processors
memcpy
Copy characters from one object to another
Synopsis
#include <string.h>
void *memcpy (void *s1, const void *s2, size_t n);
Description
The memcpy function copies n characters from the object pointed to by s2
into the object pointed to by s1. The behavior of memcpy is undefined if
the two objects overlap. For more information, see memmove.
The memcpy function returns the address of s1.
Error Conditions
None.
Example
#include <string.h>
char *a = "SRC";
char *b = "DEST";
memcpy (b, a, 3); /* b = "SRCT" */
See Also
memmove, strcpy, strncpy
CrossCore Embedded Studio 1.1 1-325
C/C++ Library Manual for SHARC Processors
C/C++ Run-Time Library
memmove
Copy characters between overlapping objects
Synopsis
#include <string.h>
void *memmove (void *s1, const void *s2, size_t n);
Description
The memmove function copies n characters from the object pointed to by
s2 into the object pointed to by s1. The entire object is copied correctly
even if the objects overlap.
The memmove function returns a pointer to s1.
Error Conditions
None.
Example
#include <string.h>
char *ptr, *str = "ABCDE";
ptr = str + 2;
memmove (ptr, str, 3); /* ptr = "ABC", str = "ABABC" */
See Also
memcpy, strcpy, strncpy
Documented Library Functions
1-326 CrossCore Embedded Studio 1.1
C/C++ Library Manual for SHARC Processors
memset
Set range of memory to a character
Synopsis
#include <string.h>
void *memset (void *s1, int c, size_t n);
Description
The memset function sets a range of memory to the input character c. The
first n characters of s1 are set to c.
The memset function returns a pointer to s1.
Error Conditions
None.
Example
#include <string.h>
char string1[50];
memset (string1, '\0', 50); /* set string1 to 0 */
See Also
memcpy
CrossCore Embedded Studio 1.1 1-327
C/C++ Library Manual for SHARC Processors
C/C++ Run-Time Library
min
Minimum
Synopsis
#include <stdlib.h>
int min (int value1, int value2);
Description
The min function is an extension to the ISO/IEC 9899:1990 C standard
and the ISO/IEC 9899:1999 C standard.
The min function returns the smaller of its two arguments. The min func-
tion is a built-in function which is implemented with an Rn=MIN(Rx,Ry)
instruction.
Error Conditions
None.
Example
#include <stdlib.h>
int i;
i = min (10, 8); /* returns 8 */
See Also
fmin, llmax, llmin, lmax, lmin, max
Documented Library Functions
1-328 CrossCore Embedded Studio 1.1
C/C++ Library Manual for SHARC Processors
mktime
Convert broken-down time into a calendar time
Synopsis
#include <time.h>
time_t mktime(struct tm *tm_ptr);
Description
The mktime function converts a pointer to a broken-down time, which
represents a local date and time, into a calendar time. However, this
implementation of time.h does not support either daylight saving or time
zones and hence this function will interpret the argument as Coordinated
Universal Time (UTC).
A broken-down time is a structured variable which is defined in the
time.h header file as:
struct tm {
int tm_sec; /* seconds after the minute [0,61] */
int tm_min; /* minutes after the hour [0,59] */
int tm_hour; /* hours after midnight [0,23] */
int tm_mday; /* day of the month [1,31] */
int tm_mon; /* months since January [0,11] */
int tm_year; /* years since 1900 */
int tm_wday; /* days since Sunday [0, 6] */
int tm_yday; /* days since January 1st [0,365] */
int tm_isdst; /* Daylight Saving flag */
};
The various components of the broken-down time are not restricted to the
ranges indicated above. The mktime function calculates the calendar time
from the specified values of the components (ignoring the initial values of
tm_wday and tm_yday), and then “normalizes” the broken-down time forc-
ing each component into its defined range.
CrossCore Embedded Studio 1.1 1-329
C/C++ Library Manual for SHARC Processors
C/C++ Run-Time Library
If the component tm_isdst is zero, then the mktime function assumes that
daylight saving is not in effect for the specified time. If the component is
set to a positive value, then the function assumes that daylight saving is in
effect for the specified time and will make the appropriate adjustment to
the broken-down time. If the component is negative, the mktime function
should attempt to determine whether daylight saving is in effect for the
specified time but because neither time zones nor daylight saving are sup-
ported, the effect will be as if tm_isdst were set to zero.
Error Conditions
The mktime function returns the value ((time_t) -1) if the calendar time
cannot be represented.
Example
#include <time.h>
#include <stdio.h>
static const char *wday[] = {"Sun","Mon","Tue","Wed",
"Thu","Fri","Sat","???"};
struct tm tm_time = {0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0};
tm_time.tm_year = 2000 - 1900;
tm_time.tm_mday = 1;
if (mktime(&tm_time) == -1)
tm_time.tm_wday = 7;
printf("%4d started on a %s\n",
1900 + tm_time.tm_year,
wday[tm_time.tm_wday]);
Documented Library Functions
1-330 CrossCore Embedded Studio 1.1
C/C++ Library Manual for SHARC Processors
See Also
gmtime, localtime, time
CrossCore Embedded Studio 1.1 1-331
C/C++ Library Manual for SHARC Processors
C/C++ Run-Time Library
modf
Separate integral and fractional parts
Synopsis
#include <math.h>
float modff (float x, float *intptr);
double modf (double x, double *intptr);
long double modfd (long double x, long double *intptr);
Description
The modf functions separate the first argument into integral and frac-
tional portions. The fractional portion is returned and the integral portion
is stored in the object pointed to by intptr. The integral and fractional
portions have the same sign as the input.
Error Conditions
None.
Example
#include <math.h>
double y, n;
float m, p;
y = modf (-12.345, &n); /* y = -0.345, n = -12.0 */
m = modff (11.75, &p); /* m = 0.75, p = 11.0 */
See Also
frexp
Documented Library Functions
1-332 CrossCore Embedded Studio 1.1
C/C++ Library Manual for SHARC Processors
mulifx
Multiplication of integer by fixed-point to give integer result
Synopsis
#include <stdfix.h>
int mulir(int a, fract b);
long int mulilr(long int a, long fract b);
unsigned int muliur(unsigned int a, unsigned fract b);
unsigned long int muliulr(unsigned long int a,
unsigned long fract b);
Description
Given an integer and a fixed-point value, the mulifx family of functions
computes the product and returns the closest integer value to the result.
Error Conditions
None.
Example
#include <stdfix.h>
unsigned long int ulprod;
ulprod = muliulr(128, 0.125ulr); /* ulquo == 16 */
See Also
No related functions.
CrossCore Embedded Studio 1.1 1-333
C/C++ Library Manual for SHARC Processors
C/C++ Run-Time Library
perror
Print an error message on standard error stream
Synopsis
#include <stdio.h>
void perror(const char *s);
Description
The perror function is used to output an error message to the standard
stream stderr.
If the string s is not a null pointer and if the first character addressed by s
is not a null character, then the function will output the string s followed
by the character sequence ": ". The function will then print the message
that is associated with the current value of errno. Note that the message
"no error" is used if the value of errno is zero.
Error Conditions
None.
Example
#include <stdio.h>
#include <math.h>
#include <errno.h>
float x;
x = acosf (1234.5); /* domain of acosf is [-1.0,1.0] */;
if (errno != 0)
perror("acosf failure");
Documented Library Functions
1-334 CrossCore Embedded Studio 1.1
C/C++ Library Manual for SHARC Processors
See Also
strerror
CrossCore Embedded Studio 1.1 1-335
C/C++ Library Manual for SHARC Processors
C/C++ Run-Time Library
pgo_hw_request_flush
Request a flush to the host of the data gathered through profile-guided
optimization on hardware
Synopsis
#include <pgo_hw.h>
void pgo_hw_request_flush(void);
Description
The pgo_hw_request_flush function requests that the runtime support for
profile-guided optimization on hardware should write gathered data to the
host computer. The flush occurs the next time the profile-guided optimi-
zation on hardware run-time support attempts to record data, as long as
file I/O operations are allowed. (File I/O operations cannot be executed
from interrupt handlers or when in an unscheduled region in a
multi-threaded application.)
Do not include the header file pgo_hw.h or reference the function
pgo_hw_request_flush in an application not built for pro-
file-guided optimization on hardware. You can guard such code
using the preprocessor macro _PGO_HW; the compiler only defines
this macro when profile-guided optimization for hardware is
enabled.
For more information, see “-pguide” and “-prof-hw” in Chapter 1
of the C/C++ Compiler Manual for SHARC Processors.
Flushing data to the host is a cycle-intensive operation. Consider carefully
when and where to call this function within your application.
For more information, see “Profile Guided Optimization and Code Cov-
erage” in Chapter 2 of the C/C++ Compiler Manual for SHARC Processors.
Documented Library Functions
1-336 CrossCore Embedded Studio 1.1
C/C++ Library Manual for SHARC Processors
Error Conditions
None.
Example
#if defined (_PGO_HW)
#include <pgo_hw.h>
#endif
extern void do_something(void);
int main(void) {
do_something();
#if defined(_PGO_HW)
pgo_hw_request_flush();
#endif
}
CrossCore Embedded Studio 1.1 1-337
C/C++ Library Manual for SHARC Processors
C/C++ Run-Time Library
pow
Raise to a power
Synopsis
#include <math.h>
float powf (float x, float y);
double pow (double x, double y);
long double powd (long double x, long double y);
Description
The power functions compute the value of the first argument raised to the
power of the second argument.
Error Conditions
A domain error occurs if the first argument is negative and the second
argument cannot be represented as an integer. If the first argument is zero,
the second argument is less than or equal to zero and the result cannot be
represented, zero is returned.
Example
#include <math.h>
double z;
float x;
z = pow (4.0, 2.0); /* z = 16.0 */
x = powf (4.0, 2.0); /* x = 16.0 */
See Also
exp, ldexp
Documented Library Functions
1-338 CrossCore Embedded Studio 1.1
C/C++ Library Manual for SHARC Processors
printf
Print formatted output
Synopsis
#include <stdio.h>
int printf(const char *format, /* args*/ ...);
Description
The printf function places output on the standard output stream stdout
in a form specified by format. The printf function is equivalent to fprintf
with the stdout passed as the first argument. The argument
format contains a set of conversion specifiers, directives, and ordinary
characters that are used to control how the data is formatted. Refer to
fprintf (on page 1-217) for a description of the valid format specifiers.
The printf function returns the number of characters transmitted.
Error Conditions
If the printf function is unsuccessful, a negative value is returned.
Example
#include <stdio.h>
void printf_example(void)
{
int arg = 255;
/* Output will be "hex:ff, octal:377, integer:255" */
printf("hex:%x, octal:%o, integer:%d\n", arg, arg, arg);
}
CrossCore Embedded Studio 1.1 1-339
C/C++ Library Manual for SHARC Processors
C/C++ Run-Time Library
See Also
fprintf
Documented Library Functions
1-340 CrossCore Embedded Studio 1.1
C/C++ Library Manual for SHARC Processors
putc
Put a character on a stream
Synopsis
#include <stdio.h>
int putc(int ch, FILE *stream);
Description
The putc function writes its argument to the output stream pointed to by
stream, after converting ch from an int to an unsigned char.
If the putc function call is successful putc returns its argument ch.
Error Conditions
The stream’s error indicator will be set if the call is unsuccessful, and the
function will return EOF.
Example
#include <stdio.h>
void putc_example(void)
{
/* write the character 'a' to stdout */
if (putc('a', stdout) == EOF)
fprintf(stderr, "putc failed\n");
}
See Also
fputc
CrossCore Embedded Studio 1.1 1-341
C/C++ Library Manual for SHARC Processors
C/C++ Run-Time Library
putchar
Write a character to stdout
Synopsis
#include <stdio.h>
int putchar(int ch);
Description
The putchar function writes its argument to the standard output stream,
after converting ch from an int to an unsigned char. A call to putchar is
equivalent to calling putc(ch, stdout).
If the putchar function call is successful putchar returns its argument ch.
Error Conditions
The stream’s error indicator will be set if the call is unsuccessful, and the
function will return EOF.
Example
#include <stdio.h>
void putchar_example(void)
{
/* write the character 'a' to stdout */
if (putchar('a') == EOF)
fprintf(stderr, "putchar failed\n");
}
See Also
putc
Documented Library Functions
1-342 CrossCore Embedded Studio 1.1
C/C++ Library Manual for SHARC Processors
puts
Put a string to stdout
Synopsis
#include <stdio.h>
int puts(const char *s);
Description
The puts function writes the string pointed to by s, followed by a NEWLINE
character, to the standard output stream stdout. The terminating null
character of the string is not written to the stream.
If the function call is successful then the return value is zero or greater.
Error Conditions
The macro EOF is returned if puts was unsuccessful, and the error indica-
tor for stdout will be set.
Example
#include <stdio.h>
void puts_example(void)
{
/* write the string "example" to stdout */
if (puts("example") < 0)
fprintf(stderr, "puts failed\n");
}
See Also
fputs
CrossCore Embedded Studio 1.1 1-343
C/C++ Library Manual for SHARC Processors
C/C++ Run-Time Library
qsort
Quicksort
Synopsis
#include <stdlib.h>
void qsort (void *base, size_t nelem, size_t size,
int (*compar) (const void *, const void *));
Description
The qsort function sorts an array of nelem objects, pointed to by base.
The size of each object is specified by size.
The contents of the array are sorted into ascending order according to a
comparison function pointed to by compar, which is called with two argu-
ments that point to the objects being compared. The function shall return
an integer less than, equal to, or greater than zero if the first argument is
considered to be respectively less than, equal to, or greater than the
second.
If two elements compare as equal, their order in the sorted array is unspec-
ified. The qsort function executes a binary-search operation on a
pre-sorted array, where
base points to the start of the array.
nelem is the number of elements in the array.
size is the size of each element of the array.
compar is a pointer to a function that is called by qsort to compare
two elements of the array. The function should return a value less
than, equal to, or greater than zero, according to whether the first
argument is less than, equal to, or greater than the second.
Documented Library Functions
1-344 CrossCore Embedded Studio 1.1
C/C++ Library Manual for SHARC Processors
Error Conditions
None.
Example
#include <stdlib.h>
float a[10];
int compare_float (const void *a, const void *b)
{
float aval = *(float *)a;
float bval = *(float *)b;
if (aval < bval)
return -1;
else if (aval == bval)
return 0;
else
return 1;
}
qsort (a, sizeof (a)/sizeof (a[0]), sizeof (a[0]),
compare_float);
See Also
bsearch
CrossCore Embedded Studio 1.1 1-345
C/C++ Library Manual for SHARC Processors
C/C++ Run-Time Library
raise
Force a signal
Synopsis
#include <signal.h>
int raise (int sig);
Description
The raise function invokes the function registered for signal sig by func-
tion signal, if any. The sig argument must be one of the signals listed in
signal.
The raise function provides the functionality described in the
ISO/IEC 9899:1999 Standard, and has no impact on the proces-
sor’s interrupt mechanisms. For information on handling
interrupts, refer to the System Run-Time Documentation in the
online help.
Error Conditions
The raise function returns a zero if successful or a non-zero value if sig is
an unrecognized signal value.
Example
#include <signal.h>
raise(SIGABRT); /* equivalent to calling abort() */
See Also
signal
Documented Library Functions
1-346 CrossCore Embedded Studio 1.1
C/C++ Library Manual for SHARC Processors
rand
Random number generator
Synopsis
#include <stdlib.h>
int rand (void);
Description
The rand function returns a pseudo-random integer value in the range
[0, 231 – 1].
For this function, the measure of randomness is its periodicity, the num-
ber of values it is likely to generate before repeating a pattern. The output
of the pseudo-random number generator has a period in the order
of 231 – 1.
Error Conditions
None.
Example
#include <stdlib.h>
int i;
i = rand ();
See Also
srand
CrossCore Embedded Studio 1.1 1-347
C/C++ Library Manual for SHARC Processors
C/C++ Run-Time Library
read_extmem
Read external memory
Synopsis
#include <21261.h>
#include <21262.h>
#include <21266.h>
#include <21362.h>
#include <21363.h>
#include <21364.h>
#include <21365.h>
#include <21366.h>
void read_extmem(void *internal_address,
void *external_address,
size_t n);
Description
On ADSP-2126x and some ADSP-2136x processors, it is not possible for
the core to access external memory directly. The read_extmem function
copies data from external to internal memory.
The read_extmem function will transfer n 32-bit words from exter-
nal_address to internal_address.
Error Conditions
None.
Documented Library Functions
1-348 CrossCore Embedded Studio 1.1
C/C++ Library Manual for SHARC Processors
Example
#include <21262.h>
int intmem1[100];
int intmem2[100];
/* Place extmem1 in external memory, in the used-defined */
/* section "seg_extmem" */
#pragma section("seg_extmem", DMA_ONLY)
int extmem1[100];
/* Place extmem2 in external memory, in the used-defined */
/* section "seg_extmem" */
#pragma section("seg_extmem", DMA_ONLY)
int extmem2[100];
main() {
/* Transfer 100 words from external memory to internal memory */
read_extmem(intmem1, extmem1, 100);
/* Transfer 100 words from external memory to internal memory */
write_extmem(intmem2, extmem2, 100);
}
This example requires a customized .ldf file containing a section,
seg_extmem, that resides in external memory.
See Also
write_extmem
CrossCore Embedded Studio 1.1 1-349
C/C++ Library Manual for SHARC Processors
C/C++ Run-Time Library
realloc
Change memory allocation
Synopsis
#include <stdlib.h>
void *realloc (void *ptr, size_t size);
Description
The realloc function changes the memory allocation of the object pointed
to by ptr to size. Initial values for the new object are taken from those in
the object pointed to by ptr:
If the size of the new object is greater than the size of the object
pointed to by ptr, then the values in the newly allocated section are
undefined.
•If ptr is a non-null pointer that was not allocated with one of the
heap functions, the behavior is undefined.
•If ptr is a null pointer, realloc imitates malloc. If size is zero and
ptr is not a null pointer, realloc imitates free.
•If ptr is not a null pointer, then the object is re-allocated from the
heap that the object was originally allocated from.
•If ptr is a null pointer, then the object is allocated from the current
heap, which is the default heap unless heap_switch has been called
to change the current heap to an alternate heap.
Error Conditions
If memory cannot be allocated, ptr remains unchanged and realloc
returns a null pointer.
Documented Library Functions
1-350 CrossCore Embedded Studio 1.1
C/C++ Library Manual for SHARC Processors
Example
#include <stdlib.h>
int *ptr;
ptr = (int *)malloc (10); /* allocate array of 10 words */
ptr = (int *)realloc (ptr, 20); /* change size to 20 words */
See Also
calloc, free, heap_calloc, heap_free, heap_malloc, heap_realloc, malloc
CrossCore Embedded Studio 1.1 1-351
C/C++ Library Manual for SHARC Processors
C/C++ Run-Time Library
remove
Remove file
Synopsis
#include <stdio.h>
int remove(const char *filename);
Description
The remove function removes the file whose name is filename. After the
function call, filename will no longer be accessible.
The remove function is delegated to the current default device driver.
The remove function returns zero on successful completion.
Error Conditions
If the remove function is unsuccessful, a non-zero value is returned.
Example
#include <stdio.h>
void remove_example(char *filename)
{
if (remove(filename))
printf("Remove of %s failed\n", filename);
else
printf("File %s removed\n", filename);
}
See Also
rename
Documented Library Functions
1-352 CrossCore Embedded Studio 1.1
C/C++ Library Manual for SHARC Processors
rename
Rename a file
Synopsis
#include <stdio.h>
int rename(const char *oldname, const char *newname);
Description
The rename function will establish a new name, using the string newname,
for a file currently known by the string oldname. After a successful rename,
the file will no longer be accessible by oldname.
The rename function is delegated to the current default device driver.
If rename is successful, a value of zero is returned.
Error Conditions
If rename fails, the file named oldname is unaffected and a non-zero value
is returned.
Example
#include <stdio.h>
void rename_file(char *new, char *old)
{
if (rename(old, new))
printf("rename failed for %s\n", old);
else
printf("%s now named %s\n", old, new);
}
CrossCore Embedded Studio 1.1 1-353
C/C++ Library Manual for SHARC Processors
C/C++ Run-Time Library
See Also
remove
Documented Library Functions
1-354 CrossCore Embedded Studio 1.1
C/C++ Library Manual for SHARC Processors
rewind
Reset file position indicator in a stream
Synopsis
#include <stdio.h>
void rewind(FILE *stream);
Description
The rewind function sets the file position indicator for stream to the
beginning of the file. This is equivalent to using the fseek routine in the
following manner:
fseek(stream, 0, SEEK_SET);
with the exception that rewind will also clear the error indicator.
Error Conditions
None.
Example
#include <stdio.h>
char buffer[20];
void rewind_example(FILE *fp)
{
/* write "a string" to a file */
fputs("a string", fp);
/* rewind the file to the beginning */
rewind(fp);
/* read back from the file - buffer will be "a string" */
fgets(buffer, sizeof(buffer), fp);
}
CrossCore Embedded Studio 1.1 1-355
C/C++ Library Manual for SHARC Processors
C/C++ Run-Time Library
See Also
fseek
Documented Library Functions
1-356 CrossCore Embedded Studio 1.1
C/C++ Library Manual for SHARC Processors
roundfx
Round a fixed-point value to a specified precision
Synopsis
#include <stdfix.h>
short fract roundhr(short fract f, int n);
fract roundr(fract f, int n);
long fract roundlr(long fract f, int n);
unsigned short fract rounduhr(unsigned short fract f, int n);
unsigned fract roundur(unsigned fract f, int n);
unsigned long fract roundulr(unsigned long fract f, int n);
Description
The roundfx family of functions round a fixed-point value to the number
of fractional bits specified by the second argument. The rounding is
round-to-nearest. If the rounded result is out of range of the result type,
the result is saturated to the maximum or minimum fixed-point value. In
addition to the individually-named functions for each fixed-point type, a
type-generic macro roundfx is defined for use in C99 mode. This may be
used with any of the fixed-point types and returns a result of the same type
as its operand.
Error Conditions
None.
Example
#include <stdfix.h>
long fract f;
f = roundulr(0x12345678p-32ulr, 16); /* f == 0x12340000ulr */
f = roundfx(0x12345678p-32ulr, 16); /* f == 0x12340000ulr */
CrossCore Embedded Studio 1.1 1-357
C/C++ Library Manual for SHARC Processors
C/C++ Run-Time Library
See Also
No related functions.
Documented Library Functions
1-358 CrossCore Embedded Studio 1.1
C/C++ Library Manual for SHARC Processors
scanf
Convert formatted input from stdin
Synopsis
#include <stdio.h>
int scanf(const char *format, /* args */...);
Description
The scanf function reads from the standard input stream stdin, interprets
the inputs according to format and stores the results of the conversions in
its arguments. The string pointed to by format contains the control for-
mat for the input with the arguments that follow being pointers to the
locations where the converted results are to be written to.
The scanf function is equivalent to calling fscanf with stdin as its first
argument. For details on the control format string refer to fscanf.
The scanf function returns number of successful conversions performed.
Error Conditions
The scanf function will return EOF if it encounters an error before any con-
versions are performed.
Example
#include <stdio.h>
void scanf_example(void)
{
short int day, month, year;
char string[20];
/* Scan a string from standard input */
CrossCore Embedded Studio 1.1 1-359
C/C++ Library Manual for SHARC Processors
C/C++ Run-Time Library
scanf ("%s", string);
/* Scan a date with any separator, eg, 1-1-2006 or 1/1/2006 */
scanf ("%hd%*c%hd%*c%hd", &day, &month, &year);
}
See Also
fscanf
Documented Library Functions
1-360 CrossCore Embedded Studio 1.1
C/C++ Library Manual for SHARC Processors
setbuf
Specify full buffering for a stream
Synopsis
#include <stdio.h>
void setbuf(FILE *stream, char* buf);
Description
The setbuf function results in the array pointed to by buf being used to
buffer the stream pointed to by stream instead of an automatically allo-
cated buffer. The setbuf function may be used only after the stream
pointed to by stream is opened but before it is read or written to. Note
that the buffer provided must be of size BUFSIZ as defined in the stdio.h
header.
When the buffer contains data for a text stream (either input data
or output data), the information is held in the form of 8-bit charac-
ters that are packed into 32-bit memory locations. Due to internal
mechanisms used to unpack and pack this data, the I/O buffer
must not reside at a memory location greater than the address
0x3fffffff.
If buf is the NULL pointer, the input/output will be completely unbuffered.
Error Conditions
None.
CrossCore Embedded Studio 1.1 1-361
C/C++ Library Manual for SHARC Processors
C/C++ Run-Time Library
Example
#include <stdio.h>
#include <stdlib.h>
void* allocate_buffer_from_heap(FILE* fp)
{
/* Allocate a buffer from the heap for the file pointer */
void* buf = malloc(BUFSIZ);
if (buf != NULL)
setbuf(fp, buf);
return buf;
}
See Also
setvbuf
Documented Library Functions
1-362 CrossCore Embedded Studio 1.1
C/C++ Library Manual for SHARC Processors
setjmp
Define a run-time label
Synopsis
#include <setjmp.h>
int setjmp (jmp_buf env);
Description
The setjmp function saves the calling environment in the jmp_buf argu-
ment. The effect of the call is to declare a run-time label that can be
jumped to via a subsequent call to longjmp.
When setjmp is called, it immediately returns with a result of zero to indi-
cate that the environment has been saved in the jmp_buf argument. If, at
some later point, longjmp is called with the same jmp_buf argument, long-
jmp restores the environment from the argument. The execution is then
resumed at the statement immediately following the corresponding call to
setjmp. The effect is as if the call to setjmp has returned for a second time
but this time the function returns a non-zero result.
The effect of calling longjmp is undefined if the function that called
setjmp has returned in the interim.
The use of setjmp and longjmp (or similar functions which do not
follow conventional C/C++ flow control) may produce unexpected
results when the application is compiled with optimizations
enabled under certain circumstances. Functions that call setjmp or
longjmp are optimized by the compiler with the assumption that all
variables referenced may be modified by any functions that are
called. This assumption ensures that it is safe to use setjmp and
longjmp with optimizations enabled, though it does mean that it is
dangerous to conceal from the optimizer that a call to setjmp or
longjmp is being made, for example by calling through a function
pointer.
CrossCore Embedded Studio 1.1 1-363
C/C++ Library Manual for SHARC Processors
C/C++ Run-Time Library
Error Conditions
None.
Example
See longjmp for an example.
See Also
longjmp
Documented Library Functions
1-364 CrossCore Embedded Studio 1.1
C/C++ Library Manual for SHARC Processors
setlocale
Set the current locale
Synopsis
#include <locale.h>
char *setlocale (int category, const char *locale);
Description
The setlocale function uses the parameters category and locale to select a
current locale. The possible values for the category argument are those
macros defined in locale.h beginning with “LC_”. The only locale argu-
ment supported at this time is the “C” locale. If a null pointer is used for
the locale argument, setlocale returns a pointer to a string which is the
current locale for the given category argument. A subsequent call to
setlocale with the same category argument and the string supplied by
the previous setlocale call returns the locale to its original status. The
string pointed to may not be altered by the program but may be overwrit-
ten by subsequent setlocale calls.
Error Conditions
None.
Example
#include <locale.h>
setlocale (LC_ALL, "C");
/* sets the locale to the "C" locale */
See Also
localeconv
CrossCore Embedded Studio 1.1 1-365
C/C++ Library Manual for SHARC Processors
C/C++ Run-Time Library
setvbuf
Specify buffering for a stream
Synopsis
#include <stdio.h>
int setvbuf(FILE *stream, char *buf, int type, size_t size);
Description
The setvbuf function may be used after a stream has been opened but
before it is read or written to. The kind of buffering that is to be used is
specified by the type argument. The valid values for type are detailed in
the following table.
If buf is not the NULL pointer, the array it points to will be used for buffer-
ing, instead of an automatically allocated buffer. Note that if buf is
non-NULL then you must ensure that the associated storage continues to be
available until you close the stream identified by stream. The size argu-
ment specifies the size of the buffer required. If input/output is
unbuffered, the buf and size arguments are ignored.
When the buffer contains data for a text stream (either input data
or output data), the information is held in the form of 8-bit charac-
ters that are packed into 32-bit memory locations. Due to internal
Type Effect
_IOFBF Use full buffering for output. Only output to the host system when
the buffer is full, or when the stream is flushed or closed, or when a
file positioning operation intervenes.
_IOLBF Use line buffering. The buffer will be flushed whenever a NEWLINE is
written, as well as when the buffer is full, or when input is
requested.
_IONBF Do not use any buffering at all.
Documented Library Functions
1-366 CrossCore Embedded Studio 1.1
C/C++ Library Manual for SHARC Processors
mechanisms used to unpack and pack this data, the I/O buffer
must not reside at a memory location greater than the address
0x3fffffff.
If buf is the NULL pointer, buffering is enabled and a buffer of size size
will be automatically generated.
The setvbuf function returns zero when successful.
Error Conditions
The setvbuf function will return a non-zero value if either an invalid value
is given for type, or if the stream has already been used to read or write
data, or if an I/O buffer could not be allocated.
Example
#include <stdio.h>
void line_buffer_stderr(void)
{
/* stderr is not buffered - set to use line buffering */
setvbuf (stderr,NULL,_IOLBF,BUFSIZ);
}
See Also
setbuf
CrossCore Embedded Studio 1.1 1-367
C/C++ Library Manual for SHARC Processors
C/C++ Run-Time Library
signal
Define signal handling
Synopsis
#include <signal.h>
void (*signal (int sig, void (*func)(int))) (int);
Description
The signal function determines how to handle a signal that is triggered by
the raise or abort functions. The specified function func can be associated
with one of the sig values listed in Table 1-41.
The function is not thread-safe.
Despite the interpretations of the sig values listed in Table 1-41,
the signal function has no effect on the processor’s interrupt mech-
anism. Any function registered via the signal function will only be
invoked if done so explicitly, via the function abort or the function
raise. For information on handling processor interrupts, see the
System Run-Time Documentation in the online help.
Table 1-41. Valid Values for Parameter sig
Sig Value Meaning, according to ISO/IEC 9899:1999 Standard
SIGTERM Request for program termination.
SIGABRT Program is terminating abnormally.
SIGFPE Arithmetic operation was erroneous, e.g. division by zero.
SIGILL Illegal instruction, or equivalent.
SIGINT Request for interactive attention.
SIGSEGV Access to invalid memory.
Documented Library Functions
1-368 CrossCore Embedded Studio 1.1
C/C++ Library Manual for SHARC Processors
The func parameter may be one of the values listed in Table 1-42, instead
of a pointer to a function.
Return Value
The signal function returns the value of the previously installed signal or
signal handler action.
Error Conditions
The signal function returns SIG_ERR and sets errno to SIG_ERR if it does
not recognize the requested signal.
Example
#include <signal.h>
signal (SIGABRT, abort_handler); /* enable abort signal */
signal (SIGABRT, SIG_IGN); /* disable abort signal */
See Also
abort, raise
Table 1-42. Additional Valid Values for Parameter func
func Value Meaning
SIG_DFL Default behavior: do nothing if the signal is triggered by raise or abort.
SIG_ERR An error occurred.
SIG_IGN Ignore the signal if triggered by raise or abort.
CrossCore Embedded Studio 1.1 1-369
C/C++ Library Manual for SHARC Processors
C/C++ Run-Time Library
sin
Sine
Synopsis
#include <math.h>
float sinf (float x);
double sin (double x);
long double sind (long double x);
Description
The sin functions return the sine of x. The input is interpreted as radians;
the output is in the range [-1, 1].
Error Conditions
The input argument x for sinf must be in the domain [-1.647e6,
1.647e6] and the input argument for sind must be in the domain
[-8.433e8, 8.433e8]. The functions return zero if x is outside their
domain.
Example
#include <math.h>
double y;
float x;
y = sin (3.14159); /* y = 0.0 */
x = sinf (3.14159); /* x = 0.0 */
See Also
asin, cos
Documented Library Functions
1-370 CrossCore Embedded Studio 1.1
C/C++ Library Manual for SHARC Processors
sinh
Hyperbolic sine
Synopsis
#include <math.h>
float sinhf (float x);
double sinh (double x);
long double sinhd (long double x);
Description
The hyperbolic sine functions return the hyperbolic sine of x.
Error Conditions
The input argument x must be in the domain [-89.39, 89.39] for sinhf,
and in the domain [-710.44, 710.44] for sinhd. If the input value is
greater than the function’s domain, then HUGE_VAL is returned, and if the
input value is less than the domain, then -HUGE_VAL is returned.
Example
#include <math.h>
float x;
double y;
x = sinhf ( 1.0); /* x = 1.1752 */
y = sinh (-1.0); /* y = -1.1752 */
See Also
cosh
CrossCore Embedded Studio 1.1 1-371
C/C++ Library Manual for SHARC Processors
C/C++ Run-Time Library
snprintf
Format data into an n-character array
Synopsis
#include <stdio.h>
int snprintf (char *str, size_t n, const char *format, ...);
Description
The snprintf function is a function that is defined in the C99 Standard
(ISO/IEC 9899).
It is similar to the sprintf function in that snprintf formats data accord-
ing to the argument format, and then writes the output to the array str.
The argument format contains a set of conversion specifiers, directives,
and ordinary characters that are used to control how the data is formatted.
Refer to fprintf (on page 1-217) for a description of the valid format
specifiers.
The function differs from sprintf in that no more than n-1 characters are
written to the output array. Any data written beyond the n-1'th character
is discarded. A terminating NUL character is written after the end of the last
character written to the output array unless n is set to zero, in which case
nothing will be written to the output array and the output array may be
represented by the NULL pointer.
The snprintf function returns the number of characters that would have
been written to the output array str if n was sufficiently large. The return
value does not include the terminating null character written to the array.
The output array will contain all of the formatted text if the return value is
not negative and is also less than n.
Documented Library Functions
1-372 CrossCore Embedded Studio 1.1
C/C++ Library Manual for SHARC Processors
Error Conditions
The snprintf function returns a negative value if a formatting error
occurred.
Example
#include <stdio.h>
#include <stdlib.h>
extern char *make_filename(char *name, int id)
{
char *filename_template = "%s%d.dat";
char *filename = NULL;
int len = 0;
int r; /* return value from snprintf */
do {
r = snprintf(filename,len,filename_template,name,id);
if (r < 0) /* formatting error? */
abort();
if (r < len) /* was complete string written? */
return filename; /* return with success */
filename = realloc(filename,(len=r+1));
} while (filename != NULL);
abort();
}
See Also
fprintf, sprintf, vsnprintf
CrossCore Embedded Studio 1.1 1-373
C/C++ Library Manual for SHARC Processors
C/C++ Run-Time Library
space_unused
Space unused in heap
Synopsis
#include <stdlib.h>
int space_unused(void);
Description
The space_unused function returns the size of the total amount of free
space for the default heap. Note that calling malloc(space_unused())
does not allocate space because each allocated block uses more memory
internally than the requested space, and also the free space in the heap
may be fragmented, and thus not be available in one contiguous block.
Error Conditions
If there are no heaps, calling this function will return -1.
Example
#include <stdlib.h>
int free_space;
/* Get amount of free space in the heap */
free_space = space_unused();
See Also
calloc, free,heap_calloc, heap_free, heap_init, heap_install, heap_lookup,
heap_malloc, heap_space_unused, malloc, realloc
Documented Library Functions
1-374 CrossCore Embedded Studio 1.1
C/C++ Library Manual for SHARC Processors
sprintf
Format data into a character array
Synopsis
#include <stdio.h>
int sprintf (char *str, const char *format, /* args */...);
Description
The sprintf function formats data according to the argument format, and
then writes the output to the array str. The argument format contains a
set of conversion specifiers, directives, and ordinary characters that are
used to control how the data is formatted. Refer to fprintf
(on page 1-217) for a description of the valid format specifiers.
In all respects other than writing to an array rather than a stream the
behavior of sprintf is similar to that of fprintf.
If the sprintf function is successful it will return the number of characters
written in the array, not counting the terminating NULL character.
Error Conditions
The sprintf function returns a negative value if a formatting error
occurred.
Example
#include <stdio.h>
#include <stdlib.h>
char filename[128];
CrossCore Embedded Studio 1.1 1-375
C/C++ Library Manual for SHARC Processors
C/C++ Run-Time Library
extern char *assign_filename(char *name)
{
char *filename_template = "%s.dat";
int r; /* return value from sprintf */
if ((strlen(name)+5) > sizeof(filename))
abort();
r = sprintf(filename, filename_template, name);
if (r < 0) /* sprintf failed */
abort();
return filename; /* return with success */
}
See Also
fprintf, snprintf
Documented Library Functions
1-376 CrossCore Embedded Studio 1.1
C/C++ Library Manual for SHARC Processors
sqrt
Square root
Synopsis
#include <math.h>
float sqrtf (float x);
double sqrt (double x);
long double sqrtd (long double x);
Description
The square root functions return the positive square root of x.
Error Conditions
The square root functions return zero for negative input values and set
errno to EDOM to indicate a domain error.
Example
#include <math.h>
double y;
float x;
y = sqrt (2.0); /* y = 1.414..... */
x = sqrtf (2.0); /* x = 1.414..... */
See Also
rsqrt
CrossCore Embedded Studio 1.1 1-377
C/C++ Library Manual for SHARC Processors
C/C++ Run-Time Library
srand
Random number seed
Synopsis
#include <stdlib.h>
void srand (unsigned int seed);
Description
The srand function is used to set the seed value for the rand function.
A particular seed value always produces the same sequence of
pseudo-random numbers.
Error Conditions
None.
Example
#include <stdlib.h>
srand (22);
See Also
rand
Documented Library Functions
1-378 CrossCore Embedded Studio 1.1
C/C++ Library Manual for SHARC Processors
sscanf
Convert formatted input in a string
Synopsis
#include <stdio.h>
int sscanf(const char *s, const char *format, /* args */...);
Description
The sscanf function reads from the string s. The function is equivalent to
fscanf with the exception of the string being read from a string rather
than a stream. The behavior of sscanf when reaching the end of the string
equates to fscanf reaching the EOF in a stream. For details on the control
format string, refer to fscanf.
The sscanf function returns the number of items successfully read.
Error Conditions
If the sscanf function is unsuccessful, EOF is returned.
Example
#include <stdio.h>
void sscanf_example(const char *input)
{
short int day, month, year;
char string[20];
/* Scan for a string from "input" */
sscanf (input, "%s", string);
/* Scan a date with any separator, eg, 1-1-2006 or 1/1/2006 */
sscanf (input, "%hd%*c%hd%*c%hd", &day, &month, &year);
}
CrossCore Embedded Studio 1.1 1-379
C/C++ Library Manual for SHARC Processors
C/C++ Run-Time Library
See Also
fscanf
Documented Library Functions
1-380 CrossCore Embedded Studio 1.1
C/C++ Library Manual for SHARC Processors
strcat
Concatenate strings
Synopsis
#include <string.h>
char *strcat (char *s1, const char *s2);
Description
The strcat function appends a copy of the null-terminated string pointed
to by s2 to the end of the null-terminated string pointed to by s1. It
returns a pointer to the new s1 string, which is null-terminated. The
behavior of strcat is undefined if the two strings overlap.
Error Conditions
None.
Example
#include <string.h>
char string1[50];
string1[0] = 'A';
string1[1] = 'B';
string1[2] = '\0';
strcat (string1, "CD"); /* new string is "ABCD" */
See Also
strncat
CrossCore Embedded Studio 1.1 1-381
C/C++ Library Manual for SHARC Processors
C/C++ Run-Time Library
strchr
Find first occurrence of character in string
Synopsis
#include <string.h>
char *strchr (const char *s1, int c);
Description
The strchr function returns a pointer to the first location in s1, a null-ter-
minated string, that contains the character c.
Error Conditions
The strchr function returns a null pointer if c is not part of the string.
Example
#include <string.h>
char *ptr1, *ptr2;
ptr1 = "TESTING";
ptr2 = strchr (ptr1, 'E');
/* ptr2 points to the E in TESTING */
See Also
memchr, strrchr
Documented Library Functions
1-382 CrossCore Embedded Studio 1.1
C/C++ Library Manual for SHARC Processors
strcmp
Compare strings
Synopsis
#include <string.h>
int strcmp (const char *s1, const char *s2);
Description
The strcmp function lexicographically compares the null-terminated
strings pointed to by s1 and s2. It returns a positive value if the s1 string
is greater than the s2 string, a negative value if the s2 string is greater than
the s1 string, and a zero if the strings are the same.
Error Conditions
None.
Example
#include <string.h>
char string1[50], string2[50];
if (strcmp (string1, string2))
printf ("%s is different than %s \n", string1, string2);
See Also
memchr, strcmp
CrossCore Embedded Studio 1.1 1-383
C/C++ Library Manual for SHARC Processors
C/C++ Run-Time Library
strcoll
Compare strings
Synopsis
#include <string.h>
int strcoll (const char *s1, const char *s2);
Description
The strcoll function compares the string pointed to by s1 with the string
pointed to by s2. The comparison is based on the locale macro, LC_COL-
LATE. Because only the C locale is defined in the ADSP-21xxx run-time
environment, the strcoll function is identical to the strcmp function.
The function returns a positive value if the s1 string is greater than the s2
string, a negative value if the s2 string is greater than the s1 string, and a
zero if the strings are the same.
Error Conditions
None.
Example
#include <string.h>
char string1[50], string2[50];
if (strcoll (string1, string2))
printf ("%s is different than %s \n", string1, string2);
See Also
strcmp, strncmp
Documented Library Functions
1-384 CrossCore Embedded Studio 1.1
C/C++ Library Manual for SHARC Processors
strcpy
Copy from one string to another
Synopsis
#include <string.h>
char *strcpy (char *s1, const char *s2);
Description
The strcpy function copies the null-terminated string pointed to by s2
into the space pointed to by s1. Memory allocated for s1 must be large
enough to hold s2, plus one space for the null character ('\0'). The behav-
ior of strcpy is undefined if the two objects overlap or if s1 is not large
enough. The strcpy function returns the new s1.
Error Conditions
None.
Example
#include <string.h>
char string1[50];
strcpy (string1, "SOMEFUN");
/* SOMEFUN is copied into string1 */
See Also
memcpy, memmove, strncpy
CrossCore Embedded Studio 1.1 1-385
C/C++ Library Manual for SHARC Processors
C/C++ Run-Time Library
strcspn
Length of character segment in one string but not the other
Synopsis
#include <string.h>
size_t strcspn (const char *s1, const char *s2);
Description
The strcspn function returns the array index of the first character in s1
which is not in the set of characters pointed to by s2. The order of the
characters in s2 is not significant.
Error Conditions
None.
Example
#include <string.h>
char *ptr1, *ptr2;
size_t len;
ptr1 = "Tried and Tested";
ptr2 = "aeiou";
len = strcspn (ptr1, ptr2); /* len = 2 */
See Also
strlen, strspn
Documented Library Functions
1-386 CrossCore Embedded Studio 1.1
C/C++ Library Manual for SHARC Processors
strerror
Get string containing error message
Synopsis
#include <string.h>
char *strerror (int errnum);
Description
The strerror function is called to return a pointer to an error message that
corresponds to the argument errnum. The global variable errno is com-
monly used as the value of errnum, and as errno is generally not supported
by the library, strerror will always return a pointer to the string “There
are no error strings defined!”.
Error Conditions
None.
Example
#include <string.h>
char *ptr1;
ptr1 = strerror (1);
See Also
No related functions.
CrossCore Embedded Studio 1.1 1-387
C/C++ Library Manual for SHARC Processors
C/C++ Run-Time Library
strftime
Format a broken-down time
Synopsis
#include <time.h>
size_t strftime(char *buf,
size_t buf_size,
const char *format,
const struct tm *tm_ptr);
Description
The strftime function formats the broken-down time tm_ptr into the char
array pointed to by buf, under the control of the format string
format. At most, buf_size characters (including the null terminating
character) are written to buf.
In a similar way as for printf, the format string consists of ordinary char-
acters, which are copied unchanged to the char array buf, and zero or
more conversion specifiers. A conversion specifier starts with the character
% and is followed by a character that indicates the form of transformation
required – the supported transformations are given below in Table 1-43.
Note that the strftime function only supports the “C” locale, and this is
reflected in the table.
Table 1-43. Conversion Specifiers Supported by strftime
Conversion Specifier Transformation ISO/IEC 9899
%a abbreviated weekday name yes
%A full weekday name yes
%b abbreviated month name yes
%B full month name yes
Documented Library Functions
1-388 CrossCore Embedded Studio 1.1
C/C++ Library Manual for SHARC Processors
%c date and time presentation in the form
of DDD MMM dd hh:mm:ss yyyy
yes
%C century of the year POSIX.2-1992 + ISO C99
%d day of the month (01 - 31)yes
%D date represented as mm/dd/yy POSIX.2-1992 + ISO C99
%e day of the month, padded with a space
character (cf %d)
POSIX.2-1992 + ISO C99
%F date represented as yyyy-mm-dd POSIX.2-1992 + ISO C99
%h abbreviated name of the month (same as
%b)
POSIX.2-1992 + ISO C99
%H hour of the day as a 24-hour clock
(00-23)
yes
%I hour of the day as a 12-hour clock
(00-12)
yes
%j day of the year (001-366)yes
%k hour of the day as a 24-hour clock pad-
ded with a space ( 0-23)
no
%l hour of the day as a 12-hour clock pad-
ded with a space (0-12)
no
%m month of the year (01-12)yes
%M minute of the hour (00-59)yes
%n newline character POSIX.2-1992 + ISO C99
%p AM or PM yes
%P am or pm no
%r time presented as either hh:mm:ss AM or
as hh:mm:ss PM
POSIX.2-1992 + ISO C99
%R time presented as hh:mm POSIX.2-1992 + ISO C99
%S second of the minute (00-61)yes
%t tab character POSIX.2-1992 + ISO C99
Table 1-43. Conversion Specifiers Supported by strftime (Cont’d)
Conversion Specifier Transformation ISO/IEC 9899
CrossCore Embedded Studio 1.1 1-389
C/C++ Library Manual for SHARC Processors
C/C++ Run-Time Library
The current implementation of time.h does not support time zones
and, therefore, the %Z specifier does not generate any characters.
The strftime function returns the number of characters (not including the
terminating null character) that have been written to buf.
Error Conditions
The strftime function returns zero if more than buf_size characters are
required to process the format string. In this case, the contents of the array
buf will be indeterminate.
%T time formatted as %H:%M:%S POSIX.2-1992 + ISO C99
%U week number of the year (week starts on
Sunday) (00-53)
yes
%w weekday as a decimal (0-6) (0 if Sunday) yes
%W week number of the year (week starts on
Sunday) (00-53)
yes
%x date represented as mm/dd/yy (same as
%D)
yes
%X time represented as hh:mm:ss yes
%y year without the century (00-99)yes
%Y year with the century (nnnn)yes
%Z the time zone name, or nothing if the
name cannot be determined
yes
%% % character yes
Table 1-43. Conversion Specifiers Supported by strftime (Contd)
Conversion Specifier Transformation ISO/IEC 9899
Documented Library Functions
1-390 CrossCore Embedded Studio 1.1
C/C++ Library Manual for SHARC Processors
Example
#include <time.h>
#include <stdio.h>
extern void
print_time(time_t tod)
{
char tod_string[100];
strftime(tod_string,
100,
"It is %M min and %S secs after %l o'clock (%p)",
gmtime(&tod));
puts(tod_string);
}
See Also
ctime, gmtime, localtime, mktime
CrossCore Embedded Studio 1.1 1-391
C/C++ Library Manual for SHARC Processors
C/C++ Run-Time Library
strlen
String length
Synopsis
#include <string.h>
size_t strlen (const char *s1);
Description
The strlen function returns the length of the null-terminated string
pointed to by s1 (not including the terminating null character).
Error Conditions
None.
Example
#include <string.h>
size_t len;
len = strlen ("SOMEFUN"); /* len = 7 */
See Also
strcspn, strspn
Documented Library Functions
1-392 CrossCore Embedded Studio 1.1
C/C++ Library Manual for SHARC Processors
strncat
Concatenate characters from one string to another
Synopsis
#include <string.h>
char *strncat (char *s1, const char *s2, size_t n);
Description
The strncat function appends a copy of up to n characters in the null-ter-
minated string pointed to by s2 to the end of the null-terminated string
pointed to by s1. It returns a pointer to the new s1 string.
The behavior of strncat is undefined if the two strings overlap. The new
s1 string is terminated with a null character ('\0').
Error Conditions
None.
Example
#include <string.h>
char string1[50], *ptr;
string1[0] = '\0';
strncat (string1, "MOREFUN", 4);
/* string1 equals "MORE" */
See Also
strncat
CrossCore Embedded Studio 1.1 1-393
C/C++ Library Manual for SHARC Processors
C/C++ Run-Time Library
strncmp
Compare characters in strings
Synopsis
#include <string.h>
int strncmp (const char *s1, const char *s2, size_t n);
Description
The strncmp function lexicographically performs the comparison on the
first n characters of the null-terminated strings pointed to by s1 and s2. It
returns a positive value if the s1 string is greater than the s2 string, a neg-
ative value if the s2 string is greater than the s1 string, and a zero if the
strings are the same.
Error Conditions
None.
Example
#include <string.h>
char *ptr1;
ptr1 = "TEST1";
if (strncmp (ptr1, "TEST", 4) == 0)
printf ("%s starts with TEST\n", ptr1);
See Also
memcmp, strcmp
Documented Library Functions
1-394 CrossCore Embedded Studio 1.1
C/C++ Library Manual for SHARC Processors
strncpy
Copy characters from one string to another
Synopsis
#include <string.h>
char *strncpy (char *s1, const char *s2, size_t n);
Description
The strncpy function copies up to n characters of the null-terminated
string, starting with element 0, pointed to by s2 into the space pointed to
by s1. If the last character copied from s2 is not a null, the result does not
end with a null. The behavior of strncpy is undefined if the two objects
overlap. The strncpy function returns the new s1.
If the s2 string contains fewer than n characters, the s1 string is padded
with the null character until all n characters have been written.
Error Conditions
None.
Example
#include <string.h>
char string1[50];
strncpy (string1, "MOREFUN", 4);
/* MORE is copied into string1 */
string1[4] = '\0'; /* must null-terminate string1 */
See Also
memcpy, memmove, strcpy
CrossCore Embedded Studio 1.1 1-395
C/C++ Library Manual for SHARC Processors
C/C++ Run-Time Library
strpbrk
Find character match in two strings
Synopsis
#include <string.h>
char *strpbrk (const char *s1, const char *s2);
Description
The strpbrk function returns a pointer to the first character in s1 that is
also found in s2. The string pointed to by s2 is treated as a set of charac-
ters. The order of the characters in the string is not significant.
Error Conditions
In the event that no character in s1 matches any in s2, a null pointer is
returned.
Example
#include <string.h>
char *ptr1, *ptr2, *ptr3;
ptr1 = "TESTING";
ptr2 = "SHOP"
ptr3 = strpbrk (ptr1, ptr2);
/* ptr3 points to the S in TESTING */
See Also
strspn
Documented Library Functions
1-396 CrossCore Embedded Studio 1.1
C/C++ Library Manual for SHARC Processors
strrchr
Find last occurrence of character in string
Synopsis
#include <string.h>
char *strrchr (const char *s1, int c);
Description
The strrchr function returns a pointer to the last occurrence of character c
in the null-terminated input string s1.
Error Conditions
The strrchr function returns a null pointer if c is not found.
Example
#include <string.h>
char *ptr1, *ptr2;
ptr1 = "TESTING”;
ptr2 = strrchr (ptr1, 'T');
/* ptr2 points to the second T of TESTING */
See Also
memchr, strchr
CrossCore Embedded Studio 1.1 1-397
C/C++ Library Manual for SHARC Processors
C/C++ Run-Time Library
strspn
Length of segment of characters in both strings
Synopsis
#include <string.h>
size_t strspn (const char *s1, const char *s2);
Description
The strspn function returns the length of the initial segment of s1, which
consists entirely of characters in the string pointed to by s2. The string
pointed to by s2 is treated as a set of characters. The order of the charac-
ters in the string is not significant.
Error Conditions
None.
Example
#include <string.h>
size_t len;
char *ptr1, *ptr2;
ptr1 = "TESTING";
ptr2 = "ERST";
len = strspn (ptr1, ptr2); /* len = 4 */
See Also
strcspn, strlen
Documented Library Functions
1-398 CrossCore Embedded Studio 1.1
C/C++ Library Manual for SHARC Processors
strstr
Find string within string
Synopsis
#include <string.h>
char *strstr (const char *s1, const char *s2);
Description
The strstr function returns a pointer to the first occurrence in the string
pointed to by s1 of the characters in the string pointed to by s2. This
excludes the terminating null character in s1.
Error Conditions
If the string is not found, strstr returns a null pointer. If s2 points to a
string of zero length, s1 is returned.
Example
#include <string.h>
char *ptr1, *ptr2;
ptr1 = "TESTING";
ptr2 = strstr (ptr1, "E");
/* ptr2 points to the E in TESTING */
See Also
strchr
CrossCore Embedded Studio 1.1 1-399
C/C++ Library Manual for SHARC Processors
C/C++ Run-Time Library
strtod
Convert string to double
Synopsis
#include <stdlib.h>
double strtod(const char *nptr, char **endptr)
Description
The strtod function extracts a value from the string pointed to by nptr,
and returns the value as a double. The strtod function expects nptr to
point to a string that represents either a decimal floating-point number or
a hexadecimal floating-point number. Either form of number may be pre-
ceded by a sequence of whitespace characters (as determined by the
isspace function) that the function ignores.
A decimal floating-point number has the form:
[sign] [digits] [.digits] [{e|E} [sign] [digits]]
The sign token is optional and is either plus ( + ) or minus ( – ); and dig-
its are one or more decimal digits. The sequence of digits may contain a
decimal point ( . ).
The decimal digits can be followed by an exponent, which consists of an
introductory letter (e or E) and an optionally signed integer. If neither an
exponent part nor a decimal point appears, a decimal point is assumed to
follow the last digit in the string.
The form of a hexadecimal floating-point number is:
[sign] [{0x}|{0X}] [hexdigs] [.hexdigs] [{p|P} [sign]
[digits]]
A hexadecimal floating-point number may start with an optional plus ( + )
or minus ( – ) followed by the hexadecimal prefix 0x or 0X. This character
Documented Library Functions
1-400 CrossCore Embedded Studio 1.1
C/C++ Library Manual for SHARC Processors
sequence must be followed by one or more hexadecimal characters that
optionally contain a decimal point ( . ).
The hexadecimal digits are followed by a binary exponent that consists of
the letter p or P, an optional sign, and a non-empty sequence of decimal
digits. The exponent is interpreted as a power of two that is used to scale
the fraction represented by the tokens [hexdigs] [.hexdigs].
The first character that does not fit either form of number stops the scan.
If endptr is not NULL, a pointer to the character that stopped the scan is
stored at the location pointed to by endptr. If no conversion can be per-
formed, the value of nptr is stored at the location pointed to by endptr.
Error Conditions
The strtod function returns a zero if no conversion can be made and a
pointer to the invalid string is stored in the object pointed to by endptr. If
the correct value results in an overflow, a positive or negative (as appropri-
ate) HUGE_VAL is returned. If the correct value results in an underflow, zero
is returned. The ERANGE value is stored in errno in the case of either an
overflow or underflow.
Example
#include <stdlib.h>
char *rem;
double dd;
dd = strtod ("2345.5E4 abc",&rem);
/* dd = 2.3455E+7, rem = " abc" */
dd = strtod ("-0x1.800p+9,123",&rem);
/* dd = -768.0, rem = ",123" */
CrossCore Embedded Studio 1.1 1-401
C/C++ Library Manual for SHARC Processors
C/C++ Run-Time Library
See Also
atof, strtofxfx, strtol, strtoul
Documented Library Functions
1-402 CrossCore Embedded Studio 1.1
C/C++ Library Manual for SHARC Processors
strtofxfx
Convert string to fixed-point
Synopsis
#include <stdfix.h>
short fract strtofxhr(const char *nptr, char **endptr);
fract strtofxr(const char *nptr, char **endptr);
long fract strtofxlr(const char *nptr, char **endptr);
unsigned short fract strtofxuhr(const char *nptr, char **endptr);
unsigned fract strtofxur(const char *nptr, char **endptr);
unsigned long fract strtofxulr(const char *nptr, char **endptr);
Description
The strtofxfx family of functions extracts a value from the string pointed
to by nptr, and returns the value as a fixed-point. The strtofxfx functions
expect nptr to point to a string that represents either a decimal float-
ing-point number or a hexadecimal floating-point number. Either form of
number may be preceded by a sequence of whitespace characters (as deter-
mined by the isspace function) that the function ignores.
A decimal floating-point number has the form:
[sign] [digits] [.digits] [{e|E} [sign] [digits]]
The sign token is optional and is either plus ( + ) or minus ( – ); and
digits are one or more decimal digits. The sequence of digits may contain
a decimal point ( . ).
The decimal digits can be followed by an exponent, which consists of an
introductory letter (e or E) and an optionally signed integer. If neither an
exponent part nor a decimal point appears, a decimal point is assumed to
follow the last digit in the string.
CrossCore Embedded Studio 1.1 1-403
C/C++ Library Manual for SHARC Processors
C/C++ Run-Time Library
The form of a hexadecimal floating-point number is:
[sign] [{0x}|{0X}] [hexdigs] [.hexdigs] [{p|P} [sign] [digits]]
A hexadecimal floating-point number may start with an optional plus ( + )
or minus ( – ) followed by the hexadecimal prefix 0x or 0X. This character
sequence must be followed by one or more hexadecimal characters that
optionally contain a decimal point ( . ).
The hexadecimal digits are followed by a binary exponent that consists of
the letter p or P, an optional sign, and a non-empty sequence of decimal
digits. The exponent is interpreted as a power of two that is used to scale
the fraction represented by the tokens [hexdigs] [.hexdigs].
The first character that does not fit either form of number stops the scan.
If endptr is not NULL, a pointer to the character that stopped the scan is
stored at the location pointed to by endptr. If no conversion can be per-
formed, the value of nptr is stored at the location pointed to by endptr.
Error Conditions
The strtofxfx functions return a zero if no conversion can be made and a
pointer to the invalid string is stored in the object pointed to by endptr. If
the correct value results in an overflow, the maximum positive or negative
(as appropriate) fixed-point value is returned. If the correct value results in
an underflow, zero is returned. The ERANGE value is stored in errno in the
case of overflow.
Example
#include <stdfix.h>
char *rem;
unsigned long fract ulr;
ulr = strtofxulr ("0x180p-12,123",&rem);
/* ulr = 0x1800p-16ulr, rem = ",123" */
Documented Library Functions
1-404 CrossCore Embedded Studio 1.1
C/C++ Library Manual for SHARC Processors
See Also
strtod, strtol, strtoul, strtoull
CrossCore Embedded Studio 1.1 1-405
C/C++ Library Manual for SHARC Processors
C/C++ Run-Time Library
strtok
Convert string to tokens
Synopsis
#include <string.h>
char *strtok (char *s1, const char *s2);
Description
The strtok function returns successive tokens from the string s1, where
each token is delimited by characters from s2.
A call to strtok with s1 not NULL returns a pointer to the first token in
s1, where a token is a consecutive sequence of characters not in s2. s1 is
modified in place to insert a null character at the end of the token
returned. If s1 consists entirely of characters from s2, NULL is returned.
Subsequent calls to strtok with s1 equal to NULL return successive
tokens from the same string. When the string contains no further tokens,
NULL is returned. Each new call to strtok may use a new delimiter
string, even if s1 is NULL. If s1 is NULL, the remainder of the string is
converted into tokens using the new delimiter characters.
Error Conditions
The strtok function returns a null pointer if there are no tokens remaining
in the string.
Example
#include <string.h>
static char str[] = "a phrase to be tested, today";
char *t;
Documented Library Functions
1-406 CrossCore Embedded Studio 1.1
C/C++ Library Manual for SHARC Processors
t = strtok (str, " "); /* t points to "a" */
t = strtok (NULL, " "); /* t points to "phrase" */
t = strtok (NULL, ","); /* t points to "to be tested" */
t = strtok (NULL, "."); /* t points to " today" */
t = strtok (NULL, "."); /* t = NULL */
See Also
No related functions.
CrossCore Embedded Studio 1.1 1-407
C/C++ Library Manual for SHARC Processors
C/C++ Run-Time Library
strtol
Convert string to long integer
Synopsis
#include <stdlib.h>
long int strtol (const char *nptr, char **endptr, int base);
Description
The strtol function returns as a long int the value represented by the
string nptr. If endptr is not a null pointer, strtol stores a pointer to the
unconverted remainder in *endptr.
The strtol function breaks down the input into three sections:
White space (as determined by isspace)
Initial characters
Unrecognized characters including a terminating null character
The initial characters may be composed of an optional sign character, 0x
or 0X if base is 16, and those letters and digits which represent an integer
with a radix of base. The letters (a-z or A-Z) are assigned the values 10 to
35, and their use is permitted only when those values are less than the
value of base.
If base is zero, then the base is taken from the initial characters. A leading
0x indicates base 16; a leading 0 indicates base 8. For any other leading
characters, base 10 is used. If base is between 2 and 36, it is used as a base
for conversion.
Error Conditions
The strtol function returns a zero if no conversion can be made and a
pointer to the invalid string is stored in the object pointed to by endptr,
Documented Library Functions
1-408 CrossCore Embedded Studio 1.1
C/C++ Library Manual for SHARC Processors
provided that endptr is not a null pointer. If the correct value results in an
overflow, positive or negative (as appropriate) LONG_MAX is returned. If the
correct value results in an underflow, LONG_MIN is returned. ERANGE is
stored in errno in the case of either overflow or underflow.
Example
#include <stdlib.h>
#define base 10
char *rem;
long int i;
i = strtol ("2345.5", &rem, base);
/* i=2345, rem=".5" */
See Also
atoi, atol, strtofxfx, strtoll, strtoul, strtoull
CrossCore Embedded Studio 1.1 1-409
C/C++ Library Manual for SHARC Processors
C/C++ Run-Time Library
strtold
Convert string to long double
Synopsis
#include <stdlib.h>
long double strtold(const char *nptr, char **endptr)
Description
The strtold function extracts a value from the string pointed to by nptr,
and returns the value as a long double. The strtold function expects nptr
to point to a string that represents either a decimal floating-point number
or a hexadecimal floating-point number. Either form of number may be
preceded by a sequence of whitespace characters (as determined by the
isspace function) that the function ignores.
A decimal floating-point number has the form:
[sign] [digits] [.digits] [{e|E} [sign] [digits]]
The sign token is optional and is either plus ( + ) or minus ( – ); and dig-
its are one or more decimal digits. The sequence of digits may contain a
decimal point ( . ).
The decimal digits can be followed by an exponent, which consists of an
introductory letter (e or E) and an optionally signed integer. If neither an
exponent part nor a decimal point appears, a decimal point is assumed to
follow the last digit in the string.
The form of a hexadecimal floating-point number is:
[sign] [{0x}|{0X}] [hexdigs] [.hexdigs] [{p|P} [sign] [digits]]
A hexadecimal floating-point number may start with an optional plus ( + )
or minus ( – ) followed by the hexadecimal prefix 0x or 0X. This character
Documented Library Functions
1-410 CrossCore Embedded Studio 1.1
C/C++ Library Manual for SHARC Processors
sequence must be followed by one or more hexadecimal characters that
optionally contain a decimal point ( . ).
The hexadecimal digits are followed by a binary exponent that consists of
the letter p or P, an optional sign, and a non-empty sequence of decimal
digits. The exponent is interpreted as a power of two that is used to scale
the fraction represented by the tokens [hexdigs] [.hexdigs].
The first character that does not fit either form of number stops the scan.
If endptr is not NULL, a pointer to the character that stopped the scan is
stored at the location pointed to by endptr. If no conversion can be per-
formed, the value of nptr is stored at the location pointed to by endptr.
Error Conditions
The strtold function returns a zero if no conversion can be made and a
pointer to the invalid string is stored in the object pointed to by endptr. If
the correct value results in an overflow, a positive or negative (as appropri-
ate) LDBL_MAX is returned. If the correct value results in an underflow, zero
is returned. The ERANGE value is stored in errno in the case of either an
overflow or underflow.
Example
#include <stdlib.h>
char *rem;
long double dd;
dd = strtold ("2345.5E4 abc",&rem);
/* dd = 2.3455E+7, rem = " abc" */
dd = strtold ("-0x1.800p+9,123",&rem);
/* dd = -768.0, rem = ",123" */
CrossCore Embedded Studio 1.1 1-411
C/C++ Library Manual for SHARC Processors
C/C++ Run-Time Library
See Also
atoi, atol, strtod, strtofxfx, strtoul
Documented Library Functions
1-412 CrossCore Embedded Studio 1.1
C/C++ Library Manual for SHARC Processors
strtoll
Convert string to long long integer
Synopsis
#include <stdlib.h>
long long strtoll (const char *nptr, char **endptr, int base);
Description
The strtoll function returns as a long long the value represented by the
string nptr. If endptr is not a null pointer, strtoll stores a pointer to the
unconverted remainder in *endptr.
The strtoll function breaks down the input into three sections:
White space (as determined by isspace)
Initial characters
Unrecognized characters including a terminating null character
The initial characters may be composed of an optional sign character, 0x
or 0X if base is 16, and those letters and digits which represent an integer
with a radix of base. The letters (a-z or A-Z) are assigned the values 10 to
35, and their use is permitted only when those values are less than the
value of base.
If base is zero, then the base is taken from the initial characters. A leading
0x indicates base 16; a leading 0 indicates base 8. For any other leading
characters, base 10 is used. If base is between 2 and 36, it is used as a base
for conversion.
Error Conditions
The strtoll function returns a zero if no conversion can be made and a
pointer to the invalid string is stored in the object pointed to by endptr,
CrossCore Embedded Studio 1.1 1-413
C/C++ Library Manual for SHARC Processors
C/C++ Run-Time Library
provided that endptr is not a null pointer. If the correct value results in an
overflow, positive or negative (as appropriate) LLONG_MAX is returned. If
the correct value results in an underflow, LLONG_MIN is returned. ERANGE is
stored in errno in the case of either overflow or underflow.
Example
#include <stdlib.h>
#define base 10
char *rem;
long long i;
i = strtoll ("2345.5", &rem, base);
/* i=2345, rem=".5" */
See Also
atoi, atol, strtol, strtoul, strtoull
Documented Library Functions
1-414 CrossCore Embedded Studio 1.1
C/C++ Library Manual for SHARC Processors
strtoul
Convert string to unsigned long integer
Synopsis
#include <stdlib.h>
unsigned long int strtoul (const char *nptr, char **endptr,
int
base);
Description
The strtoul function returns as an unsigned long int the value repre-
sented by the string nptr. If endptr is not a null pointer, strtoul stores a
pointer to the unconverted remainder in *endptr.
The strtoul function breaks down the input into three sections:
White space (as determined by isspace)
Initial characters
Unrecognized characters including a terminating null character
The initial characters may comprise an optional sign character, 0x or 0X,
when base is 16, and those letters and digits which represent an integer
with a radix of base. The letters (a-z or A-Z) are assigned the values 10 to
35, and are permitted only when those values are less than the value of
base.
If base is zero, then the base is taken from the initial characters. A leading
0x indicates base 16; a leading 0 indicates base 8. For any other leading
characters, base 10 is used. If base is between 2 and 36, it is used as a base
for conversion.
CrossCore Embedded Studio 1.1 1-415
C/C++ Library Manual for SHARC Processors
C/C++ Run-Time Library
Error Conditions
The strtoul function returns a zero if no conversion can be made and a
pointer to the invalid string is stored in the object pointed to by endptr,
provided that endptr is not a null pointer. If the correct value results in an
overflow, ULONG_MAX is returned. ERANGE is stored in errno in the case of
overflow.
Example
#include <stdlib.h>
#define base 10
char *rem;
unsigned long int i;
i = strtoul ("2345.5", &rem, base);
/* i = 2345, rem = ".5" */
See Also
atoi, atol, strtofxfx, strtol, strtoll, strtoull
Documented Library Functions
1-416 CrossCore Embedded Studio 1.1
C/C++ Library Manual for SHARC Processors
strtoull
Convert string to unsigned long long integer
Synopsis
#include <stdlib.h>
unsigned long long strtoull (const char *nptr,
char **endptr,
int base);
Description
The strtoull function returns as an unsigned long long the value repre-
sented by the string nptr. If endptr is not a null pointer, strtoul stores a
pointer to the unconverted remainder in *endptr.
The strtoull function breaks down the input into three sections:
White space (as determined by isspace)
Initial characters
Unrecognized characters including a terminating null character
The initial characters may comprise an optional sign character, 0x or 0X,
when base is 16, and those letters and digits which represent an integer
with a radix of base. The letters (a-z or A-Z) are assigned the values 10 to
35, and are permitted only when those values are less than the value of
base.
If base is zero, then the base is taken from the initial characters. A leading
0x indicates base 16; a leading 0 indicates base 8. For any other leading
characters, base 10 is used. If base is between 2 and 36, it is used as a base
for conversion.
CrossCore Embedded Studio 1.1 1-417
C/C++ Library Manual for SHARC Processors
C/C++ Run-Time Library
Error Conditions
The strtoull function returns a zero if no conversion can be made and a
pointer to the invalid string is stored in the object pointed to by endptr,
provided that endptr is not a null pointer. If the correct value results in an
overflow, ULLONG_MAX is returned. ERANGE is stored in errno in the case of
overflow.
Example
#include <stdlib.h>
#define base 10
char *rem;
unsigned long long i;
i = strtoull ("2345.5", &rem, base);
/* i = 2345, rem = ".5" */
See Also
atoi, atol, strtofxfx, strtol, strtoll, strtoul
Documented Library Functions
1-418 CrossCore Embedded Studio 1.1
C/C++ Library Manual for SHARC Processors
strxfrm
Transform string using LC_COLLATE
Synopsis
#include <string.h>
size_t strxfrm (char *s1, const char *s2, size_t n);
Description
The strxfrm function transforms the string pointed to by s2 using the
locale specific category LC_COLLATE. (See setlocale). It places the result in
the array pointed to by s1.
The transformation is such that if s1 and s2 were transformed and
used as arguments to strcmp, the result would be identical to the
result derived from strcoll using s1 and s2 as arguments. How-
ever, since only C locale is implemented, this function does not
perform any transformations other than the number of characters.
The string stored in the array pointed to by s1 is never more than n char-
acters including the terminating NULL character. strxfrm returns 1. If
this returned value is n or greater, the result stored in the array pointed to
by s1 is indeterminate. s1 can be a NULL pointer if n is zero.
Error Conditions
None.
CrossCore Embedded Studio 1.1 1-419
C/C++ Library Manual for SHARC Processors
C/C++ Run-Time Library
Example
#include <string.h>
char string1[50];
strxfrm (string1, "SOMEFUN", 49);
/* SOMEFUN is copied into string1 */
See Also
setlocale, strcmp, strcoll
Documented Library Functions
1-420 CrossCore Embedded Studio 1.1
C/C++ Library Manual for SHARC Processors
system
Send string to operating system
Synopsis
#include <stdlib.h>
int system (const char *string);
Description
The system function normally sends a string to the operating system. In
the context of the ADSP-21xxx run-time environment, system always
returns zero.
Error Conditions
None.
Example
#include <stdlib.h>
system ("string"); /* always returns zero */
See Also
getenv
CrossCore Embedded Studio 1.1 1-421
C/C++ Library Manual for SHARC Processors
C/C++ Run-Time Library
tan
Tangent
Synopsis
#include <math.h>
float tanf (float x);
double tan (double x);
long double tand (long double x);
Description
The tangent functions return the tangent of the argument x, where x is
measured in radians.
Error Conditions
The domain of tanf is [-1.647e6, 1.647e6], and the domain for tand is
[-4.21657e8, 4.21657e8]. The functions return 0.0 if the input argument
x is outside the respective domains.
Example
#include <math.h>
double y;
float x;
y = tan (3.14159/4.0); /* y = 1.0 */
x = tanf (3.14159/4.0); /* x = 1.0 */
See Also
atan, atan2
Documented Library Functions
1-422 CrossCore Embedded Studio 1.1
C/C++ Library Manual for SHARC Processors
tanh
Hyperbolic tangent
Synopsis
#include <math.h>
float tanhf (float x);
double tanh (double x);
long double tanhd (long double x);
Description
The hyperbolic tangent functions return the hyperbolic tangent of the
argument x, where x is measured in radians.
Error Conditions
None.
Example
#include <math.h>
double x, y;
float z, w;
y = tanh (x);
z = tanhf (w);
See Also
cosh, sinh
CrossCore Embedded Studio 1.1 1-423
C/C++ Library Manual for SHARC Processors
C/C++ Run-Time Library
time
Calendar time
Synopsis
#include <time.h>
time_t time(time_t *t);
Description
The time function returns the current calendar time which measures the
number of seconds that have elapsed since the start of a known epoch. As
the calendar time cannot be determined in this implementation of time.h,
a result of (time_t) -1 is returned. The function’s result is also assigned
to its argument, if the pointer to t is not a null pointer.
Error Conditions
The time function will return the value ((time_t) -1) if the calendar
time is not available.
Example
#include <time.h>
#include <stdio.h>
if (time(NULL) == (time_t) -1)
printf("Calendar time is not available\n");
See Also
ctime, gmtime, localtime
Documented Library Functions
1-424 CrossCore Embedded Studio 1.1
C/C++ Library Manual for SHARC Processors
tolower
Convert from uppercase to lowercase
Synopsis
#include <ctype.h>
int tolower (int c);
Description
The tolower function converts the input character to lowercase if it is
uppercase; otherwise, it returns the character.
Error Conditions
None.
Example
#include <ctype.h>
int ch;
for (ch = 0; ch <= 0x7f; ch++) {
printf ("%#04x", ch);
if (isupper (ch))
printf ("tolower=%#04x", tolower (ch));
putchar ('\n');
}
See Also
islower, isupper, toupper
CrossCore Embedded Studio 1.1 1-425
C/C++ Library Manual for SHARC Processors
C/C++ Run-Time Library
toupper
Convert from lowercase to uppercase
Synopsis
#include <ctype.h>
int toupper (int c);
Description
The toupper function converts the input character to uppercase if it is in
lowercase; otherwise, it returns the character.
Error Conditions
None.
Example
#include <ctype.h>
int ch;
for (ch = 0; ch <= 0x7f; ch++) {
printf ("%#04x", ch);
if (islower (ch))
printf ("toupper=%#04x", toupper (ch));
putchar ('\n');
}
See Also
islower, isupper, tolower
Documented Library Functions
1-426 CrossCore Embedded Studio 1.1
C/C++ Library Manual for SHARC Processors
ungetc
Push character back into input stream
Synopsis
#include <stdio.h>
int ungetc(int uc, FILE *stream);
Description
The ungetc function pushes the character specified by uc back onto
stream. The characters that have been pushed back onto stream will be
returned by any subsequent read of stream in the reverse order of their
pushing.
A successful call to the ungetc function will clear the EOF indicator for
stream. The file position indicator for stream is decremented for every
successful call to ungetc.
Upon successful completion, ungetc returns the character pushed back
after conversion.
Error Conditions
If the ungetc function is unsuccessful, EOF is returned.
Example
#include <stdio.h>
void ungetc_example(FILE *fp)
{
int ch, ret_ch;
/* get char from file pointer */
ch = fgetc(fp);
/* unget the char, return value should be char */
CrossCore Embedded Studio 1.1 1-427
C/C++ Library Manual for SHARC Processors
C/C++ Run-Time Library
if ((ret_ch = ungetc(ch, fp)) != ch)
printf("ungetc failed\n");
/* make sure that the char had been placed in the file */
if ((ret_ch = fgetc(fp)) != ch)
printf("ungetc failed to put back the char\n");
}
See Also
fseek, fsetpos, getc
Documented Library Functions
1-428 CrossCore Embedded Studio 1.1
C/C++ Library Manual for SHARC Processors
va_arg
Get next argument in variable-length list of arguments
Synopsis
#include <stdarg.h>
void va_arg (va_list ap, type);
Description
The va_arg macro is used to walk through the variable length list of argu-
ments to a function.
After starting to process a variable-length list of arguments with va_start,
call va_arg with the same va_list variable to extract arguments from the
list. Each call to va_arg returns a new argument from the list.
Substitute a type name corresponding to the type of the next argument for
the type parameter in each call to va_arg. After processing the list, call
va_end.
The header file stdarg.h defines a pointer type called va_list that is used
to access the list of variable arguments.
The function calling va_arg is responsible for determining the number
and types of arguments in the list. It needs this information to determine
how many times to call va_arg and what to pass for the type parameter
each time. There are several common ways for a function to determine
this type of information. The standard C printf function reads its first
argument looking for %-sequences to determine the number and types of
its extra arguments. In the example below, all of the arguments are of the
same type (char*), and a termination value (NULL) is used to indicate the
end of the argument list. Other methods are also possible.
CrossCore Embedded Studio 1.1 1-429
C/C++ Library Manual for SHARC Processors
C/C++ Run-Time Library
If a call to va_arg is made after all arguments have been processed, or if
va_arg is called with a type parameter that is different from the type of the
next argument in the list, the behavior of va_arg is undefined.
Error Conditions
None.
Example
#include <stdio.h>
#include <stdarg.h>
#include <string.h>
#include <stdlib.h>
char *concat(char *s1,...)
{
int len = 0;
char *result;
char *s;
va_list ap;
va_start (ap,s1);
s = s1;
while (s){
len += strlen (s);
s = va_arg (ap,char *);
}
va_end (ap);
result = malloc (len +7);
if (!result)
return result;
*result = '\0';
va_start (ap,s1);
Documented Library Functions
1-430 CrossCore Embedded Studio 1.1
C/C++ Library Manual for SHARC Processors
s = s1;
while (s){
strcat (result,s);
s = va_arg (ap,char *);
}
va_end (ap);
return result;
}
char *txt1 = "One";
char *txt2 = "Two";
char *txt3 = "Three";
extern int main(void)
{
char *result;
result = concat(txt1, txt2, txt3, NULL);
puts(result); /* prints "OneTwoThree" */
free(result);
}
See Also
va_end, va_start
CrossCore Embedded Studio 1.1 1-431
C/C++ Library Manual for SHARC Processors
C/C++ Run-Time Library
va_end
Finish variable-length argument list processing
Synopsis
#include <stdarg.h>
void va_end (va_list ap);
Description
The va_end macro can only be invoked after the va_start macro has been
invoked. A call to va_end concludes the processing of a variable-length list
of arguments that was begun by va_start.
Error Conditions
None.
Example
Refer to va_arg for an example.
See Also
va_arg, va_start
Documented Library Functions
1-432 CrossCore Embedded Studio 1.1
C/C++ Library Manual for SHARC Processors
va_start
Initialize the variable-length argument list processing
Synopsis
#include <stdarg.h>
void va_start (va_list ap, parmN);
Description
The va_start macro is used to start processing variable arguments in a
function declared to take a variable number of arguments. The first argu-
ment to va_start should be a variable of type va_list, which is used by
va_arg to walk through the arguments.
The second argument is the name of the last named parameter in the func-
tion’s parameter list; the list of variable arguments immediately follows
this parameter. The va_start macro must be invoked before either the
va_arg or va_end macro can be invoked.
Error Conditions
None.
Example
Refer to va_arg for an example.
See Also
va_arg, va_end
CrossCore Embedded Studio 1.1 1-433
C/C++ Library Manual for SHARC Processors
C/C++ Run-Time Library
vfprintf
Print formatted output of a variable argument list
Synopsis
#include <stdio.h>
#include <stdarg.h>
int vfprintf(FILE *stream, const char *format, va_list ap);
Description
The vfprintf function formats data according to the argument format, and
then writes the output to the stream stream. The argument format con-
tains a set of conversion specifiers, directives, and ordinary characters that
are used to control how the data is formatted. Refer to fprintf
(on page 1-217) for a description of the valid format specifiers.
The function behaves in the same manner as sprintf except that, instead
of taking a variable number of arguments, it is called with an argument list
ap of type va_list as defined in stdarg.h.
If the vfprintf function is successful, it will return the number of charac-
ters output.
Error Conditions
The vfprintf function returns a negative value if unsuccessful.
Example
#include <stdio.h>
#include <stdarg.h>
void write_name_to_file(FILE *fp, char *name_template, ...)
{
Documented Library Functions
1-434 CrossCore Embedded Studio 1.1
C/C++ Library Manual for SHARC Processors
va_list p_vargs;
int ret; /* return value from vfprintf */
va_start (p_vargs,name_template);
ret = vfprintf(fp, name_template, p_vargs);
va_end (p_vargs);
if (ret < 0)
printf("vfprintf failed\n");
}
See Also
fprintf, va_start, va_end
CrossCore Embedded Studio 1.1 1-435
C/C++ Library Manual for SHARC Processors
C/C++ Run-Time Library
vprintf
Print formatted output of a variable argument list to stdout
Synopsis
#include <stdio.h>
#include <stdarg.h>
int vprintf(const char *format, va_list ap);
Description
The vprintf function formats data according to the argument format, and
then writes the output to the standard output stream stdout. The argu-
ment format contains a set of conversion specifiers, directives, and
ordinary characters that are used to control how the data is formatted.
Refer to fprintf (on page 1-217) for a description of the valid format
specifiers.
The vprintf function behaves in the same manner as vfprintf with stdout
provided as the pointer to the stream.
If the vprintf function is successful it will return the number of characters
output.
Error Conditions
The vprintf function returns a negative value if unsuccessful.
Example
#include <stdio.h>
#include <stdlib.h>
#include <stdarg.h>
void print_message(int error, char *format, ...)
Documented Library Functions
1-436 CrossCore Embedded Studio 1.1
C/C++ Library Manual for SHARC Processors
{
/* This function is called with the same arguments as for */
/* printf but if the argument error is not zero, then the */
/* output will be preceded by the text "ERROR:” */
va_list p_vargs;
int ret; /* return value from vprintf */
va_start (p_vargs, format);
if (!error)
printf("ERROR: ");
ret = vprintf(format, p_vargs);
va_end (p_vargs);
if (ret < 0)
printf("vprintf failed\n");
}
See Also
fprintf, vfprintf
CrossCore Embedded Studio 1.1 1-437
C/C++ Library Manual for SHARC Processors
C/C++ Run-Time Library
vsnprintf
Format argument list into an n-character array
Synopsis
#include <stdio.h>
#include <stdarg.h>
int vsnprintf (char *str, size_t n, const char *format,
va_list args);
Description
The vsnprintf function is similar to the vsprintf function in that it formats
the variable argument list args according to the argument format, and
then writes the output to the array str. The argument format contains a
set of conversion specifiers, directives, and ordinary characters that are
used to control how the data is formatted. Refer to fprintf
(on page 1-217) for a description of the valid format specifiers.
The function differs from vsprintf in that no more than n-1 characters
are written to the output array. Any data written beyond the n-1'th char-
acter is discarded. A terminating NUL character is written after the end of
the last character written to the output array unless n is set to zero, in
which case nothing will be written to the output array and the output
array may be represented by the NULL pointer.
The vsnprintf function returns the number of characters that would have
been written to the output array str if n was sufficiently large. The return
value does not include the terminating NUL character written to the array.
Error Conditions
The vsnprintf function returns a negative value if unsuccessful.
Documented Library Functions
1-438 CrossCore Embedded Studio 1.1
C/C++ Library Manual for SHARC Processors
Example
#include <stdio.h>
#include <stdlib.h>
#include <stdarg.h>
char *message(char *format, ...)
{
char *message = NULL;
int len = 0;
int r;
va_list p_vargs; /* return value from vsnprintf */
do {
va_start (p_vargs,format);
r = vsnprintf (message,len,format,p_vargs);
va_end (p_vargs);
if (r < 0) /* formatting error? */
abort();
if (r < len) /* was complete string written? */
return message; /* return with success */
message = realloc (message,(len=r+1));
} while (message != NULL);
abort();
}
See Also
fprintf, snprintf
CrossCore Embedded Studio 1.1 1-439
C/C++ Library Manual for SHARC Processors
C/C++ Run-Time Library
vsprintf
Format argument list into a character array
Synopsis
#include <stdio.h>
#include <stdarg.h>
int vsprintf (char *str, const char *format, va_list args);
Description
The vsprintf function formats the variable argument list args according to
the argument format, and then writes the output to the array str. The
argument format contains a set of conversion specifiers, directives, and
ordinary characters that are used to control how the data is formatted.
Refer to fprintf (on page 1-217) for a description of the valid format
specifiers.
With one exception, the vsprintf function behaves in the same manner as
sprintf. Instead of being a function that takes a variable number or an
arguments function, it is called with an argument list args of type
va_list, as defined in stdarg.h.
The vsprintf function returns the number of characters that have been
written to the output array str. The return value does not include the ter-
minating NUL character written to the array.
Error Conditions
The vsprintf function returns a negative value if unsuccessful.
Documented Library Functions
1-440 CrossCore Embedded Studio 1.1
C/C++ Library Manual for SHARC Processors
Example
#include <stdio.h>
#include <stdlib.h>
#include <stdarg.h>
char filename[128];
char *assign_filename(char *filename_template, ...)
{
char *message = NULL;
int r;
va_list p_vargs; /* return value from vsprintf */
va_start (p_vargs,filename_template);
r = vsprintf(&filename[0], filename_template, p_vargs);
va_end (p_vargs);
if (r < 0) /* formatting error? */
abort();
return &filename[0]; /* return with success */
}
See Also
fprintf, sprintf, snprintf
CrossCore Embedded Studio 1.1 1-441
C/C++ Library Manual for SHARC Processors
C/C++ Run-Time Library
write_extmem
Write to external memory
Synopsis
#include <21261.h>
#include <21262.h>
#include <21266.h>
#include <21362.h>
#include <21363.h>
#include <21364.h>
#include <21365.h>
#include <21366.h>
void write_extmem(void *internal_address,
void *external_address,
size_t n);
Description
On ADSP-2126x and some ADSP-2136x processors, it is not possible for
the core to access external memory directly. The write_extmem function
copies data from internal to external memory.
The write_extmem function will transfer n 32-bit words from inter-
nal_address to external_address.
Error Conditions
None.
Example
See read_extmem for a usage example.
Documented Library Functions
1-442 CrossCore Embedded Studio 1.1
C/C++ Library Manual for SHARC Processors
See Also
read_extmem
CrossCore Embedded Studio 1.1 2-1
C/C++ Library Manual for SHARC Processors
2 DSP RUN-TIME LIBRARY
This chapter describes the DSP run-time library, which contains a broad
collection of functions that are commonly required by signal processing
applications. The services provided by the DSP run-time library include
support for general-purpose signal processing such as companders, filters,
and Fast Fourier Transform (FFT) functions. These services are Analog
Devices extensions to ANSI standard C.
For more information about the algorithms on which many of the DSP
run-time library’s math functions are based, see W. J. Cody and W.
Waite, Software Manual for the Elementary Functions, Englewood Cliffs,
New Jersey: Prentice Hall, 1980.
The chapter contains the following:
DSP Run-Time Library Guide contains information about the
library and provides a description of the DSP header files included
with this release of the cc21k compiler.
DSP Run-Time Library Reference contains complete reference
information for each DSP run-time library function included with
this release of the cc21k compiler.
DSP Run-Time Library Guide
2-2 CrossCore Embedded Studio 1.1
C/C++ Library Manual for SHARC Processors
DSP Run-Time Library Guide
The DSP run-time library contains routines that you can call from your
source program. This section describes how to use the library and provides
information on the following topics:
Calling DSP Library Functions
Reentrancy
Library Attributes
Working With Library Source Code
DSP Header Files
Built-In DSP Library Functions
Implications of Using SIMD Mode
Using Data in External Memory
Calling DSP Library Functions
To use a DSP run-time library function, call the function by name and
provide the appropriate arguments. The names and arguments for each
function are described in the function’s reference page in DSP Run-Time
Library Guide.
Like other functions you use, library functions should be declared. Decla-
rations are supplied in header files, as described in Working With Library
Source Code.
Note that C++ namespace prefixing is not supported when calling a DSP
library function. All DSP library functions are in the C++ global
namespace.
CrossCore Embedded Studio 1.1 2-3
C/C++ Library Manual for SHARC Processors
DSP Run-Time Library
The function names are C function names. If you call C run-time
library functions from an assembly language program, you must
use the assembly version of the function name, which is the func-
tion name prefixed with an underscore. For more information on
naming conventions, see the section “C/C++ and Assembly Inter-
face” in Chapter 1 of the C/C++ Compiler Manual for SHARC
Processors.
You can use the archiver, described in the Linker and Utilities Manual, to
build library archive files of your own functions.
Reentrancy
All the library functions in the DSP run-time library are re-entrant—they
only operate on data passed in via a parameter and do not directly access
non-constant static data. This means that the library may safely be used in
a multi-threaded environment (such as with an RTOS).
Library Attributes
The DSP run-time library contains the same attributes as the C/C++
run-time library. For more information, see Library Attributes.
Working With Library Source Code
The source code for the functions in the C and DSP run-time libraries is
provided with CCES, in the SHARC\lib\src subdirectory.
The directory contains the source for the C run-time library, for the DSP
run-time library, and for the I/O run-time library, as well as the source for
the main program startup functions.
The source code allows you to customize specific functions. To modify
these files, you need proficiency in ADSP-21xxx assembly language and an
understanding of the run-time environment, as explained in the section
DSP Run-Time Library Guide
2-4 CrossCore Embedded Studio 1.1
C/C++ Library Manual for SHARC Processors
“C/C++ Run-Time Model and Environment” in Chapter 1 of the C/C++
Compiler Manual for SHARC Processors.
Before modifying the source code, copy it to a file with a different file-
name and rename the function itself. Test the function before you use it in
your system to verify that it is functionally correct.
Analog Devices supports the run-time library functions only as
provided.
DSP Header Files
The DSP header files contain prototypes for all the DSP library functions.
When the appropriate #include preprocessor command is included in
your source, the compiler uses the prototypes to check that each function
is called with the correct arguments. Table 2-1 provides summaries of the
DSP header files supplied with this release of the cc21k compiler.
Table 2-1. Summaries of DSP Header Files
Header File Summary
asm_sprt.h Mixed C/Assembly language macros
cmatrix.h Arithmetic between complex matrices
comm.h Scalar companders for A-law and µ-law
complex.h Basic complex arithmetic functions
cvector.h Arithmetic between complex vectors
filter.h Filters and transformations
filters.h Filters operating on scalar input values
macros.h Macros to access processor features
math.h Math functions
matrix.h Matrix functions
platform_include.h Platform-specific functions
stats.h Statistical functions
CrossCore Embedded Studio 1.1 2-5
C/C++ Library Manual for SHARC Processors
DSP Run-Time Library
The following sections describe the DSP header files in more detail.
asm_sprt.h
The asm_sprt.h header file consists of ADSP-21xxx assembly language
macros, not C functions. They are used in your assembly routines that
interface with C functions. For more information, see the section “Using
Mixed C/C++ and Assembly Support Macros” in Chapter 1 of the C/C++
Compiler Manual for SHARC Processors.
cmatrix.h
The cmatrix.h header file contains prototypes for functions that perform
basic arithmetic between two complex matrices, and also between a com-
plex matrix and a complex scalar. The supported complex types are
described under the header file complex.h.
For a list of library functions that use this header, see Table 2-7.
comm.h
The comm.h header file includes the voice-band compression and expan-
sion communication functions that operate on scalar input values. For a
list of library functions that use this header, see Table 2-8.
sysreg.h Functions for access to SHARC system registers
trans.h Fast Fourier Transform functions (not optimized for
SHARC SIMD architectures)
vector.h Vector functions
window.h Window generators
Table 2-1. Summaries of DSP Header Files (Contd)
Header File Summary
DSP Run-Time Library Guide
2-6 CrossCore Embedded Studio 1.1
C/C++ Library Manual for SHARC Processors
Similar companding functions that operate on vectors rather than
scalars are defined in the header file filter.h; however, the func-
tions in comm.h and filter.h have different prototypes and
therefore both header files cannot be included by the same source
file. Any attempt to include both will result in the following error
message being displayed:
The include files comm.h and filter.h are mutually exclusive. Use
filter.h for vectorized function arguments, or comm.h for scalar
function arguments.
complex.h
The complex.h header file contains type definitions and basic arithmetic
operations for variables of type complex_float, complex_double, and
complex_long_double.
The following structures are used to represent complex numbers in rectan-
gular coordinates:
typedef struct {
float re;
float im;
} complex_float;
typedef struct {
double re;
double im;
} complex_double;
typedef struct {
long double re;
long double im;
} complex_long_double;
CrossCore Embedded Studio 1.1 2-7
C/C++ Library Manual for SHARC Processors
DSP Run-Time Library
Additional support for complex numbers is available via the cmatrix.h
and cvector.h header files.
For a list of library functions that use this header, see Table 2-9.
cvector.h
The cvector.h header file contains functions for basic arithmetic opera-
tions on vectors of type complex_float, complex_double, and
complex_long_double. Support is provided for the dot product operation,
as well as for adding, subtracting, and multiplying a vector by either a sca-
lar or vector.
For a list of library functions that use this header, see Table 2-10.
filter.h
The filter.h header file contains filters and other key signal processing
transformations such as Fast Fourier Transform (FFTs) and convolution.
The header file also includes the A-law and µ-law companders that are
used by voice-band compression and expansion applications.
The filters defined in this header file are finite and infinite impulse
response filters, and multi-rate filters; all of these functions operate on an
array of input samples.
The header file defines three different sets of FFT functions. The first set
comprises the functions cfftN, ifftN, and rfftN, where N stands for the
number of points that the FFT function will compute (that is, 16, 32, 64,
...). These functions require the least amount of data memory space (by
re-using the input array as temporary storage during execution) but at the
expense of flexibility and performance. Each FFT function in this set is
defined for a specific size of FFT; thus if an application calculated N dif-
ferent sizes of FFT, it would therefore include N different FFT library
functions.
DSP Run-Time Library Guide
2-8 CrossCore Embedded Studio 1.1
C/C++ Library Manual for SHARC Processors
The second set of Fast Fourier Transforms comprises the functions cfft,
ifft and rfft. The number of points these FFT functions will compute is
passed as an argument. There is also a facility to supply a twiddle table
(which is a set of sine and cosine coefficients required by the FFT func-
tion) and a facility to re-use twiddle tables generated for larger FFT sizes.
In addition, by explicitly supplying temporary storage, the FFT functions
can be used without overwriting the input data. Compared to the first set
of functions, these functions require more data memory space, but perfor-
mance and code size for multiple instances is improved.
The third set of FFT functions that are defined by this header file repre-
sent a set of highly optimized functions. This set of functions, represented
by cfftf, ifftf, and rfftf_2 sacrifice a level of flexibility in favor of opti-
mal performance. For example, while they have an argument that specifies
the size of the FFT, and an argument that is used to define the twiddle
table, they do not have a twiddle table stride argument that allows the
function to use a single table to generate different sized FFTs. Also these
FFT functions overwrite the input data and the input arrays must be
aligned on an address boundary that is a multiple of the FFT size. Mem-
ory usage lies between the first and second set of FFT functions.
The header file also defines library functions that compute the magnitude
of an FFT, and a function that convolves two arrays.
The header files comm.h, filters.h, and trans.h define functions
that may have the same name as functions defined by this header
file. However, the functions defined by comm.h, filters.h and
trans.h do not use the architecture’s SIMD capabilities and they
only operate on scalars. They also have different prototypes, and a
source file therefore must not include filter.h and any of the
header files comm.h, filters.h and trans.h. (An error message will
be generated by the header file if this situation is detected.)
For a list of library functions that use this header, see Table 2-11.
CrossCore Embedded Studio 1.1 2-9
C/C++ Library Manual for SHARC Processors
DSP Run-Time Library
filters.h
The filters.h header file includes a finite impulse response filter, an
infinite impulse response filter, and a biquad function. These functions do
not use the architecture’s SIMD capabilities and only operate on scalars.
For a list of library functions that use this header, see Table 2-11.
An alternative set of filter functions is defined by the header file
filter.h; these functions use the same names and operate on vec-
tors instead of scalars. However, they have different parameters and
so a source file cannot include both header files; any attempt to
include both will result in the following error message being
displayed:
These include files filters.h and filter.h are mutually exclusive.
Use filter.h for vectorized function arguments, or filters.h for
scalar function arguments.
macros.h
The macros.h header file contains a collection of macros and other defini-
tions that allow some access to special computational features of the
underlying hardware. Some portions of this file are present for compatibil-
ity with previous releases of the CCES toolset. In these cases, newer
implementations provide equal or better access to the underlying
functionality.
math.h
The standard math functions defined in the math.h header file have been
augmented by implementations for the float and long double data types
and additional functions that are Analog Devices extensions to the ANSI
standard.
DSP Run-Time Library Guide
2-10 CrossCore Embedded Studio 1.1
C/C++ Library Manual for SHARC Processors
Table 2-2 provides a summary of the additional library functions defined
by the math.h header file.
Table 2-2. Math Library – Additional Functions
Description Prototype
Anti-log double alog (double x);
float alogf (float x);
long double alogd (long double x);
Average double favg (double x, double y);
float favgf (float x, float y);
long double favgd (long double x, long double y);
Base 10 anti-log double alog10 (double x);
float alog10f (float x);
long double alog10d (long double x);
Clip double fclip (double x, double y);
float fclipf (float x, float y);
long double fclipd (long double x, long double y);
Cotangent double cot (double x);
float cotf (float x);
long double cotd (long double x);
Detect Infinity int isinf (double x);
int isinff (float x);
int isinfd (long double x);
Detect NaN int isnan (double x);
int isnanf (float x);
int isnand (long double x);
Maximum double fmax (double x, double y);
float fmaxf (float x, float y);
long double fmaxd (long double x, long double y);
Minimum double fmin (double x, double y);
float fminf (float x, float y);
long double fmind (long double x, long double y);
CrossCore Embedded Studio 1.1 2-11
C/C++ Library Manual for SHARC Processors
DSP Run-Time Library
For a list of library functions that use this header, see Table 2-12.
matrix.h
The matrix.h header file declares a number of function prototypes associ-
ated with basic arithmetic operations on matrices of type float, double,
and long double. The header file contains support for arithmetic between
two matrices, and between a matrix and a scalar.
For a list of library functions that use this header, see Table 2-13.
platform_include.h
The platform_include.h header file includes the appropriate header files
that define symbolic names for processor-specific system register bits.
These header files also contain symbolic definitions for the IOP register
address memory and IOP control/status register bits. platform_include.h
causes one or two include files to be included, depending on whether
assembly or C/C++ code is being processed.
For more information on the platform-specific include files, see the fol-
lowing sections:
Header Files That Define Processor-Specific System Register Bits
Header Files That Allow Access to Memory-Mapped Registers
From C/C++ Code
Reciprocal of square root double rsqrt (double x);
float rsqrtf (float x);
long double rsqrtd (long double x);
Sign copy double copysign (double x, double y);
float copysignf (float x, float y);
long double copysignd (long double x, long double y);
Table 2-2. Math Library – Additional Functions (Cont’d)
Description Prototype
DSP Run-Time Library Guide
2-12 CrossCore Embedded Studio 1.1
C/C++ Library Manual for SHARC Processors
Header Files Th at Define Processo r-Specific System Re gister Bits
The following header files define symbolic names for processor-specific
system register bits. They also contain symbolic definitions for the IOP
register address memory and IOP control/status register bits. Table 2-3
provides the header file names for processor-specific register bits.
Table 2-3. Header Files for Processor-Specific Register Bits
Header File Processor
def21160.h ADSP-21160 bit definitions
def21161.h ADSP-21161 bit definitions
def21261.h ADSP-21261 bit definitions
def21262.h ADSP-21262 bit definitions
def21266.h ADSP-21266 bit definitions
def21362.h ADSP-21362 bit definitions
def21363.h ADSP-21363 bit definitions
def21364.h ADSP-21364 bit definitions
def21365.h ADSP-21365 bit definitions
def21366.h ADSP-21366 bit definitions
def21367.h ADSP-21367 bit definitions
def21368.h ADSP-21368 bit definitions
def21369.h ADSP-21369 bit definitions
def21371.h ADSP-21371 bit definitions
def21375.h ADSP-21375 bit definitions
def21467.h ADSP-21467 bit definitions
def21469.h ADSP-21469 bit definitions
def21477.h ADSP-21477 bit definitions
def21478.h ADSP-21478 bit definitions
def21479.h ADSP-21479 bit definitions
def21483.h ADSP-21483 bit definitions
CrossCore Embedded Studio 1.1 2-13
C/C++ Library Manual for SHARC Processors
DSP Run-Time Library
Header Files That Allow Access to Memory-Mapped Registers From
C/C++ Code
In order to allow safe access to memory-mapped registers from C/C++
code, the header files listed below are supplied. Each memory-mapped
register’s name is prefixed with “p” and is cast appropriately to ensure that
the code is generated correctly. For example, SYSCON is defined as follows:
#define pSYSCON ((volatile unsigned int *) 0x00)
and can be used as:
*pSYSCON |= 0x6000;
Use this method of accessing memory-mapped registers in prefer-
ence to using asm statements.
Supplied header files are:
def21486.h ADSP-21486 bit definitions
def21487.h ADSP-21487 bit definitions
def21488.h ADSP-21488 bit definitions
def21489.h ADSP-21489 bit definitions
Cdef21160.h Cdef21161.h Cdef21261.h Cdef21262.h
Cdef21266.h Cdef21362.h Cdef21363.h Cdef21364.h
Cdef21365.h Cdef21366.h Cdef21367.h Cdef21368.h
Cdef21369.h Cdef21371.h Cdef21375.h Cdef21467.h
Cdef21469.h Cdef21477.h Cdef21478.h Cdef21479.h
Cdef21483.h Cdef21486.h Cdef21487.h Cdef21488.h
Cdef21489.h
Table 2-3. Header Files for Processor-Specific Register Bits (Contd)
Header File Processor
DSP Run-Time Library Guide
2-14 CrossCore Embedded Studio 1.1
C/C++ Library Manual for SHARC Processors
stats.h
The stats.h header file includes various statistics functions of the DSP
library, such as mean() and autocorr().
For a list of library functions that use this header, see Table 2-14.
sysreg.h
The sysreg.h header file defines a set of built-in functions that provide
efficient access to the SHARC system registers from C. The supported
functions are fully described in the section “Access to System Registers” in
Chapter 1 of the C/C++ Compiler Manual for SHARC Processors.
trans.h
The trans.h header file defines a set of Fast Fourier Transform (FFT)
functions that operate on data in which the real and imaginary parts of
both the input and output signal are stored in separate vectors. The func-
tions that are defined by the header file include a set of functions that
compute a complex FFT, the inverse of a complex FFT, and a set of func-
tions that compute an FFT using real data only (this is equivalent to
computing an FFT whose imaginary input component is set to zero).
Each function in this header file uses a built-in twiddle table and is
designed to handle a specific size of FFT. For example, the function
cfft32 computes a complex FFT with 32 data points, ifft64 computes
the inverse of a complex FFT that has 64 data points, and rfft128 com-
putes a real FFT with 128 data points. The sizes of FFT supported are 8,
16, 32, 64, 128, 256, 512, 1024, 2048, 4096, 8192, 16384, 32768 and
65536. For a list of library functions that use this header, see Table 2-15.
None of the functions defined here use the SHARC SIMD capabil-
ity. However, an alternative set of functions with the same names
are defined in the header file filter.h, but these functions have
different parameters and their prototypes are incompatible. For
CrossCore Embedded Studio 1.1 2-15
C/C++ Library Manual for SHARC Processors
DSP Run-Time Library
this reason, a source file cannot include both these header files, and
any attempt to do so will result in the following error message
being displayed:
The include files trans.h and filter.h are mutually exclusive. Use
filter.h for function arguments of type complex_float, or
trans.h otherwise.
vector.h
The vector.h header file contains functions for operating on vectors of
type float, double, and long double. Support is provided for the dot
product operation as well as for adding, subtracting, and multiplying a
vector by either a scalar or vector. Similar support for the complex data
types is defined in the header file cvector.h.
For a list of library functions that use this header, see Table 2-16.
window.h
The window.h header file contains various functions to generate windows
based on various methodologies. The functions, defined in the window.h
header file, are listed in Table 2-4.
For all window functions, a stride parameter a can be used to space the
window values. The window length parameter n equates to the number of
elements in the window. Therefore, for a stride a of 2 and a length n of 10,
an array of length 20 is required, where every second entry is untouched.
Table 2-4. Window Generator Functions
Description Prototype
Generate Bartlett window void gen_bartlett
(float w[], int a, int n)
Generate Blackman window void gen_blackman
(float w[], int a, int n)
DSP Run-Time Library Guide
2-16 CrossCore Embedded Studio 1.1
C/C++ Library Manual for SHARC Processors
For a list of library functions that use this header, see Table 2-17.
Built-In DSP Library Functions
The C/C++ compiler supports built-in functions (also known as intrinsic
functions) that enable efficient use of hardware resources. Knowledge of
these functions is built into the compiler. Your program uses them via
normal function call syntax. The compiler notices the invocation and
replaces a call to a DSP library function with one or more machine
instructions, just as it does for normal operators like “+” and “*”.
Built-in functions are declared in the builtins.h header file and have
names which begin with double underscores, __builtin.
Generate Gaussian window void gen_gaussian
(float w[], float alpha, int a, int n)
Generate Hamming window void gen_hamming
(float w[], int a, int n)
Generate Hanning window void gen_hanning
(float w[], int a, int n)
Generate Harris window void gen_harris
(float w[], int a, int n)
Generate Kaiser window void gen_kaiser
(float w[], float beta, int a, int n)
Generate rectangular window void gen_rectangular
(float w[], int a, int n)
Generate triangle window void gen_triangle
(float w[], int a, int n)
Generate von Hann window void gen_vonhann
(float w[], int a, int n)
Table 2-4. Window Generator Functions (Cont’d)
Description Prototype
CrossCore Embedded Studio 1.1 2-17
C/C++ Library Manual for SHARC Processors
DSP Run-Time Library
Identifiers beginning with “__” are reserved by the C standard, so
these names do not conflict with user-defined identifiers.
The built-in DSP library functions supported by the cc21k compiler are
listed in Table 2-5. Refer to Using Compiler Built-In C Library Functions
for more information on this topic.
Functions copysign, favg, fmax, and fmin are compiled as a
built-in function only if double is the same size as float.
If you want to use the C run-time library functions of the same name
instead of the built-in function, refer to “builtins.h” in the C/C++ Com-
piler Manual for SHARC Processors.
Implications of Using SIMD Mode
All SHARC processors supported by CCES can perform SIMD (Sin-
gle-Instruction, Multiple-Data) operations which can double the
computational rate over the normal SISD (Single-Instruction, Sin-
gle-Data) operations; the increase in performance occurs because memory
accesses and computations are performed in pairs using the architecture’s
second processing element. Chapter 1 of the C/C++ Compiler Manual for
SHARC Processors has a section called “A Brief Introduction to SIMD
Mode”, which explains the mode in more detail.
The DSP run-time library makes extensive use of the processors’ SIMD
capabilities. However different SHARC processors have different
Table 2-5. Built-in DSP Functions
avg clip copysign copysignf
favg favgf fmax fmaxf
fmin fminf labs lavg
lclip lmax lmin max
min
DSP Run-Time Library Guide
2-18 CrossCore Embedded Studio 1.1
C/C++ Library Manual for SHARC Processors
constraints regarding memory access in SIMD mode and you should refer
to the appropriate hardware reference manual regarding the restrictions
that apply to your processor. As an example, SIMD memory accesses using
the ADSP-2116x family of processors should be double-word aligned, and
for some processors SIMD access to external memory is not supported (see
Using Data in External Memory for more information on this topic).
Because of these restrictions, it is important to ensure that all vectors and
arrays that are passed as arguments to the DSP library functions can be
accessed safely in SIMD mode.
Alternative versions of the DSP run-time library functions will be linked
into an application if the corresponding C source that calls the DSP
library function is compiled with the switch -no-simd; the alternative ver-
sions that will be included in an application will use normal SISD
operations and not the processor’s SIMD mode. (Refer to the section
“SIMD Support” in the C/C++ Compiler Manual for SHARC Processors for
more information about how the compiler uses the SIMD feature.) Some
DSP library functions do not use SIMD due to the nature of their
algorithm and so are not affected by any constraints associated with the
feature. These library functions include all long double functions and the
window generators. Other functions that do not use SIMD mode are
listed in Table 2-6.
Table 2-6. Functions Not Using the SIMD Feature
biquad cmatmmlt cmatsmlt convolve
cvecdot cvecsmlt fir_decima fir_interp
iir histogram matmmlt matinv
transpm zero_cross
CrossCore Embedded Studio 1.1 2-19
C/C++ Library Manual for SHARC Processors
DSP Run-Time Library
Using Data in External Memory
The run-time functions described in this manual have been optimized to
exploit the features of the SHARC architecture. This can lead to restric-
tions in the placement of data in external memory, particularly on some
ADSP-211xx, ADSP-212xx and ADSP-213xx processors. The
ADSP-212xx and some ADSP-2136x processors do not support direct
memory accesses to external memory. This means that the run-time func-
tions cannot read or write to data in external memory. Any such data must
first be brought into internal memory. The library functions read_extmem
and write_extmem may be used to transfer data between internal memory
and external memory.
Some ADSP-211xx and ADSP-213xx processors have a 32-bit external
bus and, due to the shorter bus width, are unable to support SIMD access
to external memory. For this reason, the DSP library contains an alterna-
tive set of functions that do not use the architecture’s SIMD capabilities.
This alternative set is selected in preference to the standard library func-
tions if the -no-simd compiler switch is specified at compilation time.
The ADSP-214xx processors do support SIMD access to external memory,
but not long word (LW) access to external memory. Therefore the
cvecvmltf library function is not suitable for use with data placed in
external memory, since it makes use of the LW mnemonic. (This also
applies to the cvecvmlt function if doubles are the same size as floats.) An
alternative version of the function does not use the architecture’s SIMD
capabilities and is suitable for use with data placed in external memory.
This version is available by way of the -no-simd compiler switch.
The optimized FFT functions cfftf, ifftf, and rfftf_2 use SIMD and
long word memory accesses to improve their performance. All data passed
to these functions must be allocated in internal memory. There are no ver-
sions of these functions that support data in external memory.
Documented Library Functions
2-20 CrossCore Embedded Studio 1.1
C/C++ Library Manual for SHARC Processors
Documented Library Functions
The C run-time library has several categories of functions and macros
defined by the ANSI C standard, plus extensions provided by Analog
Devices.
The following tables list the library functions documented in this chapter.
Note that the tables list the functions for each header file separately; how-
ever, the reference pages for these library functions present the functions
in alphabetical order.
Table 2-7 lists the library functions in the cmatrix.h header file. Refer to
cmatrix.h for more information on this header file.
Table 2-8 lists the library functions in the comm.h header file. Refer to
comm.h for more information on this header file.
Table 2-7. Library Functions in cmatrix.h
cmatmadd cmatmmlt cmatmsub
cmatsadd cmatsmlt cmatssub
Table 2-8. Library Functions in comm.h
a_compress a_expand mu_compress
mu_expand
CrossCore Embedded Studio 1.1 2-21
C/C++ Library Manual for SHARC Processors
DSP Run-Time Library
Table 2-9 lists the library functions in the complex.h header file. Refer to
complex.h for more information on this header file.
Table 2-10 lists the library functions in the cvector.h header file. Refer to
cvector.h for more information on this header file.
Table 2-11 lists the library functions in the filter.h header file. Refer to
filter.h for more information on this header file.
Table 2-9. Supported Library Functions in complex.h
arg cabs cadd
cartesian cdiv cexp
cmlt conj csub
norm polar
Table 2-10. Supported Library Functions in cvector.h
cvecdot cvecsadd cvecsmlt
cvecssub cvecvadd cvecvmlt
cvecvsub
Table 2-11. Supported Library Functions in filter.h
a_compress a_expand biquad
cfft cfft_mag cfftN
cfftf convolve fft_magnitude
fftf_magnitude fir fir_decima
fir_interp firf ifft
ifftf ifftN iir
mu_compress mu_expand rfft
Documented Library Functions
2-22 CrossCore Embedded Studio 1.1
C/C++ Library Manual for SHARC Processors
Table 2-12 lists the library functions in the math.h header file. Refer to
math.h for more information on this header file.
Table 2-13 lists the library functions in the matrix.h header file. Refer to
matrix.h for more information on this header file.
Table 2-14 lists the library functions in the stats.h header file. Refer to
stats.h for more information on this header file.
rfft_mag rfftf_2 rfftN
twidfft twidfftf
Table 2-12. Supported Library Functions in math.h
alog alog10 copysign
cot favg fclip
fmax fmin rsqrt
Table 2-13. Supported Library Functions in matrix.h
matinv matmadd matmmlt
matmsub matsadd matsmlt
matssub transpm
Table 2-14. Supported Library Functions in stats.h
autocoh autocorr crosscoh
crosscorr histogram mean
rms var zero_cross
Table 2-11. Supported Library Functions in filter.h (Cont’d)
CrossCore Embedded Studio 1.1 2-23
C/C++ Library Manual for SHARC Processors
DSP Run-Time Library
Table 2-15 lists the library functions in the trans.h header file. Refer to
trans.h for more information on this header file.
Table 2-16 lists the library functions in the vector.h header file. Refer to
vector.h for more information on this header file.
Table 2-17 lists the library functions in the window.h header file. Refer to
window.h for more information on this header file.
Table 2-15. Supported Library Functions in trans.h
cfftN ifftN rfftN
Table 2-16. Supported Library Functions in vector.h
vecdot vecsadd vecsmlt
vecssub vecvadd vecvmlt
vecvsub
Table 2-17. Supported Library Functions in window.h
gen_bartlett gen_blackman gen_gaussian
gen_hamming gen_hanning gen_harris
gen_kaiser gen_rectangular gen_triangle
gen_vonhann
Documented Library Functions
2-24 CrossCore Embedded Studio 1.1
C/C++ Library Manual for SHARC Processors
DSP Run-Time Library Reference
The DSP run-time library is a collection of functions that you can call
from your C/C++ programs.
Notation Conventions
An interval of numbers is indicated by the minimum and maximum, sepa-
rated by a comma, and enclosed in two square brackets, two parentheses,
or one of each. A square bracket indicates that the endpoint is included in
the set of numbers; a parenthesis indicates that the endpoint is not
included.
Restrictions
When polymorphic functions are used and the function returns a pointer
to Program Memory, cast the output of the function to pm. For
example, (char pm *).
Reference Format
Each function in the library has a reference page. These pages have the fol-
lowing format:
Name and purpose of the function
Synopsis – Required header file and functional prototype
Description – Function specification
Algorithm – High-level mathematical representation of the function
Error Conditions – Method that the functions use to indicate an error
Example – Typical function usage
See Also – Related functions
CrossCore Embedded Studio 1.1 2-25
C/C++ Library Manual for SHARC Processors
DSP Run-Time Library
a_compress
A-law compression
Synopsis (Scalar-Valued Version)
#include <comm.h>
int a_compress (int x);
Synopsis (Vector-Valued Version)
#include <filter.h>
int *a_compress (const int dm input[],
int dm output[],
int length);
Description
The A-law compression functions take a linear 13-bit signed speech sam-
ple and compresses it according to ITU recommendation G.711.
The scalar-valued version of a_compress inputs a single data sample and
returns an 8-bit compressed output sample.
The vector-valued version of a_compress takes the array input, and
returns the compressed 8-bit samples in the vector output. The parameter
length defines the size of both the input and output vectors. The function
returns a pointer to the output array.
The vector-valued version of a_compress uses serial port 0 to per-
form the companding on an ADSP-21160 processor; serial port 0
therefore must not be in use when this routine is called. The serial
port is not used by this function on any other ADSP-21xxx SIMD
architectures.
Documented Library Functions
2-26 CrossCore Embedded Studio 1.1
C/C++ Library Manual for SHARC Processors
Error Conditions
None.
Example
Scalar-Valued
#include <comm.h>
int sample, compress;
compress = a_compress (sample);
Vector-Valued
#include <filter.h>
#define NSAMPLES 50
int data[NSAMPLES], compressed[NSAMPLES];
a_compress (data, compressed, NSAMPLES);
See Also
a_expand, mu_compress
CrossCore Embedded Studio 1.1 2-27
C/C++ Library Manual for SHARC Processors
DSP Run-Time Library
a_expand
A-law expansion
Synopsis (Scalar-Valued Version)
#include <comm.h>
int a_expand (int x);
Synopsis (Vector-Valued Version)
#include <filter.h>
int *a_expand (const int dm input[],
int dm output[],
int length);
Description
The a_expand function takes an 8-bit compressed speech sample and
expands it according to ITU recommendation G.711 (A-law definition).
The scalar version of a_expand inputs a single data sample and returns a
linear 13-bit signed sample.
The vector version of the a_expand function takes an array of 8-bit com-
pressed speech samples and expands them according to ITU
recommendation G.711 (A-law definition). The array returned contains
linear 13-bit signed samples. This function returns a pointer to the output
data array.
The vector version of the a_expand function uses serial port 0 to
perform the companding on an ADSP-21160 processor; serial
port 0 therefore must not be in use when this routine is called. The
serial port is not used by this function on any other ADSP-21xxx
SIMD architectures.
Documented Library Functions
2-28 CrossCore Embedded Studio 1.1
C/C++ Library Manual for SHARC Processors
Error Conditions
None.
Example
Scalar-Valued
#include <comm.h>
int compressed_sample, expanded;
expanded = a_expand (compressed_sample);
Vector-Valued
#include <filter.h>
#define NSAMPLES 50
int compressed_data[NSAMPLES];
int expanded_data[NSAMPLES];
a_expand (compressed_data, expanded_data, NSAMPLES);
See Also
a_compress, mu_expand
CrossCore Embedded Studio 1.1 2-29
C/C++ Library Manual for SHARC Processors
DSP Run-Time Library
alog
Anti-log
Synopsis
#include <math.h>
float alogf (float x);
double alog (double x);
long double alogd (long double x);
Description
The anti-log functions calculate the natural (base e) anti-log of their argu-
ment. An anti-log function performs the reverse of a log function and is
therefore equivalent to exponentiation.
Error Conditions
The input argument x for alogf must be in the domain [-87.3, 88.7] and
the input argument for alogd must be in the domain [-708.2, 709.1]. The
functions return HUGE_VAL if x is greater than the domain, and return 0.0 if
x is less than the domain.
Example
#include <math.h>
double x = 1.0;
double y;
y = alog(x); /* y = 2.71828... */
See Also
alog10, exp, log, pow
Documented Library Functions
2-30 CrossCore Embedded Studio 1.1
C/C++ Library Manual for SHARC Processors
alog10
Base 10 anti-log
Synopsis
#include <math.h>
float alog10f (float x);
double alog10 (double x);
long double alog10d (long double x);
Description
The alog10 functions calculate the base 10 anti-log of their argument. An
anti-log function performs the reverse of a log function and is therefore
equivalent to exponentiation. Therefore, alog10(x) is equivalent to
exp(x * log(10.0)).
Error Conditions
The input argument x for alog10f must be in the domain [-37.9, 38.5],
and the input argument for alog10d must be in the domain [-307.57,
308.23]. The functions return HUGE_VAL if x is greater than the domain,
and they return 0.0 if x is less than the domain.
Example
#include <math.h>
double x = 1.0;
double y;
y = alog10(x); /* y = 10.0 */
See Also
alog, exp, log10, pow
CrossCore Embedded Studio 1.1 2-31
C/C++ Library Manual for SHARC Processors
DSP Run-Time Library
arg
Get phase of a complex number
Synopsis
#include <complex.h>
float argf (complex_float a);
double arg (complex_double a);
long double argd (complex_long_double a);
Description
The arg functions compute the phase associated with a Cartesian number
represented by the complex argument a, and return the result.
Algorithm
The phase of a Cartesian number is computed as:
Error Conditions
The arg function return a zero if a.re <> 0 and a.im = 0.
Example
#include <complex.h>
complex_float x = {0.0,1.0};
float r;
r = argf(x); /* r = pi/2 */
cIm(a)
Re(a)
------------


atan=
Documented Library Functions
2-32 CrossCore Embedded Studio 1.1
C/C++ Library Manual for SHARC Processors
See Also
atan2, cartesian, polar
CrossCore Embedded Studio 1.1 2-33
C/C++ Library Manual for SHARC Processors
DSP Run-Time Library
autocoh
Auto-coherence
Synopsis
#include <stats.h>
float *autocohf (float output[],
const float input[],
int samples,
int lags);
double *autocoh (double output[],
const double input[],
int samples,
int lags);
long double *autocohd (long double output[],
const long double input[],
int samples,
int lags);
Description
The autocoh functions compute the auto-coherence of the signal con-
tained in the array input of length samples. The auto-coherence of an
input signal is its auto-correlation minus the product of the partial means
of the input signal.
The auto-coherence between the input signal and itself is returned in the
array output of length lags. The functions return a pointer to the output
array.
Documented Library Functions
2-34 CrossCore Embedded Studio 1.1
C/C++ Library Manual for SHARC Processors
Error Conditions
The autocoh functions will return without modifying the output array if
either the number of samples is less than or equal to 1, or if the number of
lags is less than 1, or if the number of lags is not less than the number of
samples.
Algorithm
The auto-coherence functions are based on the following algorithm.
where:
n = samples
k = 0 to lags–1
a = input
Example
#include <stats.h>
#define SAMPLES 1024
#define LAGS 16
float x[SAMPLES];
float response[LAGS];
autocohf (response, x, SAMPLES, LAGS);
See Also
autocorr, crosscoh, crosscorr
ck
1
nk
----------- ajajk+
j0=
nk1
1
nk
----------- aj
j0=
nk1




1
nk
----------- aj
jk=
n1




=
CrossCore Embedded Studio 1.1 2-35
C/C++ Library Manual for SHARC Processors
DSP Run-Time Library
autocorr
Autocorrelation
Synopsis
#include <stats.h>
float *autocorrf (float dm out[], const float dm in[],
int samples, int lags);
double *autocorr (double dm out[], const double dm in[],
int samples, int lags);
long double *autocorrd (long double dm out[],
const long double dm in[],
int samples, int lags);
Description
The autocorrelation functions perform an autocorrelation of a signal.
Autocorrelation is the cross-correlation of a signal with a copy of itself. It
provides information about the time variation of the signal. The signal to
be autocorrelated is given by the in[] input array. The number of samples
of the autocorrelation sequence to be produced is given by lags. The
length of the input sequence is given by samples. The functions return a
pointer to the out[] output data array of length lags.
Autocorrelation is used in digital signal processing applications such as
speech analysis.
The autocorrf function (and autocorr, if doubles are the same size
as floats) uses SIMD by default. Refer to Implications of Using
SIMD Mode for more information.
Documented Library Functions
2-36 CrossCore Embedded Studio 1.1
C/C++ Library Manual for SHARC Processors
Algorithm
The following equation is the basis of the algorithm.
where:
a = in;
k = {0, 1, ..., m-1}
m is the number of lags
n is the size of the input vector in
Error Conditions
None.
Example
#include <stats.h>
#define SAMPLES 1024
#define LAGS 16
double excitation[SAMPLES];
double response[LAGS];
int lags = LAGS;
autocorr (response, excitation, SAMPLES, lags);
See Also
autocoh, crosscoh, crosscorr
ck
1
n
---aj
j0=
nk1
ajk+




=
CrossCore Embedded Studio 1.1 2-37
C/C++ Library Manual for SHARC Processors
DSP Run-Time Library
biquad
Biquad filter section
Synopsis (Scalar-Valued Version)
#include <filters.h>
float biquad (float sample,
const float pm coeffs[],
float dm state[],
int sections);
Synopsis (Vector-Valued Version)
#include <filter.h>
float *biquad (const float dm input[],
float dm output[],
const float pm coeffs[],
float dm state[],
int samples,
int sections);
Description
The biquad functions implement a cascaded biquad filter defined by the
coefficients and the number of sections that are supplied in the call to the
function.
The scalar version of biquad produces the filtered response of its input
data sample which it returns as the result of the function.
The vector versions of the biquad function generate the filtered response
of the input data input and store the result in the output vector output.
The number of input samples and the length of the output vector is speci-
fied by the argument samples.
Documented Library Functions
2-38 CrossCore Embedded Studio 1.1
C/C++ Library Manual for SHARC Processors
The number of biquad sections is specified by the parameter sections,
and each biquad section is represented by five coefficients A1, A2, B0, B1,
and B2. The biquad functions assume that the value of A0 is 1.0, and A1
and A2 should be scaled accordingly. These coefficients are passed to the
biquad functions in the array coeffs which must be located in Program
Memory (PM). The definition of the coeffs array is:
float pm coeffs[5*sections];
For the scalar version of biquad the five coefficients of each section must
be stored in reverse order:
B2, B1, B0, A2, A1
For the vector versions of the biquad function, the five coefficients must
be stored in the order:
A2, A1, B2, B1, B0
Each filter should have its own delay line, which is represented by the
array state. The state array should be large enough for two delay ele-
ments per biquad section and hold an internal pointer that allows the filter
to be restarted. The definition of the state is:
float dm state[2*sections + 1];
The state array should be initially cleared to zero before calling the func-
tion for the first time, and should not otherwise be modified by the user
program.
The library function uses the architecture’s dual-data move instruc-
tion to provide simultaneous access to the filter coefficients (in PM
data memory) and the delay line. When running on an
ADSP-21367, ADSP-21368 or ADSP-21369 processor, the filter
coefficients and the delay line must not both be allocated in exter-
nal memory; otherwise, the function can generate an incorrect set
of results. This occurs because in a dual-data move instruction, the
hardware does not support both memory accesses allocated to
CrossCore Embedded Studio 1.1 2-39
C/C++ Library Manual for SHARC Processors
DSP Run-Time Library
external memory. Therefore, ensure that the filter coefficients or
the delay line (or, optionally, both) are allocated in internal mem-
ory when running on one of the ADSP-2136x processors specified
above.
The vector version of the biquad functions return a pointer to the output
vector; the scalar version of the function returns the filtered response of its
input sample.
Algorithm
The following equations are the basis of the algorithm.
where
where:
m = {0,1,2,...,samples–1}
The algorithm used is adapted from Digital Signal Processing, Oppenheim
and Schafer, New Jersey, Prentice Hall, 1975. For more information, see
Figure 2-1.
Hz B0B1z1B2z2
++
1A
1z1
A2z2
----------------------------------------------
=
DmA2Dm2A1Dm1xm
++=
YmB2Dm2B1Dm1B0Dm
++=
Documented Library Functions
2-40 CrossCore Embedded Studio 1.1
C/C++ Library Manual for SHARC Processors
Error Conditions
None.
Example
Scalar-Valued
#include <filters.h>
#define NSECTIONS 4
#define NSTATE ((2*NSECTIONS) + 1)
float sample, response, state[NSTATE];
float pm coeffs[5*NSECTIONS];
int i;
for (i = 0; i < NSTATE; i++)
state[i] = 0; /* initialize state array */
response = biquad (sample, coeffs, state, NSECTIONS);
Vector-Valued
#include <filter.h>
#define NSECTIONS 4
#define NSAMPLES 64
#define NSTATE ((2*NSECTIONS) + 1)
float input[NSAMPLES];
float output[NSAMPLES];
float state[NSTATE];
float pm coeffs[5*NSECTIONS];
int i;
CrossCore Embedded Studio 1.1 2-41
C/C++ Library Manual for SHARC Processors
DSP Run-Time Library
for (i = 0; i < NSTATE; i++)
state[i] = 0; /* initialize state array */
biquad (input, output, coeffs, state, NSAMPLES,
NSECTIONS);
Note that N = the number of biquad sections.
See Also
fir, iir
Figure 2-1. Biquad Sections
Documented Library Functions
2-42 CrossCore Embedded Studio 1.1
C/C++ Library Manual for SHARC Processors
cabs
Complex absolute value
Synopsis
#include <complex.h>
float cabsf (complex_float z);
double cabs (complex_double z);
long double cabsd (complex_long_double z);
Description
The cabs functions return the floating-point absolute value of their com-
plex input.
The absolute value of a complex number is evaluated with the following
formula.
Error Conditions
None.
Example
#include <complex.h>
complex_float cnum;
float answer;
yRez
2Im z
2
+=
CrossCore Embedded Studio 1.1 2-43
C/C++ Library Manual for SHARC Processors
DSP Run-Time Library
cnum.re = 12.0;
cnum.im = 5.0;
answer = cabsf (cnum); /* answer = 13.0 */
See Also
fabs, llabs
Documented Library Functions
2-44 CrossCore Embedded Studio 1.1
C/C++ Library Manual for SHARC Processors
cadd
Complex addition
Synopsis
#include <complex.h>
complex_float caddf (complex_float a, complex_float b);
complex_double cadd (complex_double a, complex_double b);
complex_long_double caddd (complex_long_double a,
complex_long_double b);
Description
The cadd functions add the two complex values a and b together, and
return the result.
Error Conditions
None.
Example
#include <complex.h>
complex_double x = {9.0,16.0};
complex_double y = {1.0,-1.0};
complex_double z;
z = cadd (x,y); /* z.re = 10.0, z.im = 15.0 */
See Also
cdiv, cmlt, csub
CrossCore Embedded Studio 1.1 2-45
C/C++ Library Manual for SHARC Processors
DSP Run-Time Library
cartesian
Convert Cartesian to polar notation
Synopsis
#include <complex.h>
float cartesianf (complex_float a, float *phase);
double cartesian (complex_double a, double *phase);
long double cartesiand (complex_long_double a,
long double *phase);
Description
The cartesian functions transform a complex number from Cartesian
notation to polar notation. The Cartesian number is represented by the
argument a that the function converts into a corresponding magnitude,
which it returns as the function’s result, and a phase that is returned via
the second argument phase.
The formula for converting from Cartesian to polar notation is given by:
magnitude = cabs(a)
phase = arg(a)
Error Conditions
The cartesian functions return a zero for the phase if a.re <> 0 and
a.im = 0.
Documented Library Functions
2-46 CrossCore Embedded Studio 1.1
C/C++ Library Manual for SHARC Processors
Example
#include <complex.h>
complex_float point = {-2.0, 0.0};
float phase;
float mag;
mag = cartesianf (point,&phase); /* mag = 2.0, phase = */
See Also
arg, cabs, polar
CrossCore Embedded Studio 1.1 2-47
C/C++ Library Manual for SHARC Processors
DSP Run-Time Library
cdiv
Complex division
Synopsis
#include <complex.h>
complex_float cdivf (complex_float a, complex_float b);
complex_double cdiv (complex_double a, complex_double b);
complex_long_double cdivd (complex_long_double a,
complex_long_double b);
Description
The cdiv functions compute the complex division of complex input a by
complex input b, and return the result.
Algorithm
The following equation is the basis of the algorithm.
Error Conditions
The cdiv functions set both the real and imaginary parts of the result to
Infinity if b is equal to (0.0,0.0).
Re c Re a Re bIm a Im b+
Re2b Im2b+
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
=
Im c Re b Im aIm b Re a
Re2b Im2b+
--------------------------------------------------------------------------
=
Documented Library Functions
2-48 CrossCore Embedded Studio 1.1
C/C++ Library Manual for SHARC Processors
Example
#include <complex.h>
complex_double x = {3.0,11.0};
complex_double y = {1.0, 2.0};
complex_double z;
z = cdiv (x,y); /* z.re = 5.0, z.im = 1.0 */
See Also
cadd, cmlt, csub
CrossCore Embedded Studio 1.1 2-49
C/C++ Library Manual for SHARC Processors
DSP Run-Time Library
cexp
Complex exponential
Synopsis
#include <complex.h>
complex_float cexpf (complex_float z);
complex_double cexp (complex_double z);
complex_long_double cexpd (complex_long_double z);
Description
The cexp functions compute the exponential value e to the power of the
real argument z in the complex domain. The exponential of a complex
value is evaluated with the following formula.
Re(y) = exp (Re(z)) * cos (Im(z));
Im(y) = exp (Re(z)) * sin (Im(z));
Error Conditions
For underflow errors, the cexp functions return zero.
Example
#include <complex.h>
complex_float cnum;
complex_float answer;
cnum.re = 1.0;
cnum.im = 0.0;
answer = cexpf (cnum); /* answer = (2.7182 + 0i) */
Documented Library Functions
2-50 CrossCore Embedded Studio 1.1
C/C++ Library Manual for SHARC Processors
See Also
log, pow
CrossCore Embedded Studio 1.1 2-51
C/C++ Library Manual for SHARC Processors
DSP Run-Time Library
cfft
Complex radix-2 Fast Fourier Transform
Synopsis
#include <filter.h>
complex_float *cfft (complex_float dm input[],
complex_float dm temp[],
complex_float dm output[],
const complex_float pm twiddle[],
int twiddle_stride,
int n);
Description
The cfft function transforms the time domain complex input signal
sequence to the frequency domain by using the radix-2 Fast Fourier
Transform (FFT).
The size of the input array input, the output array output, and the tempo-
rary working buffer temp must be at least n, where n represents the number
of points in the FFT; n must be a power of 2 and no smaller than 8. If the
input data can be overwritten, memory can be saved by setting the pointer
of the temporary array explicitly to the input array, or to NULL. (In either
case the input array will also be used as the temporary working array.)
The minimum size of the twiddle table must be n/2. A larger twiddle table
may be used, provided that the value of the twiddle table stride argument
twiddle_stride is set appropriately. If the size of the twiddle table is x,
then twiddle_stride must be set to (2*x)/n.
If a larger twiddle table is being used, the twiddle stride must be adjusted
to be equal to the fft size of the table generated divided by the size of
the table being used.
Documented Library Functions
2-52 CrossCore Embedded Studio 1.1
C/C++ Library Manual for SHARC Processors
The library function twidfft (on page 2-220) can be used to compute the
required twiddle table. The coefficients generated are positive cosine coef-
ficients for the real part and negative sine coefficients for the imaginary
part.
The library also contains the cfftf function (on page 2-63), which is
an optimized implementation of a complex FFT using a fast
radix-2 algorithm. The cfftf function however imposes certain
memory alignment requirements that may not be appropriate for
some applications.
The function returns the address of the output array.
The cfft function uses SIMD by default. Refer to Implications of
Using SIMD Mode for more information.
Algorithm
The following equation is the basis of the algorithm.
Error Conditions
None.
Xk xnWN
nk
n0=
N1
=
CrossCore Embedded Studio 1.1 2-53
C/C++ Library Manual for SHARC Processors
DSP Run-Time Library
Example
#include <filter.h>
#define N_FFT 64
complex_float input[N_FFT];
complex_float output[N_FFT];
complex_float temp[N_FFT];
int twiddle_stride = 1;
complex_float pm twiddle[N_FFT/2];
/* Populate twiddle table */
twidfft(twiddle, N_FFT);
/* Compute Fast Fourier Transform */
cfft(input, temp, output, twiddle, twiddle_stride, N_FFT);
See Also
cfftf, cfftN, fft_magnitude, ifft, rfft, twidfft
Documented Library Functions
2-54 CrossCore Embedded Studio 1.1
C/C++ Library Manual for SHARC Processors
cfft_mag
cfft magnitude
Synopsis
#include <filter.h>
float *cfft_mag (complex_float dm input[],
float dm output[],
int fftsize);
Description
The cfft_mag function computes a normalized power spectrum from the
output signal generated by a cfft or cfftN function. The size of the signal
and the size of the power spectrum is fftsize.
The function returns a pointer to the output matrix.
The Nyquist frequency is located at (fftsize/2) + 1.
Algorithm
The algorithm used to calculate the normalized power spectrum is:
where:
z = {0, 1, ..., fftsize–1}
a is the input vector input
magnitude z Re az

2Im az

2
+
fftsize
------------------------------------------------------------=
CrossCore Embedded Studio 1.1 2-55
C/C++ Library Manual for SHARC Processors
DSP Run-Time Library
Error Conditions
None.
Example
#include <filter.h>
#define N 64
complex_float fft_input[N];
complex_float fft_output[N];
float spectrum[N];
cfft64 (fft_input, fft_output);
cfft_mag (fft_output, spectrum, N);
See Also
cfft, cfftN, fft_magnitude, fftf_magnitude, rfft_mag
By default, this function uses SIMD. Refer to Implications of
Using SIMD Mode for more information.
Documented Library Functions
2-56 CrossCore Embedded Studio 1.1
C/C++ Library Manual for SHARC Processors
cfftN
N-point complex radix-2 Fast Fourier Transform
Synopsis
#include <trans.h>
float *cfft65536 (const float dm real_input[],
const float dm imag_input[],
float dm real_output[], float dm imag_output[]);
float *cfft32768 (const float dm real_input[],
const float dm imag_input[],
float dm real_output[], float dm imag_output[]);
float *cfft16384 (const float dm real_input[],
const float dm imag_input[],
float dm real_output[], float dm imag_output[]);
float *cfft8192 (const float dm real_input[],
const float dm imag_input[],
float dm real_output[], float dm imag_output[]);
float *cfft4096 (const float dm real_input[],
const float dm imag_input[],
float dm real_output[], float dm imag_output[]);
float *cfft2048 (const float dm real_input[],
const float dm imag_input[],
float dm real_output[], float dm imag_output[]);
float *cfft1024 (const float dm real_input[],
const float dm imag_input[],
float dm real_output[], float dm imag_output[]);
CrossCore Embedded Studio 1.1 2-57
C/C++ Library Manual for SHARC Processors
DSP Run-Time Library
float *cfft512 (const float dm real_input[],
const float dm imag_input[],
float dm real_output[], float dm imag_output[]);
float *cfft256 (const float dm real_input[],
const float dm imag_input[],
float dm real_output[], float dm imag_output[]);
float *cfft128 (const float dm real_input[],
const float dm imag_input[],
float dm real_output[], float dm imag_output[]);
float *cfft64 (const float dm real_input[],
const float dm imag_input[],
float dm real_output[], float dm imag_output[]);
float *cfft32 (const float dm real_input[],
const float dm imag_input[],
float dm real_output[], float dm imag_output[]);
float *cfft16 (const float dm real_input[],
const float dm imag_input[],
float dm real_output[], float dm imag_output[]);
float *cfft8 (const float dm real_input[],
const float dm imag_input[],
float dm real_output[], float dm imag_output[]);
Description
Each of these cfftN functions computes the N-point radix-2 Fast Fourier
Transform (CFFT) of its floating-point input (where N is 8, 16, 32, 64,
128, 256, 512, 1024, 2048, 4096, 8192, 16384, 32768 or 65536).
Documented Library Functions
2-58 CrossCore Embedded Studio 1.1
C/C++ Library Manual for SHARC Processors
There are fourteen distinct functions in this set. All perform the same
function with the same type and number of arguments. The only differ-
ence between them is the size of the arrays on which they operate. Call a
particular function by substituting the number of points for N, as in
cfft8 (r_inp, i_inp, r_outp, i_outp);
The input to cfftN are two floating-point arrays of N points. The array
real_input contains the real components of the complex signal, and the
array imag_input contains the imaginary components.
If there are fewer than N actual data points, you must pad the arrays with
zeros to make N samples. However, better results occur with less zero pad-
ding. The input data should be windowed (if necessary) before calling the
function, because no preprocessing is performed on the data.
If the input data can be overwritten, then the cfftN functions allow the
array real_input to share the same memory as the array real_output, and
imag_input to share the same memory as imag_output. This improves
memory usage, but at the cost of run-time performance.
The cfftN functions return a pointer to the real_output array.
The cfftN library functions have not been optimized for SHARC
SIMD processors. Alternative FFT functions that do exploit this
feature are defined in the filter.h header file.
Error Conditions
None.
CrossCore Embedded Studio 1.1 2-59
C/C++ Library Manual for SHARC Processors
DSP Run-Time Library
Example
#include <trans.h>
#define N 2048
float real_input[N], imag_input[N];
float real_output[N], imag_output[N];
cfft2048 (real_input, imag_input, real_output, imag_output);
See Also
cfft, cfftN, fft_magnitude, ifftN, rfftN
Documented Library Functions
2-60 CrossCore Embedded Studio 1.1
C/C++ Library Manual for SHARC Processors
cfftN
N-point complex input FFT
Synopsis
#include <filter.h>
complex_float *cfft65536 (complex_float dm input[],
complex_float dm output[]);
complex_float *cfft32768 (complex_float dm input[],
complex_float dm output[]);
complex_float *cfft16384 (complex_float dm input[],
complex_float dm output[]);
complex_float *cfft8192 (complex_float dm input[],
complex_float dm output[]);
complex_float *cfft4096 (complex_float dm input[],
complex_float dm output[]);
complex_float *cfft2048 (complex_float dm input[],
complex_float dm output[]);
complex_float *cfft1024 (complex_float dm input[],
complex_float dm output[]);
complex_float *cfft512 (complex_float dm input[],
complex_float dm output[]);
complex_float *cfft256 (complex_float dm input[],
complex_float dm output[]);
CrossCore Embedded Studio 1.1 2-61
C/C++ Library Manual for SHARC Processors
DSP Run-Time Library
complex_float *cfft128 (complex_float dm input[],
complex_float dm output[]);
complex_float *cfft64 (complex_float dm input[],
complex_float dm output[]);
complex_float *cfft32 (complex_float dm input[],
complex_float dm output[]);
complex_float *cfft16 (complex_float dm input[],
complex_float dm output[]);
complex_float *cfft8 (complex_float dm input[],
complex_float dm output[]);
Description
These cfftN functions are defined in the header file filter.h. They have
been optimized to take advantage of the SIMD capabilities of the SHARC
processors supported by CCES. These FFT functions require complex
arguments to ensure that the real and imaginary parts are interleaved in
memory and thus are accessible in a single cycle using the wider data bus
of the processor.
Each of these cfftN functions computes the N-point radix-2 Fast Fourier
Transform (CFFT) of its complex input (where N is 8, 16, 32, 64, 128,
256, 512, 1024, 2048, 4096, 8192, 16384, 32768, or 65536).
There are fourteen distinct functions in this set. All perform the same
function with the same type and number of arguments. The only differ-
ence between them is the size of the arrays on which they operate. Call a
particular function by substituting the number of points for N, as in
cfft8 (input, output);
The input to cfftN is a floating-point array of N points. If there are fewer
than N actual data points, you must pad the array with zeros to make N
Documented Library Functions
2-62 CrossCore Embedded Studio 1.1
C/C++ Library Manual for SHARC Processors
samples. Better results occur with less zero padding, however. The input
data should be windowed (if necessary) before calling the function because
no preprocessing is performed on the data. Optimal memory usage can be
achieved by specifying the input array as the output array, but at the cost
of run-time performance.
The cfftN() function returns a pointer to the output array.
The cfftN functions use the input array as an intermediate work-
space. If the input data is to be preserved it must first be copied to
a safe location before calling these functions.
Error Conditions
None.
Example
#include <filter.h>
#define N 2048
complex_float input[N], output[N];
cfft2048 (input, output);
See Also
cfft, cfftf, fft_magnitude, ifftN, rfftN
By default these functions use SIMD. For more information, refer
to Implications of Using SIMD Mode.
CrossCore Embedded Studio 1.1 2-63
C/C++ Library Manual for SHARC Processors
DSP Run-Time Library
cfftf
fast N-point complex radix-2 Fast Fourier Transform
Synopsis
#include <filter.h>
void cfftf (float data_real[], float data_imag[],
float temp_real[], float temp_imag[],
const float twid_real[],
const float twid_imag[],
int n);
Description
The cfftf function transforms the time domain complex input signal
sequence to the frequency domain by using the accelerated version of the
Discrete Fourier Transform known as a Fast Fourier Transform or FFT. It
decimates in frequency using an optimized radix-2 algorithm.
The array data_real contains the real part of a complex input signal, and
the array data_imag contains the imaginary part of the signal. On output,
the function overwrites the data in these arrays and stores the real part of
the FFT in data_real, and the imaginary part of the FFT in data_imag. If
the input data is to be preserved, it must first be copied to a safe location
before calling this function. The argument n represents the number of
points in the FFT; it must be a power of 2 and must be at least 64.
The cfftf function has been designed for optimal performance and requires
that the arrays data_real and data_imag are aligned on an address bound-
ary that is a multiple of the FFT size. For certain applications, this
alignment constraint may not be appropriate; in such cases, the applica-
tion should call the cfft function instead with no loss of facility (apart
from performance).
Documented Library Functions
2-64 CrossCore Embedded Studio 1.1
C/C++ Library Manual for SHARC Processors
The arrays temp_real and temp_imag are used as intermediate temporary
buffers and should each be of size n.
The twiddle table is passed in using the arrays twid_real and twid_imag.
The array twid_real contains the positive cosine factors, and the array
twid_imag contains the negative sine factors; each array should be of size
n/2 . The twidfftf function (on page 2-223) may be used to initialize the
twiddle table arrays.
It is recommended that the arrays containing real parts (data_real,
temp_real, and twid_real) are allocated in separate memory blocks from
the arrays containing imaginary parts (data_imag, temp_imag, and
twid_imag); otherwise, the performance of the function degrades.
The cfftf function has been implemented to make highly efficient
use of the processor’s SIMD capabilities and long word addressing
mode. The function therefore imposes the following restrictions:
All the arrays that are passed to the function must be allocated in
internal memory. The DSP run-time library does not contain a ver-
sion of the function that can be used with data in external memory.
The function should not be used with any application that relies on
the -reserve register[, register...] switch.
Due to the alignment restrictions of the input arrays (as docu-
mented above), it is unlikely that the function will generate the
correct results if the input arrays are allocated on the stack.
For more information, refer to refer to Implications of Using
SIMD Mode and Using Data in External Memory.
Error Conditions
None.
CrossCore Embedded Studio 1.1 2-65
C/C++ Library Manual for SHARC Processors
DSP Run-Time Library
Example
#include <filter.h>
#define FFT_SIZE 1024
#pragma align 1024
static float dm input_r[FFT_SIZE];
#pragma align 1024
static float pm input_i[FFT_SIZE];
float dm temp_r[FFT_SIZE];
float pm temp_i[FFT_SIZE];
float dm twid_r[FFT_SIZE/2];
float pm twid_i[FFT_SIZE/2];
twidfftf(twid_r,twid_i,FFT_SIZE);
cfftf(input_r,input_i,
temp_r,temp_i,
twid_r,twid_i,FFT_SIZE);
See Also
cfft, cfftN, fftf_magnitude, ifftf, rfftf_2, twidfftf
Documented Library Functions
2-66 CrossCore Embedded Studio 1.1
C/C++ Library Manual for SHARC Processors
cmatmadd
Complex matrix + matrix addition
Synopsis
#include <cmatrix.h>
complex_float *cmatmaddf (complex_float dm *output,
const complex_float dm *a,
const complex_float dm *b,
int rows, int cols);
complex_double *cmatmadd (complex_double dm *output,
const complex_double dm *a,
const complex_double dm *b,
int rows, int cols);
complex_long_double *cmatmaddd (complex_long_double dm *output,
const complex_long_double dm *a,
const complex_long_double dm *b,
int rows, int cols);
Description
The cmatmadd functions perform a complex matrix addition of the input
matrix a[][] with input complex matrix b[][], and store the result in the
matrix output[][]. The dimensions of these matrices are a[rows][cols],
b[rows][cols], and output[rows][cols]. The functions return a pointer
to the output matrix.
Error Conditions
None.
CrossCore Embedded Studio 1.1 2-67
C/C++ Library Manual for SHARC Processors
DSP Run-Time Library
Example
#include <cmatrix.h>
#define ROWS 4
#define COLS 8
complex_double a[ROWS][COLS], *a_p = (complex_double *) (&a);
complex_double b[ROWS][COLS], *b_p = (complex_double *) (&b);
complex_double c[ROWS][COLS], *res_p = (complex_double *) (&c);
cmatmadd (res_p, a_p, b_p, ROWS, COLS);
See Also
cmatmmlt, cmatmsub, cmatsadd, matmadd
The cmatmadf function (and cmatmadd, if doubles are the same size
as floats) uses SIMD; refer to Implications of Using SIMD Mode
for more information.
Documented Library Functions
2-68 CrossCore Embedded Studio 1.1
C/C++ Library Manual for SHARC Processors
cmatmmlt
Complex matrix * matrix multiplication
Synopsis
#include <cmatrix.h>
complex_float *cmatmmltf (complex_float dm *output,
const complex_float dm *a,
const complex_float dm *b,
int a_rows, int a_cols, int b_cols);
complex_double *cmatmmlt (complex_double dm *output,
const complex_double dm *a,
const complex_double dm *b,
int a_rows, int a_cols, int b_cols);
complex_long_double *cmatmmltd (complex_long_double dm *output,
const complex_long_double dm *a,
const complex_long_double dm *b,
int a_rows, int a_cols, int b_cols);
Description
The cmatmmlt functions perform a complex matrix multiplication of the
input matrices a[][] and b[][], and return the result in the matrix out-
put[][]. The dimensions of these matrices are a[a_rows][a_cols],
b[a_cols][b_cols], and output[a_rows][b_cols]. The functions return a
pointer to the output matrix.
CrossCore Embedded Studio 1.1 2-69
C/C++ Library Manual for SHARC Processors
DSP Run-Time Library
Algorithm
Complex matrix multiplication is defined by the following algorithm:
where:
i = {0,1,2,...,a_rows–1}
j = {0,1,2,...,b_cols–1}
Error Conditions
None.
Example
#include <cmatrix.h>
#define ROWS_1 4
#define COLS_1 8
#define COLS_2 2
Re cij
 Re ail
Re blj
Im ail
Im blj

l0=
a_cols 1
=
Im cij
 Re ail
Im blj
Im ail
Re blj
+
l0=
a_cols 1
=
Documented Library Functions
2-70 CrossCore Embedded Studio 1.1
C/C++ Library Manual for SHARC Processors
complex_double a[ROWS_1][COLS_1], *a_p = (complex_double *) (&a);
complex_double b[COLS_1][COLS_2], *b_p = (complex_double *) (&b);
complex_double c[ROWS_1][COLS_2], *r_p = (complex_double *) (&c);
cmatmmlt (r_p, a_p, b_p, ROWS_1, COLS_1, COLS_2);
See Also
cmatmadd, cmatmsub, cmatsmlt, matmmlt
CrossCore Embedded Studio 1.1 2-71
C/C++ Library Manual for SHARC Processors
DSP Run-Time Library
cmatmsub
Complex matrix – matrix subtraction
Synopsis
#include <cmatrix.h>
complex_float *cmatmsubf (complex_float dm *output,
const complex_float dm *a,
const complex_float dm *b,
int rows, int cols);
complex_double *cmatmsub (complex_double dm *output,
const complex_double dm *a,
const complex_double dm *b,
int rows, int cols);
complex_long_double *cmatmsubd (complex_long_double dm *output,
const complex_long_double dm *a,
const complex_long_double dm *b,
int rows, int cols);
Description
The cmatmsub functions perform a complex matrix subtraction between
the input matrices a[][] and b[][], and return the result in the matrix
output[][]. The dimensions of these matrices are a[rows][cols],
b[rows][cols], and output[rows][cols]. The functions return a pointer
to the output matrix.
Error Conditions
None.
Documented Library Functions
2-72 CrossCore Embedded Studio 1.1
C/C++ Library Manual for SHARC Processors
Example
#include <cmatrix.h>
#define ROWS 4
#define COLS 8
complex_double a[ROWS][COLS], *a_p = (complex_double *) (&a);
complex_double b[ROWS][COLS], *b_p = (complex_double *) (&b);
complex_double c[ROWS][COLS], *res_p = (complex_double *) (&c);
cmatmsub (res_p, a_p, b_p, ROWS, COLS);
See Also
cmatmadd, cmatmmlt, cmatssub, matmsub
The cmatmsubf function (and cmatmsub, if doubles are the same
size as floats) uses SIMD; refer to Implications of Using SIMD
Mode for more information.
CrossCore Embedded Studio 1.1 2-73
C/C++ Library Manual for SHARC Processors
DSP Run-Time Library
cmatsadd
Complex matrix + scalar addition
Synopsis
#include <cmatrix.h>
complex_float *cmatsaddf (complex_float dm *output,
const complex_float dm *a,
complex_float scalar,
int rows, int cols);
complex_double *cmatsadd (complex_double dm *output,
const complex_double dm *a,
complex_double scalar,
int rows, int cols);
complex_long_double *cmatsaddd (complex_long_double dm *output,
const complex_long_double dm *a,
complex_long_double scalar,
int rows, int cols);
Description
The cmatsadd functions add a complex scalar to each element of the com-
plex input matrix a[][] and return the result in the matrix output[][].
The dimensions of these matrices are a[rows][cols] and
output[rows][cols]. The functions return a pointer to the output matrix.
Error Conditions
None.
Documented Library Functions
2-74 CrossCore Embedded Studio 1.1
C/C++ Library Manual for SHARC Processors
Example
#include <cmatrix.h>
#define ROWS 4
#define COLS 8
complex_double a[ROWS][COLS], *a_p = (complex_double *) (&a);
complex_double c[ROWS][COLS], *res_p = (complex_double *) (&c);
complex_double z;
cmatsadd (res_p, a_p, z, ROWS, COLS);
See Also
cmatsmlt, cmatssub, cmatmadd, matsadd
The cmatsaddf function (and cmatsadd, if doubles are the same
size as floats) uses SIMD; refer to Implications of Using SIMD
Mode for more information.
CrossCore Embedded Studio 1.1 2-75
C/C++ Library Manual for SHARC Processors
DSP Run-Time Library
cmatsmlt
Complex matrix * scalar multiplication
Synopsis
#include <cmatrix.h>
complex_float *cmatsmltf (complex_float dm *output,
const complex_float dm *a,
complex_float scalar,
int rows, int cols);
complex_double *cmatsmlt (complex_double dm *output,
const complex_double dm *a,
complex_double scalar,
int rows, int cols);
complex_long_double *cmatsmltd (complex_long_double dm *output,
const complex_long_double dm *a,
complex_long_double scalar,
int rows, int cols);
Description
The cmatsmlt functions multiply each element of the complex input
matrix a[][] with a complex scalar, and return the result in the matrix
output[][]. The dimensions of these matrices are a[rows][cols] and
output[rows][cols]. The functions return a pointer to the output matrix.
Documented Library Functions
2-76 CrossCore Embedded Studio 1.1
C/C++ Library Manual for SHARC Processors
Algorithm
Complex matrix by scalar multiplication is defined by the following
algorithm:
where:
i = {0,1,2,..., rows–1}
j = {0,1,2,..., cols–1}
Error Conditions
None.
Example
#include <cmatrix.h>
#define ROWS 4
#define COLS 8
complex_double a[ROWS][COLS], *a_p = (complex_double *) (&a);
complex_double c[ROWS][COLS], *res_p = (complex_double *) (&c);
complex_double z;
cmatsmlt (res_p, a_p, z, ROWS, COLS);
See Also
cmatsadd, cmatssub, cmatmmlt, matsmlt
Im cij
 Re aij
Im scalarIm aij
Re scalar+=
CrossCore Embedded Studio 1.1 2-77
C/C++ Library Manual for SHARC Processors
DSP Run-Time Library
cmatssub
Complex matrix – scalar subtraction
Synopsis
#include <cmatrix.h>
complex_float *cmatssubf (complex_float dm *output,
const complex_float dm *a,
complex_float scalar,
int rows, int cols);
complex_double *cmatssub (complex_double dm *output,
const complex_double dm *a,
complex_double scalar,
int rows, int cols);
complex_long_double *cmatssubd (complex_long_double dm *output,
const complex_long_double dm *a,
complex_long_double scalar,
int rows, int cols);
Description
The cmatssub functions subtract a complex scalar from each element of
the complex input matrix a[][] and return the result in the matrix out-
put[][]. The dimensions of these matrices are a[rows][cols] and
output[rows][cols]. The functions return a pointer to the output matrix.
Error Conditions
None.
Documented Library Functions
2-78 CrossCore Embedded Studio 1.1
C/C++ Library Manual for SHARC Processors
Example
#include <cmatrix.h>
#define ROWS 4
#define COLS 8
complex_double a[ROWS][COLS], *a_p = (complex_double *) (&a);
complex_double c[ROWS][COLS], *res_p = (complex_double *) (&c);
complex_double z;
cmatssub (res_p, a_p, z, ROWS, COLS);
See Also
cmatsadd, cmatsmlt, cmatmsub, matssub
The cmatssubf function (and cmatssub, if doubles are the same size
as floats) uses SIMD; refer to Implications of Using SIMD Mode
for more information.
CrossCore Embedded Studio 1.1 2-79
C/C++ Library Manual for SHARC Processors
DSP Run-Time Library
cmlt
Complex multiplication
Synopsis
#include <complex.h>
complex_float cmltf (complex_float a, complex_float b);
complex_double cmlt (complex_double a, complex_double b);
complex_long_double cmltd (complex_long_double a,
complex_long_double b);
Description
The cmlt functions compute the complex multiplication of the complex
numbers a and b, and return the result.
Error Conditions
None.
Example
#include <complex.h>
complex_float x = {3.0,11.0};
complex_float y = {1.0, 2.0};
complex_float z;
z = cmltf(x,y); /* z.re = -19.0, z.im = 17.0 */
See Also
cadd, cdiv, csub
Documented Library Functions
2-80 CrossCore Embedded Studio 1.1
C/C++ Library Manual for SHARC Processors
conj
Complex conjugate
Synopsis
#include <complex.h>
complex_float conjf (complex_float a);
complex_double conj (complex_double a);
complex_long_double conjd (complex_long_double a);
Description
The complex conjugate functions conjugate the complex input a, and
return the result.
Error Conditions
None.
Example
#include <complex.h>
complex_double x = {2.0,8.0};
complex_double z;
z = conj(x); /* z = (2.0,-8.0) */
See Also
No related functions.
CrossCore Embedded Studio 1.1 2-81
C/C++ Library Manual for SHARC Processors
DSP Run-Time Library
convolve
Convolution
Synopsis
#include <filter.h>
float *convolve (const float a[], int asize,
const float b[], int bsize, float *output);
Description
The convolution function calculates the convolution of the input vectors
a[] and b[] , and returns the result in the vector output[]. The lengths of
these vectors are a[asize], b[bsize], and output[asize+bsize-1].
The convolve function returns a pointer to the output vector.
Algorithm
Convolution of two vectors is defined as:
where:
k = {0, 1, ..., asize + bsize – 2}
m = max( 0, k + 1 – bsize)
n = min( k, asize – 1)
Error Conditions
None.
ckaj
jm=
n
bkj
=
Documented Library Functions
2-82 CrossCore Embedded Studio 1.1
C/C++ Library Manual for SHARC Processors
Example
#include <filter.h>
float input[81];
float response[31];
float output[81 + 31 –1];
convolve(input,81,response,31,output);
See Also
crosscorr
CrossCore Embedded Studio 1.1 2-83
C/C++ Library Manual for SHARC Processors
DSP Run-Time Library
copysign
Copy the sign of the floating-point operand.
Synopsis
#include <math.h>
float copysignf (float x, float y);
double copysign (double x, double y);
long double copysignd (long double x, long double y);
Description
The copysign functions copy the sign of the second argument y to the first
argument x without changing its exponent or mantissa.
The copysignf function is a built-in function which is implemented with
an Fn=Fx COPYSIGN Fy instruction. The copysign function is compiled as a
built-in function if double is the same size as float.
Error Conditions
None.
Example
#include <math.h>
double x;
float y;
x = copysign (0.5, -10.0); /* x = -0.5 */
y = copysignf (-10.0, 0.5f); /* y = 10.0 */
See Also
No related functions.
Documented Library Functions
2-84 CrossCore Embedded Studio 1.1
C/C++ Library Manual for SHARC Processors
cot
Cotangent
Synopsis
#include <math.h>
float cotf (float x);
double cot (double x);
long double cotd (long double x);
Description
The cotangent functions return the cotangent of their argument. The
input is interpreted as radians.
Error Conditions
The input argument x for cotf must be in the domain [-1.647e6,
1.647e6] and the input argument for cotd must be in the domain
[-4.21657e8, 4.21657e8]. The functions return zero if x is outside their
domain.
Example
#include <math.h>
#define PI 3.141592653589793
double d;
float r;
d = cot (-PI/4.0); /* d = -1.0 */
r = cotf( PI/4.0F); /* r = 1.0 */
CrossCore Embedded Studio 1.1 2-85
C/C++ Library Manual for SHARC Processors
DSP Run-Time Library
See Also
tan
Documented Library Functions
2-86 CrossCore Embedded Studio 1.1
C/C++ Library Manual for SHARC Processors
crosscoh
Cross-coherence
Synopsis
#include <stats.h>
float *crosscohf (float output[],
const float x_input[],
const float y_input[],
int samples,
int lags);
double *crosscoh (double output[],
const double x_input[],
const double y_input[],
int samples,
int lags);
long double *crosscohd (long double output[],
const long double x_input[],
const long double y_input[],
int samples,
int lags);
Description
The crosscoh functions perform a cross-coherence between the two signals
contained in x_input and y_input, both of length samples. The
cross-coherence is the sum of the scalar products of the input signals in
which the signals are displaced in time with respect to one another (i.e. the
cross-correlation between the input signals), minus the product of the par-
tial mean of x_input and the partial mean of y_input.
CrossCore Embedded Studio 1.1 2-87
C/C++ Library Manual for SHARC Processors
DSP Run-Time Library
The cross-coherence between the two input signals is returned in the array
output of length lags. The functions return a pointer to the output array.
Error Conditions
The crosscoh functions will return without modifying the output array if
either the number of samples is less than or equal to 1, or if the number of
lags is less than 1, or if the number of lags is not less than the number of
samples.
Algorithm
The cross-coherence functions are based on the following algorithm.
where:
n = samples
k = 0 to lags–1
a = x_input
b = y_input
ck
1
nk
----------- ajbjk+
j0=
nk1
1
nk
----------- aj
j0=
nk1




1
nk
----------- bj
jk=
n1




=
Documented Library Functions
2-88 CrossCore Embedded Studio 1.1
C/C++ Library Manual for SHARC Processors
Example
#include <stats.h>
#define SAMPLES 1024
#define LAGS 16
float x[SAMPLES];
float y[SAMPLES];
float response[LAGS];
crosscohf (response, x, y, SAMPLES, LAGS);
See Also
autocoh, autocorr, crosscorr
CrossCore Embedded Studio 1.1 2-89
C/C++ Library Manual for SHARC Processors
DSP Run-Time Library
crosscorr
Cross-correlation
Synopsis
#include <stats.h>
float *crosscorrf (float dm out[],
const float dm x[], const float dm y[],
int samples, int lags);
double *crosscorr (double dm out[],
const double dm x[], const double dm y[],
int samples, int lags);
long double *crosscorrd (long double dm out[],
const long double dm x[],
const long double dm y[],
int samples, int lags);
Description
The cross-correlation functions perform a cross-correlation between two
signals. The cross-correlation is the sum of the scalar products of the sig-
nals in which the signals are displaced in time with respect to one another.
The signals to be correlated are given by the input arrays x[] and y[]. The
length of the input arrays is given by samples. The functions return a
pointer to the output data array out[] of length lags.
Cross-correlation is used in signal processing applications such as speech
analysis.
Documented Library Functions
2-90 CrossCore Embedded Studio 1.1
C/C++ Library Manual for SHARC Processors
Algorithm
The following equation is the basis of the algorithm.
where:
k = {0, 1, ..., lags–1}
a = x
b = y
n = samples
Error Conditions
None.
Example
#include <stats.h>
#define SAMPLES 1024
#define LAGS 16
double excitation[SAMPLES], y[SAMPLES];
double response[LAGS];
int lags = LAGS;
crosscorr (response, excitation, y, SAMPLES, lags);
ck
1
n
---ajbjk+
j0=
nk1




=
CrossCore Embedded Studio 1.1 2-91
C/C++ Library Manual for SHARC Processors
DSP Run-Time Library
See Also
autocoh, autocorr, crosscoh
The crosscorrf function (and crosscorr, if doubles are the same
size as floats) uses SIMD; refer to Implications of Using SIMD
Mode for more information.
Documented Library Functions
2-92 CrossCore Embedded Studio 1.1
C/C++ Library Manual for SHARC Processors
csub
Complex subtraction
Synopsis
#include <complex.h>
complex_float csubf (complex_float a, complex_float b);
complex_double csub (complex_double a, complex_double b);
complex_long_double csubd (complex_long_double a,
complex_long_double b);
Description
The csub functions subtract the two complex values a and b, and return
the result.
Error Conditions
None.
Example
#include <complex.h>
complex_float x = {9.0,16.0};
complex_float y = {1.0,-1.0};
complex_float z;
z = csubf(x,y); /* z.re = 8.0, z.im = 17.0 */
See Also
cadd, cdiv, cmlt
CrossCore Embedded Studio 1.1 2-93
C/C++ Library Manual for SHARC Processors
DSP Run-Time Library
cvecdot
Complex vector dot product
Synopsis
#include <cvector.h>
complex_float cvecdotf (const complex_float dm a[],
const complex_float dm b[], int samples);
complex_double cvecdot (const complex_double dm a[],
const complex_double dm b[], int samples);
complex_long_double cvecdotd (const complex_long_double dm a[],
const complex_long_double dm b[],
int samples);
Description
The cvecdot functions compute the complex dot product of the complex
vectors a[] and b[], which are samples in size. The scalar result is
returned by the function.
Algorithm
The algorithm for a complex dot product is given by:
Re ci
 Re ai
 Re bi
Im ai
Im bi

l0=
n1
=
Documented Library Functions
2-94 CrossCore Embedded Studio 1.1
C/C++ Library Manual for SHARC Processors
where:
i = {0,1,2,...,samples–1}
Error Conditions
None.
Example
#include <cvector.h>
#define N 100
complex_float x[N], y[N];
complex_float answer;
answer = cvecdotf (x, y, N);
See Also
vecdot
Im ci
 Re ai
 Im bi
Im ai
Re bi
+
l0=
n1
=
CrossCore Embedded Studio 1.1 2-95
C/C++ Library Manual for SHARC Processors
DSP Run-Time Library
cvecsadd
Complex vector + scalar addition
Synopsis
#include <cvector.h>
complex_float *cvecsaddf (const complex_float dm a[],
complex_float scalar,
complex_float dm output[], int samples);
complex_double *cvecsadd (const complex_double dm a[],
complex_double scalar,
complex_double dm output[],
int samples);
complex_long_double *cvecsaddd (const complex_long_double dm a[],
complex_long_double scalar,
complex_long_double dm output[],
int samples);
Description
The cvecsadd functions compute the sum of each element of the complex
vector a[], added to the complex scalar. Both the input and output vec-
tors are samples in size. The functions return a pointer to the output
vector.
Error Conditions
None.
Documented Library Functions
2-96 CrossCore Embedded Studio 1.1
C/C++ Library Manual for SHARC Processors
Example
#include <cvector.h>
#define N 100
complex_float input[N], result[N];
complex_float x;
cvecsaddf (input, x, result, N);
See Also
cvecsmlt, cvecssub, cvecvadd, vecsadd
The cvecsaddf function (and cvecsadd, if doubles are the same size
as floats) uses SIMD by default. Refer to Implications of Using
SIMD Mode for more information.
CrossCore Embedded Studio 1.1 2-97
C/C++ Library Manual for SHARC Processors
DSP Run-Time Library
cvecsmlt
Complex vector * scalar multiplication
Synopsis
#include <cvector.h>
complex_float *cvecsmltf (const complex_float dm a[],
complex_float scalar,
complex_float dm output[], int samples);
complex_double *cvecsmlt (const complex_double dm a[],
complex_double scalar,
complex_double dm output[],
int samples);
complex_long_double *cvecsmltd (const complex_long_double dm a[],
complex_long_double scalar,
complex_long_double dm output[],
int samples);
Description
The cvecsmlt functions compute the product of each element of the com-
plex vector a[], multiplied by the complex scalar. Both the input and
output vectors are samples in size. The functions return a pointer to the
output vector.
Documented Library Functions
2-98 CrossCore Embedded Studio 1.1
C/C++ Library Manual for SHARC Processors
Complex vector by scalar multiplication is given by the formula:
Re(ci) = Re(ai)*Re(scalar) – Im(ai)*Im(scalar)
Im(ci) = Re(ai)*Im(scalar) + Im(ai)*Re(scalar)
where:
i = {0,1,2,...,samples–1}
Error Conditions
None.
Example
#include <cvector.h>
#define N 100
complex_float input[N], result[N];
complex_float x;
cvecsmltf (input, x, result, N);
See Also
cvecsadd, cvecssub, cvecvmlt, vecsmlt
CrossCore Embedded Studio 1.1 2-99
C/C++ Library Manual for SHARC Processors
DSP Run-Time Library
cvecssub
Complex vector – scalar subtraction
Synopsis
#include <cvector.h>
complex_float *cvecssubf (const complex_float dm a[],
complex_float scalar,
complex_float dm output[], int samples);
complex_double *cvecssub (const complex_double dm a[],
complex_double scalar,
complex_double dm output[],
int samples);
complex_long_double *cvecssubd (const complex_long_double dm a[],
complex_long_double scalar,
complex_long_double dm output[],
int samples);
Description
The cvecssub functions compute the difference of each element of the
complex vector a[], minus the complex scalar. Both the input and output
vectors are samples in size. The functions return a pointer to the output
vector.
Error Conditions
None.
Documented Library Functions
2-100 CrossCore Embedded Studio 1.1
C/C++ Library Manual for SHARC Processors
Example
#include <cvector.h>
#define N 100
complex_float input[N], result[N];
complex_float x;
cvecssubf (input, x, result, N);
See Also
cvecsadd, cvecsmlt, cvecvsub, vecssub
The cvecssubf function (and cvecssub, if doubles are the same size
as floats) uses SIMD by default. Refer to Implications of Using
SIMD Mode for more information.
CrossCore Embedded Studio 1.1 2-101
C/C++ Library Manual for SHARC Processors
DSP Run-Time Library
cvecvadd
Complex vector + vector addition
Synopsis
#include <cvector.h>
complex_float *cvecvaddf (const complex_float dm a[],
const complex_float dm b[],
complex_float dm output[], int samples);
complex_double *cvecvadd (const complex_double dm a[],
const complex_double dm b[],
complex_double dm output[]
int samples);
complex_long_double *cvecvaddd (const complex_long_double dm a[],
const complex_long_double dm b[],
complex_long_double dm output[],
int samples);
Description
The cvecvadd functions compute the sum of each of the elements of the
complex vectors a[] and b[], and store the result in the output vector. All
three vectors are samples in size. The functions return a pointer to the
output vector.
Error Conditions
None.
Documented Library Functions
2-102 CrossCore Embedded Studio 1.1
C/C++ Library Manual for SHARC Processors
Example
#include <cvector.h>
#define N 100
complex_float input_1[N];
complex_float input_2[N], result[N];
cvecvaddf (input_1, input_2, result, N);
See Also
cvecsadd, cvecvmlt, cvecvsub, vecvadd
The cvecvaddf function (and cvecvadd, if doubles are the same size
as floats) uses SIMD by default. Refer to Implications of Using
SIMD Mode for more information.
CrossCore Embedded Studio 1.1 2-103
C/C++ Library Manual for SHARC Processors
DSP Run-Time Library
cvecvmlt
Complex vector * vector multiply
Synopsis
#include <cvector.h>
complex_float *cvecvmltf (const complex_float dm a[],
const complex_float dm b[],
complex_float dm output[], int samples);
complex_double *cvecvmlt (const complex_double dm a[],
const complex_double dm b[],
complex_double dm output[],
int samples);
complex_long_double *cvecvmltd (const complex_long_double dm a[],
const complex_long_double dm b[],
complex_long_double dm output[],
int samples);
Description
The cvecvmlt functions compute the product of each of the elements of
the complex vectors a[] and b[], and store the result in the output vector.
All three vectors are samples in size. The functions return a pointer to the
output vector.
Documented Library Functions
2-104 CrossCore Embedded Studio 1.1
C/C++ Library Manual for SHARC Processors
Complex vector multiplication is given by the formula:
Re(ci) = Re(ai)*Re(bi) – Im(ai)*Im(bi)
Im(ci) = Re(ai)*Im(bi) + Im(ai)*Re(bi)
where:
i = {0,1,2,...,samples–1}
Error Conditions
None.
Example
#include <cvector.h>
#define N 100
complex_float input_1[N];
complex_float input_2[N], result[N];
cvecvmltf (input_1, input_2, result, N);
See Also
cvecsmlt, cvecvadd, cvecvsub, vecvmlt
Restrictions apply to this function if the data is placed in external
memory. See Using Data in External Memory for more
information.
This function uses long word access instructions. If the input data
is in a memory block where extended precision 40-bit accesses are
enabled (i.e. where the IMDWx bit is set), then the input data will
be read incorrectly. Only use this function when the input data is
in a block that is configured for 32-bit data accesses.
CrossCore Embedded Studio 1.1 2-105
C/C++ Library Manual for SHARC Processors
DSP Run-Time Library
cvecvsub
Complex vector – vector subtraction
Synopsis
#include <cvector.h>
complex_float *cvecvsubf (const complex_float dm a[],
const complex_float dm b[],
complex_float dm output[], int samples);
complex_double *cvecvsub (const complex_double dm a[],
const complex_double dm b[],
complex_double dm output[],
int samples);
complex_long_double *cvecvsubd (const complex_long_double dm a[],
const complex_long_double dm b[],
complex_long_double dm output[],
int samples);
Description
The cvecvsub functions compute the difference of each of the elements of
the complex vectors a[] and b[], and store the result in the output vector.
All three vectors are samples in size. The functions return a pointer to the
output vector.
Error Conditions
None.
Documented Library Functions
2-106 CrossCore Embedded Studio 1.1
C/C++ Library Manual for SHARC Processors
Example
#include <cvector.h>
#define N 100
complex_float input_1[N];
complex_float input_2[N], result[N];
cvecvsubf (input_1, input_2, result, N);
See Also
cvecssub, cvecvadd, cvecvmlt, vecvsub
The cvecvsubf function (and cvecvsub, if doubles are the same size
as floats) uses SIMD by default. Refer to Implications of Using
SIMD Mode for more information.
CrossCore Embedded Studio 1.1 2-107
C/C++ Library Manual for SHARC Processors
DSP Run-Time Library
favg
Mean of two values
Synopsis
#include <math.h>
float favgf (float x, float y);
double favg (double x, double y);
long double favgd (long double x, long double y);
Description
The favg functions return the mean of their two arguments.
The favgf function is a built-in function which is implemented with an
Fn=(Fx+Fy)/2 instruction. The favg function is compiled as a built-in
function if double is the same size as float.
Error Conditions
None.
Example
#include <math.h>
float x;
x = favgf (10.0f, 8.0f); /* returns 9.0f */
See Also
avg, lavg
Documented Library Functions
2-108 CrossCore Embedded Studio 1.1
C/C++ Library Manual for SHARC Processors
fclip
Clip
Synopsis
#include <math.h>
float fclipf (float x, float y);
double fclip (double x, double y);
long double fclipd (long double x, long double y);
Description
The fclip functions return the first argument if its absolute value is less
than the absolute value of the second argument, otherwise they return the
absolute value of the second argument if the first is positive, or minus the
absolute value if the first argument is negative.
The fclipf function is a built-in function which is implemented with an
Fn=CLIP Fx BY Fy instruction. The fclip function is compiled as a built-in
function if double is the same size as float.
Error Conditions
None.
Example
#include <math.h>
float y;
y = fclipf (5.1f, 8.0f); /* returns 5.1f */
See Also
clip, clip
CrossCore Embedded Studio 1.1 2-109
C/C++ Library Manual for SHARC Processors
DSP Run-Time Library
fft_magnitude
FFT magnitude
Synopsis
#include <filter.h>
float *fft_magnitude (complex_float input[],
float output[],
int fftsize,
int mode);
Description
The fft_magnitude function computes a normalized power spectrum from
the output signal generated by an FFT function; the mode parameter is
used to specify which FFT function has been used to generate the input
array.
If the input array has been generated by the cfft function, the mode must
be set to 0. In this case the input array and the power spectrum are of size
fftsize.
If the input array has been generated by the rfft function, mode must be set
to 2. In this case the input array and the power spectrum are of size ((fft-
size / 2) + 1).
The fft_magnitude function may also be used to calculate the power spec-
trum of an FFT that was generated by the cfftN and rfftN functions. If the
input array has been generated by the rfftN function, then mode must be
set to 1, and the size of the input array and the power spectrum will be
(fftsize / 2). If the input array was generated by the cfftN function,
then the mode must be set to 0 and the size of the input array and the
power spectrum will be fftsize (as for the cfft function above).
The fft_magnitude function returns a pointer to the output.
Documented Library Functions
2-110 CrossCore Embedded Studio 1.1
C/C++ Library Manual for SHARC Processors
The fft_magnitude function provides the same functionality as the
cfft_mag and rfft_mag function does. In addition, it provides a real
FFT power spectrum that includes the Nyquist frequency (only in
conjunction with the rfft function).
The fft_magnitude function uses SIMD by default. Refer to Impli-
cations of Using SIMD Mode for more information.
Error Conditions
None.
Algorithm
For mode 0 (cfft and cfftN generated input):
For mode 1 and 2 (rfftN and rfft generated input):
magnitude z Re az

2Im az

2
+
fftsize
------------------------------------------------------------=
magnitude z 2Re az

2Im az

2
+
fftsize
------------------------------------------------------------
=
CrossCore Embedded Studio 1.1 2-111
C/C++ Library Manual for SHARC Processors
DSP Run-Time Library
Example
#include <filter.h>
#define N_FFT 64
#define N_RFFT_OUT ((N_FFT / 2) + 1)
/* Data for real FFT */
float rfft_input[N_FFT];
complex_float rfft_output[N_RFFT_OUT];
complex_float rfftN_output[N_RFFT_OUT - 1];
/* Data for complex FFT */
complex_float cfft_input[N_FFT];
complex_float cfft_output[N_RFFT_OUT];
complex_float pm twiddle[N_FFT / 2];
complex_float temp[N_FFT];
float *tmp = (float*)temp;
/* Power Spectrums */
float rspectrum[N_RFFT_OUT];
float rNspectrum[N_RFFT_OUT - 1];
float cspectrum[N_FFT];
/* Initialize */
twidfft(twiddle, N_FFT);
/* Power spectrum using rfft */
rfft (rfft_input, tmp, rfft_output, twiddle, 1, N_FFT);
fft_magnitude (rfft_output, rspectrum, N_FFT, 2);
rfft64 (rfft_input, rfftN_output);
fft_magnitude (rfftN_output, rNspectrum, N_FFT, 1);
Documented Library Functions
2-112 CrossCore Embedded Studio 1.1
C/C++ Library Manual for SHARC Processors
/* Power spectrum using cfft */
cfft (cfft_input, temp, cfft_output, twiddle, 1, N_FFT);
fft_magnitude (cfft_output, cspectrum, N_FFT, 0);
See Also
cfft, cfftN, cfft_mag, fftf_magnitude, rfft, rfft_mag, rfftN
CrossCore Embedded Studio 1.1 2-113
C/C++ Library Manual for SHARC Processors
DSP Run-Time Library
fftf_magnitude
fftf magnitude
Synopsis
#include <filter.h>
float *fftf_magnitude (float input_real[],
float input_imag[],
float output[],
int fftsize,
int mode);
Description
The fftf_magnitude function computes a normalized power spectrum
from the output signal generated by one of the accelerated FFT functions
cfftf or rfftf_2.
The mode argument is used to specify which FFT function has been used.
If the input array has been generated by the cfftf function, mode must be
set to 0. In this case the input array and the power spectrum are of size
fftsize.
If the input array has been generated by the rfftf_2 function, mode must be
set to 2. In this case the input array will contain a signal that is symmetri-
cal about its midpoint and so the function will only use the first
((fftsize / 2) + 1) input samples to compute the power spectrum. The
size of the generated power spectrum will be ((fftsize / 2) + 1).
The fftf_magnitude function returns a pointer to the output.
Documented Library Functions
2-114 CrossCore Embedded Studio 1.1
C/C++ Library Manual for SHARC Processors
Algorithm
For mode 0 (cfftf generated input):
For mode 2 (rfftf_2 generated input):
Error Conditions
None.
Example
#include <filter.h>
#define N_FFT 64
#define N_RFFT_OUT ((N_FFT / 2) + 1)
float pm twiddle_re[N_FFT/2];
float dm twiddle_im[N_FFT/2];
#pragma align 64
float dm rfft1_re[N_FFT];
float dm rfft1_im[N_FFT];
magnitude z Re z
2Im z
2
+
fftsize
------------------------------------------------------=
magnitude z 2Re z
2Im z
2
+
fftsize
------------------------------------------------------
=
CrossCore Embedded Studio 1.1 2-115
C/C++ Library Manual for SHARC Processors
DSP Run-Time Library
#pragma align 64
float pm rfft2_re[N_FFT];
float pm rfft2_im[N_FFT];
#pragma align 64
float dm data_re[N_FFT];
float pm data_im[N_FFT];
#pragma align 64
float dm temp_re[N_FFT];
float pm temp_im[N_FFT];
float rspectrum_1[N_RFFT_OUT];
float rspectrum_2[N_RFFT_OUT];
float cspectrum[N_FFT];
twidfftf(twiddle_re, twiddle_im, N_FFT);
rfftf_2(rfft1_re, rfft1_im,
rfft2_re, rfft2_im, twiddle_re, twiddle_im, N_FFT);
fftf_magnitude(rfft1_re, rfft1_im, rspectrum_1, N_FFT, 2);
fftf_magnitude(rfft2_re, rfft2_im, rspectrum_2, N_FFT, 2);
cfftf(data_re, data_im,
temp_re, temp_im, twiddle_re, twiddle_im, N_FFT);
fftf_magnitude(data_re, data_im, cspectrum, N_FFT, 0);
See Also
cfftf, rfftf_2
By default, this function uses SIMD. Refer to Implications of
Using SIMD Mode for more information.
Documented Library Functions
2-116 CrossCore Embedded Studio 1.1
C/C++ Library Manual for SHARC Processors
fir
finite impulse response (FIR) filter
Synopsis (Scalar-Valued Version)
#include <filters.h>
float fir (float sample,
const float pm coeffs[],
float dm state[],
int taps);
Synopsis (Vector-Valued Version)
#include <filter.h>
float *fir (const float dm input[],
float dm output[],
const float pm coeffs[],
float dm state[],
int samples,
int taps);
Description
The fir functions implement a finite impulse response (FIR) filter that is
structured as a sum of products. The characteristics of the filter (passband,
stop band, and so on) are dependent on the coefficients and the number of
taps supplied by the calling program.
The scalar version of the fir function produces the filtered response of its
input data sample, which it returns as the result of the function.
The vector versions of the fir function generate the filtered response of the
input data input and store the result in the output vector output. The
CrossCore Embedded Studio 1.1 2-117
C/C++ Library Manual for SHARC Processors
DSP Run-Time Library
number of input samples and the length of the output vector is specified
by the argument samples.
The number of coefficients is specified by the parameter taps and the
coefficients must be stored in reverse order in the array coeffs; so
coeffs[0] contains the last filter coefficent and coeffs[taps-1] con-
tains the first coefficient. The array must be located in program memory
data space so that the single-cycle dual-memory fetch of the processor can
be used.
Each filter should have its own delay line, which is represented by the
array state. The array contains a pointer into the delay line as its first ele-
ment, followed by the delay line values. The length of the state array is
therefore one greater than the number of taps.
The state array should be initially cleared to zero before calling the func-
tion for the first time, and should not otherwise be modified by the user
program.
The library function uses the architecture’s dual-data move instruc-
tion to provide simultaneous access to the filter coefficients (in PM
data memory) and the delay line. When running on an
ADSP-21367, ADSP-21368 or ADSP-21369 processor, the filter
coefficients and the delay line must not both be allocated in exter-
nal memory; otherwise, the function can generate an incorrect set
of results. This occurs because in a dual-data move instruction, the
hardware does not support both memory accesses allocated to
external memory. Therefore, ensure that the filter coefficients or
the delay line (or, optionally, both) are allocated in internal mem-
ory when running on one of the ADSP-2136x processors specified
above.
The vector version of the fir functions return a pointer to the output vec-
tor; the scalar version of the function returns the filtered response of its
input sample.
Documented Library Functions
2-118 CrossCore Embedded Studio 1.1
C/C++ Library Manual for SHARC Processors
Error Conditions
None.
Example
Scalar-Valued
#include <filters.h>
#define TAPS 10
float y;
float pm coeffs[TAPS]; /* coeffs array must be */
/* initialized and in PM memory */
float state[TAPS+1];
int i;
for (i = 0; i < TAPS+1; i++)
state[i] = 0; /* initialize state array */
y = fir (0.775, coeffs, state, TAPS);
/* y holds the filtered output */
Vector-Valued
#include <filter.h>
#define TAPS 10
#define SAMPLES 256
float input[SAMPLES];
float output[SAMPLES];
float pm coeffs[TAPS]; /* coeffs array must be */
/* initialized and in PM memory */
float state[TAPS+1];
CrossCore Embedded Studio 1.1 2-119
C/C++ Library Manual for SHARC Processors
DSP Run-Time Library
int i;
for (i = 0; i < TAPS+1; i++)
state[i] = 0; /* initialize state array */
fir (input, output, coeffs, state, SAMPLES, TAPS);
See Also
biquad, fir_decima, fir_interp, firf, iir
By default, the vector version of the fir function uses SIMD. Refer
to Implications of Using SIMD Mode for more information.
Documented Library Functions
2-120 CrossCore Embedded Studio 1.1
C/C++ Library Manual for SHARC Processors
fir_decima
FIR-based decimation filter
Synopsis
#include <filter.h>
float *fir_decima (const float input[],
float output[],
const float pm coefficients[],
float delay[],
int num_output_samples,
int num_coeffs,
int decimation_index);
Description
The fir_decima function implements a finite impulse response (FIR) filter
defined by the coefficients and the delay line that are supplied in the call
of fir_decima. The function produces the filtered response of its input
data and then decimates.
The size of the output vector output is specified by the argument
num_output_samples, which specifies the number of output samples to be
generated. The input vector input should contain
decimation_index *num_output_samples samples, where decimation_in-
dex represents the decimation index.
The characteristics of the filter are dependent on the number of coeffi-
cients and their values, and the decimation index supplied by the calling
program.
The array of filter coefficients coefficients must be located in Program
Memory (PM) data space so that the single cycle dual memory fetch of the
processor can be used. The argument num_coeffs defines the number of
coefficients, which must be stored in reverse order. Thus coefficients[0]
CrossCore Embedded Studio 1.1 2-121
C/C++ Library Manual for SHARC Processors
DSP Run-Time Library
contains the last filter coefficient, and coefficients[num_coeffs-1] con-
tains the first.
The delay line has the size num_coeffs + 1. Before the first call, all ele-
ments must be set to zero. The first element in the delay line holds the
read/write pointer being used by the function to mark the next location in
the delay line to write to. The pointer should not be modified outside this
function. It is needed to support the restart facility, whereby the function
can be called repeatedly, carrying over previous input samples using the
delay line.
The fir_decima function returns the address of the output array.
The library function uses the architecture’s dual-data move instruc-
tion to provide simultaneous access to the filter coefficients (in PM
data memory) and the delay line. When running on an
ADSP-21367, ADSP-21368 or ADSP-21369 processor, the filter
coefficients and the delay line must not both be allocated in exter-
nal memory; otherwise, the function can generate an incorrect set
of results. This occurs because in a dual-data move instruction, the
hardware does not support both memory accesses allocated to
external memory. Therefore, ensure that the filter coefficients or
the delay line (or, optionally, both) are allocated in internal mem-
ory when running on one of the ADSP-2136x processors specified
above.
Algorithm
The following equation is the basis for the algorithm:
yi xi l jhk 1j
j0=
k1
=
Documented Library Functions
2-122 CrossCore Embedded Studio 1.1
C/C++ Library Manual for SHARC Processors
where:
i = 0, 1, .., num_output_samples–1
n = num_output_samples
k = num_coeffs
l = decimation_index
Error Conditions
None.
Example
#include <filter.h>
#define N_DECIMATION 4
#define N_SAMPLES_OUT 128
#define N_SAMPLES_IN (N_SAMPLES_OUT * N_DECIMATION)
#define N_COEFFS 33
float input[N_SAMPLES_IN];
float output[N_SAMPLES_OUT];
float delay[N_COEFFS + 1];
float pm coeffs[N_COEFFS];
int i;
/* Initialize the delay line */
for (i = 0; i < (N_COEFFS + 1); i++)
delay[i] = 0.0F;
fir_decima(input, output, coeffs, delay,
N_SAMPLES_OUT, N_COEFFS, N_DECIMATION);
See Also
fir, fir_interp
CrossCore Embedded Studio 1.1 2-123
C/C++ Library Manual for SHARC Processors
DSP Run-Time Library
fir_interp
FIR interpolation filter
Synopsis
#include <filter.h>
float *fir_interp (const float input[],
float output[],
const float pm coefficients[],
float delay[],
int num_input_samples,
int num_coeffs,
int interp_index);
Description
The fir_interp function implements a finite impulse response (FIR) filter
defined by the coefficients and the delay line supplied in the call of
fir_interp. It generates the interpolated filtered response of the input
data input and stores the result in the output vector output. To boost the
signal power, the filter response is multiplied by the interpolation index
interp_index before it is stored in the output array.
The number of input samples is specified by the argument num_in-
put_samples. The size of the output vector should be
num_input_samples*interp_index, where interp_index represents the
interpolation index.
The array of filter coefficients coefficients must be located in Program
Memory data space (PM) so that the single-cycle dual-memory fetch of
the processor can be used. The array must contain interp_index sets of
polyphase coefficients, where the number of polyphases in the filter is
equal to the interpolation index. The number of coefficients per polyphase
Documented Library Functions
2-124 CrossCore Embedded Studio 1.1
C/C++ Library Manual for SHARC Processors
is specified by the argument num_coeffs, and therefore the total length of
the array coefficients is of size num_coeffs*interp_index.
The fir_interp function assumes that the filter coefficients will be stored in
the following order:
coefficients[coeffs for 1st polyphase in reverse order
coeffs for 2nd polyphase in reverse order
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
coeffs for interp_index’th polyphase in reverse order]
The following example shows how the filter coefficients should be ordered
for the simple case when the interpolation index is set to 1, and when the
number of coefficients is 12. (Note that an interpolation index of 1
implies no interpolation, and that in this case the order of the coefficients
is the same order as used by the fir and fir_decima functions).
c11,c10,c9,c8,c7,c6,c5,c4,c3,c2,c1,c0
If the interpolation index is set to 3, then the above set of coefficients
should be re-ordered into three sets of polyphase coefficients in reverse
order as follows:
c9,c6,c3,c0, c10,c7,c4,c1, c11,c8,c5,c2
where the 1st set of polyphase coefficients c9, c6, c3, and c0 are used to
compute output[k], the 2nd set of polyphase coefficients c10, c7, c4, and
c1 are used to compute output[k+1], and the 3rd set of polyphase coeffi-
cients c11, c8, c5, and c2 are used to compute output[k+2].
CrossCore Embedded Studio 1.1 2-125
C/C++ Library Manual for SHARC Processors
DSP Run-Time Library
In general, the re-ordering can be expressed by the following formula:
npoly = interp_index;
for (np = 1, i = (num_coeffs*npoly); np <= npoly; np++)
for (nc = 1; nc <= (num_coeffs; nc++)
coeffs[--i] = filter_coeffs[(nc * npoly) - np];
where filter_coeffs[] represents the normal order coefficients.
The delay line has the size num_coeffs + 1. Before the first call, all ele-
ments must be set to zero. The first element in the delay line contains the
read/write pointer used by the function to mark the next location in the
delay line to write to. The pointer should not be modified outside this
function. It is needed to support the restart facility, whereby the function
can be called repeatedly, carrying over previous input samples using the
delay line.
The fir_interp function returns the address of the output array.
The library function uses the architecture’s dual-data move instruc-
tion to provide simultaneous access to the filter coefficients (in PM
data memory) and the delay line. When running on an
ADSP-21367, ADSP-21368 or ADSP-21369 processor, the filter
coefficients and the delay line must not both be allocated in exter-
nal memory; otherwise, the function can generate an incorrect set
of results. This occurs because in a dual-data move instruction, the
hardware does not support both memory accesses allocated to
external memory. Therefore, ensure that the filter coefficients or
the delay line (or, optionally, both) are allocated in internal mem-
ory when running on one of the ADSP-2136x processors specified
above.
Documented Library Functions
2-126 CrossCore Embedded Studio 1.1
C/C++ Library Manual for SHARC Processors
Algorithm
The algorithm for this function is given by:
where:
i = {0,1,2,...,num_input_samples–1}
m = {0,1,2,...,interp_index–1}
n = num_input_samples
p = interp_index
k = num_coeffs
Error Conditions
None.
Example
#include <filter.h>
#define N_INTERP 4
#define N_POLYPHASES (N_INTERP)
#define N_SAMPLES_IN 128
#define N_SAMPLES_OUT (N_SAMPLES_IN * N_INTERP)
#define N_COEFFS_PER_POLY 33
#define N_COEFFS (N_COEFFS_PER_POLY * N_POLYPHASES)
float input[N_SAMPLES_IN];
float output[N_SAMPLES_OUT];
yi p m+xi jhmkk1j+
j0=
k1
=
CrossCore Embedded Studio 1.1 2-127
C/C++ Library Manual for SHARC Processors
DSP Run-Time Library
float delay[N_COEFFS_PER_POLY + 1];
/* Coefficients in normal order */
float filter_coeffs[N_COEFFS];
/* Coefficients in implementation order */
float pm coeffs[N_COEFFS];
int i, nc, np, scale;
/* Initialize the delay line */
for (i = 0; i < (N_COEFFS_PER_POLY + 1); i++)
delay[i] = 0.0F;
/* Transform the normal order coefficients from a filter design
tool into coefficients for the fir_interp function */
i = N_COEFFS;
for (np = 1, np <= N_POLYPHASES; np++)
for (nc = 1; nc <= (N_COEFFS_PER_POLY); nc++)
coeffs[--i] = filter_coeffs[(nc * N_POLYPHASES) - np];
fir_interp (input, output, coeffs, delay,
N_SAMPLES_IN, N_COEFFS_PER_POLY, N_INTERP);
/* Adjust output */
scale = N_INTERP;
for (i = 0; i < N_SAMPLES_OUT; i++)
output[i] = output[i] / scale;
See Also
fir, fir_decima
Documented Library Functions
2-128 CrossCore Embedded Studio 1.1
C/C++ Library Manual for SHARC Processors
firf
Fast Finite Impulse Response (FIR) filter
Synopsis
#include <filter.h>
void *firf(const float input[],
float output[],
const float pm coefficients[],
float state[],
int samples,
int taps);
Description
The firf function implements an accelerated finite impulse response (FIR)
filter. The function generates the filtered response of the input data input
and stores the result in the output vector output. The number of input
samples and the length of the output vector are specified by the parameter
samples. The number of samples must be even and at least 4. The func-
tion will ignore the last sample if the number of samples is odd.
The number of coefficients is specified by the parameters taps. The num-
ber of coefficients must be even and at least 8. If the number of filter
coefficients is odd, then an application could round the number of coeffi-
cients up to the next even number and set the extra coefficient to 0. The
filter coefficients must be stored in reverse order in the array coeffi-
cients. Thus coefficients[0] contains the last filter coefficient and
coefficients[taps-1] contains the first coefficient. The array should be
located in a different memory section than the state array (see below) so
that the single-cycle, dual-memory fetch of the processor can be used.
Each filter should have its own delay line, which is represented by the
array state. The length of the state array is the number of taps + 1. The
CrossCore Embedded Studio 1.1 2-129
C/C++ Library Manual for SHARC Processors
DSP Run-Time Library
state array should be initially cleared to zero before calling the function for
the first time, and should not otherwise be modified by the user program.
The library function uses the architecture’s dual-data move instruc-
tions to provide simultaneous access to the filter coefficients (in
PM data memory) and the delay line. When running on a
ADSP-21367, ADSP-21368, or ADSP-21369 processor, the delay
line and filter coefficients must not both be allocated in external
memory otherwise the function may generate an incorrect set of
results. This may happen because the hardware does not support a
dual-data move instruction that generates two accesses to external
memory. Therefore ensure that either the filter coefficients or the
delay line (or, optimally, both) are allocated in internal memory
when running on one of the ADSP-2136x processors specified
above.
To provide optimal performance, the function uses the architecture’s
SIMD mode and also makes use of certain user-reservable registers. It is
therefore important to note the following constraints concerning the use
of the function:
Refer to Implications of Using SIMD Mode and to the section “A
Brief Introduction to SIMD Mode” in Chapter 1 of the C/C++ Com-
piler Manual for SHARC Processors for further information
concerning the use of SIMD. A non-SIMD version of this function
is not provided.
Under the C/C++ Run-Time Model, certain registers are defined as
Reservable Registers (refer to the section “Reservable Registers” in
Chapter 1 of the C/C++ Compiler Manual for SHARC Processors).
Normally the run-time library will avoid using these registers.
Documented Library Functions
2-130 CrossCore Embedded Studio 1.1
C/C++ Library Manual for SHARC Processors
However, the firf function will make use of the following registers,
preserving their contents on entry to the function and restoring
them on exit:
B1, I1, L1
Therefore applications that use the compiler’s -reserve switch to
reserve the above registers should not use the firf function.
The constraints imposed by the firf function may not meet the require-
ments of an application; in cases such as these, applications can instead use
the fir function which has the same functionality as the firf function but
none of its restrictions.
The function returns a pointer to the output array.
Algorithm
The algorithm is based on:
output[i] = sum (h[k] * x[i-j])
where:
x = input
h = array of coefficients
i = { 0, 1, ..., samples–1 }
j = { 0, 1, ..., taps–1 }
k = { taps–1, taps–2, ..., 0 }
Error Conditions
None.
CrossCore Embedded Studio 1.1 2-131
C/C++ Library Manual for SHARC Processors
DSP Run-Time Library
Example
#include <filter.h>
#define TAPS 64
#define SAMPLES 512
float input[SAMPLES];
float output[SAMPLES];
float pm coeffs[TAPS]; /* coeffs array must be */
/* initialized and in PM memory */
float state[TAPS+1];
int i;
for (i = 0; i < (TAPS+1); i++)
state[i] = 0; /* initialize state array */
for (;;)
{
/* acquire a new set of input data */
/* compute filtered response for current set of data */
firf (input, output, coeffs, state, SAMPLES, TAPS);
/* post-process filtered response */
}
See Also
fir
Documented Library Functions
2-132 CrossCore Embedded Studio 1.1
C/C++ Library Manual for SHARC Processors
fmax
float maximum
Synopsis
#include <math.h>
float fmaxf (float x, float y);
double fmax (double x, double y);
long double fmaxd (long double x, long double y);
Description
The fmax functions return the larger of their two arguments.
The fmaxf function is a built-in function which is implemented with an
Fn=MAX(Fx,Fy) instruction. The fmax function is compiled as a built-in
function if double is the same size as float.
Error Conditions
None.
Example
#include <math.h>
float y;
y = fmaxf (5.1f, 8.0f); /* returns 8.0f */
See Also
fmin, llmax, llmin, max, min
CrossCore Embedded Studio 1.1 2-133
C/C++ Library Manual for SHARC Processors
DSP Run-Time Library
fmin
float minimum
Synopsis
#include <math.h>
float fminf (float x, float y);
double fmin (double x, double y);
long double fmind (long double x, long double y);
Description
The fmin functions return the smaller of their two arguments.
The fminf function is a built-in function which is implemented with an
Fn=MIN(Fx,Fy) instruction. The fmin function is compiled as a built-in
function if double is the same size as float.
Error Conditions
None.
Example
#include <math.h>
float y;
y = fminf (5.1f, 8.0f); /* returns 5.1f */
See Also
fmax, llmax, llmin, max, min
Documented Library Functions
2-134 CrossCore Embedded Studio 1.1
C/C++ Library Manual for SHARC Processors
gen_bartlett
Generate Bartlett window
Synopsis
#include <window.h>
void gen_bartlett (float dm w[],
int a,
int N);
Description
The gen_bartlett function generates a vector containing the Bartlett win-
dow. The length is specified by parameter N, and the stride parameter a is
used to space the window values within the output vector w. The length of
the output vector should therefore be N*a.
The Bartlett window is similar to the triangle window (see gen_triangle)
but has the following different properties:
The Bartlett window returns a window with two zeros on either
end of the sequence. Therefore, for odd n, the center section of a
N+2 Bartlett window equals an N triangle window.
For even n, the Bartlett window is the convolution of two rectangu-
lar sequences. There is no standard definition for the triangle
window for even n; the slopes of the triangle window are slightly
steeper than those of the Bartlett window.
CrossCore Embedded Studio 1.1 2-135
C/C++ Library Manual for SHARC Processors
DSP Run-Time Library
Algorithm
The algorithm for this function is given by:
where:
n = {0, 1, 2, ..., N–1}
Domain
a > 0; N > 0
Error Conditions
None.
See Also
gen_blackman, gen_gaussian, gen_hamming, gen_hanning, gen_harris,
gen_kaiser, gen_rectangular, gen_triangle, gen_vonhann
wn 1
nN1
2
-------------
N1
2
-------------
----------------------
=
Documented Library Functions
2-136 CrossCore Embedded Studio 1.1
C/C++ Library Manual for SHARC Processors
gen_blackman
Generate Blackman window
Synopsis
#include <window.h>
void gen_blackman (float dm w[],
int a,
int N);
Description
The gen_blackman function generates a vector containing the Blackman
window. The length of the required window is specified by the parameter
N, and the stride parameter a is used to space the window values within the
output vector w. The length of the output vector should therefore be N*a.
Algorithm
The algorithm for this function is given by:
where:
n = {0, 1, 2, ..., N–1}
Domain
a > 0; N > 0
wn 0.42 0.5 cos 2n
N1
-------------
0.08 cos 4n
N1
-------------
+=
CrossCore Embedded Studio 1.1 2-137
C/C++ Library Manual for SHARC Processors
DSP Run-Time Library
Error Conditions
None.
See Also
gen_bartlett, gen_gaussian, gen_hamming, gen_hanning, gen_harris,
gen_kaiser, gen_rectangular, gen_triangle, gen_vonhann
Documented Library Functions
2-138 CrossCore Embedded Studio 1.1
C/C++ Library Manual for SHARC Processors
gen_gaussian
Generate Gaussian window
Synopsis
#include <window.h>
void gen_gaussian (float dm w[],
float alpha,
int a,
int N);
Description
The gen_gaussian function generates a vector containing the Gaussian
window. The length of the required window is specified by the parameter
N, and the stride parameter a is used to space the window values within the
output vector w. The length of the output vector should therefore be N*a.
The parameter alpha is used to control the shape of the window. In gen-
eral, the peak of the Gaussian window will become narrower and the
leading and trailing edges will tend towards zero the larger that alpha
becomes. Conversely, the peak will get wider the more that alpha tends
towards zero.
Algorithm
The algorithm for this function is given by:
wn 1
2
---
nN
2
----
1
2
---
+
N
2
----
-----------------------





2
exp=
CrossCore Embedded Studio 1.1 2-139
C/C++ Library Manual for SHARC Processors
DSP Run-Time Library
where:
n = {0, 1, 2, ..., N–1} and a is an input parameter
Domain
a > 0; N > 0; a > 0.0
Error Conditions
None.
See Also
gen_bartlett, gen_blackman, gen_hamming, gen_hanning, gen_harris,
gen_kaiser, gen_rectangular, gen_triangle, gen_vonhann
Documented Library Functions
2-140 CrossCore Embedded Studio 1.1
C/C++ Library Manual for SHARC Processors
gen_hamming
Generate Hamming window
Synopsis
#include <window.h>
void gen_hamming (float dm w[],
int a,
int N);
Description
The gen_hamming function generates a vector containing the Hamming
window. The length of the required window is specified by the parameter
N, and the stride parameter a is used to space the window values within the
output vector w. The length of the output vector should therefore be N*a.
Algorithm
The algorithm for this function is given by:
where:
n = {0, 1, 2, ..., N–1}
Domain
a > 0; N > 0
wn 0.54 0.46 2n
N1
-------------


cos=
CrossCore Embedded Studio 1.1 2-141
C/C++ Library Manual for SHARC Processors
DSP Run-Time Library
Error Conditions
None.
See Also
gen_bartlett, gen_blackman,gen_gaussian, gen_hanning, gen_harris,
gen_kaiser, gen_rectangular, gen_triangle, gen_vonhann
Documented Library Functions
2-142 CrossCore Embedded Studio 1.1
C/C++ Library Manual for SHARC Processors
gen_hanning
Generate Hanning window
Synopsis
#include <window.h>
void gen_hanning (float dm w[],
int a,
int N);
Description
The gen_hanning function generates a vector containing the Hanning
window. The length of the required window is specified by the parameter
N, and the stride parameter a is used to space the window values within the
output vector w. The length of the output vector should therefore be N*a.
This window is also known as the Cosine window.
Algorithm
The following equation is the basis of the algorithm.
where:
n = {0, 1, 2, ..., N–1}
Domain
a > 0; N > 0
wn 0.5 0.5 2n
N1
-------------


cos=
CrossCore Embedded Studio 1.1 2-143
C/C++ Library Manual for SHARC Processors
DSP Run-Time Library
Error Conditions
None.
See Also
gen_bartlett, gen_blackman,gen_gaussian, gen_hamming, gen_harris,
gen_kaiser, gen_rectangular, gen_triangle, gen_vonhann
Documented Library Functions
2-144 CrossCore Embedded Studio 1.1
C/C++ Library Manual for SHARC Processors
gen_harris
Generate Harris window
Synopsis
#include <window.h>
void gen_harris (float dm w[],
int a,
int N);
Description
The gen_harris function generates a vector containing the Harris window.
The length of the required window is specified by the parameter N, and the
stride parameter a is used to space the window values within the output
vector w. The length of the output vector should therefore be N*a. This
window is also known as the Blackman-Harris window.
Algorithm
The following equation is the basis of the algorithm.
where:
n = {0, 1, 2, ..., N–1}
Domain
a > 0; N > 0
w[n] 0.35875 0.48829 2n
N1
-------------


cos 0.14128 4n
N1
-------------


cos 0.01168 6n
N1
-------------


cos+=
CrossCore Embedded Studio 1.1 2-145
C/C++ Library Manual for SHARC Processors
DSP Run-Time Library
Error Conditions
None.
See Also
gen_bartlett, gen_blackman,gen_gaussian, gen_hamming, gen_hanning,
gen_kaiser, gen_rectangular, gen_triangle, gen_vonhann
Documented Library Functions
2-146 CrossCore Embedded Studio 1.1
C/C++ Library Manual for SHARC Processors
gen_kaiser
Generate Kaiser window
Synopsis
#include <window.h>
void gen_kaiser (float dm w[],
int a,
int N);
Description
The gen_kaiser function generates a vector containing the Kaiser window.
The length of the required window is specified by the parameter N, and the
stride parameter a is used to space the window values within the output
vector w. The length of the output vector should therefore be N*a. The b
value is specified by parameter beta.
Algorithm
The following equation is the basis of the algorithm.
wn
I01n
------------
2


1
2
---
I0
----------------------------------------------------
=
CrossCore Embedded Studio 1.1 2-147
C/C++ Library Manual for SHARC Processors
DSP Run-Time Library
where:
n = {0, 1, 2, ..., N–1}
= (N - 1) / 2
I0() represents the zeroth-order modified Bessel function
of the first kind
Domain
a > 0; N > 0; b > 0.0
Error Conditions
None.
See Also
gen_bartlett, gen_blackman,gen_gaussian, gen_hamming, gen_hanning,
gen_harris, gen_rectangular, gen_triangle, gen_vonhann
Documented Library Functions
2-148 CrossCore Embedded Studio 1.1
C/C++ Library Manual for SHARC Processors
gen_rectangular
Generate rectangular window
Synopsis
#include <window.h>
void gen_rectangular (float dm w[],
int a,
int N);
Description
The gen_rectangular function generates a vector containing the rectangu-
lar window. The length of the required window is specified by the
parameter N, and the stride parameter a is used to space the window values
within the output vector w. The length of the output vector should there-
fore be N*a.
Algorithm
w[n] = 1
where:
n = {0, 1, 2, ..., N–1}
Domain
a > 0; N > 0
Error Conditions
None.
CrossCore Embedded Studio 1.1 2-149
C/C++ Library Manual for SHARC Processors
DSP Run-Time Library
See Also
gen_bartlett, gen_blackman,gen_gaussian, gen_hamming, gen_hanning,
gen_harris, gen_kaiser, gen_triangle, gen_vonhann
Documented Library Functions
2-150 CrossCore Embedded Studio 1.1
C/C++ Library Manual for SHARC Processors
gen_triangle
Generate triangle window
Synopsis
#include <window.h>
void gen_triangle (float dm w[],
int a,
int N);
Description
The gen_triangle function generates a vector containing the triangle win-
dow. The length of the required window is specified by the parameter N,
and the stride parameter a is used to space the window values within the
output vector w. The length of the output vector should therefore be N*a.
Refer to the Bartlett window (described on page 2-134) regarding the rela-
tionship between it and the triangle window.
Algorithm
For even n, the following equation applies.
where:
n = {0, 1, 2, ..., N–1}
For odd n, the following equation applies.
wn
2n 1+
N
-------------------- nN
2
----
2N 2n1
N
-----------------------------nN
2
----
=
CrossCore Embedded Studio 1.1 2-151
C/C++ Library Manual for SHARC Processors
DSP Run-Time Library
where:
n = {0, 1, 2, ..., N–1}
Domain
a > 0; N > 0
Error Conditions
None.
See Also
gen_bartlett, gen_blackman,gen_gaussian, gen_hamming, gen_hanning,
gen_harris, gen_kaiser, gen_rectangular, gen_vonhann
wn
2n 2+
N1+
-------------------- nN
2
----
2N 2n
N1+
--------------------nN
2
----
=
Documented Library Functions
2-152 CrossCore Embedded Studio 1.1
C/C++ Library Manual for SHARC Processors
gen_vonhann
Generate von Hann window
Synopsis
#include <window.h>
void gen_vonhann (float dm w[],
int a,
int N);
Description
The gen_vonhann function is identical to gen_hanning window
(described on page 2-142).
Error Conditions
None.
See Also
gen_hanning
CrossCore Embedded Studio 1.1 2-153
C/C++ Library Manual for SHARC Processors
DSP Run-Time Library
histogram
Histogram
Synopsis
#include <stats.h>
int *histogram (int out[],
const int in[],
int out_len,
int samples,
int bin_size);
Description
The histogram function computes a scaled-integer histogram of its input
array. The bin_size parameter is used to adjust the width of each individ-
ual bin in the output array. For example, a bin_size of 5 indicates that
the first location of the output array holds the number of occurrences of a
0, 1, 2, 3, or 4.
The output array is first zeroed by the function, then each sample in the
input array is multiplied by 1/bin_size and truncated. The appropriate
bin in the output array is incremented. This function returns a pointer to
the output array.
For maximal performance, this function does not perform out-of-bounds
checking. Therefore, all values within the input array must be within
range (that is, between 0 and bin_size * out_len).
Error Conditions
None.
Documented Library Functions
2-154 CrossCore Embedded Studio 1.1
C/C++ Library Manual for SHARC Processors
Example
#include <stats.h>
#define SAMPLES 1024
int length = 2048;
int excitation[SAMPLES], response[2048];
histogram (response, excitation, length, SAMPLES, 5);
See Also
mean, var
CrossCore Embedded Studio 1.1 2-155
C/C++ Library Manual for SHARC Processors
DSP Run-Time Library
ifft
Inverse complex radix-2 Fast Fourier Transform
Synopsis
#include <filter.h>
complex_float *ifft (complex_float dm input[],
complex_float dm temp[],
complex_float dm output[],
const complex_float pm twiddle[],
int twiddle_stride,
int n );
Description
The ifft function transforms the frequency domain complex input signal
sequence to the time domain by using the radix-2 Fast Fourier Transform
(FFT).
The size of the input array input, the output array output, and the tempo-
rary working buffer temp must be at least n, where n represents the number
of points in the FFT; n must be a power of 2 and no smaller than 8. If the
input data can be overwritten, memory can be saved by setting the pointer
of the temporary array explicitly to the input array, or to NULL. (In either
case the input array will also be used as the temporary working array.)
The minimal size of the twiddle table must be n/2. A larger twiddle table
may be used provided that the value of the twiddle table stride argument
twiddle_stride is set appropriately. If the size of the twiddle table is x,
then twiddle_stride must be set to (2*x)/n.
The library function twidfft (on page 2-220) can be used to compute the
required twiddle table. The coefficients generated are positive cosine coef-
ficients for the real part and negative sine for the imaginary part.
Documented Library Functions
2-156 CrossCore Embedded Studio 1.1
C/C++ Library Manual for SHARC Processors
The library also contains the ifftf function (see ifftf), which is an
optimized implementation of an inverse complex FFT using a fast
radix-2 algorithm. The ifftf function, however, imposes certain
memory alignment requirements that may not be appropriate for
some applications.
The function returns the address of the output array.
Algorithm
The following equation is the basis of the algorithm.
Error Conditions
None.
Example
#include <filter.h>
#define N_FFT 64
complex_float input[N_FFT];
complex_float output[N_FFT];
complex_float temp[N_FFT];
int twiddle_stride = 1;
complex_float pm twiddle[N_FFT/2];
xn 1
N
----XkWN
nk
k0=
N1
=
CrossCore Embedded Studio 1.1 2-157
C/C++ Library Manual for SHARC Processors
DSP Run-Time Library
/* Populate twiddle table */
twidfft(twiddle, N_FFT);
/* Compute Fast Fourier Transform */
ifft(input, temp, output, twiddle, twiddle_stride, N_FFT);
See Also
cfft, ifftf, ifftN, rfft, twidfft
The ifft function uses SIMD by default. Refer to Implications of
Using SIMD Mode for more information.
Documented Library Functions
2-158 CrossCore Embedded Studio 1.1
C/C++ Library Manual for SHARC Processors
ifftf
fast inverse complex radix-2 Fast Fourier Transform
Synopsis
#include <filter.h>
void ifftf (float data_real[], float data_imag[],
float temp_real[], float temp_imag[],
const float twid_real[],
const float twid_imag[],
int n);
Description
The ifftf function transforms the frequency domain complex input signal
sequence to the time domain by using the accelerated version of the Dis-
crete Fourier Transform known as a Fast Fourier Transform or FFT. It
decimates in frequency, using an optimized radix-2 algorithm.
The array data_real contains the real part of a complex input signal, and
the array data_imag contains the imaginary part of the signal. On output,
the function overwrites the data in these arrays and stores the real part of
the inverse FFT in data_real, and the imaginary part of the inverse FFT
in data_imag. If the input data is to be preserved, it must first be copied to
a safe location before calling this function. The argument n represents the
number of points in the inverse FFT. It must be a power of 2 and must be
at least 64.
The ifftf function has been designed for optimal performance and requires
that the arrays data_real and data_imag are aligned on an address bound-
ary that is a multiple of the FFT size. For certain applications, this
alignment constraint may not be appropriate; in such cases, the applica-
tion should call the ifft function instead with no loss of facility (apart
from performance).
CrossCore Embedded Studio 1.1 2-159
C/C++ Library Manual for SHARC Processors
DSP Run-Time Library
The arrays temp_real and temp_imag are used as intermediate temporary
buffers and should each be of size n.
The twiddle table is passed in using the arrays twid_real and twid_imag.
The array twid_real contains the positive cosine factors, and the array
twid_imag contains the negative sine factors. Each array should be of size
n/2. The twidfftf function (on page 2-223) may be used to initialize the
twiddle table arrays.
It is recommended that the arrays containing real parts (data_real,
temp_real, and twid_real) are allocated in separate memory blocks from
the arrays containing imaginary parts (data_imag, temp_imag, and
twid_imag). Otherwise, the performance of the function degrades.
The ifftf function has been implemented to make highly efficient
use of the processor’s SIMD capabilities and long word addressing
mode. The function therefore imposes the following restrictions:
All the arrays that are passed to the function must be allocated in
internal memory. The DSP run-time library does not contain a ver-
sion of the function that can be used with data in external memory.
The function should not be used with any application that relies on
the -reserve register[, register...] switch.
Due to the alignment restrictions of the input arrays (as docu-
mented above), it is unlikely that the function will generate the
correct results if the input arrays are allocated on the stack.
For more information, refer to refer to “Implications of Using
SIMD Mode” and Using Data in External Memory.
Error Conditions
None.
Documented Library Functions
2-160 CrossCore Embedded Studio 1.1
C/C++ Library Manual for SHARC Processors
Example
#include <filter.h>
#define FFT_SIZE 1024
#pragma align 1024
static float dm input_r[FFT_SIZE];
#pragma align 1024
static float pm input_i[FFT_SIZE];
float dm temp_r[FFT_SIZE];
float pm temp_i[FFT_SIZE];
float dm twid_r[FFT_SIZE/2];
float pm twid_i[FFT_SIZE/2];
twidfftf(twid_r,twid_i,FFT_SIZE);
ifftf(input_r,input_i,
temp_r,temp_i,
twid_r,twid_i,FFT_SIZE);
See Also
cfftf, ifft, ifftN, rfftf_2, twidfftf
CrossCore Embedded Studio 1.1 2-161
C/C++ Library Manual for SHARC Processors
DSP Run-Time Library
ifftN
N-point inverse complex radix-2 Fast Fourier Transform
Synopsis
#include <trans.h>
float *ifft65536 (const float dm real_input[],
const float dm imag_input[],
float dm real_output[], float dm imag_output[]);
float *ifft32768 (const float dm real_input[],
const float dm imag_input[],
float dm real_output[], float dm imag_output[]);
float *ifft16384 (const float dm real_input[],
const float dm imag_input[],
float dm real_output[], float dm imag_output[]);
float *ifft8192 (const float dm real_input[],
const float dm imag_input[],
float dm real_output[], float dm imag_output[]);
float *ifft4096 (const float dm real_input[],
const float dm imag_input[],
float dm real_output[], float dm imag_output[]);
float *ifft2048 (const float dm real_input[],
const float dm imag_input[],
float dm real_output[], float dm imag_output[]);
float *ifft1024 (const float dm real_input[],
const float dm imag_input[],
float dm real_output[], float dm imag_output[]);
Documented Library Functions
2-162 CrossCore Embedded Studio 1.1
C/C++ Library Manual for SHARC Processors
float *ifft512 (const float dm real_input[],
const float dm imag_input[],
float dm real_output[], float dm imag_output[]);
float *ifft256 (const float dm real_input[],
const float dm imag_input[],
float dm real_output[], float dm imag_output[]);
float *ifft128 (const float dm real_input[],
const float dm imag_input[],
float dm real_output[], float dm imag_output[]);
float *ifft64 (const float dm real_input[],
const float dm imag_input[],
float dm real_output[], float dm imag_output[]);
float *ifft32 (const float dm real_input[],
const float dm imag_input[],
float dm real_output[], float dm imag_output[]);
float *ifft16 (const float dm real_input[],
const float dm imag_input[],
float dm real_output[], float dm imag_output[]);
float *ifft8 (const float dm real_input[],
const float dm imag_input[],
float dm real_output[], float dm imag_output[]);
Description
Each of these ifftN functions computes the N-point radix-2 inverse Fast
Fourier Transform (IFFT) of its floating-point input (where N is 8, 16,
32, 64, 128, 256, 512, 1024, 2048, 4096, 8192, 16384, 32768 or 65536).
CrossCore Embedded Studio 1.1 2-163
C/C++ Library Manual for SHARC Processors
DSP Run-Time Library
There are fourteen distinct functions in this set. All perform the same
function with the same type and number of arguments. The only differ-
ence between them is the size of the arrays on which they operate. To call
a particular function, substitute the number of points for N. For example,
ifft8 (r_inp, i_inp, r_outp, i_outp);
The input to ifftN are two floating-point arrays of N points. The array
real_input contains the real components of the inverse FFT input and
the array imag_input contains the imaginary components.
If there are fewer than N actual data points, you must pad the arrays with
zeros to make N samples. However, better results occur with less zero pad-
ding. The input data should be windowed (if necessary) before calling the
function because no preprocessing is performed on the data.
The time-domain signal generated by the ifftN functions is stored in the
arrays real_output and imag_output. The array real_output contains the
real component of the complex output signal, and the array imag_output
contains the imaginary component. The output is scaled by N, the number
of points in the inverse FFT. The functions return a pointer to the
real_output array.
If the input data can be overwritten, then the ifftN functions allow the
array real_input to share the same memory as the array real_output, and
imag_input to share the same memory as imag_output. This improves
memory usage, but at the cost of run-time performance.
These library functions have not been optimized for SHARC
SIMD processors. Alternative FFT functions that do exploit this
feature are defined in the filter.h header file.
Error Conditions
None.
Documented Library Functions
2-164 CrossCore Embedded Studio 1.1
C/C++ Library Manual for SHARC Processors
Example
#include <trans.h>
#define N 2048
float real_input[N], imag_input[N];
float real_output[N], imag_output[N];
ifft2048 (real_input, imag_input, real_output, imag_output);
See Also
cfftN, ifft, ifftN, rfftN
CrossCore Embedded Studio 1.1 2-165
C/C++ Library Manual for SHARC Processors
DSP Run-Time Library
ifftN
N-point inverse complex radix-2 Fast Fourier Transform
Synopsis
#include <filter.h>
complex_float *ifft65536 (complex_float dm input[],
complex_float dm output[]);
complex_float *ifft32768 (complex_float dm input[],
complex_float dm output[]);
complex_float *ifft16384 (complex_float dm input[],
complex_float dm output[]);
complex_float *ifft8192 (complex_float dm input[],
complex_float dm output[]);
complex_float *ifft4096 (complex_float dm input[],
complex_float dm output[]);
complex_float *ifft2048 (complex_float dm input[],
complex_float dm output[]);
complex_float *ifft1024 (complex_float dm input[],
complex_float dm output[]);
complex_float *ifft512 (complex_float dm input[],
complex_float dm output[]);
complex_float *ifft256 (complex_float dm input[],
complex_float dm output[]);
Documented Library Functions
2-166 CrossCore Embedded Studio 1.1
C/C++ Library Manual for SHARC Processors
complex_float *ifft128 (complex_float input[],
complex_float dm output[]);
complex_float *ifft64 (complex_float dm input[],
complex_float dm output[]);
complex_float *ifft32 (complex_float dm input[],
complex_float dm output[]);
complex_float *ifft16 (complex_float dm input[],
complex_float dm output[]);
complex_float *ifft8 (complex_float dm input[],
complex_float dm output[]);
Description
These ifftN functions are defined in the header file filter.h; they have
been optimized to take advantage of the SIMD capabilities of the SHARC
processors. These FFT functions require complex arguments to ensure
that the real and imaginary parts are interleaved in memory and are thus
accessible in a single cycle, using the wider data bus of the processor.
Each of these ifftN functions computes the N-point radix-2 inverse Fast
Fourier Transform (IFFT) of its floating-point input (where N is 8, 16,
32, 64, 128, 256, 512, 1024, 2048, 4096, 8192, 16384, 32768, or
65536).
There are fourteen distinct functions in this set. All perform the same
function with the same type and number of arguments. The only differ-
ence between them is the size of the arrays on which they operate. To call
a particular function, substitute the number of points for N. For example,
ifft8 (input, output);
CrossCore Embedded Studio 1.1 2-167
C/C++ Library Manual for SHARC Processors
DSP Run-Time Library
The input to ifftN is a floating-point array of N points. If there are fewer
than N actual data points, you must pad the array with zeros to make N
samples. However, better results occur with less zero padding. The input
data should be windowed (if necessary) before calling the function because
no preprocessing is performed on the data. Optimal memory usage can be
achieved by specifying the input array as the output array, but at the cost
of run-time performance.
The ifftN functions return a pointer to the output array.
The ifftN functions use the input array as an intermediate work-
space. If the input data is to be preserved it must first be copied to
a safe location before calling these functions.
Error Conditions
None.
Example
#include <filter.h>
#define N 2048
complex_float input[N], output[N];
ifft2048 (input, output);
See Also
cfftN, ifft, ifftf, rfftN
By default, these functions use SIMD. Refer to Implications of
Using SIMD Mode for more information.
Documented Library Functions
2-168 CrossCore Embedded Studio 1.1
C/C++ Library Manual for SHARC Processors
iir
infinite impulse response (IIR) filter
Synopsis (Scalar-Valued Version)
#include <filters.h>
float iir (float sample,
const float pm a_coeffs[],
const float pm b_coeffs[],
float dm state[],
int taps);
Synopsis (Vector-Valued Version)
#include <filter.h>
float *iir (const float dm input[],
float dm output[],
const float pm coeffs[],
float dm state[],
int samples,
int sections);
Description (Scalar-Valued Version)
The scalar-valued version of the iir function implements a parallel sec-
ond-order direct form II infinite impulse response (IIR) filter. The
function returns the filtered response of the input data sample. The
characteristics of the filter are dependent upon a set of coefficients, a delay
line, and the length of the filter. The length of filter is specified by the
argument taps.
The set of IIR filter coefficients is composed of a-coefficients and
b-coefficients. The a0 coefficient is assumed to be 1.0, and the remaining
CrossCore Embedded Studio 1.1 2-169
C/C++ Library Manual for SHARC Processors
DSP Run-Time Library
a-coefficients should be scaled accordingly and stored in the array a_co-
effs in reverse order. The length of the a_coeffs array is taps and
therefore a_coeffs[0] should contain ataps, and a_coeffs[taps-1]
should contain a1.
The b-coefficients are stored in the array b_coeffs, also in reverse order.
The length of the b_coeffs is taps+1, and so b_coeffs[0] contains btaps
and b_coeffs[taps] contains b0.
Both the a_coeffs and b_coeffs arrays must be located in Program Mem-
ory (PM) so that the single-cycle dual-memory fetch of the processor can
be used.
Each filter should have its own delay line which the function maintains in
the array state. The array should be initialized to zero before calling the
function for the first time and should not be modified by the calling pro-
gram. The length of the state array should be taps+1 as the function uses
the array to store a pointer to the current delay line.
The library function uses the architecture’s dual-data move instruc-
tion to provide simultaneous access to the filter coefficients (in PM
data memory) and the delay line. When running on an
ADSP-21367, ADSP-21368 or ADSP-21369 processor, the filter
coefficients and the delay line must not both be allocated in exter-
nal memory; otherwise, the function can generate an incorrect set
of results. This occurs because in a dual-data move instruction, the
hardware does not support both memory accesses allocated to
external memory. Therefore, ensure that the filter coefficients or
the delay line (or, optionally, both) are allocated in internal mem-
ory when running on one of the ADSP-2136x processors specified
above.
The flow graph (Figure 2-2) corresponds to the iir() routine as part of
the DSP run-time library. The b_coeffs array should equal TAPS +1,
while the a_coeffs array should equal TAPS.
Documented Library Functions
2-170 CrossCore Embedded Studio 1.1
C/C++ Library Manual for SHARC Processors
The biquad function should be used instead of the iir function if a
multi-stage filter is required.
Figure 2-2. Flow Graph
Sample Output
b_coeffs [TAPS - 1] a_coeffs [TAPS - 1]
b_coeffs [TAPS - 2] a_coeffs [TAPS - 2]
b_coeffs [TAPS - 3] a_coeffs [TAPS - 3]
b_coeffs [0] a_coeffs [0]
CrossCore Embedded Studio 1.1 2-171
C/C++ Library Manual for SHARC Processors
DSP Run-Time Library
Description (Vector-Valued Version)
The vector-valued versions of the iir function implement an infinite
impulse response (IIR) filter defined by the coefficients and delay line that
are supplied in the call to the function. The filter is implemented as a cas-
caded biquad, and generate the filtered response of the input data input
and store the result in the output vector output. The number of input
samples and the length of the output vector is specified by the argument
samples.
The characteristics of the filter are dependent upon the filter coefficients
and the number of biquad sections. The number of sections is specified by
the argument sections, and the filter coefficients are supplied to the func-
tion using the argument coeffs. Each stage has four coefficients which
must be ordered in the following form:
[a2 stage 1, a1 stage 1, b2 stage 1, b1 stage 1, a2 stage 2, ...]
The function assumes that the value of B0 is 1.0, and so the B1 and B2
coefficients should be scaled accordingly. As a consequence of this, all the
output generated by the iir function must be scaled by the product of all
the B0 coefficients to obtain the correct signal amplitude. The function
also assumes that the value of the A0 coefficient is 1.0, and the A1 and A2
coefficients should be normalized. These requirements are demonstrated
in the example below.
The coeffs array must be allocated in Program Memory (PM) as the func-
tion uses the single-cycle dual-memory fetch of the processor. The
definition of the coeffs array is therefore:
float pm coeffs[4*sections];
Documented Library Functions
2-172 CrossCore Embedded Studio 1.1
C/C++ Library Manual for SHARC Processors
Each filter should have its own delay line which is represented by the array
state. The state array should be large enough for two delay elements per
biquad section and hold an internal pointer that allows the filter to be
restarted. The definition of the state is:
float state[2*sections + 1];
The state array should be initially cleared to zero before calling the func-
tion for the first time and should not be modified by the user program.
The function returns a pointer to the output vector.
The vector-valued versions of the iir functions are based on the following
algorithm:
To get the correct amplitude of the signal, H(z) should be adjusted by this
formula:
Error Conditions
None.
Hz
1bn1
bn0
--------


z1
+bn2
bn0
--------


z2
+
1an1
an0
--------


z1
+an2
an0
--------


z2
+
-----------------------------------------------------------
n0=
sections-1
=
Hz Hz bn0
an0
--------
n0=
sections-1




=
CrossCore Embedded Studio 1.1 2-173
C/C++ Library Manual for SHARC Processors
DSP Run-Time Library
Example
Scalar-Valued
#include <filters.h>
#define NSAMPLES 256
#define TAPS 10
float input[NSAMPLES];
float output[NSAMPLES];
float pm a_coeffs[TAPS];
float pm b_coeffs[TAPS+1];
float state[TAPS + 1];
int i;
for (i = 0; i < TAPS+1; i++)
state[i] = 0;
for (i = 0; i < NSAMPLES; i++)
output[i] = iir (input[i], a_coeffs, b_coeffs, state, TAPS);
Vector-Valued
#include <filter.h>
#define SAMPLES 100
#define SECTIONS 4
/* Coefficients generated by a filter design tool that uses
a direct form II */
const struct {
float a0;
float a1;
Documented Library Functions
2-174 CrossCore Embedded Studio 1.1
C/C++ Library Manual for SHARC Processors
float a2;
} A_coeffs[SECTIONS];
const struct {
float b0;
float b1;
float b2;
} B_coeffs[SECTIONS];
/* Coefficients for the iir function */
float pm coeffs[4 * SECTIONS];
/* Input, Output, and State Arrays */
float input[SAMPLES], output[SAMPLES];
float state[2*SECTIONS + 1];
float scale; /* used to scale the output from iir */
/* Utility Variables */
float a0,a1,a2;
float b0,b1,b2;
int i;
/* Transform the A-coefficients and B-coefficients from a filter
design tool into coefficients for the iir function */
scale = 1.0;
for (i = 0; i < SECTIONS; i++) {
a0 = A_coeffs[i].a0;
a1 = A_coeffs[i].a1;
CrossCore Embedded Studio 1.1 2-175
C/C++ Library Manual for SHARC Processors
DSP Run-Time Library
a2 = A_coeffs[i].a2;
coeffs[(i*4) + 0] = (a2/a0);
coeffs[(i*4) + 1] = (a1/a0);
b0 = B_coeffs[i].b0;
b1 = B_coeffs[i].b1;
b2 = B_coeffs[i].b2;
coeffs[(i*4) + 2] = (b2/b0);
coeffs[(i*4) + 3] = (b1/b0);
scale = scale * (b0/a0);
}
/* Call the iir function */
for (i = 0; i <= 2*SECTIONS; i++)
state[i] = 0; /* initialize the state array */
iir (input, output, coeffs, state, SAMPLES, SECTIONS);
/* Adjust output by all (b0/a0) terms */
for (i = 0; i < SAMPLES; i++)
output[i] = output[i] * scale;
See Also
biquad, fir
Documented Library Functions
2-176 CrossCore Embedded Studio 1.1
C/C++ Library Manual for SHARC Processors
matinv
Real matrix inversion
Synopsis
#include <matrix.h>
float *matinvf (float dm *output,
const float dm *input, int samples);
double *matinv (double dm *output,
const double dm *input, int samples);
long double *matinvd (long double dm *output,
const long double dm *input, int samples);
Description
The matinv functions employ Gauss-Jordan elimination with full pivoting
to compute the inverse of the input matrix input and store the result in
the matrix output. The dimensions of the matrices input and output are
[samples][samples]. The functions return a pointer to the output matrix.
Error Conditions
If no inverse exists for the input matrix, the functions return a null
pointer.
CrossCore Embedded Studio 1.1 2-177
C/C++ Library Manual for SHARC Processors
DSP Run-Time Library
Example
#include <matrix.h>
#define N 8
double a[N][N];
double a_inv[N][N];
matinv ((double *)(a_inv),(double *)(a),N);
See Also
No related functions.
Documented Library Functions
2-178 CrossCore Embedded Studio 1.1
C/C++ Library Manual for SHARC Processors
matmadd
Real matrix + matrix addition
Synopsis
#include <matrix.h>
float *matmaddf (float dm *output,
const float dm *a,
const float dm *b, int rows, int cols);
double *matmadd (double dm *output,
const double dm *a,
const double dm *b, int rows, int cols);
long double *matmaddd (long double dm *output,
const long double dm *a,
const long double dm *b, int rows, int cols);
Description
The matmadd functions perform a matrix addition of the input matrices
a[][] and b[][], and return the result in the matrix output[][]. The
dimensions of these matrices are a[rows][cols], b[rows][cols], and
output[rows][cols].
The functions return a pointer to the output matrix.
Error Conditions
None.
CrossCore Embedded Studio 1.1 2-179
C/C++ Library Manual for SHARC Processors
DSP Run-Time Library
Example
#include <matrix.h>
#define ROWS 4
#define COLS 8
double input_1[ROWS][COLS], *a_p = (double *) (&input_1);
double input_2[ROWS][COLS], *b_p = (double *) (&input_2);
double result[ROWS][COLS], *res_p = (double *) (&result);
matmadd (res_p, a_p, b_p, ROWS, COLS);
See Also
cmatmadd, matmmlt, matmsub, matsadd
The matmaddf function (and matmadd, if doubles are the same size
as floats) uses SIMD by default. Refer to Implications of Using
SIMD Mode for more information.
Documented Library Functions
2-180 CrossCore Embedded Studio 1.1
C/C++ Library Manual for SHARC Processors
matmmlt
Real matrix * matrix multiplication
Synopsis
#include <matrix.h>
float *matmmltf (float dm *output,
const float dm *a,
const float dm *b,
int a_rows, int a_cols, b_cols);
double *matmmlt (double dm *output,
const double dm *a,
const double dm *b,
int a_rows, int a_cols, b_cols);
long double *matmmltd (long double dm *output,
const long double dm *a,
const long double dm *b,
int a_rows, int a_cols, b_cols);
Description
The matmmlt functions perform a matrix multiplication of the input
matrices a[][] and b[][], and return the result in the matrix output[][].
The dimensions of these matrices are a[a_rows][a_cols],
b[a_cols][b_cols], and output[a_rows][b_cols].
The functions return a pointer to the output matrix.
CrossCore Embedded Studio 1.1 2-181
C/C++ Library Manual for SHARC Processors
DSP Run-Time Library
Algorithm
The following equation is the basis of the algorithm.
where:
i = {0,1,2,...,a_rows–1}
j = {0,1,2,...,b_cols–1}
Error Conditions
None.
Example
#include <matrix.h>
#define ROWS_1 4
#define COLS_1 8
#define COLS_2 2
double input_1[ROWS_1][COLS_1], *a_p = (double *) (&input_1);
double input_2[COLS_1][COLS_2], *b_p = (double *) (&input_2);
double result[ROWS_1][COLS_2], *res_p = (double *) (&result);
matmmlt (res_p, a_p, b_p, ROWS_1, COLS_1, COLS_2);
See Also
cmatmmlt, matmadd, matmsub, matsmlt
cijailblj
l0=
a_cols 1
=
Documented Library Functions
2-182 CrossCore Embedded Studio 1.1
C/C++ Library Manual for SHARC Processors
matmsub
Real matrix – matrix subtraction
Synopsis
#include <matrix.h>
float *matmsubf (float dm *output,
const float dm *a,
const float dm *b, int rows, int cols);
double *matmsub (double dm *output,
const double dm *a,
const double dm *b, int rows, int cols);
long double *matmsubd (long double dm *output,
const long double dm *a,
const long double dm *b, int rows, int cols);
Description
The matmsub functions perform a matrix subtraction of the input matri-
ces a[][] and b[][], and return the result in the matrix output[][]. The
dimensions of these matrices are a[rows][cols], b[rows][cols], and
output[rows][cols].
The functions return a pointer to the output matrix.
Error Conditions
None.
CrossCore Embedded Studio 1.1 2-183
C/C++ Library Manual for SHARC Processors
DSP Run-Time Library
Example
#include <matrix.h>
#define ROWS 4
#define COLS 8
double input_1[ROWS][COLS], *a_p = (double *) (&input_1);
double input_2[ROWS][COLS], *b_p = (double *) (&input_2);
double result[ROWS][COLS], *res_p = (double *) (&result);
matmsub (res_p, a_p, b_p, ROWS, COLS);
See Also
cmatmsub, matmadd, matmmlt, matssub
The matmsubf function (and matmsub, if doubles are the same size
as floats) uses SIMD by default. Refer to Implications of Using
SIMD Mode for more information.
Documented Library Functions
2-184 CrossCore Embedded Studio 1.1
C/C++ Library Manual for SHARC Processors
matsadd
Real matrix + scalar addition
Synopsis
#include <matrix.h>
float *matsaddf (float dm *output, const float dm *a,
float scalar, int rows, int cols);
double *matsadd (double dm *output, const double dm *a
double scalar, int rows, int cols);
long double *matsaddd (long double dm *output,
const long double dm *a,
long double scalar, int rows, int cols);
Description
The matsadd functions add a scalar to each element of the input matrix
a[][], and return the result in the matrix output[][]. The dimensions of
these matrices are a[rows][cols] and output[rows][cols]. The functions
return a pointer to the output matrix.
Error Conditions
None.
CrossCore Embedded Studio 1.1 2-185
C/C++ Library Manual for SHARC Processors
DSP Run-Time Library
Example
#include <matrix.h>
#define ROWS 4
#define COLS 8
double input[ROWS][COLS], *a_p = (double *) (&input);
double result[ROWS][COLS], *res_p = (double *) (&result);
double x;
matsadd (res_p, a_p, x, ROWS, COLS);
See Also
cmatsadd, matmadd, matsmlt, matssub
The matsaddf function (and matsadd, if doubles are the same size
as floats) uses SIMD by default. Refer to Implications of Using
SIMD Mode for more information.
Documented Library Functions
2-186 CrossCore Embedded Studio 1.1
C/C++ Library Manual for SHARC Processors
matsmlt
Real matrix * scalar multiplication
Synopsis
#include <matrix.h>
float *matsmltf (float dm *output, const float dm *a,
float scalar, int rows, int cols);
double *matsmlt (double dm *output, const double dm *a
double scalar, int rows, int cols);
long double *matsmltd (long double dm *output,
const long double dm *a,
long double scalar, int rows, int cols);
Description
The matsmlt functions multiply a scalar with each element of the input
matrix a[][], and return the result in the matrix output[][]. The dimen-
sions of these matrices are a[rows][cols] and output[rows][cols].
The functions return a pointer to the output matrix.
Error Conditions
None.
CrossCore Embedded Studio 1.1 2-187
C/C++ Library Manual for SHARC Processors
DSP Run-Time Library
Example
#include <matrix.h>
#define ROWS 4
#define COLS 8
double input[ROWS][COLS], *a_p = (double *) (&input);
double result[ROWS][COLS], *res_p = (double *) (&result);
double x;
matsmlt (res_p, a_p, x, ROWS, COLS);
See Also
cmatsmlt, matmmlt, matsadd, matssub
The matsmltf function (and matsmlt, if doubles are the same size
as floats) uses SIMD by default. Refer to Implications of Using
SIMD Mode for more information.
Documented Library Functions
2-188 CrossCore Embedded Studio 1.1
C/C++ Library Manual for SHARC Processors
matssub
Real matrix – scalar subtraction
Synopsis
#include <matrix.h>
float *matssubf (float dm *output, const float dm *a,
float scalar, int rows, int cols);
double *matssub (double dm *output, const double dm *a
double scalar, int rows, int cols);
long double *matssubd (long double dm *output,
const long double dm *a,
long double scalar, int rows, int cols);
Description
The matssub functions subtract a scalar from each element of the input
matrix a[][], and return the result in the matrix output[][]. The dimen-
sions of these matrices are a[rows][cols] and output[rows][cols]. The
functions return a pointer to the output matrix.
Error Conditions
None.
CrossCore Embedded Studio 1.1 2-189
C/C++ Library Manual for SHARC Processors
DSP Run-Time Library
Example
#include <matrix.h>
#define ROWS 4
#define COLS 8
double input[ROWS][COLS], *a_p = (double *) (&input);
double result[ROWS][COLS], *res_p = (double *) (&result);
double x;
matssub (res_p, a_p, x, ROWS, COLS);
See Also
cmatssub, matmsub, matsadd, matsmlt
The matssubf function (and matssub, if doubles are the same size
as floats) uses SIMD by default. Refer to Implications of Using
SIMD Mode for more information.
Documented Library Functions
2-190 CrossCore Embedded Studio 1.1
C/C++ Library Manual for SHARC Processors
mean
Mean
Synopsis
#include <stats.h>
float meanf (const float in[], int length);
double mean (const double in[], int length);
long double meand (const long double in[], int length);
Description
The mean functions return the mean of the input array in[]. The length
of the input array is length.
Error Conditions
None.
Example
#include <stats.h>
#define SIZE 256
double data[SIZE];
double result;
result = mean (data, SIZE);
See Also
var
The meanf function (and mean, if doubles are the same size as
floats) uses SIMD by default. Refer to Implications of Using
SIMD Mode for more information.
CrossCore Embedded Studio 1.1 2-191
C/C++ Library Manual for SHARC Processors
DSP Run-Time Library
mu_compress
µ-law compression
Synopsis (Scalar-Valued)
#include <comm.h>
int mu_compress (int x);
Synopsis (Vector-Valued)
#include <filter.h>
int *mu_compress(const int dm input[],
int dm output[],
int length);
Description
The mu_compress functions take linear 14-bit speech samples and com-
press them according to ITU recommendation G.711 (µ-law definition).
The scalar version of mu_compress inputs a single data sample and
returns an 8-bit compressed output sample.
The vector versions of mu_compress take the array input, and return the
compressed 8-bit samples in the vector output. The parameter length
defines the size of both the input and output vectors. The functions return
a pointer to the output array.
The vector versions of mu_compress uses serial port 0 to perform
the companding on an ADSP-21160 processor; therefore, serial
port 0 must not be in use when this routine is called. The serial
port is not used by this function on any other ADSP-21xxx SIMD
architectures.
Documented Library Functions
2-192 CrossCore Embedded Studio 1.1
C/C++ Library Manual for SHARC Processors
Error Conditions
None.
Example
Scalar-Valued
#include <comm.h>
int sample, compress;
compress = mu_compress (sample);
Vector-Valued
#include <filter.h>
#define NSAMPLES 50
int data [NSAMPLES], compressed[NSAMPLES];
mu_compress (data, compressed, NSAMPLES);
See Also
a_compress, mu_expand
CrossCore Embedded Studio 1.1 2-193
C/C++ Library Manual for SHARC Processors
DSP Run-Time Library
mu_expand
µ-law expansion
Synopsis (Scalar-Valued)
#include <comm.h>
int mu_expand (int x);
Synopsis (Vector-Valued)
#include <filter.h>
int *mu_expand(const int dm input[],
int dm output[],
int length);
Description
The mu_expand functions take 8-bit compressed speech samples and
expand them according to ITU recommendation G.711 (µ-law
definition).
The scalar version of mu_expand inputs a single data sample and returns a
linear 14-bit signed sample.
The vector version of mu_expand takes an array of 8-bit compressed speech
samples and expands it according to ITU recommendation G.711 (µ-law
definition). The array returned contains linear 14-bit signed samples.
These functions returns a pointer to the output data array.
The vector versions of mu_expand uses serial port 0 to perform the
companding on an ADSP-21160 processor. Therefore, serial port 0
must not be in use when this routine is called. The serial port is not
used by this function on any other ADSP-21xxx SIMD
architectures.
Documented Library Functions
2-194 CrossCore Embedded Studio 1.1
C/C++ Library Manual for SHARC Processors
Error Conditions
None.
Example
Scalar-Valued
#include <comm.h>
int compressed_sample, expanded;
expanded = mu_expand (compressed_sample);
Vector-Valued
#include <filter.h>
#define NSAMPLES 50
int data [NSAMPLES];
int expanded_data[NSAMPLES];
mu_expand (data, expanded_data, NSAMPLES);
See Also
a_expand, mu_compress
CrossCore Embedded Studio 1.1 2-195
C/C++ Library Manual for SHARC Processors
DSP Run-Time Library
norm
Normalization
Synopsis
#include <complex.h>
complex_float normf (complex_float a);
complex_double norm (complex_double a);
complex_long_double normd(complex_long_double a);
Description
The normalization functions normalize the complex input a and return
the result.
Algorithm
The following equations are the basis of the algorithm.
Error Conditions
The normalization functions return zero if cabs(a) is equal to zero.
Re c Re a
Re2a Im2a+
--------------------------------------------
=
Im c Im a
Re2a Im2a+
--------------------------------------------
=
Documented Library Functions
2-196 CrossCore Embedded Studio 1.1
C/C++ Library Manual for SHARC Processors
Example
#include <complex.h>
complex_double x = {2.0,-4.0};
complex_double z;
z = norm(x); /* z = (0.4472,-0.8944) */
See Also
No related functions.
CrossCore Embedded Studio 1.1 2-197
C/C++ Library Manual for SHARC Processors
DSP Run-Time Library
polar
Construct from polar coordinates
Synopsis
#include <complex.h>
complex_float polarf (float mag, float phase);
complex_double polar (double mag, double phase);
complex_long_double polard (long double mag,long double phase);
Description
These functions transform the polar coordinate, specified by the argu-
ments mag and phase, into a Cartesian coordinate and return the result as a
complex number in which the x-axis is represented by the real part, and
the y-axis by the imaginary part. The phase argument is interpreted as
radians.
Algorithm
The algorithm for transforming a polar coordinate into a Cartesian coor-
dinate is:
Re(c) = mag * cos(phase)
Im(c) = mag * sin(phase)
Error Conditions
The input argument phase for polarf must be in the domain [-1.647e6,
1.647e6] and for polard must be in the domain [-8.433e8, 8.433e8]. The
functions return a complex value of zero if the specified phase is outside
their domain.
Documented Library Functions
2-198 CrossCore Embedded Studio 1.1
C/C++ Library Manual for SHARC Processors
Example
#include <complex.h>
#define PI 3.14159265
float magnitude = 2.0;
float phase = PI;
complex_float z;
z = polarf (magnitude,phase); /* z.re = -2.0, z.im = 0.0 */
See Also
arg, cartesian
CrossCore Embedded Studio 1.1 2-199
C/C++ Library Manual for SHARC Processors
DSP Run-Time Library
rfft
Real radix-2 Fast Fourier Transform
Synopsis
#include <filter.h>
complex_float *rfft (float dm input[],
float dm temp[],
complex_float dm output[],
const complex_float pm twiddle[],
int twiddle_stride,
int n);
Description
The rfft function transforms the time domain real input signal sequence to
the frequency domain by using the radix-2 Fast Fourier Transform (FFT).
The size of the input array input and the temporary working buffer temp
must be at least n, where n represents the number of points in the FFT; n
must be a power of 2 and no smaller than 16. If the input data can be
overwritten, memory can be saved by setting the pointer of the temporary
array explicitly to the input array or to NULL. (In either case the input array
will also be used as a temporary working array.)
As the complex spectrum of a real FFT is symmetrical about the midpoint,
the rfft function will only generate the first (n/2)+1 points of the FFT,
and so the size of the output array output must be at least of length
(n/2) + 1.
Documented Library Functions
2-200 CrossCore Embedded Studio 1.1
C/C++ Library Manual for SHARC Processors
After returning from the rfft function, the output array will contain the
following values:
DC component of the signal in output[0].re (output[0].im = 0)
First half of the complex spectrum in output[1]...
output[(n/2)-1]
Nyquist frequency in output[n/2].re (output[n/2].im = 0)
Refer to the Example section below to see how an application would con-
struct the full complex spectrum, using the symmetry of a real FFT.
The minimal size of the twiddle table must be n/2. A larger twiddle table
may be used, providing that the value of the twiddle table stride argument
twiddle_stride is set appropriately. If the size of the twiddle table is x,
then twiddle_stride must be set to (2*x)/n.
The library function twidfft (on page 2-220) can be used to compute the
required twiddle table. The coefficients generated are positive cosine coef-
ficients for the real part and negative sine coefficients for the imaginary
part.
The library also contains the rfftf_2 function. (For more informa-
tion, see rfftf_2.) This function is an optimized implementation of
a real FFT using a fast radix-2 algorithm, capable of computing
two real FFTs in parallel. The rfftf_2 function, however, imposes
certain memory alignment requirements that may not be appropri-
ate for some applications.
The function returns the address of the output array.
Algorithm
The following equation is the basis of the algorithm.
CrossCore Embedded Studio 1.1 2-201
C/C++ Library Manual for SHARC Processors
DSP Run-Time Library
Error Conditions
None.
Example
#include <filter.h>
#include <complex.h>
#define FFTSIZE 32
float sigdata[FFTSIZE]; /* input signal */
complex_float r_output[FFTSIZE]; /* FFT of input signal */
complex_float i_output[FFTSIZE]; /* inverse of r_output */
complex_float i_temp[FFTSIZE];
complex_float c_temp[FFTSIZE];
float *r_temp = (float *) c_temp;
complex_float pm twiddle_table[FFTSIZE/2];
int i;
/* Initialize the twiddle table */
Xk xnWN
nk
n0=
N1
=
Documented Library Functions
2-202 CrossCore Embedded Studio 1.1
C/C++ Library Manual for SHARC Processors
twidfft (twiddle_table,FFTSIZE);
/* Calculate the FFT of a real signal */
rfft (sigdata,r_temp,r_output,twiddle_table,1,FFTSIZE);
/* (rfft sets r_output[FFTSIZE/2] to the Nyquist) */
/* Add the 2nd half of the spectrum */
for (i = 1; i < (FFTSIZE/2); i++) {
r_output[FFTSIZE - i] = conjf (r_output[i]);
}
/* Calculate the inverse of the FFT */
ifft (r_output,i_temp,i_output,twiddle_table,1,FFTSIZE);
See Also
cfft, fft_magnitude, ifft, rfftf_2, rfftN, twidfft
CrossCore Embedded Studio 1.1 2-203
C/C++ Library Manual for SHARC Processors
DSP Run-Time Library
rfft_mag
rfft magnitude
Synopsis
#include <filter.h>
float *rfft_mag (complex_float dm input[],
float dm output[],
int fftsize);
float *fft_mag (complex_float dm input[],
float dm output[],
int fftsize);
Description
The rfft_mag function computes a normalized power spectrum from the
output signal generated by a rfftN function. The size of the signal and the
size of the power spectrum is fftsize/2.
The function returns a pointer to the output matrix.
The fft_mag function is equivalent to the rfft_mag function and is pro-
vided for compatibility with previous versions of CCES.
When using the rfft_mag function, note that the generated power
spectrum will not contain the Nyquist frequency. In cases where
the Nyquist frequency is required, the fft_magnitude function
must be used in conjunction with the rfft function.
Documented Library Functions
2-204 CrossCore Embedded Studio 1.1
C/C++ Library Manual for SHARC Processors
Algorithm
The algorithm used to calculate the normalized power spectrum is:
Error Conditions
None.
Example
#include <filter.h>
#define N 64
float fft_input[N];
complex_float fft_output[N/2];
float spectrum[N/2];
rfft64 (fft_input, fft_output);
rfft_mag (fft_output, spectrum, N);
See Also
cfft_mag, fft_magnitude, fftf_magnitude, rfftN
By default, this function uses SIMD. Refer to Implications of
Using SIMD Mode for more information.
magnitude z 2Re az

2Im az

2
+
fftsize
-----------------------------------------------------------------=
CrossCore Embedded Studio 1.1 2-205
C/C++ Library Manual for SHARC Processors
DSP Run-Time Library
rfftf_2
Fast parallel real radix-2 Fast Fourier Transform
Synopsis
#include <filter.h>
void rfftf_2 (float data_one_real[], float data_one_imag[],
float data_two_real[], float data_two_imag[],
const float twid_real[],
const float twid_imag[],
int n);
Description
The rfftf_2 function computes two n-point real radix-2 Fast Fourier
Transforms (FFT) using a decimation-in-frequency algorithm. The FFT
size n must be a power of 2 and not less than 64.
The array data_one_real contains the input to the first real FFT, while
data_two_real contains the input to the second real FFT. Both arrays are
expected to be of length n. For optimal performance, the arrays should be
located in different memory segments. Furthermore, the two input arrays
have to be aligned on an address boundary that is a multiple of the FFT
size n.
The arrays data_one_imag and data_two_imag of length n are used as tem-
porary workspace. At return, they contain the imaginary part of the
respective output data set. The arrays should be located in different mem-
ory segments.
The size of the twiddle table pointed to by twid_real and twid_imag must
be of size n/2. The library function twidfftf (on page 2-223) can be used
to compute the required twiddle table. The coefficients generated are pos-
itive cosine coefficients for the real part and negative sine coefficients for
the imaginary part.
Documented Library Functions
2-206 CrossCore Embedded Studio 1.1
C/C++ Library Manual for SHARC Processors
The function invokes the cfftf function, which has been imple-
mented to make highly efficient use of the processor’s SIMD
capabilities and long word addressing mode. The rfftf_2 function
therefore imposes the following restrictions:
All the arrays that are passed to the function must be allocated in
internal memory. The DSP run-time library does not contain a ver-
sion of the function that can be used with data in external memory.
Do not use the function with any application that relies on the
-reserve register[, register...] switch.
Due to the alignment restrictions of the input arrays (as docu-
mented above), it is unlikely that the function will generate the
correct results if the input arrays are allocated on the stack.
For more information, refer to refer to Implications of Using
SIMD Mode and Using Data in External Memory.
Error Conditions
None.
Example
#include <filter.h>
#define FFT_SIZE 64
float dm twidtab_re[FFT_SIZE/2];
float pm twidtab_im[FFT_SIZE/2];
#pragma align 64
static float dm fft1_re[FFT_SIZE];
static float pm fft1_im[FFT_SIZE];
CrossCore Embedded Studio 1.1 2-207
C/C++ Library Manual for SHARC Processors
DSP Run-Time Library
#pragma align 64
static float dm fft2_re[FFT_SIZE];
static float pm fft2_im[FFT_SIZE];
twidfftf (twidtab_re, twidtab_im, FFT_SIZE);
rfftf_2(fft1_re, fft1_im,
fft2_re, fft2_im,
twidtab_re, twidtab_im, FFT_SIZE);
See Also
cfftf, fftf_magnitude, ifftf, rfft, rfftN, twidfftf
Documented Library Functions
2-208 CrossCore Embedded Studio 1.1
C/C++ Library Manual for SHARC Processors
rfftN
N-point real radix-2 Fast Fourier Transform
Synopsis
#include <trans.h>
float *rfft65536 (const float dm real_input[],
float dm real_output[], float dm imag_output[]);
float *rfft32768 (const float dm real_input[],
float dm real_output[], float dm imag_output[]);
float *rfft16384 (const float dm real_input[],
float dm real_output[], float dm imag_output[]);
float *rfft8192 (const float dm real_input[],
float dm real_output[], float dm imag_output[]);
float *rfft4096 (const float dm real_input[],
float dm real_output[], float dm imag_output[]);
float *rfft2048 (const float dm real_input[],
float dm real_output[], float dm imag_output[]);
float *rfft1024 (const float dm real_input[],
float dm real_output[], float dm imag_output[]);
float *rfft512 (const float dm real_input[],
float dm real_output[], float dm imag_output[]);
float *rfft256 (const float dm real_input[],
float dm real_output[], float dm imag_output[]);
CrossCore Embedded Studio 1.1 2-209
C/C++ Library Manual for SHARC Processors
DSP Run-Time Library
float *rfft128 (const float dm real_input[],
float dm real_output[], float dm imag_output[]);
float *rfft64 (const float dm real_input[],
float dm real_output[], float dm imag_output[]);
float *rfft32 (const float dm real_input[],
float dm real_output[], float dm imag_output[]);
float *rfft16 (const float dm real_input[],
float dm real_output[], float dm imag_output[]);
float *rfft8 (const float dm real_input[],
float dm real_output[], float dm imag_output[]);
Description
Each of these rfftN functions are similar to the cfftN functions, except
that they only take real inputs. They compute the N-point radix-2 Fast
Fourier Transform (RFFT) of their floating-point input (where N is 8, 16,
32, 64, 128, 256, 512, 1024, 2048, 4096, 8192, 16384, 32768, or
65536).
There are fourteen distinct functions in this set. All perform the same
function with same type and number of arguments. Their only difference
is the size of the arrays on which they operate.
Call a particular function by substituting the number of points for N. For
example,
ft8 (r_inp, r_outp, i_outp);
The input to rfftN is a floating-point array of N points. If there are fewer
than N actual data points, you must pad the array with zeros to make N
samples. However, better results occur with less zero padding. The input
Documented Library Functions
2-210 CrossCore Embedded Studio 1.1
C/C++ Library Manual for SHARC Processors
data should be windowed (if necessary) before calling the function because
no preprocessing is performed on the data.
If the input data can be overwritten, then the rfftN functions allow the
array real_input to share the same memory as the array imag_output.
This improves memory usage with only a minimal run-time penalty.
The rfftN functions return a pointer to the real_output array.
These library functions have not been optimized for SHARC
SIMD processors. Alternative FFT functions that do exploit this
feature are defined in the filter.h header file.
Error Conditions
None.
Example
#include <trans.h>
#define N 2048
float real_input[N];
float real_output[N], imag_output[N];
rfft2048 (real_input, real_output, imag_output);
See Also
cfftN, fft_magnitude, ifftN, rfft, rfftN
CrossCore Embedded Studio 1.1 2-211
C/C++ Library Manual for SHARC Processors
DSP Run-Time Library
rfftN
N-point real radix-2 Fast Fourier Transform
Synopsis
#include <filter.h>
complex_float *rfft65536 (float dm input[],
complex_float dm output[]);
complex_float *rfft32768 (float dm input[],
complex_float dm output[]);
complex_float *rfft16384 (float dm input[],
complex_float dm output[]);
complex_float *rfft8192 (float dm input[],
complex_float dm output[]);
complex_float *rfft4096 (float dm input[],
complex_float dm output[]);
complex_float *rfft2048 (float dm input[],
complex_float dm output[]);
complex_float *rfft1024 (float dm input[],
complex_float dm output[]);
complex_float *rfft512 (float dm input[],
complex_float dm output[]);
complex_float *rfft256 (float dm input[],
complex_float dm output[]);
Documented Library Functions
2-212 CrossCore Embedded Studio 1.1
C/C++ Library Manual for SHARC Processors
complex_float *rfft128 (float dm input[],
complex_float dm output[]);
complex_float *rfft64 (float dm input[],
complex_float dm output[]);
complex_float *rfft32 (float dm input[],
complex_float dm output[]);
complex_float *rfft16 (float dm input[],
complex_float dm output[]);
Description
The rfftN functions are defined in the header file filter.h. They have
been optimized to take advantage of the SIMD capabilities of the SHARC
processors. These FFT functions require complex arguments to ensure
that the real and imaginary parts are interleaved in memory and are there-
fore accessible in a single cycle using the wider data bus of the processor.
Each of these rfftN functions are similar to the cfftN functions except that
they only take real inputs. They compute the N-point radix-2 Fast Fourier
Transform (RFFT) of their floating-point input (where N is 16, 32, 64,
128, 256, 512, 1024, 2048, 4096, 8192, 16384, 32768, or 65536).
There are thirteen distinct functions in this set. All perform the same
function with the same type and number of arguments. The only differ-
ence between them is the size of the arrays on which they operate.
Call a particular function by substituting the number of points for N, as
in the following example:
rfft16 (input, output);
The input to rfftN is a floating-point array of N points. If there are fewer
than N actual data points, you must pad the array with zeros to make N
samples. However, better results occur with less zero padding. The input
CrossCore Embedded Studio 1.1 2-213
C/C++ Library Manual for SHARC Processors
DSP Run-Time Library
data should be windowed (if necessary) before calling the function because
no preprocessing is performed on the data. The rfftN functions will use
the input array as an intermediate workspace. If the input data is to be
preserved, the input array must be first copied to a safe location.
The complex frequency domain signal generated by the rfftN functions is
stored in the array output. Because the output signal is symmetric around
the midpoint of the frequency domain, the functions only generate N/2
output points.
The rfftN functions do not calculate the Nyquist frequency (which
would normally located at output[N/2]). The rfft or cfftN func-
tions should be used in place of these functions if the Nyquist
frequency is required.
The rfftN functions return a pointer to the output array.
Error Conditions
None.
Example
#include <filter.h>
#define N 2048
float input[N];
complex_float output[N/2];
rfft2048 (input, output);
Documented Library Functions
2-214 CrossCore Embedded Studio 1.1
C/C++ Library Manual for SHARC Processors
See Also
cfftN, ifftN, rfft, rfftN, rfftf_2
By default, these functions use SIMD. Refer to Implications of
Using SIMD Mode for more information.
CrossCore Embedded Studio 1.1 2-215
C/C++ Library Manual for SHARC Processors
DSP Run-Time Library
rms
root mean square
Synopsis
#include <stats.h>
float rmsf (const float samples[], int sample_length);
double rms (const double samples[], int sample_length);
long double rmsd (const long double samples[],
int sample_length);
Description
The root mean square functions return the root mean square of the ele-
ments within the input array samples[]. The length of the input array is
sample_length.
Algorithm
The following equation is the basis of the algorithm.
where:
a = samples
n = sample_length
c
ai
2
i0=
n1
n
-----------------=
Documented Library Functions
2-216 CrossCore Embedded Studio 1.1
C/C++ Library Manual for SHARC Processors
Error Conditions
None.
Example
#include <stats.h>
#define SIZE 256
double data[SIZE];
double result;
result = rms (data, SIZE);
See Also
mean, var
The rmsf function (and rms, if doubles are the same size as floats)
uses SIMD by default. Refer to Implications of Using SIMD Mode
for more information.
CrossCore Embedded Studio 1.1 2-217
C/C++ Library Manual for SHARC Processors
DSP Run-Time Library
rsqrt
Reciprocal square root
Synopsis
#include <math.h>
float rsqrtf (float x);
double rsqrt (double x);
long double rsqrtd (long double x);
Description
The rsqrt functions return the reciprocal positive square root of their
argument.
Error Conditions
The rsqrt functions return zero for a negative input.
Example
#include <math.h>
double y;
y = rsqrt (2.0); /* y = 0.707 */
See Also
sqrt
Documented Library Functions
2-218 CrossCore Embedded Studio 1.1
C/C++ Library Manual for SHARC Processors
transpm
matrix transpose
Synopsis
#include <matrix.h>
float *transpmf (float dm *output,
const float dm *a, int rows, int cols);
double *transpm (double dm *output,
const double dm *a, int rows, int cols);
long double *transpmd (long double dm *output,
const long double dm *a,
int rows, int cols);
Description
The transpm functions compute the linear algebraic transpose of the input
matrix a[][], and return the result in the matrix output[][]. The dimen-
sions of these matrices are a[rows][cols], and output[cols][rows].
The functions return a pointer to the output matrix.
Algorithm
The algorithm for the linear algebraic transpose of a matrix is defined as:
cji = aij
Error Conditions
None.
CrossCore Embedded Studio 1.1 2-219
C/C++ Library Manual for SHARC Processors
DSP Run-Time Library
Example
#include <matrix.h>
#define ROWS 4
#define COLS 8
float a[ROWS][COLS];
float a_transpose[COLS][ROWS];
transpmf ((float *)(a_transpose),(float *)(a), ROWS, COLS);
See Also
No related functions.
Documented Library Functions
2-220 CrossCore Embedded Studio 1.1
C/C++ Library Manual for SHARC Processors
twidfft
Generate FFT twiddle factors
Synopsis
#include <filter.h>
complex_float *twidfft(complex_float pm twiddle_tab[],
int fftsize);
Description
The twidfft function calculates complex twiddle coefficients for an FFT of
size fftsize and returns the coefficients in the vector twiddle_tab. The
vector is known as a twiddle table; it contains pairs of cosine and sine val-
ues and is used by an FFT function to calculate a Fast Fourier Transform.
The table generated by this function may be used by any of the FFT func-
tions cfft, ifft, and rfft. A twiddle table of a given size will contain
constant values. Typically, such a table is generated only once during the
development cycle of an application and is thereafter preserved by the
application in some suitable form.
An application that computes FFTs of different sizes does not require
multiple twiddle tables. A single twiddle table can be used to calculate the
FFT’s, provided that the table is created for the largest FFT that the appli-
cation expects to generate. Each of the FFT functions cfft, ifft, and rfft
have a twiddle stride argument that the application would set to 1 when it
is generating an FFT with the largest number of data points. To generate
an FFT with half the number of these points, the application would call
the FFT functions with the twiddle stride argument set to 2; to generate
an FFT with a quarter of the largest number of points, it would set the
twiddle stride to 4, and so on.
The function returns a pointer to twiddle_tab.
CrossCore Embedded Studio 1.1 2-221
C/C++ Library Manual for SHARC Processors
DSP Run-Time Library
Algorithm
This function takes FFT length fft_size as an input parameter and gen-
erates the lookup table of complex twiddle coefficients. The samples are:
where:
n = fft_size
k = {0, 1, 2, ..., n/2–1}
Error Conditions
None.
Example
#include <filter.h>
#define N_FFT 128
#define N_FFT2 32
complex_float in1[N_FFT];
complex_float out1[N_FFT];
complex_float in2[N_FFT2];
complex_float out2[N_FFT2];
complex_float temp[N_FFT];
twid_re(k) 2
n
------ k


cos=
twid_im(k) 2
n
------ k


sin=
Documented Library Functions
2-222 CrossCore Embedded Studio 1.1
C/C++ Library Manual for SHARC Processors
complex_float pm twid_tab[N_FFT / 2];
twidfft (twid_tab, N_FFT);
cfft (in1, temp, out1, twid_tab, 1, N_FFT);
cfft (in2, temp, out2, twid_tab,
(N_FFT / N_FFT2) /* twiddle stride 4 */, N_FFT2 );
See Also
cfft, ifft, rfft, twidfftf
CrossCore Embedded Studio 1.1 2-223
C/C++ Library Manual for SHARC Processors
DSP Run-Time Library
twidfftf
Generate FFT twiddle factors for a fast FFT
Synopsis
#include <filter.h>
void twidfftf(float twid_real[], float twid_imag[], int fftsize);
Description
The twidfftf function generates complex twiddle factors for one of the
FFT functions cfftf, ifftf, or rfftf_2. The generated twiddle factors are sets
of positive cosine coefficients and negative sine coefficients that the FFT
functions will use to calculate the FFT. The function will store the cosine
coefficients in the vector twid_real and the sine coefficients in the vector
twid_imag. The size of both the vectors should be fftsize/2, where
fftsize represents the size of the FFT and must be a power of 2 and at
least 64.
For maximal efficiency, the cfftf, ifftf, and rfftf_2 functions require
that the vectors twid_real and twid_imag are allocated in separate
memory blocks.
The twiddle factors that are generated for a specific size of FFT are con-
stant values. Typically, the factors are generated only once during the
development cycle of an application and are thereafter preserved by the
application in some suitable form.
Documented Library Functions
2-224 CrossCore Embedded Studio 1.1
C/C++ Library Manual for SHARC Processors
Algorithm
This function takes FFT length fft_size as an input parameter and gen-
erates the lookup table of complex twiddle coefficients. The samples are:
where:
n = fft_size
k = {0, 1, 2, ..., n/2–1}
Error Conditions
None.
Example
#include <filter.h>
#define FFT_SIZE 1024
#pragma section("seg_dmdata");
float twid_r[FFT_SIZE/2];
#pragma section("seg_pmdata")
twid_re(k) 2
n
------ k


cos=
twid_im(k) 2
n
------ k


sin=
CrossCore Embedded Studio 1.1 2-225
C/C++ Library Manual for SHARC Processors
DSP Run-Time Library
float twid_i[FFT_SIZE/2];
#pragma align 1024
#pragma section("seg_dmdata")
float input_r[FFT_SIZE];
#pragma align 1024
#pragma section("seg_pmdata")
float input_i[FFT_SIZE];
#pragma section("seg_dmdata")
float temp_r[FFT_SIZE];
#pragma section("seg_pmdata")
float temp_i[FFT_SIZE];
twidfftf(twid_r,twid_i,FFT_SIZE);
cfftf(input_r,input_i,
temp_r,temp_i,
twid_r,twid_i,FFT_SIZE);
See Also
cfftf, ifftf, rfftf_2, twidfft
Documented Library Functions
2-226 CrossCore Embedded Studio 1.1
C/C++ Library Manual for SHARC Processors
var
Variance
Synopsis
#include <stats.h>
float varf (const float a[], int n);
double var (const double a[], int n);
long double vard (const long double a[], int n);
Description
The variance functions return the variance of the input array a[]. The
length of the input array is n.
Algorithm
The following equation is the basis of the algorithm.
Error Conditions
None.
c
nai2
i0=
n1
a1
i0=
n1




2
nn 1
-----------------------------------------------
=
CrossCore Embedded Studio 1.1 2-227
C/C++ Library Manual for SHARC Processors
DSP Run-Time Library
Example
#include <stats.h>
#define SIZE 256
double data[SIZE];
double result;
result = var (data, SIZE);
See Also
mean
The varf function (and var, if doubles are the same size as floats)
uses SIMD by default. Refer to Implications of Using SIMD Mode
for more information.
Documented Library Functions
2-228 CrossCore Embedded Studio 1.1
C/C++ Library Manual for SHARC Processors
vecdot
Vector dot product
Synopsis
#include <vector.h>
float vecdotf (const float dm a[],
const float dm b[], int samples);
double vecdot (const double dm a[],
const double dm b[], int samples);
long double vecdotd (const long double dm a[],
const long double dm b[], int samples);
Description
The vecdot functions compute the dot product of the vectors a[] and b[],
which are samples in size. They return the scalar result.
Algorithm
The following equation is the basis of the algorithm.
Error Conditions
None.
return aibi
i0=
samples 1
=
CrossCore Embedded Studio 1.1 2-229
C/C++ Library Manual for SHARC Processors
DSP Run-Time Library
Example
#include <vector.h>
#define N 100
double x[N], y[N];
double answer;
answer = vecdot (x, y, N);
See Also
cvecdot
The vecdotf function (and vecdot, if doubles are the same size as
floats) uses SIMD by default. Refer to Implications of Using
SIMD Mode for more information.
Documented Library Functions
2-230 CrossCore Embedded Studio 1.1
C/C++ Library Manual for SHARC Processors
vecsadd
Vector + scalar addition
Synopsis
#include <vector.h>
float *vecsaddf (const float dm a[], float scalar,
float dm output[], int samples);
double *vecsadd (const double dm a[], double scalar,
double dm output[], int samples);
long double *vecsaddd (const long double dm a[],
long double scalar,
long double dm output[],
int samples);
Description
The vecsadd functions compute the sum of each element of the vector a[],
added to the scalar. Both the input and output vectors are samples in size.
The functions return a pointer to the output vector.
Error Conditions
None.
CrossCore Embedded Studio 1.1 2-231
C/C++ Library Manual for SHARC Processors
DSP Run-Time Library
Example
#include <vector.h>
#define N 100
double input[N], result[N];
double x;
vecsadd (input, x, result, N);
See Also
cvecsadd, vecsmlt, vecssub, vecvadd
The vecsaddf function (and vecsadd, if doubles are the same size as
floats) uses SIMD by default. Refer to Implications of Using
SIMD Mode for more information.
Documented Library Functions
2-232 CrossCore Embedded Studio 1.1
C/C++ Library Manual for SHARC Processors
vecsmlt
Vector * scalar multiplication
Synopsis
#include <vector.h>
float *vecsmltf (const float dm a[], float scalar,
float dm output[], int samples);
double *vecsmlt (const double dm a[], double scalar,
double dm output[], int samples);
long double *vecsmltd (const long double dm a[],
long double scalar,
long double dm output[],
int samples);
Description
The vecsmlt functions compute the product of each element of the vector
a[], multiplied by the scalar. Both the input and output vectors are
samples in size. The functions return a pointer to the output vector.
Error Conditions
None.
CrossCore Embedded Studio 1.1 2-233
C/C++ Library Manual for SHARC Processors
DSP Run-Time Library
Example
#include <vector.h>
#define N 100
double input[N], result[N];
double x;
vecsmlt (input, x, result, N);
See Also
cvecsmlt, vecsadd, vecssub, vecvmlt
The vecsmltf function (and vecsmlt, if doubles are the same size as
floats) uses SIMD by default. Refer to Implications of Using
SIMD Mode for more information.
Documented Library Functions
2-234 CrossCore Embedded Studio 1.1
C/C++ Library Manual for SHARC Processors
vecssub
vector – scalar subtraction
Synopsis
#include <vector.h>
float *vecssubf (const float dm a[], float scalar,
float dm output[], int samples);
double *vecssub (const double dm a[], double scalar,
double dm output[], int samples);
long double *vecssubd (const long double dm a[],
long double scalar,
long double dm output[],
int samples);
Description
The vecssub functions compute the difference of each element of the vec-
tor a[], minus the scalar. Both the input and output vectors are samples
in size. The functions return a pointer to the output vector.
Error Conditions
None.
CrossCore Embedded Studio 1.1 2-235
C/C++ Library Manual for SHARC Processors
DSP Run-Time Library
Example
#include <vector.h>
#define N 100
double input[N], result[N];
double x;
vecssub (input, x, result, N);
See Also
cvecssub, vecsadd, vecsmlt, vecvsub
The vecssubf function (and vecssub, if doubles are the same size as
floats) uses SIMD by default. Refer to Implications of Using
SIMD Mode for more information.
Documented Library Functions
2-236 CrossCore Embedded Studio 1.1
C/C++ Library Manual for SHARC Processors
vecvadd
Vector + vector addition
Synopsis
#include <vector.h>
float *vecvaddf (const float dm a[], const float dm b[],
float dm output[], int samples);
double *vecvadd (const double dm a[], const double dm b[],
double dm output[], int samples);
long double *vecvaddd (const long double dm a[],
const long double dm b[],
long double dm output[],
int samples);
Description
The vecvadd functions compute the sum of each of the elements of the
vectors a[] and b[], and store the result in the output vector. All three
vectors are samples in size. The functions return a pointer to the output
vector.
Error Conditions
None.
CrossCore Embedded Studio 1.1 2-237
C/C++ Library Manual for SHARC Processors
DSP Run-Time Library
Example
#include <vector.h>
#define N 100
double input_1[N];
double input_2[N], result[N];
vecvadd (input_1, input_2, result, N);
See Also
cvecvadd, vecsadd, vecvmlt, vecvsub
The vecvaddf function (and vecvadd, if doubles are the same size as
floats) uses SIMD by default. Refer to Implications of Using
SIMD Mode for more information.
Documented Library Functions
2-238 CrossCore Embedded Studio 1.1
C/C++ Library Manual for SHARC Processors
vecvmlt
Vector * vector multiplication
Synopsis
#include <vector.h>
float *vecvmltf (const float dm a[], const float dm b[],
float dm output[], int samples);
double *vecvmlt (const double dm a[], const double dm b[],
double dm output[], int samples);
long double *vecvmltd (const long double dm a[],
const long double dm b[],
long double dm output[],
int samples);
Description
The vecvmlt functions compute the product of each of the elements of the
vectors a[] and b[], and store the result in the output vector. All three
vectors are samples in size. The functions return a pointer to the output
vector.
Error Conditions
None.
CrossCore Embedded Studio 1.1 2-239
C/C++ Library Manual for SHARC Processors
DSP Run-Time Library
Example
#include <vector.h>
#define N 100
double input_1[N];
double input_2[N], result[N];
vecvmlt (input_1, input_2, result, N);
See Also
cvecvmlt, vecsmlt, vecvadd, vecvsub
The vecvmltf function (and vecvmlt, if doubles are the same size as
floats) uses SIMD by default. Refer to Implications of Using
SIMD Mode for more information.
Documented Library Functions
2-240 CrossCore Embedded Studio 1.1
C/C++ Library Manual for SHARC Processors
vecvsub
Vector – vector subtraction
Synopsis
#include <vector.h>
float *vecvsubf (const float dm a[], const float dm b[],
float dm output[], int samples);
double *vecvsub (const double dm a[], const double dm b[],
double dm output[], int samples);
long double *vecvsubd (const long double dm a[],
const long double dm b[],
long double dm output[],
int samples);
Description
The vecvsub functions compute the difference of each of the elements of
the vectors a[] and b[], and store the result in the output vector. All three
vectors are samples in size. The functions return a pointer to the output
vector.
Error Conditions
None.
CrossCore Embedded Studio 1.1 2-241
C/C++ Library Manual for SHARC Processors
DSP Run-Time Library
Example
#include <vector.h>
#define N 100
double input_1[N];
double input_2[N], result[N];
vecvsub (input_1, input_2, result, N);
See Also
cvecvsub, vecssub, vecvadd, vecvmlt
The vecvsubf function (and vecvsub, if doubles are the same size as
floats) uses SIMD by default. Refer to Implications of Using
SIMD Mode for more information.
Documented Library Functions
2-242 CrossCore Embedded Studio 1.1
C/C++ Library Manual for SHARC Processors
zero_cross
Count zero crossings
Synopsis
#include <stats.h>
int zero_crossf (const float in[], int length);
int zero_cross (const double in[], int length);
int zero_crossd (const long double in[], int length);
Description
The zero_cross functions return the number of times that a signal repre-
sented in the input array in[] crosses over the zero line. If all the input
values are either positive or zero, or they are all either negative or zero,
then the functions return a zero.
Error Conditions
None.
Example
#include <stats.h>
#define SIZE 256
double input[SIZE];
int result;
result = zero_cross (input, SIZE);
See Also
No related functions.
CrossCore Embedded Studio 1.1 I-1
C/C++ Library Manual for SHARC Processors
IINDEX
A
abend, see abort function
abort (abnormal program end) function,
1-66
Abridged C++ library, 1-36
abs (absolute value, int) function, 1-67
absfx (absolute value) function, 1-68
absolute value, see abs, fabs, labs functions
a_compress function, 2-25
a_compress_vec (A-law compression)
function, 2-25
acos (arc cosine) functions, 1-69
adi_dump_all_heaps (dump current state
of all heap to file) function, 1-70
adi_dump_heap (dump current state of
heap to file) function, 1-72
adi_fatal_error (handle non-recoverable
error) function, 1-74
adi_fatal_exception (handle
non-recoverable exception) function,
1-76
adi_heap_debug_disable (disable features
of heap debugging) function, 1-78
adi_heap_debug_end (finish heap
debugging) function, 1-82
adi_heap_debug_flush (flush heap
debugging output buffer) function,
1-84
adi_heap_debug_pause (temporarily
disable heap debugging) function,
1-86
adi_heap_debug_reset_guard_region (reset
bit patterns) function, 1-88
adi_heap_debug_resume (re-enable heap
debugging) function, 1-90
adi_heap_debug_set_buffer (configure
buffer for heap debugging) function,
1-92
adi_heap_debug_set_call_stack_depth
(change depth of call stack recorded by
heap debugging library) function,
1-94
adi_heap_debug_set_error (change error
types to be regarded as terminating
errors) function, 1-96
adi_heap_debug_set_guard_region
(change the bit patterns written to
guard regions around memory blocks)
function, 1-98
adi_heap_debug_set_ignore (change error
types to be ignored) function, 1-101
adi_heap_debug_set_warning (change
error types to be regarded as run-time
warning) function, 1-103
adi_types.h header file, 1-15
adi_verify_all_heaps (verify that no heaps
contain corrupt blocks) function,
1-105
adi_verify_heap (verify heap contains no
corrupt blocks) function, 1-107
ADSP-2106x functions
cartesian, 2-45
cfftN, 2-56
Index
I-2 CrossCore Embedded Studio 1.1
C/C++ Library Manual for SHARC Processors
ADSP-2106x functions (continued)
fminf, 2-133
ifftN, 2-161, 2-165
polar, 2-197
ADSP-2106x processors
built-in DSP functions, 2-16
ADSP-2116x/2126x/2136x functions
a_compress, 2-25
a_compress_vec, 2-25
a_expand, 2-27
a_expand_vec, 2-27
alog, 2-29
alog10, 2-30
arg, 2-31
autocoh, 2-33
autocorr, 2-35
biquad, 2-37
cabs, 2-42
cadd, 2-44
cexp, 2-49
cfft, 2-51
cfftf, 2-63
cfft_mag, 2-54
cfftN, 2-60
cmatmadd, 2-66
cmatmmlt, 2-68
cmatmsub, 2-71
cmatsadd, 2-73
cmatsmlt, 2-75
cmatssub, 2-77
cmlt, 2-79
copysign, 2-83
cot, 2-84
crosscoh, 2-86
crosscorr, 2-89
csub (complex subtraction), 2-92
cvecdot, 2-93
cvecsadd, 2-95
cvecsmlt, 2-97
cvecssub, 2-99
functions (continued)
cvecvadd, 2-101
cvecvmlt, 2-103
cvecvsub, 2-105
favg, 2-107
fclip, 2-108
fftf_magnitude, 2-113
fft_magnitude, 2-109
fir, 2-116
fir_decima, 2-120
fir_interp, 2-123
fmax, 2-132
fmin, 2-133
histogram, 2-153
ifft, 2-155
iir, 2-168
matinv, 2-176
matmadd, 2-178
matmmlt, 2-180
matsadd, 2-184
matsmlt, 2-186
matssub, 2-188
matsub, 2-182
mean, 2-190
mu_compress, 2-191
mu_expand, 2-193
norm, 2-195
polar, 2-197
rfft, 2-199
rfftf_2, 2-205
rfft_mag, 2-203
rfftN, 2-208, 2-211
rms, 2-215
rsqrt, 2-217
SIMD execution model, 2-61, 2-166,
2-212
transpm, 2-218
twidfftf, 2-220, 2-223
var, 2-226
vecdot, 2-228
CrossCore Embedded Studio 1.1 I-3
C/C++ Library Manual for SHARC Processors
Index
functions (continued)
vecsadd, 2-230
vecsmlt, 2-232
vecssub, 2-234
vecvadd, 2-236
vecvmlt, 2-238
vecvsub, 2-240
zero_cross, 2-242
ADSP-2116x/2126x/2136x processors
DSP run-time library reference, 2-24
a_expand (A-law expansion) function, 2-27
A-law
compression function, ADSP-2106x
DSPs, 2-25
compression function, ADSP-21160
DSP, 2-25
expansion function, ADSP-21160 DSP,
2-27
A-law (companders), ADSP-2106x, 2-5
algebraic functions, see math functions
algorithm header file, 1-41
allocate memory, see calloc, free, malloc,
realloc functions
alog10 functions, 2-30
alog functions, 2-29
alphabetic character test, see isalpha
function
alphanumeric character test, see isalnum
function
anti-log
base 10 functions, 2-30
functions, 2-29
arg (get phase of a complex number)
functions, 2-31
argument list
formatting into a character array, 1-439
formatting into n-character array, 1-437
array search, binary, see bsearch function
ASCII string, see atof, atoi, atol, atold
functions
asctime (convert broken-down time into
string) function, 1-109, 1-142
asctime function, 1-33
asin (arc sine) functions, 1-111
asm_sprt.h header file, 2-5
assert.h header file, 1-15
assert macro, 1-15
atan2 (arc tangent division) functions,
1-113
atan (arc tangent) functions, 1-112
atexit (select exit) function, 1-114
atof (convert string to double) function,
1-115
atoi (string to integer) function, 1-118
atold (convert string to long double)
function, 1-120
atoll (convert string to long long integer)
function, 1-123
atol (string to long integer) function, 1-119
autocorr (autocorrelation of a signal)
functions, 2-35
average (mean of 2 int) function, 1-124
B
base 10, anti-log functions, 2-30
basic cycle counting, 1-44
benchmarking C-compiled code, 1-51
binary array search, see bsearch function
binary stream, 1-225
bin_size parameter, 2-153
biquad function, 2-37
bit definitions, processor-specific, 2-12
bitsfx (bitwise fixed-point to integer
conversion) function, 1-125
broken-down time
gmtime, 1-253
localtime, 1-314
mktime, 1-328
strftime, 1-387
time.h header file, 1-31
Index
I-4 CrossCore Embedded Studio 1.1
C/C++ Library Manual for SHARC Processors
bsearch (array search, binary) function,
1-126
buffering, for a file or stream, 1-365
BUFSIZ macro, 1-225
built-in functions
ADSP-2106x processors, 2-16
C compiler, 1-35
C
C++
Abridged Library, 1-36
cabs (complex absolute value) functions,
2-42
cadd (complex addition) functions, 2-44
calendar time, 1-31, 1-423
calling C/C++ run-time library functions,
1-3
calloc (allocate initialized memory)
function, 1-129
cartesian (cartesian to polar) functions,
2-45
cartesian number phase, 2-31
C-compiled code, benchmarking, 1-51
C/C++ run-time library functions, calling,
1-3
C/C++ run-time library guide, 1-2 to 1-43
Cdef*.h header files, 2-13
cdiv (complex division) functions, 2-47
ceil (ceiling) functions, 1-131
cexp (complex exponential) functions, 2-49
cfft (complex radix-2 FFT) function, 2-51
cfftf (fast N point complex input FFT)
function, 2-63
cfft_mag (cfft magnitude) function, 2-54
cfftN (N-point complex input FFT)
functions, 2-56, 2-60
character string search, recursive, see strrchr
function
character string search, see strchr function
clearerr (clear error indicator) function,
1-132
clip (x by y, int) function, 1-134
clock (processor time) function, 1-49, 1-52,
1-135
CLOCKS_PER_SEC macro, 1-31, 1-49,
1-51
clock_t data type, 1-31, 1-49, 1-135
cmatmadd (complex matrix + matrix
addition) functions, 2-66
cmatmmlt (complex matrix matrix
multiplication) functions, 2-68
cmatmsub (complex matrix - matrix
subtraction) functions, 2-71
cmatrix.h header file, 2-5
cmatsadd (complex matrix scalar addition)
functions, 2-73
cmatsmlt (complex matrix scalar
multiplication) function, 2-75
cmatssub (complex matrix scalar
subtraction) functions, 2-77
cmlt (complex multiplication) functions,
2-79
compare memory range, see memcmp
function
compare strings, see strcmp, strcoll, strcspn,
strpbrk, strncmp, strstr functions
complex
addition functions, 2-44
conjugate function, 2-80
division functions, 2-47
exponential function, 2-49
matrix functions, 2-5
matrix matrix addition functions, 2-66
matrix matrix multiplication functions,
2-68
matrix matrix subtraction function, 2-71
matrix scalar addition function, 2-73
matrix scalar multiplication function,
2-75
CrossCore Embedded Studio 1.1 I-5
C/C++ Library Manual for SHARC Processors
Index
complex (continued)
multiplication functions, 2-79
number (phase of), 2-31
radix-2 Fast Fourier transform, 2-51
subtraction functions, 2-92
vector dot product function, 2-93
vector functions, 2-7
complex_float operator, 1-37
complex.h header file
ADSP-2106x DSPs, 2-6
embedded C++ header fle, 1-37
complex_long_double operator, 1-37
concatenate, string, see strcat, strncat
function
conj (complex conjugate) functions, 2-80
constructs, from polar coordinates (polar
function), 2-197
control character test, see iscntrl function
conversion specifiers, 1-220, 1-387
convert, characters, see tolower, toupper
functions
convert, strings to long integer, see atof,
atoi, atol, strtok, strtol, strtoul,
functions
convolution, of input vectors, 2-81
convolve (convolution) function, 2-81
copy, string, see strcpy, strncpy function
copy memory range, see memcpy function
copysign functions, 2-83
cos (cosine) functions, 1-137
cosh (hyperbolic cosine) functions, 1-138
cot (cotangent) functions, 2-84
countlsfx (count leading sign or zero bits)
function, 1-140
count_ones (count one bits in word)
function, 1-139
CrossCore Embedded Studio
simulator, 1-28
crosscorr (cross-correlation) functions,
2-89
C run-time library functions
interrupt-safe versions, 1-34
C run-time library reference, 1-65 to 1-432
csub (complex subtraction) functions, 2-92
ctime (convert calendar time into string)
function, 1-109, 1-142
C-type functions
isalnum, 1-278
isalpha, 1-279
iscntrl, 1-280
isdigit, 1-281
isgraph, 1-282
islower, 1-283, 1-285
isprint, 1-288
ispunct, 1-289
isspace, 1-290
isupper, 1-292
isxdigit, 1-293
tolower, 1-424
toupper, 1-425
ctype.h header file, 1-16, 1-58, 1-60, 2-20
cvecdot (complex vector dot product)
functions, 2-93
cvecsadd (complex vector scalar addition)
functions, 2-95
cvecsmlt (complex vector scalar
multiplication) functions, 2-97
cvecssub (complex vector scalar
subtraction) functions, 2-99
cvector.h header file, 2-7
cvecvadd (complex vector addition)
functions, 2-101
cvecvmlt (complex vector multiplication)
functions, 2-103
cvecvsub (complex vector subtraction)
functions, 2-105
cycle count
cycle_count.h header file, 1-16
register, 1-44, 1-52
with statistics, 1-46
Index
I-6 CrossCore Embedded Studio 1.1
C/C++ Library Manual for SHARC Processors
cycle_count.h header file, 1-16, 1-44
cycle count register, 1-46
cycle counts, 1-49
cycles.h header file, 1-17, 1-33, 1-46
CYCLES_INIT(S) macro, 1-46
CYCLES_PRINT(S) macro, 1-46
CYCLES_RESET(S) macro, 1-46
CYCLES_START(S) macro, 1-46
CYCLES_STOP(S) macro, 1-46
cycle_t data type, 1-44
D
data_imag array, 2-63, 2-158
data_real array, 2-63, 2-158
daylight saving flag, 1-31
-DCLOCKS_PER_SEC= compile-time
switch, 1-51
-DDO_CYCLE_COUNTS compile-time
switch, 1-46, 1-52
-DDO_CYCLE_COUNTS switch, 1-45
deallocate memory, see free function
decimation index, 2-120
def21160.h header file, 2-12
def21161.h header file, 2-12
def21261.h header file, 2-12
def21262.h header file, 2-12
def21266.h header file, 2-12
def21363.h header file, 2-12
def21364.h header file, 2-12
def21365.h header file, 2-12
def21366.h header file, 2-12
def21367.h header file, 2-12
def21368.h header file, 2-12
def21369.h header file, 2-12
def21371.h header file, 2-12
def21375.h header file, 2-12
def21467.h header file, 2-12
def21469.h header file, 2-12
def21479.h header file, 2-12
def21489.h header file, 2-12, 2-13
default
memory placement, 1-13
deque header file, 1-41
difftime (difference between two calendar
times) function, 1-144
digit character test, see isdigit function
div (division, int) function, 1-146
divifx (division of integer by fixed-point)
function, 1-148
division, complex, 2-47
division, see div, ldiv functions
double representation, 1-399
DSP library functions, 2-2
calling, 2-2
DSP run-time
library calls, 2-2
dyn_AddHeap function, 1-149
dyn_alloc function, 1-151
dyn_AllocSectionMem function, 1-153
dyn_AllocSectionMemHeap function,
1-156
Dynamically-loadable mdoules
dyn_FreeEntryPointArray function,
1-161
dyn_GetEntryPointArray function,
1-164
Dynamically-loadable mdules
dyn_alloc function, 1-151
dyn_heap_init function, 1-179
Dynamically-loadable modules
dyn_GetHeapForWidth function,
1-169
dyn_RewriteImageToFile function,
1-190
dyn_SetSectionMem function, 1-194
CrossCore Embedded Studio 1.1 I-7
C/C++ Library Manual for SHARC Processors
Index
dynamically-loadable modules
allocate section memory, 1-153
allocate section memory from heap,
1-156
copy section contents, 1-159
dyn_RecordRelocOutOfRange
function, 1-184
dyn_RetrieveRelocOutOfRange
function, 1-188
free section memory, 1-162
get exported symbol table, 1-167
get number of sections, 1-171
get sections, 1-173
get string table, 1-175
get string table size, 1-177
look up symbol by name, 1-181
relocate image, 1-186
set section address, 1-192
validate image, 1-196
dyn_CopySectionContents function,
1-159
dyn_FreeEntryPointArray function, 1-161
dyn_FreeSectionMem function, 1-162
dyn_GetEntryPointArray function, 1-164
dyn_GetExpSymTab function, 1-167
dyn_GetHeapForWidth function, 1-169
dyn_GetNumSections function, 1-171
dyn_GetSections function, 1-173
dyn_GetStringTable function, 1-175
dyn_GetStringTableSize function, 1-177
dyn_heap_init function, 1-179
dyn_LookupByName function, 1-181
dyn_RecordRelocOutOfRange function,
1-184
dyn_Relocate function, 1-186
dyn_RetrieveRelocOutOfRange function,
1-188
dyn_RewriteImageToFile function, 1-190
dyn_SetSectionAddr function, 1-192
dyn_SetSectionMem function, 1-194
dyn_ValidateImage function, 1-196
E
EDOM macro, 1-23
Embedded C++ library header files
complex, 1-37
exception, 1-37
fstream, 1-38
fstreams.h, 1-43
iomanip, 1-38
ios, 1-38
iosfwd, 1-38
iostream, 1-38
iostream.h, 1-43
istream, 1-38
new, 1-38
new.h, 1-43
ostream, 1-38
sstream, 1-39
stdexcept, 1-39
streambuf, 1-39
string, 1-39
strstream, 1-39
embedded standard template library, 1-41
EMUCLK register, 1-46, 1-53
end, see atexit, exit functions
ERANGE macro, 1-23
errno global variable, 1-33, 1-35
errno.h header file, 1-17
errrno global variable, 1-386
exception header file, 1-37
exit (program termination) function, 1-198
exp (exponential) functions, 1-199
exponential, see exp, ldexp functions
exponentiation, 2-29, 2-30
external memory
long word access, 2-19
reading from, 1-347
restrictions, 2-19
Index
I-8 CrossCore Embedded Studio 1.1
C/C++ Library Manual for SHARC Processors
external memory (continued)
SIMD access, 2-19
writing to, 1-441
EZ-KIT Lite system
supporting primitives for open, close,
read, write, and seek operations, 1-28
F
fabs (absolute value) functions, 1-200
far jump return, see longjmp, setjmp
functions
Fast FIR function, 2-128
fast N-point complex input FFT (cfftf)
function, 2-158
fast N-point complex radix-2 Fast Fourier
transform, 2-63
fast parallel real radix-2 Fast Fourier
Transform, 2-205
fatal error handling, 1-54
FatalError.xml, 1-55
global variables used, 1-54
library error specific codes, 1-56
favg (mean of two values) functions, 2-107
fclip (clip) function, 2-108
fclose (close stream) function, 1-201
feof (test for end of file) function, 1-203,
1-204
fflush (flush a stream) function, 1-205
FFT, see Fast Fourier Transform functions
fftf_magnitude (FFTF magnitude)
function, 2-113
fft_magnitude (FFT magnitude) function,
2-109
FFT twiddle factors for fast FFT, 2-223
fgetc (get character from stream) function,
1-206
fgetpos (record current position in stream)
function, 1-208
fgets (get string from stream) function,
1-210
file descriptor, 1-212, 1-277
file I/O
support, 1-53
fileno function, 1-212
file opening, 1-215
FILE pointer, 1-35
fill memory range, see memset function
filter.h header file, 2-7
filters.h header file, 2-9
finish processing argument list, see va_end
function
finite impulse response (FIR) filter, 2-116
FIR-based decimation filter, 2-120
FIR-based interpolation filter, 2-123
fir_decima (FIR-based decimation filter)
function, 2-120
firf function, 2-128
FIR filter, 2-116
fir (finite impulse response) function,
2-116, 2-168
fir_interp (FIR interpolation filter)
function, 2-123
flash memory, mapping objects using
attributes, 1-13
float.h header file, 1-17, 1-18
floor (integral value) functions, 1-213
FLT_MAX macro, 1-17
FLT_MIN macro, 1-17
fmax (maximum) functions, 2-132
fmin (float minimum) functions, 2-133
fmod (floating-point modulus) functions,
1-214
fopen (open file) function, 1-215
formatted input, reading, 1-232
formatted output
printing, 1-217
printing variable argument list in, 1-433
fprintf (print formatted output) function,
1-217
CrossCore Embedded Studio 1.1 I-9
C/C++ Library Manual for SHARC Processors
Index
fputc (put character on stream) function,
1-223
fputs (put string on stream) function, 1-224
fread (buffered input) function, 1-225
free (deallocate memory) functions, 1-227
freopen (open existing file) function, 1-228
frexp (fraction/exponent) functions, 1-230
fscanf (read formatted input) function,
1-232
fseek (sets the file position) function, 1-237
fsetpos (reposition file pointer) function,
1-239
fstream header file, 1-38
fstream.h header file, 1-43
ftell (obtain current file position) function,
1-240
FuncName attribute, 1-9
functional header file, 1-41
function primitive I/O, 1-27
fwrite (buffered output) function, 1-242
fxbits (bitwise integer to fixed-point
conversion) function, 1-244
fxdivi (division of integer by integer)
function, 1-245
G
gen_bartlett (generate bartlett window)
function, 2-134
gen_blackman (generate blackman
window) function, 2-136
gen_gaussian (generate gaussian window)
function, 2-138
gen_hamming (generate hamming
window) function, 2-140
gen_hanning (generate hanning window)
function, 2-142
gen_harris (generate harris window)
function, 2-144
gen_kaiser (generate kaiser window)
function, 2-146
gen_rectangular (generate rectangular
window) function, 2-148
gen_triangle (generate triangle window)
function, 2-150
gen_vohann (generate von hann window)
function, 2-152
getc (get character from stream) function,
1-246
getchar (get character from stdin) function,
1-248
getenv (get string definition from operating
system) function, 1-250
get locale pointer, see localeconv function
get next argument in list, see va_arg
function
gets (get string from stream) function,
1-251
gmtime (convert calendar time into
broken-down time as UTC) function,
1-314
gmtime (convert calendar time to
broken-down time) function, 1-253
gmtime function, 1-33, 1-109
graphical character test, see isgraph function
H
hash_map header file, 1-41
hash_set header file, 1-41
header files
, 1-24
adi_types.h, 1-15
cvector.h, 2-7
def21160.h, 2-12
def21161.h, 2-12
def21261.h, 2-12
def21262.h, 2-12
def21266.h, 2-12
def21267.h, 2-5
def21363.h, 2-12
def21364.h, 2-12
Index
I-10 CrossCore Embedded Studio 1.1
C/C++ Library Manual for SHARC Processors
header files (continued)
def21365.h, 2-12
def21366.h, 2-12
def21367.h, 2-12
def21368.h, 2-12
def21369.h, 2-12
def21467.h, 2-12
def21469.h, 2-12
def21479.h, 2-12
def21489.h, 2-12, 2-13
defining processor-specific symbolic
names, 2-12
DSP, list of, 2-5
embedded standard template library,
1-43
heap_debug.h, 1-18
instrprof.h, 1-21
working with, 1-13
header files (ADSP-2106x)
asm_sprt.h, 2-5
Cdef*.h, 2-13
cmatrix.h, 2-5
comm.h, 2-5
complex.h, 2-6
filters.h, 2-7, 2-9
list of, 2-4
macros.h, 2-9
math.h, 2-9
matrix.h, 2-11
platform_include.h, 2-11
stats.h, 2-14
sysreg.h, 2-14
trans.h, 2-14
vector.h, 2-15
window.h, 2-15
header files (C++ for C facilities)
cassert, 1-40
cctype, 1-40
cerrno, 1-40
cfloat, 1-40
header files (C++ for C facilities)(continued)
climits, 1-40
clocale, 1-40
cmath, 1-40
csetjmp, 1-40
csignal, 1-40
cstdarg, 1-40
cstddef, 1-40
cstdio, 1-40
cstdlib, 1-40
cstring, 1-40
header files (standard)
misra_types.h, 1-24
stdfix.h, 1-25
stdint.h, 1-25
heap
allocating and initializing memory,
1-255, 1-259, 1-263, 1-270
allocating memory from, 1-265
allocating uninitialized memory, 1-320
changing memory allocation from, 1-267
heap_calloc function, 1-255
index, 1-263
re-initializing, 1-259
return memory to, 1-257
space unused in, 1-373
heap_calloc function, 1-255
heap debugging
configuration macros, 1-18
error type macros, 1-20
heap_debug.h header file
defined, 1-18
library functions, 1-59
heap_free function, 1-257
heap index, 1-263
heap_init function, 1-259
heap_install function, 1-261
heap_lookup function, 1-263
heap_malloc function, 1-265, 1-272
heap_realloc function, 1-267
CrossCore Embedded Studio 1.1 I-11
C/C++ Library Manual for SHARC Processors
Index
heap_space_unused function, 1-270
hexadecimal digit test, see isxdigit function
histogram function, 2-153
HUGE_VAL macro, 1-23
hyperbolic, see cosh, sinh, tanh functions
I
idivfx (division of fixed-point by
fixed-point) function, 1-274
idivfx functions, 1-274
ifftf (inverse complex radix-2 Fast Fourier
Transform) function, 2-158
ifft (inverse complex radix-2 Fast Fourier
Transform) function, 2-155
ifftN (N-point radix-2 inverse Fast Fourier
transform) functions, 2-161, 2-165
iir (infinite impulse response) function,
2-171
initialize argument list, see va_start function
input, formatted, 1-232
instrprof.h header file, 1-21
instrprof_request_flush (flush
instrumented profiling data to host)
function, 1-275
Interrupts, 2-3
interrupt-safe functions, 1-33
inverse, see acos, asin, atan, atan2 functions
inverse complex radix2 Fast Fourier
transform, 2-155
I/O
buffer, 1-366
functions, 1-27
ioctl function, 1-277
iomanip.h header file, 1-38, 1-43
iosfwd header file, 1-38
ios header file, 1-38
iostream.h header file, 1-38, 1-43
isalnum (alphanumeric character test)
function, 1-278
isalpha (alphabetic character test) function,
1-279
iscntrl (control character test) function,
1-280
isdigit (digit character test) function, 1-281
isgraph (graphical character test) function,
1-282
isinf (test for infinity) function, 1-283
islower (lower case character test) function,
1-285
isnan (test for NAN) function, 1-286
iso646.h (Boolean operator) header file,
1-21
isprint (printable character test) function,
1-288
ispunct (punctuation character test)
function, 1-289
isspace (white space character test)
function, 1-290
istream header file, 1-38
isupper (uppercase character test) function,
1-292
isxdigit (hexadecimal digit test) function,
1-293
iterator header file, 1-41
L
labs (absolute value, long) function, 1-294
lavg (mean of two values) function, 1-295,
1-302
LC_COLLATE macro, 1-383
lclip (clip) function, 1-296
lconv struct members, 1-311
lcount_ones (count one bits in word)
function, 1-297
ldexp (exponential, multiply) functions,
1-298
ldiv (division, long) function, 1-299
length modifier, 1-219
libFunc attribute, 1-9
Index
I-12 CrossCore Embedded Studio 1.1
C/C++ Library Manual for SHARC Processors
libfunc.dlb library, object attributes, 1-10
libGroup attribute, 1-9
values, 1-12
libio.dlb library, linking with, 1-27
libio*_lite.dlb libraries
selecting with -flags-link
-MD__LIBIO_LITE switch, 1-5
libName attribute, 1-9
___lib_prog_term label, 1-198
libraries
functions, documented, 1-58, 2-20
libraries, in multi-threaded environment,
1-34
library
attribute convention exceptions, 1-12
source code, working with, 2-3
library functions
called from ISR, 1-33
limits.h header file, 1-22
list header file, 1-42
llabs (absolute value) function, 1-301
llavg (mean of two values) function, 1-302
llclip (clip) function, 1-303
llcount_ones (count one bits in long long)
function, 1-304
lldiv (long long divison) function, 1-305
llmax (long long maximum) function,
1-307
llmin (long long minimum) function,
1-308
lmax (long maximum) function, 1-307,
1-309
lmin (long minimum) function, 1-308,
1-310
localeconv (localization pointer) function,
1-311
locale.h header file, 1-22
localization, see localeconv, setlocale,
strxfrm functions
localtime (convert calendar time into
broken-down time) function, 1-314
localtime (convert calendar time to
broken-down time) function, 1-253
localtime function, 1-33, 1-109
log10 (log base 10) functions, 1-317
log (log base e) functions, 1-316
long double, representation, 1-409
longjmp (far jump return) function, 1-318
long jump, see longjmp, setjmp functions
lowercase, see islower, tolower functions
M
macro.h header file, 2-9
macros
EDOM, 1-23
ERANGE, 1-23
for measuring the performance of
compiled C source, 1-46
HUGE_VAL, 1-23
LC_COLLATE, 1-383
malloc (allocate uninitialized memory)
function, 1-320
map header file, 1-42
math functions
acos, 1-69
additional, 2-9
asin, 1-111
atan, 1-112
atan2, 1-113
average, 1-30
ceil, 1-131, 1-132
clip, 1-30
cos, 1-137
cosh, 1-138
count bits set, 1-30
exp, 1-199
fabs, 1-200
floor, 1-213
fmod, 1-214
CrossCore Embedded Studio 1.1 I-13
C/C++ Library Manual for SHARC Processors
Index
math functions (continued)
frexp, 1-230
ldexp, 1-298
log, 1-316
log10, 1-317
maximum, 1-30
minimum, 1-30
modf, 1-331
multiple heaps, 1-30
pow, 1-337
rsqrt, 2-217
sin, sinf, 1-369
sinh, 1-370
sin (sine), 1-369
sqrt, 1-376
standard, 2-9
tan, 1-421
tanh, 1-422
math.h header file, 1-22, 1-58, 2-9, 2-20
matinv (real matrix inversion) functions,
2-176
matmadd (matrix addition) functions,
2-178
matmmlt (matrix multiplication)
functions, 2-180
matmsub (matrix subtraction) functions,
2-182
matrix addition functions, 2-178
matrix.h header file, 2-11
matrix scalar addition functions, 2-184
matrix transpose (transpm) function, 2-218
matsmlt (real matrix scalar multiplication)
functions, 2-186
matssub (real matrix scalar subtraction)
function, 2-188
matsub (matrix subtraction) function,
2-182
max (maximum) function, 1-321
mean functions, 2-190
memchr (find character) function, 1-322
memcmp (compare memory range)
function, 1-323
memcpy (copy memory range) function,
1-324
memmove (move memory range) function,
1-325
memory
default placement, 1-13
header file, 1-42
initializer support files, 1-9
memory functions, see calloc, free, malloc,
memcmp, memcpy, memset,
memmove, memchar, realloc
functions
memory initializer
initializing code/data from flash memory,
1-13
memory-mapped registers (MMR),
accessing from C/C++ code, 2-13
memset (fill memory range) function,
1-326
min (minimum) function, 1-327
misra_types.h header file, 1-24
mixed C/assembly support, 2-5
mktime (convert broken-down time into a
calendar) function, 1-328
modf (modulus, float) functions, 1-331
move memory range, see memmove
function
mu_compress (µ-law compression)
function, 2-191
mu_expand (µ-law expansion) function,
2-193
mulifx functions, 1-332
mulifx (multiplication of integer by
fixed-point) function, 1-332
multiple heaps, 1-261
multi-threaded
environment, 1-34
Index
I-14 CrossCore Embedded Studio 1.1
C/C++ Library Manual for SHARC Processors
N
natural logarithm, see log functions
NDEBUG macro, 1-16
new header file, 1-38
new.h header file, 1-43
normalized fraction, see frexp functions
norm (normalization) functions, 2-195
Not a Number (NaN) test, 1-286
N-point complex input FFT functions,
2-56, 2-60
N-point inverse FFT functions, 2-161,
2-165
N-point real input FFT functions, 2-208,
2-211
numeric header file, 1-42
O
objects, copy characters between
overlapping, 1-325
ostream header file, 1-38
P
perror (print error message) function,
1-333
pgo_hw.h header file, 1-24
pgo_hw_request_flush (request a flush)
function, 1-335
platform_include.h header file, 2-11
polar (construct from polar coordinates)
functions, 2-197
polar coordinate conversion, 2-197
power, see exp, pow, functions
pow (power, x^y) functions, 1-337
precision value, 1-219
prefersMem attribute, 1-9
default memory placement using, 1-13
prefersMemNum attribute, 1-9
printable character test, see isprint function
PRINT_CYCLES(STRING,T) macro,
1-44
printf (print formatted output) function
described, 1-338
processor
clock rate, 1-50
time, 1-135
processor counts, measuring, 1-43
processor cycles, counting, 1-49
program control functions
calloc, 1-129
free, 1-227
malloc, 1-320
realloc, 1-349
program termination, 1-28
punctuation character test (ispunct)
function, 1-289
putchar (write character to stdout)
function, 1-341
putc (put character on stream) function,
1-340
puts (put string on stream) function, 1-342
Q
qsort (quicksort) function, 1-343
queue header file, 1-42
R
raise (force a signal) function, 1-345
rand function, 1-33
random number, see rand, srand functions,
1-346
rand (random number generator) function,
1-346
read_extmem (read external memory)
function, 1-347
realloc (allocate used memory) function,
1-349
real matrix inversion, 2-176
CrossCore Embedded Studio 1.1 I-15
C/C++ Library Manual for SHARC Processors
Index
real radix-2 Fast Fourier Transform
function, 2-199
reciprocal square root function, see rsqrt
functions
Reentrancy, 2-3
remove (remove file) function, 1-351
rename (rename file) function, 1-352
requiredForROMBoot attribute, 1-13
rewind (reset file position indicator in
stream) function, 1-354
rfftf_2 (fast parallel rfft) function, 2-205
rfft_mag (rfft magnitude) function, 2-203
rfftN (N-point rfft) functions, 2-208,
2-211
rfft (real radix-2 Fast Fourier Transform)
function, 2-199
roundfx (round fixed-point value)
function, 1-356
rsqrt (reciprocal square root) math
functions, 2-217
run-time
label, 1-362
library attributes, listed, 1-8
S
scanf (convert formatted input) function,
1-358
search character string, see strchr, strrchr
functions
search memory, character, see memchar
function
send string to operating system, see system
function
setbuf (specify full buffering) function,
1-360
set header file, 1-42
setjmp (define runtime label) function,
1-362
setjmp.h header file, 1-24, 1-58, 2-20
set jump, see longjmp, setjmp functions
setlocale (set localization) function, 1-364
setvbuf (allocate buffer from alternative
memory) function, 1-29, 1-365
SIGABRT handler, 1-66
signal autocorrelation, 2-35
signal (define signal handling) function,
1-367
signal functions
raise, 1-345
signal, 1-367
signal.h header file, 1-24, 1-58, 2-20
SIMD mode, with
ADSP-2116x/2126x/2136x
processors, 2-17
sine, see sin, sinh functions
sinh (sine hyperbolic) functions, 1-370
sin (sine) functions, 1-369
snprintf (format into n-character array)
function, 1-371
space_unused function, 1-373
sprintf (format into character array)
function, 1-374
sqrt (square root) functions, 1-376
srand (random number seed) function,
1-33, 1-377
sscanf (convert formatted input) function,
1-378
sstream header file, 1-39
stack header file, 1-42
standard argument functions
va_arg, 1-428
va_end, 1-431
va_start, 1-432
standard C library, header files, 1-14 to
1-31
standard error stream, 1-333
standard header files
assert.h, 1-15
ctype.h, 1-16
cycle_count.h, 1-16
Index
I-16 CrossCore Embedded Studio 1.1
C/C++ Library Manual for SHARC Processors
standard header files (continued)
cycles.h, 1-17
errno.h, 1-17
float.h, 1-17
heap_debug.h, 1-18
iso646.h, 1-21
limits.h, 1-22
locale.h, 1-22
math.h, 1-22
setjmp.h, 1-24
signal.h, 1-24
stdarg.h, 1-24
stdbool.h, 1-25
stddef.h, 1-25
stdio.h, 1-27
stdlib.h, 1-29
string.h, 1-31
time.h, 1-31
standard library functions
abort, 1-66
abs, 1-67, 1-140
absfx, 1-68
acos, 1-69
atexit, 1-114
atoi, 1-118
atol, 1-119
avg, 1-124
bitsfx, 1-125
bsearch, 1-126
calloc, 1-129
clip, 1-134
countlsfx, 1-140
count_ones, 1-139
div, 1-146
divifx, 1-148
exit, 1-198
free, 1-227
fxbits, 1-244
fxdivi, 1-245
getenv, 1-250
standard library functions (continued)
heap_calloc, 1-255
heap_free, 1-257, 1-259
heap_install, 1-261
heap_lookup, 1-263
heap_malloc, 1-265
heap_realloc, 1-267
heap_space_unused, 1-270
heap_switch, 1-272
idivfx, 1-274
labs, 1-294
lavg, 1-295
lclip, 1-296
lcount_ones, 1-297, 1-304
ldiv, 1-299, 1-305
lmax, 1-309
lmin, 1-310
malloc, 1-320
max, 1-321
min, 1-327
mulifx, 1-332
qsort, 1-343
rand, 1-346
realloc, 1-349
roundfx, 1-356
space_unused, 1-373
srand, 1-377
strtol, 1-407, 1-412
strtoul, 1-414, 1-416
system, 1-420
standard math functions, 2-9
fmax, 2-132
fmin, 2-133
START_CYCLE_COUNT macro, 1-44
statistics functions, 2-14
stats.h header file, 2-14
stdarg.h header file, 1-24, 1-25, 1-58, 2-20
stddef.h header file, 1-25
stdexcept header file, 1-39
stdfix.h header file, 1-25
CrossCore Embedded Studio 1.1 I-17
C/C++ Library Manual for SHARC Processors
Index
stdint.h header file, 1-25
stdio.h header file, 1-27, 1-53, 1-58, 2-20
stdlib.h header file, 1-29, 1-30, 1-58, 2-20
library functions, 1-63
stop, see atexit, exit functions
STOP_CYCLE_COUNT macro, 1-44
strcat (concatenate string) function, 1-380
strchr (search character string) function,
1-381
strcmp (compare strings) function, 1-382
strcoll (compare strings, localized)
function, 1-383
strcpy (copy string) function, 1-384
strcspn (compare string span) function,
1-385
stream, closing down, 1-29
streambuf header file, 1-39
strerror (get error message string) function,
1-386
strftime (format a broken-down time)
function, 1-387
string
converting to fixed-point, 1-402
string compare, see strcmp, strcoll, strcspn,
strncmp, strpbrk, strstr functions
string concatenate, see stnrcat, strcat
functions
string conversion, see atof, atoi, atol, strtok,
strtol, strxfrm functions
string copy, see strcpy, strncpy function
string functions
memchar, 1-322
memcmp, 1-323
memcpy, 1-324
memmove, 1-325
memset, 1-326
strcat, 1-380
strchr, 1-381
strcmp, 1-382
strcoll, 1-383
string functions (continued)
strcpy, 1-384
strcspn, 1-385
strerror, 1-386
strlen, 1-391
strncat, 1-392
strncmp, 1-393
strncpy, 1-394
strpbrk, 1-395
strrchr, 1-396
strspn, 1-397
strstr, 1-398
strtok, 1-405
strxfrm, 1-418
string.h header file, 1-31, 1-39, 1-58, 2-20
string length, see strlen function
strings
converting to double, 1-399
converting to long double, 1-409
strlen (string length) function, 1-391
strncat (concatenate characters from string)
function, 1-392
strncmp (compare characters in strings)
function, 1-393
strncpy (copy characters in string) function,
1-394
strpbrk (compare strings, pointer break)
function, 1-395
strrchr (search character string, recursive)
function, 1-396
strspn (string span) function, 1-397
strstr (compare string, string) function,
1-398
strstream header file, 1-39
strtod (convert string to double) function,
1-399
strtofxfx (convert string to fixed-point)
function, 1-402
strtok (token to string) function, 1-33,
1-405
Index
I-18 CrossCore Embedded Studio 1.1
C/C++ Library Manual for SHARC Processors
strtold (convert string to long double)
function, 1-409
strtoll (convert string to long long integer)
function, 1-412
strtol (string to long integer) function,
1-407
strtoull (convert string to unsigned long
long integer) function, 1-416
strtoul (string to unsigned long tnteger)
function, 1-414
struct tm, daylight savings flag, 1-31
strxfrm (localization transform) function,
1-418
symbolic names, specifying bit definitions,
2-12
sysreg.h header file, 2-14
system register bit definitions
for ADSP-2116x/2126x/2136x
processors, 2-12
system registers, accessing from C, 2-14
system (send string to operating system)
function, 1-420
T
tangent, see atan, atan2, cot, tan, tanh
functions
tanh (hyperbolic tangent) functions, 1-422
tan (tangent) functions, 1-421
technical support, -xxv
template library header files
algorithm, 1-41
deque, 1-41
functional, 1-41
hash_map, 1-41
hash_set, 1-41
iterator, 1-41
list, 1-42
map, 1-42
memory, 1-42
template library header files (continued)
numeric, 1-42
queue, 1-42
set, 1-42
stack, 1-42
utility, 1-42
vector, 1-42
terminate, see atexit, exit functions
Threads, 2-3
thread-safe
functions, 1-33
time (calendar time) function, 1-423
time.h header file, 1-31, 1-51, 1-52
measuring cycle counts, 1-49
time_t data type, 1-31, 1-423
time zones, 1-31
tokens, string convert, see strtok function
tolower (convert characters to lower case)
function, 1-424
toupper (convert characters to upper case)
function, 1-425
trans.h header file, 2-14
transpm (matrix transpose) functions,
2-218
trigonometric functions, see math functions
twiddle coefficients, calculating, 2-220
twidfftf (generate FFT twiddle factors for
fast FFT) function, 2-223
twidfft (generate FFT twiddle factors)
function, 2-220
U
ungetc (push character back to input)
function, 1-426
uppercase, see isupper, toupper functions
utility functions
getenv, 1-250
system, 1-420
utility header file, 1-42
CrossCore Embedded Studio 1.1 I-19
C/C++ Library Manual for SHARC Processors
Index
V
va_arg (get next argument in list) function,
1-428
va_end (finish processing argument list)
function, 1-431
variable argument list, printing formatted
output, 1-433
var (variance) functions, 2-226
va_start (initialize argument list) function,
1-432
vecdot (vector dot product) functions,
2-228
vecsadd (vector scalar addition) functions,
2-230
vecsmlt (vector scalar multiplication)
functions, 2-232
vecssub (vector scalar subtraction)
functions, 2-234
vector functions, 2-15
vector.h header file, 1-42, 2-15
vecvadd (vector addition) functions, 2-236
vecvmlt (vector multiplication) functions,
2-238
vecvsub (vector subtraction) functions,
2-240
vfprintf (print formatted output of variable
argument list) function, 1-433
volatile keyword, 1-53
vprintf (print output of variable argument
list) function, 1-435
vsnprintf (format argument list into
n-character array) function, 1-437
vsprintf (format argument list into
character array) function, 1-439
W
white space character test, see isspace
function
window generator functions, 2-15
window.h header file, 2-15
write_extmem (write external memory)
function, 1-441
Z
zero_cross (count zero crossings) functions,
2-242
zero padding, 2-163, 2-212
µ-law (companders)
ADSP-2106x, 2-5
µ-law (compression function)
ADSP-2116x/2126x/2136x DSPs,
2-191
µ-law (expansion function)
ADSP-2116x/2126x/2136x DSPs,
2-193
Mouser Electronics
Authorized Distributor
Click to View Pricing, Inventory, Delivery & Lifecycle Information:
Analog Devices Inc.:
AD-CCES-MNT-N5 AD-CCES-MNT-N1